Managed Object Class Tree

C1

C2

C3

C4

MRBTS
ANTL
BTSSCL
LCELL
LNBTS
ANRPRL
ANRPRW
CTRLTS
MTRACE
GTPU
LNADJ
LNADJL
LNADJG
LNADJW
LNADJX
LNCEL
CAREL
CDFIM
GFIM
GNFL
IAFIM
IRFIM
LNHOG
LNHOH
LNHOIF
LNHOW
LNHOX
LNNEIH
LNREL
LNRELG
LNRELW
LNRELX
REDRT
UFFIM
XPARAM
LNMME
MODPR
MODIMP
MODRED
MOPR
MOIMP
MORED
PMRNL
SCTP
MHA
PMCADM
RET
RMOD
SMOD
TRBADM
BBMOD
AMLEPR
BTOOTH
ISHPR

C5

TRBLCADM
WIFICNF

Managed Object Class Name

C6

Comment
Multiradio BTS Site
Antenna Line parameters
LTE BTS radio specific configuration
Local Cell LTE
LTE Basestation RNW parameters
Automatic Neighbor Relationship Profile LTE
Automatic Neighbor Relationship Profile WCDMA
Trace Control
Cell Trace Session
GPRS Tunnel Protocol User Plane parameters
Neighbouring LTE BTS
Neighbouring LTE BTS Cell
Neighbouring GERAN BTS Cell
Neighbouring WCDMA BTS Cell
Not applicable to TMO
Neighbouring CDMA 1xRTT BTS Cell
LTE BTS CELL RNW parameters
Carrier Aggregation Relation
Not applicable to TMO
CDMA2000 frequency Idle Mode parameters
GERAN frequency Idle Mode parameters
GERAN Neighbour Frequency List parameters
Intra frequency Idle Mode parameters
Inter frequency Idle Mode parameters
Handover parameters to Neigbouring GERAN BTS Cell
Not applicable to TMO
LN Handover to HRPD
Handover parameters to Neigbouring Interfrequency LTE Cell
Handover parameters to Neigbouring WCDMA BTS Cell
Handover parameters to Neigbouring CDMA2000 1xRTT CellNot applicable to TMO
Not applicable to TMO
LN Neighbourship to HRPD Cell
LTE Neighbor Relation
LTE Neighbor Relation to GERAN
LTE Neighbor Relation to UTRAN
Not applicable to TMO
LTE Neighbor Relation to CDMA2000 1xRTT
Redirection target parameters
Utran FDD frequency Idle Mode parameters
Not applicable to TMO
CDMA2000 1xXRTT Parameter
LTE Mobility Management Entity
Mobility Default Profile
Mobility Idle Mode Default Profile
Mobility Default profile for Redirection
Mobility Profile
Mobility Idle Mode Profile
Mobility Profile for Redirection
PM counters configuration for radio network layer
Stream Control Transmission Protocol parameters
Mast Head Amplifier
Performance Measurement Common Administration
Remote Electrical Tilt
Radio Module
System Module
Troubleshooting Common Administration
Baseband Module
Inter-Frequency Load Equalization
Flexi Zone Bluetooth Support
Interference Shaping

WIFI statistics measurement

MO Class

Full Name

Abbreviated Name Parameter name

3GPP Name

AMGR

Account manager identifier

amgrId

AMGR
AMGR
AMGR
ANRPRL
ANRPRL
ANRPRL
ANRPRL

LDAP Server TLS access mode

Port number of the primary LDAP
server
IP address of the primary LDAP
server
Activate also for UE-based ANR
ANR profile for LTE identifier
ANR power level threshold for
neighbor
cells
ANR power
level threshold for
mobility events

ldapConnectionType ldapConnectionType
primaryLdapPort
primaryLdapPort
primaryLdapServer primaryLdapServer
actAlsoForUeBased actAlsoForUeBased
ANR
ANR
anrPrLId
anrPrLId
anrThresRSRPNbC anrThresRSRPNbCe
ell
anrThresRSRPNbC llanrThresRSRPNbCe
ellMobEv
llMobEv

ANRPRL
ANRPRL
ANRPRL
ANRPRL
ANRPRW
ANRPRW
ANRPRW
ANRPRW
ANRPRW
ANRPRW
ANRPRW
ANRPRW
ANRPRW
ANRPRW
ANRPRW
ANRPRW
ANRPRW

ANR quality threshold for

neighbor
Neighbor cells
relation limit interfrequency
Neighbor relation limit intrafrequency
Target carrier frequency
ANR profile for WCDMA identifier
Cells to apply list
Enable ANR profile
LNRELW default values
Circuit-switched fallback with PS
handover
allowed
PS handover
allowed
Single radio Voice call continuity
allowed
Limit for ANR created UTRAN
neighbor
relationsPSCs
List of blacklisted
Primary scrambling code
Last primary scrambling code of a
range
Coding of RNC ID within UTRAN
CI
Alignment within UTRAN CI

anrThresRSRQNbC
ell
nrLimitInterFreq
nrLimitIntraFreq
targetCarrierFreq
anrPrWId
cellsToApplyList
enableAnrProfile
lnRelWDefaults
lnRelWDefaultscsfb
PsHoAllowed
lnRelWDefaultspsH
oAllowed
lnRelWDefaultssrvc
cAllowed
lnRelWLimitForAnr
pscBlacklist
pscBlacklistpsc
pscBlacklistpscLast
rncIdCoding
rncIdCodingrncIdAli
gnment

anrThresRSRQNbCe RSRQ
llnrLimitInterFreq
nrLimitIntraFreq
targetCarrierFreq
anrPrWId
cellsToApplyList
enableAnrProfile
lnRelWDefaults
lnRelWDefaultscsfbP
sHoAllowed
lnRelWDefaultspsHo
Allowed
lnRelWDefaultssrvcc
Allowed
lnRelWLimitForAnr
pscBlacklist
pscBlacklistpsc
pscBlacklistpscLast
rncIdCoding
rncIdCodingrncIdAlig
nment

ANRPRW
ANRPRW
ANRPRW

RNC ID type
SRVCC HO indication
UTRAN carrier frequency

rncIdType
srvccHoInd
utraCarrierFreq

rncIdCodingrncIdTyp
e
srvccHoInd
-98
utraCarrierFreq
carrierFreq

amgrId

ANTL
ANTL
ANTL
ANTL
ANTL
ANTL
ANTL
ANTL
ANTL
ANTL
ANTL
ANTL
ANTL
BFD
BFD
BFD
BFD
BFD
BFD
BFD
BFD
BFD
BFD
BFD
BFDGRP
BTSSCL
BTSSCL
BTSSCL
BTSSCL
BTSSCL
BTSSCL
BTSSCL
BTSSCL
BTSSCL
BTSSCL
BTSSCL
BTSSCL
BTSSCL
BTSSCL
BTSSCL
BTSSCL
BTSSCL
BTSSCL

Additional antenna line Rx gain

additionalRxGain
AL DC voltage enabled
alDcVoltageEnabled
Antenna identifier
antId
Antenna round trip delay
antennaRoundTripD
elay
Antenna total loss
antennaTotalLoss
Antenna line configuration
antlId
identifier
Communication 3GPP enabled
communication3gpp
Enabled
Feeder voltage
feederVoltage
Product code
mrcProdCode
Radio module reference id
rModId
Uplink delay for the delay
ulDelay
compensation
VSWR major alarm
vswrMajorAlarm
VSWR minor alarm
vswrMinorAlarm
BFD session activation flag
bfdActivation
BFD session admin down state
bfdAdminUp
control
Destination IP address for the
bfdDestAddress
BFD
session
BFD session lost packets
bfdDetectMult
detection
time
multiplier
BFD group reference
bfdGrp
BFD session identifier
bfdId
Source IP address for the BFD
bfdSourceIpAddr
session
UDP source port of the BFD
bfdSourceUdpPort
session
BFD session type
bfdType
Desired minimum BFD control
desMinTxInt
word
transmit
interval
Required
minimum
BFD control reqMinRxInt
word
receive Forwarding
interval
Bidirectional
Detection bfdGrpId
identifier
Toggling alarm suppression list
alToggSuppList
Toggling alarm amount
alToggSuppListalTo
ggAmount
Toggling clearance time
alToggSuppListalTo
ggClearenceTime
Toggling alarm condition time
alToggSuppListalTo
ggConditonTime
BTS fault name
alToggSuppListfault
Name
Suppression of toggling alarms in alToggSuppListinUs
use
e
BTS identifier
btsId
BTS name
Network synchronization mode
LTE BTS site identification
PPS synchronization output in
use
in HO
mode
External
2.048
MHz
synchronization
in use
External 2.048 MHz
synchronization
output in HO
GPS cable length
mode
GPS control interface blocked for
co-located
GPS in useBTS
GPS antenna line delay
Holdover mode in temperature
control

btsName
btsSyncMode
btssclId
ext1ppsClkOutOn
ext2M048ClkInUse
ext2M048ClkOutOn
gpsCableLength
gpsCtrlBlockForCoL
ocatedBts
gpsInUse
gpsTotalAntennaLin
eDelay
holdOverModeUsed

additionalRxGain
alDcVoltageEnabled
antId
antennaRoundTripD
elay
antennaTotalLoss
antlId
communication3gpp
Enabled
feederVoltage
mrcProdCode
rModId
ulDelay
vswrMajorAlarm
vswrMinorAlarm
bfdActivation
bfdAdminUp
bfdDestAddress
bfdDetectMult
bfdGrp
bfdId
bfdSourceIpAddr
bfdSourceUdpPort
bfdType
desMinTxInt
reqMinRxInt
bfdGrpId
alToggSuppList
alToggSuppListalTog
gAmount
alToggSuppListalTog
gClearenceTime
alToggSuppListalTog
gConditonTime
alToggSuppListfaultN
ame
alToggSuppListinUse
btsId
btsName
btsSyncMode
btssclId
ext1ppsClkOutOn
ext2M048ClkInUse
ext2M048ClkOutOn
gpsCableLength
gpsCtrlBlockForCoLo
catedBts
gpsInUse
gpsTotalAntennaLine
Delay
holdOverModeUsed

BTSSCL
BTSSCL
BTSSCL
CAREL
CAREL
CAREL
CAREL
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM

Rf sharing enabled
rfSharingEnabled
rfSharingEnabled
Forward synchronization in cosyncPropagationEn syncPropagationEna
siting
abled
bled
Transmission synchronization
tdmSyncInUse
tdmSyncInUse
(TDM/SyncE/ToP)
in
use
Carrier aggregation relation
caRelId
caRelId
identifier
Sched Carrier Aggr fairness
caSchedFairFact
caSchedFairFact
control
factor
Disable PDCCH outer loop link
disableSCellPDCCH disableSCellPDCCH
adaptation
in
SCell
OlLa
Local cell resource ID of cell to be OlLa
lcrId
lcrId
aggregated
CDMA2000 frequency idle mode cdfimId
cdfimId
configuration
identifier
CDMA2000 1xRTT CSFB
csfbRegParam1xRtt csfbRegParam1xRtt
registration
parameters
CDMA2000 1xRTT NID roamer
csfbRegParam1xRtt csfbRegParam1xRttf foreignNIDR
registration
indicator
foreignNidReg
CDMA2000 1xRTT SID roamer
csfbRegParam1xRtt oreignNidReg
csfbRegParam1xRttf eg
foreignSIDR
registration
indicator
foreignSidReg
CDMA2000 1xRTT home
csfbRegParam1xRtt oreignSidReg
csfbRegParam1xRtth eg
homeReg
registration
indicator
homeReg
omeReg
CDMA2000 1xRTT multiple NID csfbRegParam1xRtt csfbRegParam1xRtt multipleNID
storage
indicator
CDMA2000
1xRTT multiple SID multiNid
csfbRegParam1xRtt multiNid
csfbRegParam1xRtt multipleSID
storage
indicator
multiSid
CDMA2000 1xRTT network
csfbRegParam1xRtt multiSid
csfbRegParam1xRttn nid
identification
nid
CDMA2000 1xRTT parametercsfbRegParam1xRtt id
csfbRegParam1xRttp parameterRe
change
registration
indicator
paramReg
CDMA2000 1xRTT power-down csfbRegParam1xRtt aramReg
csfbRegParam1xRttp g
powerDown
registration
indicator
powerDownReg
owerDownReg
CDMA2000 1xRTT power-up
csfbRegParam1xRtt csfbRegParam1xRttp Reg
powerUpReg
registration
indicator
powerUpReg
owerUpReg
CDMA2000 1xRTT registration
csfbRegParam1xRtt csfbRegParam1xRttr registrationP
period
regPeriod
CDMA2000 1xRTT registration
csfbRegParam1xRtt egPeriod
csfbRegParam1xRttr eriod
registrationZ
zone
regZone
egZone
CDMA2000 1xRTT system
csfbRegParam1xRtt csfbRegParam1xRtts one
sid
identification
sid
id
CDMA2000 1xRTT number of
csfbRegParam1xRtt csfbRegParam1xRttt totalZone
registration
zones
totalZone
CDMA2000 1xRTT zone timer
csfbRegParam1xRtt otalZone
csfbRegParam1xRttz zoneTimer
length
zoneTimer
HRPD pre-registration info
hoRegParamHrpd oneTimer
hoRegParamHrpd
HRPD pre-registration allowed
hoRegParamHrpdhr hoRegParamHrpdhrp preRegistrati
pdPreRegAllowed
HRPD pre-registration zone ID
hoRegParamHrpdhr dPreRegAllowed
hoRegParamHrpdhrp onAllowed
preRegistrati
pdPreRegZoneId
dPreRegZoneId
HRPD secondary pre-registration hoRegParamHrpdhr hoRegParamHrpdhrp onZoneId
secondaryPr
Zone
HRPDID1
secondary pre-registration pdSecPreRegZoneI
hoRegParamHrpdhr dSecPreRegZoneId1
hoRegParamHrpdhrp eRegistration
secondaryPr
d1
ZoneIdList
Zone
ID2
pdSecPreRegZoneI
dSecPreRegZoneId2
eRegistration
CDMA2000 HRPD band class list hrpdBdClList
hrpdBdClList
bandClassLi
d2
ZoneIdList
CDMA2000 HRPD band class
hrpdBdClListhrpdBd hrpdBdClListhrpdBd st
bandClass
ClBcl
ClBcl
CDMA2000 HRPD cell reselection hrpdBdClListhrpdC
hrpdBdClListhrpdCR
cellReselecti
priority
ResPrio
esPrio
CDMA2000 HRPD reselection
hrpdBdClListhrpdFr hrpdBdClListhrpdFrq onPriority
thresX-High
high
threshold
qThrH
ThrH
CDMA2000 HRPD reselection low hrpdBdClListhrpdFr hrpdBdClListhrpdFrq thresX-Low
threshold
CDMA HRPD band weight factor qThrL
hrpdBdClListidleLB ThrL
hrpdBdClListidleLBH
idle mode load
balancing
rpdCelResWeight
CDMA2000
HRPD
neighbor cell HrpdCelResWeight
hrpdNCList
hrpdNCList
neighCellList
list
CDMA2000 HRPD frequency
hrpdNCListhrpdArfc hrpdNCListhrpdArfcn arfcn
n
CDMA2000 HRPD band class
hrpdNCListhrpdBdC hrpdNCListhrpdBdCl bandClass
lNcl
CDMA2000 HRPD physical cell
hrpdNCListhrpdCellI Ncl
hrpdNCListhrpdCellI PhysCellIdC
identity
d
d
DMA2000
CDMA2000
HRPD NCL extension hrpdNCListhrpdExS
hrpdNCListhrpdExSe
selector
el
l
CDMA2000 1xRTT band class list rttBdClList
rttBdClList
bandClassLi
CDMA 1xRTT band weight factor rttBdClListidleLBRtt rttBdClListidleLBRttC st
idle
mode load
balancing
CelResWeight
CDMA2000
1xRTT
band class
rttBdClListrttBdClBcl elResWeight
rttBdClListrttBdClBcl bandClass
BCL
CDMA2000 1xRTT cell
rttBdClListrttCResPr rttBdClListrttCResPri cellReselecti
reselection priority
io
o
onPriority

CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CDFIM
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH

CDMA2000 1xRTT reselection

rttBdClListrttFrqThr rttBdClListrttFrqThrH thresX-High
high
threshold
H
CDMA2000 1xRTT reselection
rttBdClListrttFrqThrL rttBdClListrttFrqThrL thresX-Low
low
threshold
CDMA2000 1xRTT neighbor cell rttNCList
rttNCList
neighCellList
list
CDMA2000 1xRTT frequency
rttNCListrttArfcn
rttNCListrttArfcn
arfcn
CDMA2000 1xRTT band class
rttNCListrttBdClNcl rttNCListrttBdClNcl bandClass
(NCL)
CDMA2000 1xRTT physical cell rttNCListrttCellId
rttNCListrttCellId
PhysCellIdC
identity
DMA2000
CDMA2000 1xRTT NCL extension rttNCListrttExSel
rttNCListrttExSel
selector
CDMA search window size
searchWinSize
searchWinSize
searchWindo
wSize
CDMA2000 HRPD cell reselection tResHrpd
tResHrpd
ttimer
ReselectionC
Speed dep scaling factors
tResHrpdSF
tResHrpdSF
tDMA2000
treselection
HRPD
HRPD cell reselection timer factor tResHrpdSFhrpRes tResHrpdSFhrpResTi ReselectionC
sf-High
DMA2000high
mobility
HRPD
cell reselection timer factor TiFHM
tResHrpdSFhrpRes FHM
tResHrpdSFhrpResTi sf-Medium
SF
med
mobility1xRTT cell
TiFMM
FMM
CDMA2000
tResRtt
tResRtt
treselection
timer
ReselectionC
Speed dep scaling factors
tResRttSF
tResRttSF
tDMA2000
treselection
1xRTT
1xRTT cell reselection timer factor tResRttSFrttResTiF tResRttSFrttResTiFH ReselectionC
sf-High
DMA2000high
mobility
1xRTT
cell reselection timer factor HM
tResRttSFrttResTiF M
tResRttSFrttResTiFM sf-Medium
SF
med
mobility Certificate
MM
BTS Operator
BTSOperatorCertific M
BTSOperatorCertific
ate
Certificate Fingerprint
BTSOperatorCertific ate
BTSOperatorCertific
atecertificateFingerp
Certificate Issued By
BTSOperatorCertific atecertificateFingerpr
BTSOperatorCertific
rint
int
atecertificateIssued
Certificate Issued To
BTSOperatorCertific atecertificateIssuedB
BTSOperatorCertific
By
y
atecertificateIssued
Certificate Serial Number
BTSOperatorCertific atecertificateIssuedT
BTSOperatorCertific
To
o
atecertificateSerialN
Certificate Type
BTSOperatorCertific atecertificateSerialNu
BTSOperatorCertific
umber
mber
atecertificateType
Certificate Valid From
BTSOperatorCertific atecertificateType
BTSOperatorCertific
atecertificateValidFr
Certificate Valid To
BTSOperatorCertific atecertificateValidFro
BTSOperatorCertific
om
m
atecertificateValidTo
atecertificateValidTo
CRLDP Source
CRLDPSource
CRLDPSource
CRL distribution point
CRLDistributionPoin CRLDistributionPoint
tCRLDistributionPoin CRLDistributionPoint
CRLDP primary
tCRLDPPrimary
CRLDP Secondary
CRLDistributionPoin CRLDPPrimary
CRLDistributionPoint
tCRLDPSecondary
CRLDPSecondary
CRL Info
CRLInfo
CRLInfo
CRLDPType
CRLInfoCRLDPTyp CRLInfoCRLDPType
e
CRL Distribution Point
CRLInfoCRLDistribu CRLInfoCRLDistribut
tionPoint
CRL status of last download
CRLInfoCRLDownlo ionPoint
CRLInfoCRLDownlo
adStatus
Issuer of the current certificate
CRLInfoCRLIssuer adStatus
CRLInfoCRLIssuer
revocation
list
CRLs nextUpdate
CRLInfoCRLNextUp CRLInfoCRLNextUp
date
date
CRLs number of revoked
CRLInfoCRLNumOf
CRLInfoCRLNumOf
certificates
RevCert
Issue date of the current
CRLInfoCRLThisUp RevCert
CRLInfoCRLThisUpd
certificate
revocation
list
date
CRL Update Failure Reason
CRLInfoCRLUpdate ate
CRLInfoCRLUpdateF
FailureReason
CRL Usage Enabled
CRLUsageEnabled ailureReason
CRLUsageEnabled
Update time for BTS certificate
renewal
Update time for CA certificate
renewal
CMP server subject name
Certificate Handler configuration
identifier
CMP Directory

btsCertificateUpdate btsCertificateUpdate
Time
caCertificateUpdate Time
caCertificateUpdateT
Time
ime
caSubjectName
caSubjectName
certhId
certhId
cmpDirectory
cmpDirectory

CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CRGPR
CRGPR
CRGPR
CRGPR
CRGPR
CRGPR
CRGPR
CRGPR
CRGPR
CRGPR
CRGPR
CTRLTS
CTRLTS
CTRLTS
CTRLTS
CTRLTS
CTRLTS
CTRLTS
CTRLTS
CTRLTS
CTRLTS
CTRLTS
CTRLTS
CTRLTS
CTRLTS
ETHLK
ETHLK
ETHLK
ETHLK
ETHLK
ETHLK
ETHLK
ETHLK
ETHLK
ETHLK
ETHLK
ETHLK
ETHLK
ETHLK
ETHLK

CMP server IP address

CMP server port number
Certificate Revocation List update
period
Cell resource group profile
identifier
Cell resource group subframe
skipping
threshold
Default PLMN
group
PLMN group list
Mobile country code
Mobile network code
Mobile network code length
PLMN group identifier
Plmn group share list
PLMN group identifier
Cell resource group share
Trace control identifier
3rd party trace reporting
3rd party cell trace reporting
3rd party UE trace reporting
Maximum UE trace sessions
allowed
NetAct IP address
OMS trace port number
3rd party tool trace port number
Trace reporting mode
Cell trace reporting mode
UE trace reporting mode
UE active trace sessions present
flag
Vendor specific extension tracing
TA tracing
Switch port acceptable frame
types
Administrative state of the
ethernet
Ethernet link
link interface
interface identifier
Layer 2 switch member burst size
Layer 2 switch member ingress
limiting
Layer 2 rate
switch member egress
shaping
rate member VLAN
Layer
2 switch
identifier
list of VLAN identifier
Upper value
range
Low value of VLAN identifier
range
Link OAM enabling flag
Link OAM profile reference
MAC address
Port default VLAN priority
Default VLAN identifier for layer 2
switching
Speed and duplex configuration

cmpServerIpAddres
scmpServerPort
crlUpdatePeriod
crgPrId
crgSkipThreshold
defaultPlmnGroupId
plmnGroupList
plmnGroupListmcc
plmnGroupListmnc
plmnGroupListmncL
ength
plmnGroupListplmn
GroupId
plmnGroupShareLis
tplmnGroupShareLis
tplmnGroupId
plmnGroupShareLis
tplmnGroupShare
ctrlTsId
extTraceReporting
extCellTraceRep
extTraceReportinge
xtUeTraceRep
maxUeTraceSessio
ns
netActIpAddr
omsTracePortNum
tceTracePortNum
traceRepMode
cellTraceRepMode
traceRepModeueTr
aceRepMode
ueActiveTrcSessFla
g
vendorSpecTracing
taTracing
acceptableFrameTy
pes
administrativeState
ethLinkId
l2BurstSize
l2IngressRate
l2ShaperRate
l2VlanIdList
l2VlanIdListhighValu
e
l2VlanIdListlowValu
e
linkOAMEnabled
linkOAMProfile
macAddr
portDefaultPriority
portDefaultVlanId
speedAndDuplex

cmpServerIpAddress
cmpServerPort
crlUpdatePeriod
crgPrId
crgSkipThreshold
defaultPlmnGroupId
plmnGroupList
plmnGroupListmcc
plmnGroupListmnc
plmnGroupListmncLe
ngth
plmnGroupListplmnG
roupId
plmnGroupShareList
plmnGroupShareList
plmnGroupId
plmnGroupShareList
plmnGroupShare
ctrlTsId
extTraceReporting
extTraceReportingext
CellTraceRep
extTraceReportingext
UeTraceRep
maxUeTraceSession
snetActIpAddr
omsTracePortNum
tceTracePortNum
traceRepMode
traceRepModecellTra
ceRepMode
traceRepModeueTra
ceRepMode
ueActiveTrcSessFlag
vendorSpecTracing
vendorSpecTracingta
Tracing
acceptableFrameTyp
es
administrativeState
ethLinkId
l2BurstSize
l2IngressRate
l2ShaperRate
l2VlanIdList
l2VlanIdListhighValu
e
l2VlanIdListlowValue
linkOAMEnabled
linkOAMProfile
macAddr
portDefaultPriority
portDefaultVlanId
speedAndDuplex

FTM
FTM
FTM
FTM
FTM
GFIM
GFIM
GFIM
GFIM
GFIM
GNFL
GNFL
GNFL
GNFL
GNFL
GNFL
GNFL
GNFL
GNFL
GNFL
GTPU
GTPU
GTPU
GTPU
GTPU
GTPU
GTPU
IAFIM
IAFIM
IAFIM
IAFIM
IAFIM
IAFIM
IAFIM
IDNS
IDNS
IDNS
IEIF
IEIF
IEIF
IEIF
IEIF
IEIF

Transport module identifier

Network element location name
Software Release Version
Network element system name
Network element user defined
description
GERAN frequency idle mode
configuration
identifier timer
GERAN cell reselection
Speed-dependent scaling factors
t-reselection
GERAN timer
GERAN cell reselection
factor
high
GERAN
cellmobility
reselection timer
factor
medium
mobility
GERAN frequency
band indicator
GERAN RAT carrier frequency
absolute
priority
ARFCN value
list
GERAN inter-frequency threshold
high
GERAN inter-frequency threshold
low
GERAN neighbour frequency
configuration
identifier
GERAN carrier
weight factor idle
mode
load
balancing
NCC permitted bitmap
GERAN maximum allowed
transmit
power
GERAN minimum
required
receive
level
GTPU configuration identifier
Maximum number of unanswered
N3
requests
GTP-U
path supervision interval
T3 maximum waiting time for
GTP-U
SGW IPresponses
address list
Serving Gateway IPv4/v6 address
Transport network identifier
Intra frequency idle mode
configuration
identifier
Intra-frequency
blacklisted cell list
Number of PCI in intra-frequency
range PCI in intra-frequency
Lowest
range
Intra-frequency neighbouring cell
list
Physical cell identifier in
neighboring
cell procedure
list
Cell reselection
offset
DNS servers access configuration
identifier
IP address of the primary DNS
server
IP address of the secondary DNS
server
Identifier of the ethernet based IP
interface
IP address of the plain Ethernet
network
interface
Plain Ethernet
Network Interface
IPv6
Address
Plain Ethernet Network Interface
IPv6
Prefix-Length
Maximum
transfer unit
Subnet mask of the plain Ethernet
network interface

ftmId
locationName
softwareReleaseVer
sion
systemTitle
userLabel
gfimId
tResGer
tResGerSF
tResGerSFgerResTi
FHM
tResGerSFgerResTi
FMM
bandInd
gCelResPrio
gerArfcnVal
gerFrqThrH
gerFrqThrL
gnflId
idleLBGeranCelRes
Weight
nccperm
pMaxGer
qRxLevMinGer
gtpuId
gtpuN3Reqs
gtpuPathSupint
gtpuT3Resp
sgwIpAddressList
sgwIpAddressListsg
wIpAddress
sgwIpAddressListtra
nsportNwId
iafimId
intrFrBCList
intrFrBCListrangeInt
raPci
intrFrBCListstartIntr
aPci
intrFrNCList

ftmId
locationName
softwareReleaseVers
ion
systemTitle
userLabel
gfimId
tResGer
tResGerSF
tResGerSFgerResTi
FHM
tResGerSFgerResTi
FMM
bandInd
gCelResPrio
gerArfcnVal
gerFrqThrH
gerFrqThrL
gnflId
idleLBGeranCelRes
Weight
nccperm
pMaxGer
qRxLevMinGer
gtpuId
gtpuN3Reqs
gtpuPathSupint
gtpuT3Resp
sgwIpAddressList
sgwIpAddressListsg
wIpAddress
sgwIpAddressListtra
nsportNwId
iafimId
intrFrBCList
intrFrBCListrangeIntr
aPci
intrFrBCListstartIntra
Pci
intrFrNCList

tReselection
tGERAN
Reselection
sf-High
GERAN-SF
sf-Medium
bandIndicato
rcellReselecti
onPriority
GERANARFCNthresX-High
Value
thresX-Low

nccPermitted
pMaxGERAN
q-RxLevMin
N3REQUESTS
T3RESPONSE

IntraFreqBla
cklistedCellLi
range
st
start
intraFreqNei
intrFrNCListphysCell intrFrNCListphysCellI ghCellList
physicalCellI
IdNcl
dNcl
intrFrNCListqOffset intrFrNCListqOffsetC d
q-OffsetCell
Cell
ell
dnsAccessId
dnsAccessId
serverIpAddress
serverIpAddress
serverIpAddress2
serverIpAddress2
ieifId
ieifId
localIpAddr
localIpAddr
localIpv6Addr
localIpv6Addr
localIpv6PrefixLengt localIpv6PrefixLengt
h
h
mtu
mtu
netmask
netmask

IEIF
IEIF
IEIF
IEIF
IEIF
IEIF
IEIF
IEIF
IHCP
IHCP
IHCP
IHCP
IHCP
IHCP
IHCP
IHCP
IHCP
IHCP
INTP
INTP
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO

QOS traffic priorization enabling

flag
Shaper burst size
Total Shaper Burst Size
Shaper information rate
Total shaper information rate
Traffic Path Shaping Enabling
Flag
Take ethernet overhead into
account
when shaping
WFQ aggregator
queue weight
Entry set for DHCP clients
identified
by aIdentifier
system name
DHCP Client
DHCP Fixed IP Address
DHCP Server Identifier
Entry set for DHCP clients
identified
by aIPMAC
address
DHCP Fixed
Address
DHCP Hardware Identifier
DHCP IP address pool
DHCP Range End IP Address
DHCP Range Start IP Address
NTP configuration entity identifier
List of NTP server IP addresses
Feature Activation Flag For Fast
IP
Re-Routing
Feature
Activation Flag
IPTransport
Network
Feature Activation
Flag IPv6 For
Measurement
U/C-Plane
Activation Flag Transport
Separation
For RAN Network
Sharing IP
Additional Transport
Address
List IPv4 Address
Control Plane
Control Plane IPv6 Address
User Plane IPv4 Address
User Plane IPv6 Address
Transport Network Identifier
BFD Hold-Up time delay for reinstalling
the identifier
protection
Base station
MAC address for BTS subnet
Control plane IP address
Control plane IPv6 address
Disable FTP server
Enable/disable service OAM
BTS subnet IP address
Subnet mask for the BTS subnet
IP
address
Enable
response to ICMP traffic
IP node configuration identifier
Management plane IP address
Main Transport Network Identifier

qosEnabled
qosEnabled
sbs
sbs
sbsTotal
sbsTotal
sir
sir
sirTotal
sirTotal
trafficPathShapingE trafficPathShapingEn
nable
upperLayerShaping able
upperLayerShaping
wfqSchedQueueWe wfqSchedQueueWei
ight
ght
client_identifier
client_identifier
client_identifierdhcp client_identifierdhcp
ClientIdentifier
client_identifierdhcp ClientIdentifier
client_identifierdhcpF
FixedIpAddress
ixedIpAddress
dhcpAccessId
dhcpAccessId
hardware_identifier hardware_identifier
hardware_identifierd hardware_identifierd
hcpFixedIpAddress
hardware_identifierd hcpFixedIpAddress
hardware_identifierd
hcpHardwareIdentifi
hcpHardwareIdentifie
range_identifier
range_identifier
er
r
range_identifierdhcp range_identifierdhcp
RangeEnd
range_identifierdhcp RangeEnd
range_identifierdhcp
RangeStart
RangeStart
ntpAccessId
ntpAccessId
ntpServers
ntpServers
actFastIpRerouting actFastIpRerouting
actIpTnlMeasure
actIpTnlMeasure
actIpv6
actIpv6
actSeparationRanS actSeparationRanSh
haring
addTransportNwIpA aring
addTransportNwIpAd
ddrList
addTransportNwIpA drList
addTransportNwIpAd
ddrListaddCPlaneIp
addTransportNwIpA drListaddCPlaneIpv4
addTransportNwIpAd
v4Address
Address
ddrListaddCPlaneIp
addTransportNwIpA drListaddCPlaneIpv6
addTransportNwIpAd
v6Address
Address
ddrListaddUPlaneIp
addTransportNwIpA drListaddUPlaneIpv4
addTransportNwIpAd
v4Address
Address
ddrListaddUPlaneIp
addTransportNwIpA drListaddUPlaneIpv6
addTransportNwIpAd
v6Address
Address
ddrListtransportNwI
drListtransportNwId
bfdHoldUpTime
bfdHoldUpTime
d
btsId
btsId
btsSubnetMacAddr btsSubnetMacAddr
cPlaneIpAddress
cPlaneIpAddress
cPlaneIpv6Address cPlaneIpv6Address
disableFtp
disableFtp
enableSoam
enableSoam
ftmBtsSubnetAddre ftmBtsSubnetAddres
ss
ftmBtsSubnetMask sftmBtsSubnetMask
icmpResponseEnab icmpResponseEnabl
led
ed
ipNodeId
ipNodeId
mPlaneIpAddress mPlaneIpAddress
mainTransportNwId mainTransportNwId

IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPRM
IPRM
IPRM
IPRM
IPRM
IPRM
IPRT
IPRT
IPRT
IPRT
IPRT
IPRT
IPRT
IPRTV6
IPRTV6
IPRTV6
IPRTV6
IPRTV6
IPRTV6
IPRTV6
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC

Transport network IP address of

the
O&M TLV
system
Optional
message reply flag
TLS usage towards the OPS
system
MAC address for U/C/M/S plane
Neighbor Solicitation Message
Retransmit
Timerplane application
Synchronization
IP
address OMS IP address
Secondary
Serving OMS
Serving OMS administrative
setting
Serving OMS switchover request
TWAMP reflector and udp echo
flag
indicator
TWAMP
application or IP
interface
address response
TWAMP message
enabling
UDP echoflag
flag
TWAMP initiator rate for sending
messages
TWAMP reflector port number
User plane IP address
User plane IPv6 address
WFQ aggregator queue weight for
Service
OAM
messages
Restricted
Mode
exception list (IP
address
list)
How is source two defined?
IP address for source two
Subnet mask for source two IP
address
User Label
IP Restricted Mode object
identifier
Identifier of the IP routing table
Static IP routes set
BFD route protection session
identifier
Destination IP address of static
route
Gateway
Netmask
Preference value of the route
Identifier Of The IPv6 Routing
Table
Static IPv6 Routes Set
BFD route protection session
identifier
Destination IPv6 Address Of The
Static
RouteIPv6 Prefix Length
Destination
Gateway IPv6 Address
Preference value of the route
IPsec emergency bypass control
server
IP address bypass enabled
IPsec emergency
IPsec emergency bypass exit
active emergency
state request
IPsec
bypass ping
retry timer

oamIpAddr
oamIpAddr
oamTlvReply
oamTlvReply
omsTls
omsTls
planeMacAddr
planeMacAddr
retransTimer
retransTimer
sPlaneIpAddress
sPlaneIpAddress
secOmsIpAddr
secOmsIpAddr
servingOms
servingOms
servingOmsAdminS servingOmsAdminSe
etting
servingOmsSwoReq tting
servingOmsSwoReq
uest
uest
twampFlag
twampFlag
twampFlagtwampIp twampFlagtwampIpA
Address
twampFlagtwampRe ddress
twampFlagtwampRef
flFlag
twampFlagudpEcho lFlag
twampFlagudpEchoF
Flag
twampMessageRate lag
twampMessageRate
twampReflectorPort twampReflectorPort
uPlaneIpAddress
uPlaneIpAddress
uPlaneIpv6Address uPlaneIpv6Address
wfqSchedOamWeig wfqSchedOamWeigh
ht
tRmExceptions
RmExceptions
RmExceptionssourc RmExceptionssource
eTwoDiscr
RmExceptionssourc TwoDiscr
RmExceptionssource
eTwoIpAddr
RmExceptionssourc TwoIpAddr
RmExceptionssource
eTwoNetMask
RmExceptionsuserL TwoNetMask
RmExceptionsuserLa
abel
bel
iprmId
iprmId
ipRoutingTableId
ipRoutingTableId
staticRoutes
staticRoutes
staticRoutesbfdId
staticRoutesbfdId
staticRoutesdestIpA staticRoutesdestIpAd
ddr
staticRoutesgatewa dr
staticRoutesgateway
ystaticRoutesnetmas staticRoutesnetmask
kstaticRoutesprefere staticRoutespreferen
nce
ipv6RoutingTableId ce
ipv6RoutingTableId
staticIpv6Routes
staticIpv6Routes
staticIpv6RoutesbfdI staticIpv6RoutesbfdI
d
staticIpv6Routesdes d
staticIpv6Routesdest
tIpv6Addr
staticIpv6Routesdes Ipv6Addr
staticIpv6Routesdesti
tinationIpv6PrefixLe
staticIpv6Routesgat nationIpv6PrefixLeng
staticIpv6Routesgate
ngth
th
ewayIpv6Addr
wayIpv6Addr
staticIpv6Routespref
staticIpv6Routespref
erence
ipSecEmBypassCtrlI erence
ipSecEmBypassCtrlI
pAddr
ipSecEmBypassEna pAddr
ipSecEmBypassEna
bled
ipSecEmBypassExit bled
ipSecEmBypassExit
ipSecEmBypassPin ipSecEmBypassPing
gTimer
Timer

IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IRFIM
IRFIM

IPsec emergency bypass state

ipSecEmBypassStat ipSecEmBypassStat
e
e
IPSec enabling flag
ipSecEnabled
ipSecEnabled
IPsec configuration identifier
ipSeccId
ipSeccId
Security policies
securityPolicies
securityPolicies
Anti replay enabled flag
securityPoliciesanti securityPoliciesantiR
ReplayEnabled
Size of the anti replay window
securityPoliciesanti eplayEnabled
securityPoliciesantiR
ReplayWindowSize
DPD alarm raising delay time
securityPoliciesdpdd eplayWindowSize
securityPoliciesdpdd
elay
DPD timeout
securityPoliciesdpdti elay
securityPoliciesdpdti
meout
ESP encryption algorithm
securityPoliciesencr meout
securityPoliciesencry
yptionMethod
IKE Diffie-Hellman group
securityPoliciesikeDi ptionMethod
securityPoliciesikeDif
ffHellGrp
IKE layer encryption method
securityPoliciesikeE fHellGrp
securityPoliciesikeEn
ncryptionMethod
IKE protocol variant
securityPoliciesikeP cryptionMethod
securityPoliciesikePr
rotocol
IPsec action status
securityPoliciesipSe otocol
securityPoliciesipSec
cStatus
Local IP address
securityPolicieslocal Status
securityPolicieslocalI
IpAddress
Port number of the local IP
securityPolicieslocal pAddress
securityPolicieslocalI
address
IpPort
local Ip Prefix Length
securityPolicieslocal pPort
securityPolicieslocalI
IpPrefixLength
Local IPsec tunnel endpoint IP
securityPolicieslocal pPrefixLength
securityPolicieslocalT
address
TunnelEndpoint
Policy order number
securityPoliciespolic unnelEndpoint
securityPoliciespolicy
yNumber
Protocol information
securityPoliciesprot Number
securityPoliciesproto
ocol
Remote IP address
securityPoliciesrem col
securityPoliciesremot
oteIpAddress
Port of the remote IP address
securityPoliciesrem eIpAddress
securityPoliciesremot
oteIpPort
remote Ip Prefix Length
securityPoliciesrem eIpPort
securityPoliciesremot
oteIpPrefixLength
Remote IPsec tunnel endpoint IP securityPoliciesrem eIpPrefixLength
securityPoliciesremot
address
oteTunnelEndpoint
Security association maximum
securityPoliciessaM eTunnelEndpoint
securityPoliciessaMa
lifetime
axLifeTime
xLifeTime
EUTRA frequency value
dlCarFrqEut
dlCarFrqEut
dlCarrierFreq
EUTRA carrier frequency absolute eutCelResPrio
eutCelResPrio
cellReselecti
priority
onPriority

IRFIM

EUTRA carrier weight factor idle

mode load balancing

idleLBEutCelResWe idleLBEutCelResWei
ight
ght

IRFIM
IRFIM
IRFIM
IRFIM
IRFIM
IRFIM
IRFIM
IRFIM
IRFIM
IRFIM
IRFIM
IRFIM

Inter-frequency blacklisted cell list

Number of PCI in inter-frequency
range
Lowest PCI in inter-frequency
range
Inter-Frequency neighbouring cell
list
Physical
cell identifier in
neighbouring
cellprocedure
list
Cell reselection
offset
EUTRA inter-frequency quality
thresholds
(Rel9)
EUTRA inter-frequency
quality
threshold
high (Rel9) quality
EUTRA
inter-frequency
threshold
lowfrequency
(Rel9)
EUTRA inter
threshold
high
EUTRA inter frequency threshold
low
EUTRA presence antenna port1

intFrBCList
intFrBCList
InterFreqBla
intFrBCListrangeInt intFrBCListrangeInter ckCellList
range
erPci
Pci
intFrBCListstartInter intFrBCListstartInter start
Pci
Pci
intFrNCList
intFrNCList
interFreqNei
ghCellList
intFrNCListphysCellI intFrNCListphysCellI physicalCellI
dNcl
dNcl
intFrNCListqOffCell intFrNCListqOffCell d
q-OffsetCell
interFrqQThrR9
interFrqQThrR9
interFrqQThrR9inter interFrqQThrR9inter
FrqQThrHighR9
FrqQThrHighR9
interFrqQThrR9inter
interFrqQThrR9inter
FrqQThrLowR9
FrqQThrLowR9
interFrqThrH
interFrqThrH
thresX-High
interFrqThrL
interPresAntP

interFrqThrL
interPresAntP

thresX-Low
presenceAnt
ennaPort1

IRFIM
IRFIM
IRFIM
IRFIM
IRFIM
IRFIM
IRFIM
IRFIM
IRFIM
IRFIM
IVIF
IVIF
IVIF
IVIF
IVIF
IVIF
IVIF
IVIF
IVIF
IVIF
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI
L2SWI

EUTRA cell reselection timer

IRFIM identifier
Allowed measurement bandwidth
Pmax neighbouring EUTRA cells
EUTRA frequency specific offset
Min required RSRQ in inter-freq
neighbor
(Rel9)
Minimum cells
required
Rx RSRP level
Speed-dependent scaling factors
t-reselection
EUTRAN timer
EUTRA cell reselection
factor
high
EUTRA
cellmobility
reselection timer
factor
medium
mobility
Local IP address
of the VLAN
interface
VLAN Ethernet Network Interface
IPv6
VLANAddress
Ethernet Network Interface
IPv6
Prefix-Length
Network mask of the local IP
address
QOS traffic priorisation enabling
flag
Shaper burst size
Shaper information rate
VLAN identifier
VLAN interface object identifier
WFQ aggregator queue weight
DSCP to priority queue map
DSCP value
Priority queue identifier
Enable layer 2 switching
Layer 2 switch member weight for
priority
Layer 2queue
switch2member weight for
priority
Layer 2queue
switch3member weight for
priority
queue
Layer 2 switch4member weight for
priority
Layer 2queue
switch5member weight for
priority
queue
6 priority
Port default
VLAN
Default VLAN identifier for layer 2
switching
Priority queue for non-IP frames
Priority queue for frames with
VLAN
bitsfor
0 frames with
PriorityPCP
queue
VLAN PCP
bitsfor
1 frames with
Priority
queue
VLAN
PCP
bits
2 frames with
Priority queue for
VLAN
bitsfor
3 frames with
PriorityPCP
queue
VLAN
bitsfor
4 frames with
PriorityPCP
queue
VLAN PCP
bitsfor
5 frames with
Priority
queue
VLAN
PCP
bits
6 frames with
Priority queue for
VLAN
bitsfor
7 untagged
PriorityPCP
queue
frames
QOS classification flag
Identifier of the layer 2 switch
object

interTResEut
irfimId
measBdw
pMaxInterF
qOffFrq
qQualMinR9
qRxLevMinInterF
tResEutSF
tResEutSFeutResTi
FHM
tResEutSFeutResTi
FMM
localIpAddr
localIpv6Addr
localIpv6PrefixLengt
h
2
netmask
qosEnabled
sbs
sir 2
vlanId
vlanIfNetId
wfqSchedQueueWe
ight
dscpMap
dscpMapdscp
dscpMappriorityQue
ue
enableLayer2Switch
ing
l2PriorityQueueWei
ght2
l2PriorityQueueWei
ght3
l2PriorityQueueWei
ght4
l2PriorityQueueWei
ght5
l2PriorityQueueWei
ght6
portDefaultPriority
portDefaultVlanId
priorityQueueNonIP
priorityQueuePcp0
priorityQueuePcp1
priorityQueuePcp2
priorityQueuePcp3
priorityQueuePcp4
priorityQueuePcp5
priorityQueuePcp6
priorityQueuePcp7
priorityQueueUntag
ged
qosClassification
switchId

interTResEut
tReselectionE
irfimId
UTRA
measBdw
allowedMeas
Bandwidth
pMaxInterF
p-Max
qOffFrq
q-OffsetFreq
qQualMinR9
qRxLevMinInterF
q-RxLevMin
tResEutSF
ttResEutSFeutResTiF ReselectionE
sf-High
UTRA-SF
HM
tResEutSFeutResTiF sf-Medium
MM
localIpAddr
localIpv6Addr
localIpv6PrefixLengt
h
netmask
qosEnabled
sbs
sir
vlanId
vlanIfNetId
wfqSchedQueueWei
ght
dscpMap
dscpMapdscp
dscpMappriorityQueu
e
enableLayer2Switchi
ng
l2PriorityQueueWeig
ht2
l2PriorityQueueWeig
ht3
l2PriorityQueueWeig
ht4
l2PriorityQueueWeig
ht5
l2PriorityQueueWeig
ht6
portDefaultPriority
portDefaultVlanId
priorityQueueNonIP
priorityQueuePcp0
priorityQueuePcp1
priorityQueuePcp2
priorityQueuePcp3
priorityQueuePcp4
priorityQueuePcp5
priorityQueuePcp6
priorityQueuePcp7
priorityQueueUntagg
ed
qosClassification
switchId

L2SWI
LCELL
LCELL
LCELL
LCELL
LCELL
LCELL
LCELL
LNADJ
LNADJ
LNADJ
LNADJ
LNADJ
LNADJ
LNADJ
LNADJ
LNADJ
LNADJ
LNADJ
LNADJ
LNADJ
LNADJ
LNADJG
LNADJG
LNADJG
LNADJG
LNADJG
LNADJG
LNADJG
LNADJG
LNADJG
LNADJG
LNADJG
LNADJG
LNADJG
LNADJG
LNADJG
LNADJG
LNADJL
LNADJL
LNADJL
LNADJL
LNADJL

Flag to decide if VLAN aware

vlanAwareSwitch
switching
is
used
Local cell resource identifier
lCellId
Repeater delay
repeaterDelay
Resource list
resourceList
Antenna line id
antlId
Sub cell identifier
resourceListsubCellI
d
TX and RX usage
txRxUsage
Cell sector id
sectorId
Identity of neighbor eNB within
adjEnbId
PLMN
C-Plane IP address of neighbor cPlaneIpAddr
eNB
C-Plane IP address control
cPlaneIpAddrCtrl
Neighbor eNB globally unique
guGroupIdList
group
ID
list
MCC in PLMN identity included in guGroupIdListmcc
GU
group
IDID included in GU
MME
group
guGroupIdListmme
group
ID
MNC in PLMN identity included in GroupId
guGroupIdListmnc
GU
IDin PLMN identity
MNCgroup
length
guGroupIdListmncL
included
in
GU
group
ID
ength
Neighbour eNB identifier
lnAdjId
Primary PLMN identity of neighbor plmnId
eNB
MCC in primary PLMN identity of plmnIdmcc
neighbor
eNB PLMN identity of plmnIdmnc
MNC in primary
neighbor
eNB
MNC length
in primary PLMN of plmnIdmncLength
neighbor
eNB
X2 link status
x2LinkStatus
ARFCN value geran
arfcnValueGeran
Band indicator geran
bandIndicatorGeran
Basestation colour code
basestationColourC
ode
DTM capability
dtm
CI GERAN
gTargetCi
LAC GERAN
gTargetLac
RAC GERAN
gTargetRac
Neighbor GERAN BTS cell
lnAdjGId
identifier
MCC GERAN
mcc
MNC GERAN
mnc
MNC length GERAN
mncLength
Network colour code
networkColourCode
Network control order
networkControlOrde
rrimStatus
RIM interface status
System info list GERAN
systemInfoListGera
n
System information type
systemInfoType
Broadcast PLMN identity list
bcPlmnIdList
MCC in broadcast PLMN identity bcPlmnIdListmcc
MNC in broadcast PLMN identity bcPlmnIdListmnc
MNC length in broadcast PLMN bcPlmnIdListmncLe
identity
ngth
DL cyclic prefix configuration
cpConfDL

vlanAwareSwitch
lCellId
repeaterDelay
resourceList
resourceListantlId
resourceListsubCellI
d
resourceListtxRxUsa
ge
sectorId
adjEnbId
cPlaneIpAddr
cPlaneIpAddrCtrl
guGroupIdList
guGroupIdListmcc
guGroupIdListmmeG
roupId
guGroupIdListmnc
guGroupIdListmncLe
ngth
lnAdjId
plmnId
plmnIdmcc
plmnIdmnc
plmnIdmncLength
x2LinkStatus
arfcnValueGeran
bandIndicatorGeran
basestationColourCo
de
dtm
gTargetCi
gTargetLac
gTargetRac
lnAdjGId
mcc
mnc
mncLength
networkColourCode
networkControlOrder
rimStatus
systemInfoListGeran
systemInfoType
bcPlmnIdList
bcPlmnIdListmcc
bcPlmnIdListmnc
bcPlmnIdListmncLen
gth
cpConfDL

GU-Group-ID
mME-GroupID

arfcn
bandIndicato
rbaseStation
ColourCode
CI
LAC
RAC
MCC
MNC
MNC
networkColo
urCode
networkContr
olOrder
SystemInfoLi
stGeran
systemInfor
mation
pLMNIdentity

cyclicPrefixD
L

LNADJL
LNADJL
LNADJL
LNADJL
LNADJL
LNADJL
LNADJL
LNADJL
LNADJL
LNADJL
LNADJL
LNADJL
LNADJL
LNADJL
LNADJL
LNADJL
LNADJL
LNADJL
LNADJW
LNADJW
LNADJW
LNADJW
LNADJW
LNADJW
LNADJW
LNADJW
LNADJW
LNADJW
LNADJW
LNADJW
LNADJW
LNADJW
LNADJW
LNADJW
LNADJW
LNADJX
LNADJX
LNADJX
LNADJX
LNADJX
LNADJX
LNADJX
LNADJX

UL Cyclic Prefix Configuration

cpConfUL
cpConfUL
cyclicPrefixU
L
Downlink transmission bandwidth dlTrmBw
dlTrmBw
dLTransmission
Identity of neighbor eNB in ECGI ecgiAdjEnbId
ecgiAdjEnbId
-Bandwidth
Local cell resource ID of related ecgiLcrId
ecgiLcrId
neighbor
cell identity of neighbor ecgiPlmnId
Primary PLMN
ecgiPlmnId
LTE
cell
in
ECGI
MCC in primary PLMN identity of ecgiPlmnIdmcc
ecgiPlmnIdmcc
neighbour
ENB
in
ECGI
MNC in primary PLMN identity of ecgiPlmnIdmnc
ecgiPlmnIdmnc
neighbour
ENB
in ECGIPLMN ID ecgiPlmnIdmncLeng ecgiPlmnIdmncLengt
MNC length
in primary
of
neighbour
ENB inofECGI
th
h
Downlink
EARFCN
LTE cell
fDlEarfcn
fDlEarfcn
served
by
neighbor
eNB
Uplink EARFCN of FDD cell
fUlEarfcn
fUlEarfcn
uL-EARFCN
served
by
neighbor
eNB
Neighbor LTE cell identifier
lnAdjlId
lnAdjlId
Physical cell ID of cell served by phyCellId
phyCellId
neighbor
eNB
Source of data
sourceOfData
sourceOfData
Special Subframe Configuration spcSubConfTD
spcSubConfTD
specialSubfr
Of
Neighbor
ENB
amePatterns
Tracking area code of cell served tac
tac
by
neighbor
eNB
UL and DL transmission
trmBwTD
trmBwTD
transmissionbandwidth
Bandwidth
Uplink Downlink subframe
ulDlConfTD
ulDlConfTD
subframeAss
configuration
in
radio
frame
ignment
Uplink transmission bandwidth
ulTrmBw
ulTrmBw
uLTransmission
Neighbor WCDMA BTS cell
lnAdjWId
lnAdjWId
-Bandwidth
identifier
Target primary PLMN identity
primaryPlmnId
primaryPlmnId
MCC
primaryPlmnIdmcc primaryPlmnIdmcc
MNC
primaryPlmnIdmnc primaryPlmnIdmnc
MNC length
primaryPlmnIdmncL primaryPlmnIdmncLe
ength
Target secondary PLMN ID list
secondaryPlmnIdL ngth
secondaryPlmnIdL secondaryPl
MCC
secondaryPlmnIdLm secondaryPlmnIdLm mnIdL
MCC
cc
cc
MNC
secondaryPlmnIdLm secondaryPlmnIdLm MNC
nc
MNC length
secondaryPlmnIdLm nc
secondaryPlmnIdLm
ncLength
ncLength
Source of data
sourceOfData
sourceOfData
SRVCC HO indication
srvccHoInd
srvccHoInd
SRVCC HO
Indication
Target cell id
uTargetCid
uTargetCid
Target frequency
uTargetFreq
uTargetFreq
Target location area code
uTargetLac
uTargetLac
LAC
Target routing area code
uTargetRac
uTargetRac
RAC
Target RNC id
uTargetRncId
uTargetRncId
RNC-ID
Primary scrambling code (FDD) uTargetScFdd
uTargetScFdd
PhysCellIden
tityUTRANeighbor 1x carrier frequency
arfcn
arfcn
CarrierFreqC
FDD
DMA2000
Neighbor 1x band class
bandClass
bandClass
CarrierFreqC
DMA2000
Neighbor 1x cell ID
cellId
cellId
CDMA2000 1xRTT neighbor cell lnadjxId
lnadjxId
identifier
Neighbor 1x market ID
marketId
marketId
Neighbor 1x PN offset
pnOffset
pnOffset
PhysCellIdC
DMA2000
Neighbor 1x sector ID
sectorId
sectorId
Neighbor 1x switch number
swNo
swNo

LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS

Activate 1xCSFB
Activate Support of 8 EPS
Bearers
Activation CMAS support
Activate CS fallback via
redirection
Activate cell trace
Activate cell trace with IMSI
Ciphering algorithm activation
parameter
Activation of complete
consistency
checks
Activate support
of conversational
voice
bearer
Activation of C-plane overload
handling
Activate CS fallback with PS-HO
to
UTRA of downlink carrier
Activation
aggregation

act1xCsfb
act8EpsBearers
actCMAS
actCSFBRedir
actCellTrace
actCellTraceWithIM
SI
actCiphering
actCompChecks
actConvVoice
actCplaneOvlHandli
ng
actCsfbPsHoToUtra
actDLCAggr

act1xCsfb
act8EpsBearers
actCMAS
actCSFBRedir
actCellTrace
actCellTraceWithIMS
IactCiphering
actCompChecks
actConvVoice
actCplaneOvlHandlin
g
actCsfbPsHoToUtra
actDLCAggr

LNBTS

Activate support for distributed

site
Activate support for dual band
operation

actDistributedSite

actDistributedSite

LNBTS

actDualBand

actDualBand

LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS

Activate dual carrier usage

Activate CSFB to CDMA 1xRTT
for
dual RX
UEsmodification
Activate
E-RAB
Activation ETWS support
Activate emergency call via
redirection
Activate enhanced AC and GBR
services
Activate flexible base band usage

actDualCarrier
actDualRx1xCsfb
actERabModify
actETWS
actEmerCallRedir
actEnhAcAndGbrSe
rvices
actFlexBbUsage

actDualCarrier
actDualRx1xCsfb
actERabModify
E-RAB
MODIFY
actETWS
REQUEST
actEmerCallRedir
actEnhAcAndGbrSer
vices
actFlexBbUsage

LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS

Activate GSM redirect with system actGsmRedirWithSI

information
Activate handover from LTE to
actHOtoHrpd
eHRPD
Activate handover from LTE to
actHOtoWcdma
WCDMA
Activate home eNB mobility
actHeNBMobility
Activate high priority services
actHighPrioServices
Activate high amount of RRC
actHighRrc
connected
UE
Activate handover from UTRAN actHoFromUtran
Activate support of IMS
actIMSEmerSessR9
emergency sessions for Rel 9 UE

LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS

Activation of idle mode load

actIdleLB
actIdleLB
balancing
(IdleLB)
Enable interFrequency
handover actIfHo
actIfHo
Activation idle mode mobility
actImmHRPD
actImmHRPD
CDMA/eHRPD
Activation idle mode mobility
actImmXrtt
actImmXrtt
CDMA/1xRTT
Activation of inter-frequency load actInterFreqLB
actInterFreqLB
balancing
Activation (iFLB)
of intra-frequency load actIntraFreqLoadBal actIntraFreqLoadBal
balancing
Activate LPPa support for OTDOA actLPPaOtdoa
actLPPaOtdoa
Activate intra LTE S1based
actLTES1Ho
actLTES1Ho
handover
Activate location reporting
actLocRep
actLocRep
Activate MDT cell trace
actMDTCellTrace
actMDTCellTrace
Activate MFBI support
actMFBI
actMFBI

actGsmRedirWithSI
actHOtoHrpd
actHOtoWcdma
actHeNBMobility
actHighPrioServices
actHighRrc
actHoFromUtran
actIMSEmerSessR9

LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS

Activate multiple bearers

actMultBearers
actMultBearers
Activate multiple GBR bearers
actMultGbrBearers actMultGbrBearers
Activate nonGBR service
actNonGbrServiceDi actNonGbrServiceDif
differentiation
ff
factOTNRecovery
Activate OTN recovery
actOTNRecovery
Activate support of operator
actOperatorQCI
actOperatorQCI
specific
QCIs
Activate support of operator
actOperatorQCIGB actOperatorQCIGBR
specific
GBR
QCIs
Activate optimized MME selection R
actOptMmeSelectio actOptMmeSelection MME
n
selection
Activate PDCP robust header
actPdcpRohc
actPdcpRohc
function
compression
Activate RAN Information
actRIMforGSM
actRIMforGSM
Management
for GSM
Enable UE context
release with
actRedirect
actRedirect
redirect
Activate support for RF chaining actRfChaining
actRfChaining
Activation status of S1 flex feature actS1Flex
actS1Flex
Activate S1 overload handling
actS1OlHandling
actS1OlHandling
Activate selective mobility profiles actSelMobPrf
actSelMobPrf
Activate SRVCC to GSM
actSrvccToGsm
actSrvccToGsm
Activate SRVCC to WCDMA
actSrvccToWcdma actSrvccToWcdma
Activate subscriber and
actSubscriberTrace actSubscriberTrace
equipment
trace
Activate UE-based ANR for Inter- actUeBasedAnrInter actUeBasedAnrInter
frequency LTE
FreqLte
FreqLte

LNBTS
LNBTS

Activate UE-based ANR for intraFrequency

LTE
Activate UE-based
ANR for
UTRAN

actUeBasedAnrIntra actUeBasedAnrIntra
FreqLte
actUeBasedAnrUtra FreqLte
actUeBasedAnrUtran
n

LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS

Activate Uplink CoMP

Activation of ZUC algorithm
Activate eNACC to GSM
AM RLC poll byte table 1
DL poll byte
UE category
UL poll byte
AM RLC poll byte table 2
DL poll byte
UE category
UL poll byte
AM RLC poll byte table 3
DL poll byte
UE category
UL poll byte
AM RLC poll byte table 4
DL poll byte
UE category

actUlCoMp
actZUC
acteNACCtoGSM
amRlcPBTab1
amRlcPBTab1dlPoll
Byte
amRlcPBTab1ueCat
egory
amRlcPBTab1ulPoll
Byte
amRlcPBTab2
amRlcPBTab2dlPoll
Byte
amRlcPBTab2ueCat
egory
amRlcPBTab2ulPoll
Byte
amRlcPBTab3
amRlcPBTab3dlPoll
Byte
amRlcPBTab3ueCat
egory
amRlcPBTab3ulPoll
Byte
amRlcPBTab4
amRlcPBTab4dlPoll
Byte
amRlcPBTab4ueCat
egory

actUlCoMp
actZUC
acteNACCtoGSM
amRlcPBTab1
amRlcPBTab1dlPollB pollByte
yte
amRlcPBTab1ueCat ue-Category
egory
amRlcPBTab1ulPollB
pollByte
yte
amRlcPBTab2
amRlcPBTab2dlPollB pollByte
yte
amRlcPBTab2ueCat ue-Category
egory
amRlcPBTab2ulPollB
pollByte
yte
amRlcPBTab3
amRlcPBTab3dlPollB pollByte
yte
amRlcPBTab3ueCat ue-Category
egory
amRlcPBTab3ulPollB
pollByte
yte
amRlcPBTab4
amRlcPBTab4dlPollB pollByte
yte
amRlcPBTab4ueCat ue-Category
egory

LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS

UL poll byte
amRlcPBTab4ulPoll amRlcPBTab4ulPollB pollByte
Byte
yte
AM RLC poll byte table 5
amRlcPBTab5
amRlcPBTab5
DL poll byte
amRlcPBTab5dlPoll amRlcPBTab5dlPollB pollByte
Byte
UE category
amRlcPBTab5ueCat yte
amRlcPBTab5ueCat ue-Category
egory
UL poll byte
amRlcPBTab5ulPoll egory
amRlcPBTab5ulPollB pollByte
Byte
yte
ANR interfrequency RSC timer
anrIfTRSC
anrIfTRSC
Activate ANR support for LTE with anrOmExtEnable
anrOmExtEnable
OAM
extension level
ANR robustness
anrRobLevel
anrRobLevel
Blacklisted GSM PLMNs for RIM blacklistedGsmPlmn blacklistedGsmPlmn
sForRim
MCC
blacklistedGsmPlmn sForRim
blacklistedGsmPlmn
sForRimmcc
MNC
blacklistedGsmPlmn sForRimmcc
blacklistedGsmPlmn
sForRimmnc
MNC length
blacklistedGsmPlmn sForRimmnc
blacklistedGsmPlmn
sForRimmncLength
sForRimmncLength
BTS reset requested
btsResetRequest
btsResetRequest
Min UE-AMBR downlink for carrier caMinDlAmbr
caMinDlAmbr
aggregation
Ciphering algorithm parameters cipherPrefL
cipherPrefL
Null ciphering algorithm
cipherPrefLeea0
cipherPrefLeea0
SNOW 3G-based algorithm
cipherPrefLeea1
cipherPrefLeea1
AES-based algorithm
cipherPrefLeea2
cipherPrefLeea2
ZUC-based algorithm
cipherPrefLeea3
cipherPrefLeea3
Congestion weight algorithm
congWeightAlg
congWeightAlg
Default profile index AM
defProfIdxAM
defProfIdxAM
Default profile index UM
defProfIdxUM
defProfIdxUM
Enable automatic locking
enableAutoLock
enableAutoLock
Enable graceful cell shutdown
enableGrflShdn
enableGrflShdn
eNB name
enbName
enbName
eNB Name
ETWS primary notification
etwsPrimNotifBcDur etwsPrimNotifBcDur
broadcast
duration
Global eNB id X2-link blacklist
glbNbEnbIdX2LinkB glbNbEnbIdX2LinkBl
lacklist
X2 blacklisted eNB ID
glbNbEnbIdX2LinkB acklist
glbNbEnbIdX2LinkBl Macro eNB
lacklistenbId
X2 blacklisted global eNB id MCC glbNbEnbIdX2LinkB acklistenbId
glbNbEnbIdX2LinkBl ID
MCC
lacklistmcc
acklistmcc
X2 blacklisted global eNB id MNC glbNbEnbIdX2LinkB glbNbEnbIdX2LinkBl MNC
lacklistmnc
acklistmnc
X2 blacklisted global eNB id MNC glbNbEnbIdX2LinkB
glbNbEnbIdX2LinkBl
length
lacklistmncLength
acklistmncLength
High-priority session
hpsSessConfig
hpsSessConfig
configurations
High-priority session ARP priority hpsSessConfighpsS hpsSessConfighpsS
level
maximum
High-priority
session ARP priority essArpMax
hpsSessConfighpsS essArpMax
hpsSessConfighpsS
levelemergency
minimum PLMN
essArpMin
essArpMin
IMS
imsEmerPlmnConfig
imsEmerPlmnConfig
configurations
Emergency session ARP preimsEmerPlmnConfig imsEmerPlmnConfig
emption
Capability
emerSessArpPreem
Emergency session ARP preimsEmerPlmnConfig emerSessArpPreem
imsEmerPlmnConfig
Cap
Cap
emption
Vulnerability
emerSessArpPreem
Emergency sessions ARP
imsEmerPlmnConfig emerSessArpPreem
imsEmerPlmnConfig QOS rule
Vul
emerSessArpPrioLe Vul
emerSessArpPrioLev information:
Emergency sessions limited
imsEmerPlmnConfig
imsEmerPlmnConfig
vemerSessLimServ emerSessLimServ
ARP
service
mode
support
Emergency sessions MCC
imsEmerPlmnConfig imsEmerPlmnConfig MCC
emerSessMcc
Emergency sessions MNC
imsEmerPlmnConfig emerSessMcc
imsEmerPlmnConfig MNC
emerSessMnc
Emergency sessions MNC length imsEmerPlmnConfig emerSessMnc
imsEmerPlmnConfig
emerSessMncLen integrityPrefL
emerSessMncLen
Integrity protection algorithm
integrityPrefL
parameters

LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS

Null integrity algorithm

SNOW 3G
AES
ZUC
Key refresh margin
Macro eNB identifier
Max number of LNADJ instances
Maximum number of preemptions
Maximum number of eNBcontrolled incoming X2-links

integrityPrefLeia0
integrityPrefLeia0
integrityPrefLeia1
integrityPrefLeia1
integrityPrefLeia2
integrityPrefLeia2
integrityPrefLeia3
integrityPrefLeia3
keyRefrMarg
keyRefrMarg
lnBtsId
lnBtsId
Macro eNB
maxNumOfLnadjLim maxNumOfLnadjLimi Id
itmaxNumPreEmptio tmaxNumPreEmption
ns
maxNumX2LinksIn smaxNumX2LinksIn

LNBTS

Maximum number of eNBcontrolled outgoing X2-links

maxNumX2LinksOu maxNumX2LinksOut
t

LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS

MCC in PLMN
Minimum not activated UTRA
reportStrongestCellsForSon
MNC in PLMN
MNC length in PLMN
Mobility profile selection mode
Maximum RIR attempts to
GERAN
Null ciphering algorithm fallback
Operational state
OTN recovery period
Overload handling
Activate incoming HO reduction
Activate RRC connection
reduction
Prioritized bit rate nonGBR
PCI-IP address mapping table
PCI-IP map downlink EARFCN
PCI-IP map eNB ID
PCI-IP map IPv4/IPv6 address
PCI-IP map primary MCC
PCI-IP map primary MNC
PCI-IP map primary MNC length
PCI-IP map PCI
Profile 1 of PDCP parameters
PDCP profile ID
Status report required
Timer discard
Profile 101 of PDCP parameters
PDCP profile ID
ROHC maximum CID
Sequence number size
Timer discard
Profile 102 of PDCP parameters

mcc
mcc
minNotActivatedUtr minNotActivatedUtra
aRSCFS
RSCFS
mnc
mnc
mncLength
mncLength
moProfileSelect
moProfileSelect
nRimRirG
nRimRirG
nullFallback
nullFallback
operationalState
operationalState
otnRecoveryPeriod otnRecoveryPeriod
ovlha
ovlha
ovlhaactInHORed ovlhaactInHORed
ovlhaactRrcConnRe ovlhaactRrcConnRed
d
pbrNonGbr
pbrNonGbr
prioritisedBit
Rate
pciIpAdrMap
pciIpAdrMap
pciIpAdrMapdlEarfc pciIpAdrMapdlEarfcn EARFCN
n
pciIpAdrMapenbId pciIpAdrMapenbId
Macro eNB
ID
pciIpAdrMapipAdr pciIpAdrMapipAdr
pciIpAdrMapmcc
pciIpAdrMapmcc
MCC
pciIpAdrMapmnc
pciIpAdrMapmnc
MNC
pciIpAdrMapmncLe pciIpAdrMapmncLen
ngth
gth
pciIpAdrMappci
pciIpAdrMappci
PhysCellId
pdcpProf1
pdcpProf1
pdcpProf1pdcpProfil pdcpProf1pdcpProfil
eId
pdcpProf1statusRep eId
pdcpProf1statusRep
Req
pdcpProf1tDiscard Req
pdcpProf1tDiscard
discardTimer
pdcpProf101
pdcpProf101
pdcpProf101pdcpPr pdcpProf101pdcpPro
ofileId
pdcpProf101rohcMa fileId
pdcpProf101rohcMax maxCID
xCid
pdcpProf101snSize Cid
pdcpProf101snSize pdcp-SNpdcpProf101tDiscar pdcpProf101tDiscard Size
discardTimer
d
pdcpProf102
pdcpProf102

LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS

PDCP profile Id
Sequence number size
Timer discard
Profile 103 of PDCP parameters
PDCP profile id
Sequence number size
Timer discard
Profile 104 of PDCP parameters
PDCP profile id
Sequence number size
Timer discard
Profile 2 of PDCP parameters
PDCP profile ID
Status report required
Timer discard
Profile 3 of PDCP parameters
PDCP profile ID
Status report required
Timer discard
Profile 4 of PDCP parameters
PDCP profile id
Status report required
Timer discard
Profile 5 of PDCP parameters
PDCP profile id
Status report required
Timer discard
Handover topology priority
Prohibit Load based handover
timer
Prohibit PS-HO to WCDMA
PWS with emergency area ID
QCI translation table QCI 1
Delay target
DRX profile index
DSCP
Enforce TTI bundling
Logical channel group identifier
Maximum GBR downlink
Maximum GBR uplink
PDCP profile index
Priority
QCI
QCI support

pdcpProf102pdcpPr pdcpProf102pdcpPro
ofileId
pdcpProf102snSize fileId
pdcpProf102snSize
pdcpProf102tDiscar pdcpProf102tDiscard
d
pdcpProf103
pdcpProf103
pdcpProf103pdcpPr pdcpProf103pdcpPro
ofileId
pdcpProf103snSize fileId
pdcpProf103snSize
pdcpProf103tDiscar pdcpProf103tDiscard
d
pdcpProf104
pdcpProf104
pdcpProf104pdcpPr pdcpProf104pdcpPro
ofileId
pdcpProf104snSize fileId
pdcpProf104snSize
pdcpProf104tDiscar pdcpProf104tDiscard
d
pdcpProf2
pdcpProf2
pdcpProf2pdcpProfil pdcpProf2pdcpProfil
eId
pdcpProf2statusRep eId
pdcpProf2statusRep
Req
pdcpProf2tDiscard Req
pdcpProf2tDiscard
pdcpProf3
pdcpProf3
pdcpProf3pdcpProfil pdcpProf3pdcpProfil
eId
pdcpProf3statusRep eId
pdcpProf3statusRep
Req
pdcpProf3tDiscard Req
pdcpProf3tDiscard
pdcpProf4
pdcpProf4
pdcpProf4pdcpProfil pdcpProf4pdcpProfil
eId
pdcpProf4statusRep eId
pdcpProf4statusRep
Req
pdcpProf4tDiscard Req
pdcpProf4tDiscard
pdcpProf5
pdcpProf5
pdcpProf5pdcpProfil pdcpProf5pdcpProfil
eId
pdcpProf5statusRep eId
pdcpProf5statusRep
Req
pdcpProf5tDiscard Req
pdcpProf5tDiscard
prioTopoHO
prioTopoHO
prohibitLBHOTimer prohibitLBHOTimer
prohibitPsHOtoWcd prohibitPsHOtoWcd
ma
pwsWithEmAreaId ma
pwsWithEmAreaId
qciTab1
qciTab1
qciTab1delayTarget qciTab1delayTarget
qciTab1drxProfileInd qciTab1drxProfileInd
ex
ex
qciTab1dscp
qciTab1dscp
qciTab1enforceTtiBu qciTab1enforceTtiBu
ndling
ndling
qciTab1lcgid
qciTab1lcgid
qciTab1maxGbrDl qciTab1maxGbrDl
qciTab1maxGbrUl qciTab1maxGbrUl
qciTab1pdcpProfIdx qciTab1pdcpProfIdx
qciTab1prio
qciTab1prio
qciTab1qci
qciTab1qci
qciTab1qciSupp
qciTab1qciSupp

pdcp-SNSize
discardTimer

pdcp-SNSize
discardTimer

pdcp-SNSize
discardTimer

statusReport
Required
discardTimer

statusReport
Required
discardTimer

statusReport
Required
discardTimer

statusReport
Required
discardTimer

ttiBundling
logicalChann
elGroup
E-RAB
Guaranteed
E-RAB
Bit
Rate
Guaranteed
Bit Rate
Priority
QCI

LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS

Resource type
RLC mode
RLC profile index
Scheduling bucket size duration
Scheduling priority
QCI translation table QCI 2
Delay target
DRX profile index
DSCP
Enforce TTI bundling
L2 overhead factor GBR DL
L2 overhead factor GBR UL
Logical channel group identifier
Maximum GBR downlink
Maximum GBR uplink
PDCP profile index
Priority
QCI
QCI support
Resource type
RLC mode
RLC profile index
Scheduling bucket size duration
Scheduling priority
QCI translation table QCI 3
Delay target
DRX profile index
DSCP
Enforce TTI bundling
L2 overhead factor GBR DL
L2 overhead factor GBR UL
Logical channel group identifier
Maximum GBR downlink
Maximum GBR uplink
PDCP profile index
Priority
QCI
QCI support
Resource type
RLC mode
RLC profile index
Scheduling bucket size duration
Scheduling priority

qciTab1resType
qciTab1resType
qciTab1rlcMode
qciTab1rlcMode
qciTab1rlcProfIdx
qciTab1rlcProfIdx
qciTab1schedulBSD qciTab1schedulBSD
qciTab1schedulPrio qciTab1schedulPrio
qciTab2
qciTab2
qciTab2delayTarget qciTab2delayTarget
qciTab2drxProfileInd qciTab2drxProfileInd
ex
ex
qciTab2dscp
qciTab2dscp
qciTab2enforceTtiBu qciTab2enforceTtiBu
ndling
qciTab2l2OHFactor ndling
qciTab2l2OHFactorD
DL
qciTab2l2OHFactor L
qciTab2l2OHFactorU
UL
L
qciTab2lcgid
qciTab2lcgid
qciTab2maxGbrDl qciTab2maxGbrDl
qciTab2maxGbrUl qciTab2maxGbrUl
qciTab2pdcpProfIdx qciTab2pdcpProfIdx
qciTab2prio
qciTab2prio
qciTab2qci
qciTab2qci
qciTab2qciSupp
qciTab2qciSupp
qciTab2resType
qciTab2resType
qciTab2rlcMode
qciTab2rlcMode
qciTab2rlcProfIdx
qciTab2rlcProfIdx
qciTab2schedulBSD qciTab2schedulBSD
qciTab2schedulPrio qciTab2schedulPrio
qciTab3
qciTab3
qciTab3delayTarget qciTab3delayTarget
qciTab3drxProfileInd qciTab3drxProfileInd
ex
ex
qciTab3dscp
qciTab3dscp
qciTab3enforceTtiBu qciTab3enforceTtiBu
ndling
qciTab3l2OHFactor ndling
qciTab3l2OHFactorD
DL
L
qciTab3l2OHFactor
qciTab3l2OHFactorU
UL
L
qciTab3lcgid
qciTab3lcgid

Resource
Type
RLC mode
bucketSizeD
uration
priority

ttiBundling

logicalChann
elGroup
E-RAB
Guaranteed
E-RAB
Bit
Rate
Guaranteed
Bit Rate
Priority
QCI
Resource
Type
RLC mode
bucketSizeD
uration
priority

ttiBundling

logicalChann
elGroup
qciTab3maxGbrDl qciTab3maxGbrDl
E-RAB
Guaranteed
qciTab3maxGbrUl qciTab3maxGbrUl
E-RAB
Bit Rate
qciTab3pdcpProfIdx qciTab3pdcpProfIdx Guaranteed
Bit Rate
qciTab3prio
qciTab3prio
Priority
qciTab3qci
qciTab3qci
QCI
qciTab3qciSupp
qciTab3qciSupp
qciTab3resType
qciTab3resType
Resource
Type
qciTab3rlcMode
qciTab3rlcMode
RLC mode
qciTab3rlcProfIdx
qciTab3rlcProfIdx
qciTab3schedulBSD qciTab3schedulBSD bucketSizeD
qciTab3schedulPrio qciTab3schedulPrio uration
priority

LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS

QCI translation table QCI 4

Delay target
DRX profile index
DSCP
Enforce TTI bundling
L2 overhead factor GBR DL
L2 overhead factor GBR UL
Logical channel group identifier
Maximum GBR downlink
Maximum GBR uplink
PDCP profile index
Priority
QCI
QCI support
Resource type
RLC mode
RLC profile index
Scheduling bucket size duration
Scheduling priority
QCI translation table QCI 5
DRX profile index
DSCP
Enforce TTI bundling
Logical channel group identifier
PDCP profile index
Priority
QCI
QCI support
Resource type
RLC mode
RLC profile index
Scheduling bucket size duration
Scheduling priority
Scheduling type
Scheduling weight
QCI translation table QCI 6
DRX profile index
DSCP
Enforce TTI bundling
Logical channel group identifier
PDCP profile index
Priority
QCI

qciTab4
qciTab4
qciTab4delayTarget qciTab4delayTarget
qciTab4drxProfileInd qciTab4drxProfileInd
ex
ex
qciTab4dscp
qciTab4dscp
qciTab4enforceTtiBu qciTab4enforceTtiBu
ndling
qciTab4l2OHFactor ndling
qciTab4l2OHFactorD
DL
qciTab4l2OHFactor L
qciTab4l2OHFactorU
UL
L
qciTab4lcgid
qciTab4lcgid
qciTab4maxGbrDl qciTab4maxGbrDl
qciTab4maxGbrUl qciTab4maxGbrUl
qciTab4pdcpProfIdx qciTab4pdcpProfIdx
qciTab4prio
qciTab4prio
qciTab4qci
qciTab4qci
qciTab4qciSupp
qciTab4qciSupp
qciTab4resType
qciTab4resType
qciTab4rlcMode
qciTab4rlcMode
qciTab4rlcProfIdx
qciTab4rlcProfIdx
qciTab4schedulBSD qciTab4schedulBSD
qciTab4schedulPrio qciTab4schedulPrio
qciTab5
qciTab5
qciTab5drxProfileInd qciTab5drxProfileInd
ex
ex
qciTab5dscp
qciTab5dscp
qciTab5enforceTtiBu qciTab5enforceTtiBu
ndling
ndling
qciTab5lcgid
qciTab5lcgid
qciTab5pdcpProfIdx qciTab5pdcpProfIdx
qciTab5prio
qciTab5prio
qciTab5qci
qciTab5qci
qciTab5qciSupp
qciTab5qciSupp
qciTab5resType
qciTab5resType
qciTab5rlcMode
qciTab5rlcMode
qciTab5rlcProfIdx
qciTab5rlcProfIdx
qciTab5schedulBSD qciTab5schedulBSD
qciTab5schedulPrio qciTab5schedulPrio
qciTab5schedulType qciTab5schedulType
qciTab5schedulWei qciTab5schedulWeig
ght
ht
qciTab6
qciTab6
qciTab6drxProfileInd qciTab6drxProfileInd
ex
ex
qciTab6dscp
qciTab6dscp
qciTab6enforceTtiBu qciTab6enforceTtiBu
ndling
ndling
qciTab6lcgid
qciTab6lcgid
qciTab6pdcpProfIdx qciTab6pdcpProfIdx
qciTab6prio
qciTab6prio
qciTab6qci
qciTab6qci

ttiBundling

logicalChann
elGroup
E-RAB
Guaranteed
E-RAB
Bit
Rate
Guaranteed
Bit Rate
Priority
QCI
Resource
Type
RLC mode
bucketSizeD
uration
priority

ttiBundling
logicalChann
elGroup
Priority
QCI
Resource
Type
RLC mode
bucketSizeD
uration
priority

ttiBundling
logicalChann
elGroup
Priority
QCI

LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS

QCI support
Resource type
RLC mode
RLC profile index
Scheduling bucket size duration
Scheduling priority
Scheduling weight
QCI translation table QCI 7
DRX profile index
DSCP
Enforce TTI bundling
Logical channel group identifier
PDCP profile index
Priority
QCI
QCI support
Resource type
RLC mode
RLC profile index
Scheduling bucket size duration
Scheduling priority
Scheduling weight
QCI translation table QCI 8
DRX profile index
DSCP
Enforce TTI bundling
Logical channel group identifier
PDCP profile index
Priority
QCI
QCI support
Resource type
RLC mode
RLC profile index
Scheduling bucket size duration
Scheduling priority
Scheduling weight
QCI translation table QCI 9
DRX profile index
DSCP
Enforce TTI bundling
Logical channel group identifier
PDCP profile index

qciTab6qciSupp
qciTab6qciSupp
qciTab6resType
qciTab6resType
qciTab6rlcMode
qciTab6rlcMode
qciTab6rlcProfIdx
qciTab6rlcProfIdx
qciTab6schedulBSD qciTab6schedulBSD
qciTab6schedulPrio qciTab6schedulPrio
qciTab6schedulWei qciTab6schedulWeig
ght
ht
qciTab7
qciTab7
qciTab7drxProfileInd qciTab7drxProfileInd
ex
ex
qciTab7dscp
qciTab7dscp
qciTab7enforceTtiBu qciTab7enforceTtiBu
ndling
ndling
qciTab7lcgid
qciTab7lcgid
qciTab7pdcpProfIdx qciTab7pdcpProfIdx
qciTab7prio
qciTab7prio
qciTab7qci
qciTab7qci
qciTab7qciSupp
qciTab7qciSupp
qciTab7resType
qciTab7resType
qciTab7rlcMode
qciTab7rlcMode
qciTab7rlcProfIdx
qciTab7rlcProfIdx
qciTab7schedulBSD qciTab7schedulBSD
qciTab7schedulPrio qciTab7schedulPrio
qciTab7schedulWei qciTab7schedulWeig
ght
ht
qciTab8
qciTab8
qciTab8drxProfileInd qciTab8drxProfileInd
ex
ex
qciTab8dscp
qciTab8dscp
qciTab8enforceTtiBu qciTab8enforceTtiBu
ndling
ndling
qciTab8lcgid
qciTab8lcgid
qciTab8pdcpProfIdx qciTab8pdcpProfIdx
qciTab8prio
qciTab8prio
qciTab8qci
qciTab8qci
qciTab8qciSupp
qciTab8qciSupp
qciTab8resType
qciTab8resType
qciTab8rlcMode
qciTab8rlcMode
qciTab8rlcProfIdx
qciTab8rlcProfIdx
qciTab8schedulBSD qciTab8schedulBSD
qciTab8schedulPrio qciTab8schedulPrio
qciTab8schedulWei qciTab8schedulWeig
ght
ht
qciTab9
qciTab9
qciTab9drxProfileInd qciTab9drxProfileInd
ex
ex
qciTab9dscp
qciTab9dscp
qciTab9enforceTtiBu qciTab9enforceTtiBu
ndling
ndling
qciTab9lcgid
qciTab9lcgid
qciTab9pdcpProfIdx qciTab9pdcpProfIdx

Resource
Type
RLC mode
bucketSizeD
uration
priority

ttiBundling
logicalChann
elGroup
Priority
QCI
Resource
Type
RLC mode
bucketSizeD
uration
priority

ttiBundling
logicalChann
elGroup
Priority
QCI
Resource
Type
RLC mode
bucketSizeD
uration
priority

ttiBundling
logicalChann
elGroup

LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS

Priority
QCI
QCI support
Resource type
RLC mode
RLC profile index
Scheduling bucket size duration
Scheduling priority
Scheduling weight
QCI translation table operator
specific
Counter QCIs
group
Delay target
DRX profile index
DSCP
Enforce TTI bundling
L2 overhead factor GBR Dl
L2 overhead factor GBR Ul
Logical channel group identifier
Maximum GBR downlink
Maximum GBR uplink
PDCP profile index
Priority
QCI
QCI support
Resource type
RLC mode
RLC profile index
Scheduling bucket size duration
Scheduling priority
Scheduling weight
RACH access for handover from
UTRAN
Recovery reset delay
Profile 1 of RLC parameters
Poll PDU
RLC profile id
Timer poll retransmit
Timer status prohibit
Timer reordering
Profile 101 of RLC parameters
RLC profile id
SN field length downlink
SN field length uplink
Timer reordering

qciTab9prio
qciTab9prio
Priority
qciTab9qci
qciTab9qci
QCI
qciTab9qciSupp
qciTab9qciSupp
qciTab9resType
qciTab9resType
Resource
Type
qciTab9rlcMode
qciTab9rlcMode
RLC mode
qciTab9rlcProfIdx
qciTab9rlcProfIdx
qciTab9schedulBSD qciTab9schedulBSD bucketSizeD
qciTab9schedulPrio qciTab9schedulPrio uration
priority
qciTab9schedulWei qciTab9schedulWeig
ght
ht
qciTabOperator
qciTabOperator
qciTabOperatorcoun qciTabOperatorcount
terGroup
qciTabOperatordela erGroup
qciTabOperatordelay
yTarget
qciTabOperatordrxP Target
qciTabOperatordrxPr
rofileIndex
qciTabOperatordscp ofileIndex
qciTabOperatordscp
qciTabOperatorenfor qciTabOperatorenfor ttiBundling
ceTtiBundling
qciTabOperatorl2OH ceTtiBundling
qciTabOperatorl2OH
FactorDl
qciTabOperatorl2OH FactorDl
qciTabOperatorl2OH
FactorUl
qciTabOperatorlcgid FactorUl
qciTabOperatorlcgid logicalChann
qciTabOperatormax qciTabOperatormaxG elGroup
E-RAB
GbrDl
qciTabOperatormax brDl
qciTabOperatormaxG Guaranteed
E-RAB
Bit Rate
GbrUl
brUl
qciTabOperatorpdcp qciTabOperatorpdcp Guaranteed
Bit Rate
ProfIdx
qciTabOperatorprio ProfIdx
qciTabOperatorprio Priority
qciTabOperatorqci qciTabOperatorqci
QCI
qciTabOperatorqciS qciTabOperatorqciSu
upp
qciTabOperatorresT pp
qciTabOperatorresTy Resource
ype
qciTabOperatorrlcM pe
qciTabOperatorrlcMo Type
RLC mode
ode
de
rlcProfIdx
qciTabOperatorrlcPro
qciTabOperatorsche fIdx
qciTabOperatorsched bucketSizeD
dulBSD
qciTabOperatorsche ulBSD
qciTabOperatorsched uration
priority
dulPrio
ulPrio
qciTabOperatorsche qciTabOperatorsched
dulWeight
ulWeight
rachAccessForHoFr
rachAccessForHoFro
omUtran
recoveryResetDelay mUtran
recoveryResetDelay
rlcProf1
rlcProf1pollPdu
rlcProf1rlcProfileId
rlcProf1tPollRetr
rlcProf1tProhib
rlcProf1tReord
rlcProf101
rlcProf101rlcProfileI
d
rlcProf101snFieldLe
ngthDL
rlcProf101snFieldLe
ngthUL
rlcProf101tReord

rlcProf1
rlcProf1pollPdu
t-PollPDU
rlcProf1rlcProfileId
rlcProf1tPollRetr
tPollRetrans
rlcProf1tProhib
tmit
StatusProhibi
rlcProf1tReord
t-Reordering
t
rlcProf101
rlcProf101rlcProfileId
rlcProf101snFieldLen sngthDL
rlcProf101snFieldLen FieldLength
sngthUL
FieldLength
rlcProf101tReord
t-Reordering

LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS

Profile 102 of RLC parameters

RLC profile id
SN field length downlink
SN field length uplink
Timer reordering
Profile 103 of RLC parameters
RLC profile id
SN field length downlink
SN field length uplink
Timer reordering
Profile 104 of RLC parameters
RLC profile id
SN field length downlink
SN field length uplink
Timer reordering
Profile 2 of RLC parameters
Poll PDU
RLC profile id
Timer poll retransmit
Timer status prohibit
Timer reordering
Profile 3 of RLC parameters
Poll PDU
RLC profile id
Timer poll retransmit
Timer status prohibit
Timer reordering
Profile 4 of RLC parameters
Poll PDU
RLC profile id
Timer poll retransmit
Timer status prohibit
Timer reordering
Profile 5 of RLC parameters
Poll PDU
RLC profile id
Timer poll retransmit
Timer status prohibit
Timer reordering
S1 induced cell deactivation time
SCell activation cycle period
SCell activation method
SCell deactivation timer eNB

rlcProf102
rlcProf102rlcProfileI
d
rlcProf102snFieldLe
ngthDL
rlcProf102snFieldLe
ngthUL
rlcProf102tReord
rlcProf103
rlcProf103rlcProfileI
d
rlcProf103snFieldLe
ngthDL
rlcProf103snFieldLe
ngthUL
rlcProf103tReord
rlcProf104
rlcProf104rlcProfileI
d
rlcProf104snFieldLe
ngthDL
rlcProf104snFieldLe
ngthUL
rlcProf104tReord
rlcProf2
rlcProf2pollPdu
rlcProf2rlcProfileId
rlcProf2tPollRetr
rlcProf2tProhib
rlcProf2tReord
rlcProf3
rlcProf3pollPdu
rlcProf3rlcProfileId
rlcProf3tPollRetr
rlcProf3tProhib
rlcProf3tReord
rlcProf4
rlcProf4pollPdu
rlcProf4rlcProfileId
rlcProf4tPollRetr
rlcProf4tProhib
rlcProf4tReord
rlcProf5
rlcProf5pollPdu
rlcProf5rlcProfileId
rlcProf5tPollRetr
rlcProf5tProhib
rlcProf5tReord
s1InducedCellDeact
DelayTime
sCellActivationCycle
Period
sCellActivationMeth
od
sCellDeactivationTi
mereNB

rlcProf102
rlcProf102rlcProfileId
rlcProf102snFieldLen sngthDL
rlcProf102snFieldLen FieldLength
sngthUL
FieldLength
rlcProf102tReord
t-Reordering
rlcProf103
rlcProf103rlcProfileId
rlcProf103snFieldLen sngthDL
rlcProf103snFieldLen FieldLength
sngthUL
FieldLength
rlcProf103tReord
t-Reordering
rlcProf104
rlcProf104rlcProfileId
rlcProf104snFieldLen sngthDL
rlcProf104snFieldLen FieldLength
sngthUL
FieldLength
rlcProf104tReord
t-Reordering
rlcProf2
rlcProf2pollPdu
t-PollPDU
rlcProf2rlcProfileId
rlcProf2tPollRetr
tPollRetrans
rlcProf2tProhib
tmit
StatusProhibi
rlcProf2tReord
t-Reordering
t
rlcProf3
rlcProf3pollPdu
t-PollPDU
rlcProf3rlcProfileId
rlcProf3tPollRetr
tPollRetrans
rlcProf3tProhib
tmit
StatusProhibi
rlcProf3tReord
t-Reordering
t
rlcProf4
rlcProf4pollPdu
t-PollPDU
rlcProf4rlcProfileId
rlcProf4tPollRetr
tPollRetrans
rlcProf4tProhib
tmit
StatusProhibi
rlcProf4tReord
t-Reordering
t
rlcProf5
rlcProf5pollPdu
t-PollPDU
rlcProf5rlcProfileId
rlcProf5tPollRetr
tPollRetrans
rlcProf5tProhib
tmit
StatusProhibi
rlcProf5tReord
t-Reordering
t
s1InducedCellDeact
DelayTime
sCellActivationCycle
Period
sCellActivationMetho
d
sCellDeactivationTim
ereNB

LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

SCell and PCell ambiguous

HARQ
feedback
usage
Shutdown
step amount
Shutdown window
Supported number of LNADJ
instances
System information list WCDMA
Physical Cell Id
System Information
Timer to wait for next RI PDU
from
GERAN
Polling
timer to ReStart RIR
Procedure
to for
GERAN
Timer to wait
RIR Response
from
GERAN
Supervision timer for handover
preparation
GSM
Supervision to
timer
preparation
intra
LTE
HO
Supervision timer for the
preparation
HO WCDMA
End-Tag maximum
AM
End-Tag maximum UM
Timer delayed AC continuation At
pre-emption
TTI bundling during handover
measurements
TX path failure mode
Maximum RSSI for interferenceaware
UL-PC match indicator
Voice support
preconfiguration
Time to trigger for A1 to
deactivate
interfor
measurement
Time to trigger
A2 to activate
GERAN
measurement
Time to Trigger for A2 to activate
C2K-HRPD
Measurement
Time to trigger
for A2 to activate
inter
measurement
Time to trigger for A2 to activate
WCDMA
measurement
Time to trigger
for A2 to start
redirect
procedure
A3 offset
A3 report interval
A3 time to trigger
A5 report interval
A5 time to trigger
Access class barring for mobile
originating
CSbarring
fallback
Access class
list
Access class barring time
Access probability factor
Access class barring for MMTEL
video
originating
callslist
Access
class barring
Access class barring time
Access probability factor
Access class barring for MMTEL
voice
originating
callslist
Access
class barring
Access class barring time
Access probability factor

sCellpCellHARQFdb sCellpCellHARQFdb
kUsage
shutdownStepAmou kUsage
shutdownStepAmoun
nt
shutdownWindow tshutdownWindow
supportedNumOfLn supportedNumOfLna
adj
systemInformationLi dj
systemInformationLis
stWCDMA
systemInformationLi tWCDMA
systemInformationLis physCellId-r9
stWCDMAphysCellI
systemInformationLi tWCDMAphysCellId
systemInformationLis utra-BCCHd
stWCDMAsysInfo
tWCDMAsysInfo
Container-r9
tRimKaG
tRimKaG
tRimPollG
tRimPollG
tRimRirG
tRimRirG
T(RIR)
tS1RelPrepG
tS1RelPrepG
TS1RELOCp
rep
tS1RelPrepL
tS1RelPrepL
tS1relocprep
tS1RelPrepU
tS1RelPrepU
TS1RELOCp
rep
tagMaxAM
tagMaxAM
tagMaxUM
tagMaxUM
timDelACContPree timDelACContPreem
mpt
ttiBundlingDuringHo pt
ttiBundlingDuringHo
Meas
txPathFailureMode Meas
txPathFailureMode
ulpcRssiMaxIAw
ulpcRssiMaxIAw
voiceSuppMatchInd voiceSuppMatchInd
a1TimeToTriggerDe a1TimeToTriggerDea timeToTrigge
actInterMeas
a2TimeToTriggerAct ctInterMeas
a2TimeToTriggerAct rtimeToTrigge
GERANMeas
a2TimeToTriggerAct GERANMeas
a2TimeToTriggerAct rtimeToTrigge
HrpdMeas
a2TimeToTriggerAct HrpdMeas
a2TimeToTriggerActI rTimeToTrigg
InterFreqMeas
a2TimeToTriggerAct nterFreqMeas
a2TimeToTriggerAct er
TimeToTrigg
WcdmaMeas
WcdmaMeas
a2TimeToTriggerRe a2TimeToTriggerRed er
TimeToTrigg
direct
irect
er
a3Offset
a3Offset
a3ReportInterval
a3ReportInterval
a3TimeToTrigger
a3TimeToTrigger
a5ReportInterval
a5ReportInterval
a5TimeToTrigger
a5TimeToTrigger
acBarCsfbOc
acBarCsfbOc
acacBarCsfbOcacBar acBarCsfbOcacBarA BarringForC
acSFB-r10
AC
C
acBarCsfbOcacBar acBarCsfbOcacBarTi BarringForSp
acecialAC
Time
me
BarringTime
acBarCsfbOcprobFa
acBarCsfbOcprobFa
accacBarMMTelVideoO cacBarMMTelVideoOc BarringFacto
ssaccacBarMMTelVideoO acBarMMTelVideoOc rBarringForM
acMTEL-VideocacBarAC
acBarAC
acBarMMTelVideoO acBarMMTelVideoOc BarringForSp
acr9
ecialAC
cacBarTime
acBarTime
BarringTime
acBarMMTelVideoO
acBarMMTelVideoOc
accprobFac
probFac
acBarMMTelVoiceO acBarMMTelVoiceOc BarringFacto
ssaccacBarMMTelVoiceO acBarMMTelVoiceOc rBarringForM
acMTEL-VoicecacBarAC
acBarAC
acBarMMTelVoiceO acBarMMTelVoiceOc BarringForSp
acr9
ecialAC
cacBarTime
acBarTime
BarringTime
acBarMMTelVoiceO
acBarMMTelVoiceOc
accprobFac
probFac
BarringFacto
r

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

Access class barring for

originating
calls
Access class
barring list for
mobile
originating
calls
Access class barring
time for
originating
calls
Access probability factor for
originating
callsfor signaling
Access barring
Access class barring list mobile
orig
signaling
Access
class barring time for
signaling
Access probability factor for
signaling
Activate DL OLDTC
Activate DL voice packet
aggregation
Activate DRX
Activate fast adaptive MIMO
switch
Activate load adaptive PDCCH
Activate modulation scheme UL

acBarOc
acBarOc
acacBarOcocAcBarAC acBarOcocAcBarAC BarringForM
acO-Data
acBarOcocAcBarTi acBarOcocAcBarTim BarringForSp
acecialAC
me
acBarOcocAcProbF e
acBarOcocAcProbFa BarringTime
acac
c
BarringFacto
acBarSig
acBarSig
acr
acBarSigsigAcBarA acBarSigsigAcBarAC BarringForM
acO-Signalling
C
acBarSigsigAcBarTi acBarSigsigAcBarTi BarringForSp
acecialAC
me
acBarSigsigAcProb me
acBarSigsigAcProbF BarringTime
acFac
ac
BarringFacto
actDlsOldtc
actDlsOldtc
r
actDlsVoicePacketA actDlsVoicePacketAg
gg
g
actDrx
actDrx
actFastMimoSwitch actFastMimoSwitch
actLdPdcch
actLdPdcch
actModulationSche actModulationSchem
meUL
eUL

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

Activate support for excluded

intra-band
IF measurement
Activate outer
loop link adaptation
PRS activation
PRS Tx diversity activation
Activate PUSCH masking
Repeater mode activation
Activate support for up to six
Inter-freq
measurement
Activate smart
DRX
Activate supercell configuration
Activate TTI bundling
Activation of uplink group hopping
Activate uplink link adaptation
Method for UL power control
Additional active UE with reason
radio
reason
handover
Additional
active
UE with reason
time
critical
handover
Add emergency sessions
Add GBR-DRB traffic for radio
reason
handover
Add GBR-DRB
traffic for time
critical
reason
handover
Add number DRB radioReasHo
Add number DRB timeCriticalHo
Add number QCI1 DRB for
radioReasHo
Add number QCI1 DRB for
timeCriticalHo
Additional spectrum emission
mask

actNoIntraBandIFM actNoIntraBandIFMe
easurements
asurements
actOlLaPdcch
actOlLaPdcch
actOtdoa
actOtdoa
actPrsTxDiv
actPrsTxDiv
actPuschMask
actPuschMask
actRepeaterMode actRepeaterMode
actSixIfMeasuremen actSixIfMeasurement
ts
sactSmartDrx
actSmartDrx
actSuperCell
actSuperCell
actTtiBundling
actTtiBundling
actUlGrpHop
actUlGrpHop
actUlLnkAdp
actUlLnkAdp
actUlpcMethod
actUlpcMethod
addAUeRrHo
addAUeRrHo
addAUeTcHo
addAUeTcHo
addEmergencySess addEmergencySessi
ions
addGbrTrafficRrHo ons
addGbrTrafficRrHo
addGbrTrafficTcHo addGbrTrafficTcHo
addNumDrbRadioR addNumDrbRadioRe
easHo
addNumDrbTimeCrit asHo
addNumDrbTimeCriti
icalHo
addNumQci1DrbRa calHo
addNumQci1DrbRadi
dioReasHo
addNumQci1DrbTim oReasHo
addNumQci1DrbTim
eCriticalHo
eCriticalHo
addSpectrEmi
addSpectrEmi
additionalSp
ectrumEmiss
ion

LNCEL

Administrative state
ANR UTRA RSCP threshold

administrativeState administrativeState
anrUtraRscpThres anrUtraRscpThres

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

Apply UL out-of-sync state

Blacklisted cell for intra and inter
freq
HO list topologies
Blacklisted
eUTRA carrier frequency
Range of physical cell id range
Start of physical cell id range
Blanked PUCCH resources
CDMA2000 timers
CDMA2000 1xRTT measurement
report
timer relocation preparation
CDMA2000
timer
CDMA2000 relocation execution
timer
UL Handover preparation transfer
timer
Intra-frequency reselection timer
EUTRA
Cell reselection timer factor high
mobility
Cell reselection timer factor
medium
mobility
Cell barred
flag
Cell capacity class value
Cell individual offset of own
serving
cells PCI
Cell name
Cell reselection priority

applyOutOfSyncStat applyOutOfSyncStat
e
e
blacklistHoL
blacklistHoL
intraFreqBlac
blacklistHoLblacklist blacklistHoLblacklistT kCellList
Topo
blacklistHoLfreqEutr opo
blacklistHoLfreqEutra carrierFreq
a
phyCellIdRange
blacklistHoLphyCellI range
blacklistHoLphyCellI dRange
blacklistHoLphyCellI start
dStart
dStart
blankedPucch
blankedPucch
c2KTimers
c2KTimers
c2KTimerstC2KMea c2KTimerstC2KMeas
sReport
c2KTimerstC2KRelo Report
c2KTimerstC2KReloc
cPrep
c2KTimerstC2kRelo Prep
c2KTimerstC2kReloc
cExec
c2KTimerstULHOPr Exec
c2KTimerstULHOPre
epTransfer
pTransfer
celResTiF
celResTiF
tcelResTiFcelResTiF celResTiFcelResTiF ReselectionE
sf-High
UTRA-SF
HM
celResTiFcelResTiF HM
celResTiFcelResTiF sf-Medium
MM
MM
cellBarred
cellBarred
cellBarred
cellCapClass
cellCapClass
Cell Capacity
Class
Value
cellIndOffServ
cellIndOffServ
cellIndividual
Offset
cellName
cellName
cellReSelPrio
cellReSelPrio
cellReselecti
onPriority

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

Cell reset requested

cellResetRequest
cellResetRequest
Assigned cell resource group
cellResourceGroup cellResourceGroupP
profile
PrId
Cell resource sharing mode
cellResourceSharin rId
cellResourceSharing
Minimum required quality in cell gMode
cellSelectionInfoV92 Mode
cellSelectionInfoV92
(Rel9)
0
Offset for minimum required
cellSelectionInfoV92 0
cellSelectionInfoV92
RSRQ
in
cell
(Rel9)
0qQualMinOffsetR9
Minimum required RSRQ in cell cellSelectionInfoV92 0qQualMinOffsetR9
cellSelectionInfoV92
(Rel9)
0qQualMinR9
0qQualMinR9
Cell scheduling request periodicity cellSrPeriod
cellSrPeriod
Cell type
cellType
cellType
Enable aperiodic CQI reporting on cqiAperEnable
cqiAperEnable
PUSCH
Aperiodic CQI feedback reporting cqiAperMode
cqiAperMode
mode
CQI periodicity network period
cqiPerNp
cqiPerNp
Periodic CQI subbands cycles
cqiPerSbCycK
cqiPerSbCycK
Enable simultaneous CQI and
cqiPerSimulAck
cqiPerSimulAck
ACK/NACK
DeltaF PUCCH list
dFListPucch
dFListPucch
DeltaF PUCCH format 1
dFpucchF1
dFListPucchdFpucch
F1
DeltaF PUCCH format 1b
dFpucchF1b
dFListPucchdFpucch
F1b
DeltaF PUCCH format 2
dFpucchF2
dFListPucchdFpucch
F2
DeltaF PUCCH format 2a
dFpucchF2a
dFListPucchdFpucch
F2a

ANRPRW

RSCP

CellSelection
Info-v920
qQualMinOffs
q-QualMin-r9
et-r9
ISR
(Tab.10.1-5)
Cell Size
srConfigIndex
cqiReportingMo
Np
deAperiodic
K
simultaneous
AckNackAnd
deltaFListCQI
PUCCH
deltaFPUCCHdeltaFFormat1
PUCCHdeltaFFormat1b
PUCCHdeltaFFormat2
PUCCHFormat2a

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

DeltaF PUCCH format 2b

Dedicated SR transmission
maximum
Default paging cycle
Delta preamble random access
message
3 shift for PUCCH
Delta cyclic
Enabled TB size impact to UE
PUSCH
power calculation
Enable 64QAM
in downlink
Cell power reduce

dFpucchF2b
dSrTransMax
defPagCyc
deltaPreMsg3
deltaPucchShift
deltaTfEnabled
dl64QamEnable
dlCellPwrRed

dFListPucchdFpucch
F2b
dSrTransMax
defPagCyc
deltaPreMsg3
deltaPucchShift
deltaTfEnabled
dl64QamEnable
dlCellPwrRed

deltaFPUCCHdsrFormat2b
TransMax
defaultPagin
gCycle

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

Downlink channel bandwidth

Enable downlink interference
generation
Interference level for generated
downlink
interference
Modulation
scheme for downlink
interference
Downlink MIMO mode
Enable OLQC
Downlink pathloss change
Downlink PCFICH transmission
power
boost
Downlink
PHICH transmission
power
boost
Downlink reference signals
transmission power boost

dlChBw
dlInterferenceEnabl
e
dlInterferenceLevel
dlInterferenceModul
ation
dlMimoMode
dlOlqcEnable
dlPathlossChg
dlPcfichBoost
dlPhichBoost
dlRsBoost

dlChBw
dlInterferenceEnable
dlInterferenceLevel
dlInterferenceModula
tion
dlMimoMode
dlOlqcEnable
dlPathlossChg
dlPcfichBoost
dlPhichBoost
dlRsBoost

Channel
bandwidth

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

DL target BLER
Default CQI
Enable DL AMC
MIMO power compensation
DCI format for common channel
transmission
DL OLDTC target
Use of partly allocated PRBs
DRX apply device type
DRX profile 1
DRX profile index
DRX profile priority
DRX profile 101

dlTargetBler
dlTargetBler
dlamcCqiDef
dlamcCqiDef
dlamcEnable
dlamcEnable
dlpcMimoComp
dlpcMimoComp
dlsDciCch
dlsDciCch
dlsOldtcTarget
dlsOldtcTarget
dlsUsePartPrb
dlsUsePartPrb
drxApplyDeviceType drxApplyDeviceType
drxProfile1
drxProfile1
DRX-Config
drxProfile1drxProfile drxProfile1drxProfileI
Index
drxProfile1drxProfile ndex
drxProfile1drxProfile
Priority
Priority
drxProfile101
drxProfile101
DRX-Config

deltaPUCCH
-Shift
deltaMCSEnabled

DlPathlossC
hange

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

DRX inactivity timer

DRX long cycle
DRX on duration timer
DRX profile index
DRX profile priority
DRX retransmission timer
DRX profile 102
DRX inactivity timer
DRX long cycle
DRX on duration timer
DRX profile index
DRX profile priority
DRX retransmission timer
DRX profile 103
DRX inactivity timer
DRX long cycle
DRX on duration timer
DRX profile index
DRX profile priority
DRX retransmission timer
DRX profile 2
DRX inactivity timer
DRX long cycle
DRX on duration timer
DRX profile index
DRX profile priority
DRX retransmission timer
DRX profile 3
DRX inactivity timer
DRX long cycle
DRX on duration timer
DRX profile index
DRX profile priority
DRX retransmission timer
DRX profile 4
DRX inactivity timer
DRX long cycle
DRX on duration timer
DRX profile index
DRX profile priority
DRX retransmission timer
DRX profile 5
DRX inactivity timer

drxProfile101drxIna drxProfile101drxInact drxctivityT

drxProfile101drxLon ivityT
drxProfile101drxLong InactivityTim
DRX Cycle,
er
gCycle
Cycle
drxProfile101drxOn drxProfile101drxOnD longDrxonDurationTi
Cycle
DuratT
drxProfile101drxProf uratT
drxProfile101drxProfi mer
ileIndex
drxProfile101drxProf leIndex
drxProfile101drxProfi
ilePriority
drxProfile101drxRet lePriority
drxProfile101drxRetr drxransT
ansT
Retransmissi
drxProfile102
drxProfile102
onTimer
drxInactivityT
drxProfile102drxInact
drxProfile102drxLon ivityT
drxProfile102drxLong
gCycle
drxProfile102drxOn Cycle
drxProfile102drxOnD
DuratT
drxProfile102drxProf uratT
drxProfile102drxProfi
ileIndex
drxProfile102drxProf leIndex
drxProfile102drxProfi
ilePriority
lePriority
drxRetransT
drxProfile102drxRetr
ansT
drxProfile103
drxProfile103
DRX-Config
drxProfile103drxIna drxProfile103drxInact
ctivityT
drxProfile103drxLon ivityT
drxProfile103drxLong
gCycle
drxProfile103drxOn Cycle
drxProfile103drxOnD
DuratT
drxProfile103drxProf uratT
drxProfile103drxProfi
ileIndex
drxProfile103drxProf leIndex
drxProfile103drxProfi
ilePriority
drxProfile103drxRet lePriority
drxProfile103drxRetr drxransT
ansT
Retransmissi
drxProfile2
drxProfile2
DRX-Config
onTimer
drxProfile2drxInactiv drxProfile2drxInactivi drxityT
drxProfile2drxLongC tyT
drxProfile2drxLongC InactivityTim
DRX Cycle,
er
ycle
ycle
drxOnDuratT
drxProfile2drxOnDur longDrxonDurationTi
Cycle
atT
drxProfile2drxProfile drxProfile2drxProfileI mer
Index
drxProfile2drxProfile ndex
drxProfile2drxProfile
Priority
drxProfile2drxRetra Priority
drxProfile2drxRetran drxnsT
sT
Retransmissi
drxProfile3
drxProfile3
DRX-Config
onTimer
drxProfile3drxInactiv drxProfile3drxInactivi drxityT
drxProfile3drxLongC tyT
drxProfile3drxLongC InactivityTim
DRX Cycle,
er
ycle
ycle
longDrxdrxOnDuratT 1
drxProfile3drxOnDur
onDurationTi
Cycle
atT
drxProfile3drxProfile drxProfile3drxProfileI mer
Index
drxProfile3drxProfile ndex
drxProfile3drxProfile
Priority
drxProfile3drxRetra Priority
drxProfile3drxRetran drxnsT
sT
Retransmissi
drxProfile4
drxProfile4
DRX-Config
onTimer
drxProfile4drxInactiv drxProfile4drxInactivi drxityT
drxProfile4drxLongC tyT
drxProfile4drxLongC InactivityTim
DRX Cycle.
er
ycle
ycle
drxProfile4drxOnDur drxProfile4drxOnDur longDrxonDurationTi
Cycle
atT
atT
mer
drxProfile4drxProfile
drxProfile4drxProfileI
Index
ndex
drxProfile4drxProfile drxProfile4drxProfile
Priority
drxProfile4drxRetra Priority
drxProfile4drxRetran drxnsT
sT
Retransmissi
drxProfile5
drxProfile5
DRX-Config
onTimer
drxProfile5drxInactiv drxProfile5drxInactivi drxityT
tyT
InactivityTim
er

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

DRX long cycle

DRX on duration timer
DRX profile index
DRX profile priority
DRX retransmission timer
DRX smart profile 2
DRX inactivity timer
DRX long cycle
DRX on duration timer
DRX profile index
DRX profile priority
DRX retransmission timer
DRX short cycle
DRX short cycle timer
Short term inactivity factor for
smart
DRX profile 3
DRX smart
DRX inactivity timer
DRX long cycle
DRX on duration timer
DRX profile index
DRX profile priority
DRX retransmission timer
DRX short cycle
DRX short cycle timer
Short term inactivity factor for
smart
DRX profile 4
DRX smart
DRX inactivity timer
DRX long cycle
DRX on duration timer
DRX profile index
DRX profile priority
DRX retransmission timer
DRX short cycle
DRX short cycle timer
Short term inactivity factor for
smart
DRX profile 5
DRX smart
DRX inactivity timer
DRX long cycle
DRX on duration timer
DRX profile index
DRX profile priority
DRX retransmission timer
DRX short cycle

drxLongCycle
drxProfile5drxLongC DRX Cycle,
drxProfile5drxOnDur ycle
drxProfile5drxOnDur longDrxonDurationTi
Cycle
atT
atT
drxProfile5drxProfile drxProfile5drxProfileI mer
Index
drxProfile5drxProfile ndex
drxProfile5drxProfile
Priority
drxProfile5drxRetra Priority
drxProfile5drxRetran drxnsT
sT
Retransmissi
drxSmartProfile2
drxSmartProfile2
DRX-Config
onTimer
drxSmartProfile2drxI drxSmartProfile2drxI drxnactivityT
nactivityT
drxLongCycle 1
drxSmartProfile2drxL InactivityTim
DRX Cycle,
er
ongCycle
drxOnDuratT 2
drxSmartProfile2drx longDrxonDurationTi
Cycle
OnDuratT
drxSmartProfile2drx drxSmartProfile2drxP mer
ProfileIndex
drxSmartProfile2drx rofileIndex
drxSmartProfile2drxP
ProfilePriority
drxSmartProfile2drx rofilePriority
drxSmartProfile2drx drxRetransT
RetransT
drxShortCycle
drxSmartProfile2drxS Retransmissi
DRX Cycle,
onTimer
hortCycle
drxSmartProfile2drx drxSmartProfile2drxS shortDrxDRX Cycle,
Cycle
ShortCycleT
hortCycleT
drxSmartProfile2sm drxSmartProfile2sma shortDrxCycl
eTimer
artStInactFactor
rtStInactFactor
drxSmartProfile3
drxSmartProfile3
DRX-Config
drxSmartProfile3drxI drxSmartProfile3drxI drxnactivityT
drxSmartProfile3drx nactivityT
drxSmartProfile3drxL InactivityTim
DRX Cycle,
er
LongCycle
ongCycle
drxOnDuratT 3
drxSmartProfile3drx longDrxonDurationTi
Cycle
drxSmartProfile3drx OnDuratT
drxSmartProfile3drxP mer
ProfileIndex
drxSmartProfile3drx rofileIndex
drxSmartProfile3drxP
ProfilePriority
drxSmartProfile3drx rofilePriority
drxSmartProfile3drx drxRetransT
drxSmartProfile3drx RetransT
drxSmartProfile3drxS Retransmissi
DRX Cycle,
onTimer
ShortCycle
drxSmartProfile3drx hortCycle
drxSmartProfile3drxS shortDrxDRX Cycle,
Cycle
ShortCycleT
hortCycleT
drxSmartProfile3sm drxSmartProfile3sma shortDrxCycl
eTimer
artStInactFactor
rtStInactFactor
drxSmartProfile4
drxSmartProfile4
DRX-Config
drxSmartProfile4drxI drxSmartProfile4drxI drxnactivityT
drxSmartProfile4drx nactivityT
drxSmartProfile4drxL InactivityTim
DRX Cycle.
er
LongCycle
ongCycle
drxSmartProfile4drx drxSmartProfile4drx longDrxonDurationTi
Cycle
OnDuratT
OnDuratT
drxSmartProfile4drx drxSmartProfile4drxP mer
ProfileIndex
rofileIndex
drxSmartProfile4drx
drxSmartProfile4drxP
ProfilePriority
drxSmartProfile4drx rofilePriority
drxSmartProfile4drx drxRetransT
drxSmartProfile4drx RetransT
drxSmartProfile4drxS Retransmissi
DRX Cycle,
onTimer
ShortCycle
hortCycle
drxSmartProfile4drx drxSmartProfile4drxS shortDrxDRX Cycle,
Cycle
ShortCycleT
hortCycleT
shortDrxCycl
drxSmartProfile4sm
drxSmartProfile4sma
eTimer
artStInactFactor
rtStInactFactor
drxSmartProfile5
drxSmartProfile5
DRX-Config
drxSmartProfile5drxI drxSmartProfile5drxI drxnactivityT
nactivityT
drxLongCycle 2
drxSmartProfile5drxL InactivityTim
DRX Cycle,
er
ongCycle
longDrxdrxSmartProfile5drx drxSmartProfile5drx
onDurationTi
Cycle
OnDuratT
OnDuratT
drxSmartProfile5drx drxSmartProfile5drxP mer
ProfileIndex
drxSmartProfile5drx rofileIndex
drxSmartProfile5drxP
ProfilePriority
drxSmartProfile5drx rofilePriority
drxSmartProfile5drx drxRetransT
RetransT
Retransmissi
drxSmartProfile5drx
drxSmartProfile5drxS
DRX
Cycle,
onTimer
ShortCycle
hortCycle
shortDrxCycle

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

DRX short cycle timer

drxSmartProfile5drx drxSmartProfile5drxS DRX Cycle,
ShortCycleT
Short term inactivity factor for
drxSmartProfile5sm hortCycleT
drxSmartProfile5sma shortDrxCycl
eTimer
smart
artStInactFactor
rtStInactFactor
AccessDRX
barred for emergency
eCallAcBarred
eCallAcBarred
accalls
BarringForE
eHRPD sector-ID list for preeHrpdSectList
eHrpdSectList
mergency
registration
Loadbalancing factor for preeHrpdSectListpreRe eHrpdSectListpreRe
registration
eHRPD
gLoadBalFactor
gLoadBalFactor
SectorID of with
eHRPD
access
sectorID
eHrpdSectListsectorI CDMA2000
network
D
Sector ID
Extended uplink link adaptation
eUlLaAtbPeriod
eUlLaAtbPeriod
ATB
periodicity
Extended uplink link adaptation
eUlLaBlerAveWin
eUlLaBlerAveWin
BLER
averaging
window
Extended uplink link adaptation
eUlLaDeltaMcs
eUlLaDeltaMcs
delta
MCS
Extended uplink link adaptation
eUlLaLowMcsThr
eUlLaLowMcsThr
low
MCS
threshold
Extended uplink link adaptation
eUlLaLowPrbThr
eUlLaLowPrbThr
low
PRB threshold
Extended
uplink link adaptation
eUlLaPrbIncDecFac eUlLaPrbIncDecFact
PRB
factordownlink
tor
or
EARFCN
earfcnDL
earfcnDL
EARFCN
EARFCN uplink
earfcnUL
earfcnUL
EARFCN
Emergency area ID list
emAreaIdList
emAreaIdList
Emergency
Area ID
Enable AMC for PDCCH link
enableAmcPdcch
enableAmcPdcch
adaptation
Enable better cell HO
enableBetterCellHo enableBetterCellHo
Enable coverage HO
enableCovHo
enableCovHo
Enable downlink 16QAM
enableDl16Qam
enableDl16Qam
Enable lower aggregation
enableLowAgg
enableLowAgg
selection
for
PDCCH
LA
Enable PDCCH power control
enablePcPdcch
enablePcPdcch
E-UTRAN cell identifier
eutraCelId
eutraCelId
eUTRANcellI
E-UTRAN access point position eutranAccessPointP eutranAccessPointP dentifier
Eosition
Altitude
eutranAccessPointP osition
eutranAccessPointP UTRANAcce
altitude
ssPointPositi
ositionaltitude
ositionaltitude
Confidence
eutranAccessPointP eutranAccessPointP confidence
on
ositionconfidence
Degrees of latitude
eutranAccessPointP ositionconfidence
eutranAccessPointP latitude
ositiondegreesOfLat
Degrees of longitude
eutranAccessPointP ositiondegreesOfLatit
eutranAccessPointP longitude
itude
ude
ositiondegreesOfLo
Direction of altitude
eutranAccessPointP ositiondegreesOfLon
eutranAccessPointP directionOfAl
ngitude
gitude
ositiondirectionOfAlti
Latitude sign
eutranAccessPointP ositiondirectionOfAltit
eutranAccessPointP titude
latitudeSign
tude
ude
ositionlatitudeSign
ositionlatitudeSign
Orientation of major axis
eutranAccessPointP eutranAccessPointP orientationOf
ositionorientationOf eutranAccessPointP
ositionorientationOfM uncertaintyAl
MajorAxis
Uncertainty altitude
eutranAccessPointP
MajorAxis
ajorAxis
ositionuncertaintyAlt
ositionuncertaintyAltit
Uncertainty semi-major
eutranAccessPointP eutranAccessPointP titude
uncertaintyS
itude
ude
ositionuncertaintySe
ositionuncertaintySe
Uncertainty semi-minor
eutranAccessPointP eutranAccessPointP emi-major
uncertaintyS
miMajor
miMajor
ositionuncertaintySe
ositionuncertaintySe
emi-minor
Fast uplink link ATB trigger
fUlLAAtbTrigThr
fUlLAAtbTrigThr
miMinor
miMinor
threshold
Filter center TX
filterCenterTx
filterCenterTx
Filter coefficient
filterCoeff
filterCoeff
filterCoefficie
Filtering coefficient used for CSFB filterCoefficientCSF filterCoefficientCSFB nt
filterCoefficie
Cpich-Ecn0
BCpichEcn0
CpichEcn0
Filtering coefficient used for CSFB filterCoefficientCSF filterCoefficientCSFB nt
filterCoefficie
Cpich-RSCP
BCpichRscp
CpichRscp
nt
Filtering
coefficient used for cpich filterCoefficientCpic
filterCoefficientCpich
filterCoefficie
ecN0
hEcn0
Ecn0
Filtering coefficient used for cpich filterCoefficientCpic filterCoefficientCpich nt
filterCoefficie
RSCP
hRscp
Rscp
Filtering coefficient used for
filterCoefficientRSR filterCoefficientRSRP nt
filterCoefficie
RSRP
P
Filtering coefficient used for
filterCoefficientRSR filterCoefficientRSRQ ntRSRP
filterCoefficie
RSRQ coefficient used for RSSI filterCoefficientRSSI
Q
ntRSRQ
Filtering
filterCoefficientRSSI filterCoefficie
nt

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

Further PLMN identity list

Cell reserved for operator use
Mobile country code
Mobile network code
Mobile network code length
GBR congestion handling
Group assignment for PUSCH
Maximum number of message 3
HARQ
transmissions
Maximum
number of HARQ
transmission
in DL of HARQ
Maximum number
transmission
in UL
Max number of
UL HARQ
transmissions
TTI bundling
Hopping modeduring
of PUSCH
HRPD Timers
CDMA2000 HRPD Handover
Relocation
Timer
CDMA2000Execution
HRPD Handover
Relocation
Preparation
Timer
CDMA2000 HRPD UL Handover
Preparation
Transfer Timer
Highspeed scenario
Related hysteresis of offset
a3Offset
for RSRP of
intra
F
Related hysteresis
threshold
th2
GERAN
for
RSRP
Related Hysteresis of Threshold2
C2K-HRPD
for RSRP
Related hysteresis
of threshold
th2
interFreq
for
RSRP
Related hysteresis of threshold
th2
WCDMA
for RSRP
Related
hysteresis
of threshold
th2a
for
RSRP
Related hysteresis of thresholds
th3
and th3a
for RSRP
Related
hysteresis
of threshold
th4
for
RSRP
Inter-frequency load balancing
load
thresholds load balancing
Inter-frequency
QCI1
Bearer check
Inter-frequency
loadtimer
balancing
GBR
high
load
DL
Inter-frequency load balancing
non-GBR
high load
Inter-frequency
loadDL
balancing
PDCCH
high
load
Inter Freq
Load
Bal Retry Timer
Cell reselection weight factor idle
mode
load balancing
Percentage
of UE for idle mode
load balancing

furtherPlmnIdL
furtherPlmnIdL
plmnfurtherPlmnIdLcellR furtherPlmnIdLcellRe IdentityList
cellReserved
eserve
serve
furtherPlmnIdLmcc furtherPlmnIdLmcc ForOperator
mcc
Use
furtherPlmnIdLmnc furtherPlmnIdLmnc mnc
furtherPlmnIdLmncL furtherPlmnIdLmncL
ength
ength
gbrCongHandling
gbrCongHandling
grpAssigPUSCH
grpAssigPUSCH
harqMaxMsg3
harqMaxMsg3
harqMaxTrDl
harqMaxTrDl
harqMaxTrUl
harqMaxTrUl
maxHARQharqMaxTrUlTtiBun harqMaxTrUlTtiBundl Tx
maxHARQdling
ing
Tx
hopModePusch
hopModePusch
hrpdTimers
hrpdTimers
hrpdTimerstC2KRel hrpdTimerstC2KRelo
ocOverallHrpd
hrpdTimerstC2KRel cOverallHrpd
hrpdTimerstC2KRelo
ocPrepHrpd
hrpdTimerstUlHoPre cPrepHrpd
hrpdTimerstUlHoPre
pTransferHrpd
pTransferHrpd
hsScenario
hsScenario
HST
Scenario
hysA3Offset
hysA3Offset
hysteresis
hysThreshold2GER hysThreshold2GERA hysteresis
AN
hysThreshold2Hrpd N
hysThreshold2Hrpd hysteresis
hysThreshold2Inter hysThreshold2InterFr hysteresis
Freq
hysThreshold2Wcd eq
hysThreshold2Wcdm hysteresis
ma
a
hysThreshold2a
hysThreshold2a
hysteresis
hysThreshold3
hysThreshold3
hysteresis
hysThreshold4
hysThreshold4
hysteresis
iFLBLoadThreshold iFLBLoadThresholds
siFLBBearCheckTim iFLBLoadThresholdsi
er
iFLBHighLoadGBR FLBBearCheckTimer
iFLBLoadThresholdsi
DL
iFLBHighLoadNonG FLBHighLoadGBRD
iFLBLoadThresholdsi
L
BRDL
iFLBHighLoadPdcch FLBHighLoadNonGB
iFLBLoadThresholdsi
RDL
FLBHighLoadPdcch
iFLBLoadThreshold iFLBLoadThresholdsi
siFLBRetryTimer
idleLBCelResWeigh FLBRetryTimer
idleLBCelResWeight
tidleLBPercentageOf idleLBPercentageOf
Ues
Ues

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

Uplink improved latency reaction

timer
Inactivity timer
Initial MCS in downlink
Initial MCS in uplink
Initial amount of PRBs in uplink
Intra-frequency cell reselection
allowed
Presence antenna port1
Local cell resource ID

ilReacTimerUl
inactivityTimer
iniMcsDl
iniMcsUl
iniPrbsUl
intrFrqCelRes
intraPresAntP
lcrId

ilReacTimerUl
inactivityTimer
iniMcsDl
iniMcsUl
iniPrbsUl
intrFrqCelRes
intraPresAntP
lcrId

intraFrequen
cyReselectio
presenceAnt
n
ennaPort1

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

LTE cell configuration identifier

Load balancing profile
Cell individual offset change lower
margin
Maximum bitrate downlink
Maximum bitrate uplink
Maximum code rate for paging
Maximum code rate for random
access
message
4 for random
Maximum
code rate
access
message
2 for SIB
Maximum
code rate
Maximum GBR-DRB Traffic Limit
Maximum number of OFDM
symbols
for PDCCH
Max number
act DRB
Maximum number of active UEs
Max number Carrier Aggr
configured
UEs
double
carrier
Max number
QCI1
DRBs
(GBRs)
Maximum number of RRC
connections
Maximum number RRC
emergency
Maximum amount of users per
TTI
in DL amount of users per
Maximum
TTI
in UL bitrate selector
Maximum
Measurement quantity for UTRACSFB
FDD measurements
Measurement
quantity used for
UTRA
FDD
measurements
MIMO Closed Loop configuration
CQI threshold for fallback to CL
MIMO
1 CW mode
CQI threshold
for activation of CL
MIMO
2
CW
mode
Rank threshold for fallback to CL
MIMO
1 CW mode
Rank threshold
for activation of
CL
MIMO
2 CW
mode
MIMO Open
Loop
configuration
CQI threshold for fallback to
MIMO
diversityfor activation of OL
CQI threshold
MIMOthreshold
SM
Rank
for fallback to
MIMO
diversity
Rank threshold for activation of
OL
MIMO bitrate
SM downlink
Minimum
Minimum bitrate uplink
Mobility profiles mapping list
Mobility profile ID
Subscriber profile ID
Last subscriber profile ID of a
range state parameters
Mobility
NCellChangeHigh
Mobility state parameters
NCellChangeMedium
Mobility state parameters
tevaluation
Mobility state parameters
THystNormal
Modification period coefficient

lnCelId
lnCelId
loadBalancingProfile loadBalancingProfile
lowerMarginCIO
lowerMarginCIO
maxBitrateDl
maxBitrateDl
maxBitrateUl
maxBitrateUl
maxCrPgDl
maxCrPgDl
maxCrRa4Dl
maxCrRa4Dl
maxCrRaDl
maxCrRaDl
maxCrSibDl
maxCrSibDl
maxGbrTrafficLimit maxGbrTrafficLimit
maxNrSymPdcch
maxNrSymPdcch
maxNumActDrb
maxNumActDrb
maxNumActUE
maxNumActUE
maxNumCaConfUe maxNumCaConfUeD
Dc
cmaxNumQci1Drb
maxNumQci1Drb
maxNumRrc
maxNumRrc
maxNumRrcEmerge maxNumRrcEmerge
ncy
ncy
maxNumUeDl
maxNumUeDl
maxNumUeUl
maxNumUeUl
mbrSelector
mbrSelector
measQuantityCSFB measQuantityCSFB measQuantit
Utra
yUTRA-FDD
measQuantityUtra Utra
measQuantityUtra
measQuantit
yUTRA-FDD
mimoClConfig
mimoClConfig
mimoClCqiThD
mimoClConfigmimoC
lCqiThD
mimoClCqiThU
mimoClConfigmimoC
lCqiThU
mimoClRiThD
mimoClConfigmimoC
lRiThD
mimoClRiThU
mimoClConfigmimoC
lRiThU
mimoOlConfig
mimoOlConfig
mimoOlCqiThD
mimoOlConfigmimo
OlCqiThD
mimoOlCqiThU
mimoOlConfigmimo
OlCqiThU
mimoOlRiThD
mimoOlConfigmimo
OlRiThD
mimoOlRiThU
mimoOlConfigmimo
OlRiThU
minBitrateDl
minBitrateDl
minBitrateUl
minBitrateUl
moPrMappingList
moPrMappingList
moPrMappingListm moPrMappingListmo
oPrId
moPrMappingListspi PrId
moPrMappingListspi
d
moPrMappingListspi d
moPrMappingListspi
dLast
dLast
mobStateParamNC
mobStateParamNCel
nelChgHgh
ChgHgh
mobStateParamNC mobStateParamNCel CellChangeH
nigh
elChgMed
ChgMed
mobStateParamTEv mobStateParamTEv CellChange
t-Evaluation
Medium
al
al
mobStateParamTHy mobStateParamTHy t-HystNormal
stNorm
stNorm
modPeriodCoeff
modPeriodCoeff
modification
PeriodCoeff

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

ACK/NACK offset
n1PucchAn
Maximum number of out-of-sync n310
indications
Maximum number of in-sync
n311
indications
PUCCH bandwidth for CQI
nCqiRb
Intra EUTRA offset frequency
offsetFreqIntra
Operational state
operationalState
Nominal power for UE PUCCH TX p0NomPucch
power
calculation
Nominal
power for UE PUSCH TX p0NomPusch
power
calculation
Maximum output power
pMax
Pmax intra-frequency neighboring pMaxIntraF
E-UTRA
Max. uplink transmission power
pMaxOwnCell
own
cellnB
Paging
pagingNb
PDCCH LA UE default
pdcchAggDefUe
aggregation
PDCCH aggregation for RA msg4 pdcchAggMsg4
PDCCH aggregation for paging
pdcchAggPaging
PDCCH aggregation level for
pdcchAggPreamb
preamble
assignments
PDCCH aggregation for random pdcchAggRaresp
access
message
PDCCHresponse
aggregation
for
pdcchAggSib
secondary
system
information
PDCCH allocation limit
pdcchAlpha

n1PucchAn
n310
n311
nCqiRb
offsetFreqIntra
operationalState
p0NomPucch
p0NomPusch
pMax
pMaxIntraF
pMaxOwnCell
pagingNb
pdcchAggDefUe
pdcchAggMsg4
pdcchAggPaging
pdcchAggPreamb
pdcchAggRaresp
pdcchAggSib
pdcchAlpha

LNCEL

PDCCH LA CQI shift

pdcchCqiShift

pdcchCqiShift

LNCEL

PDCCH and HARQ response

target BLER

pdcchHarqTargetBle pdcchHarqTargetBler
r

LNCEL
LNCEL
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

PDCCH LA UL DL allocation
balance
value
Periodic initial
CQI feedback
type
Periodic UE measurements
Report amount
Report interval
PHICH duration
PHICH resource
Physical layer cell identity
PRACH cyclic shift
PRACH configuration index
PRACH frequency offset

pdcchUlDlBal
periodicCqiFeedbac
kType
periodicUeMeas
reportAmount
reportInterval
phichDur
phichRes
phyCellId
prachCS
prachConfIndex
prachFreqOff

pdcchUlDlBal
periodicCqiFeedback
Type
periodicUeMeas
periodicUeMeasrepo
rtAmount
periodicUeMeasrepo
rtInterval
phichDur
phichRes
phyCellId
prachCS
prachConfIndex
prachFreqOff

n1PucchAn
n310
n311
nRB-CQI
offsetFreq
P0_NOMINA
L_PUCCH
P0_NOMINA
L_PUSCH(j=
Pmax
1)
p-Max
p-Max
nB

PUCCH CQI
Feedback
Type
ReportAmou
nt
ReportInterv
al
phichDuration
phichResource
ZeroCorrelati
onZoneConfi
prachg
Configuration
prachIndex
FrequencyOf
fset

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

PRACH high speed flag

Power ramping step
Preamble transmission maximum
Cell reserved for operator use
PRS bandwidth

prachHsFlag
prachPwrRamp
preambTxMax
primPlmnCellres
prsBandwidth

prachHsFlag
prachPwrRamp
preambTxMax
primPlmnCellres
prsBandwidth

highSpeedFl
ag
powerRampi
ngStep
preambleTra
nsMax
cellReserved
ForOperator
prsUse
Bandwidth

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

PRS configuration index

PRS muting
PRS muting info
PRS muting info pattern length
PRS Number of DL frames
PRS power boost
PUCCH cyclic shift for mixed
formats
PUSCH decoding offset index for
ACK
PUSCH decoding offset index for
CQI
PUSCH decoding offset index for
rank
indicator procedure
Cell reselection
hysteresis
value
Min. required
RSRQ in intra-freq
neighbor
cells
Q RX level min.(Rel9)
offset

prsConfigurationInd
ex
prsMuting
prsMutingprsMutingI
nfo
prsMutingprsMutingI
nfoPatternLen
prsNumDlFrames
prsPowerBoost
pucchNAnCs
puschAckOffI

prsConfigurationInde
xprsMuting
prsMutingprsMutingI
nfo
prsMutingprsMutingI
nfoPatternLen
prsNumDlFrames
prsPowerBoost
pucchNAnCs
puschAckOffI

prsConfiguration
prsIndex
MutingInfo
prsMutingInfo

puschCqiOffI
puschRiOffI
qHyst
qQualMinR9
qRxLevMinOffset
Minimum required RX level in cell qrxlevmin
Min. required RX level for intraqrxlevminintraF
freq
neighboring
Maximum
contentcells
resolution timer raContResoT
Large size random access MCS in raLargeMcsUl
uplink
RA message power offset for
raMsgPoffGrB
group
B
selection
Number of random access
raNondedPreamb
preambles
Random access preambles group raPreGrASize
A
size access response window raRespWinSize
Random
size
Small size random access MCS in raSmallMcsUl
uplink
Small size random access data
raSmallVolUl
volume
uplink value
Randominchallenge
rand
DL rate capping AMBR margin
rcAmbrMgnDl
Rate capping AMBR margin in
rcAmbrMgnUl
uplink
Enable rate capping in downlink rcEnableDl
Enable rate capping in uplink
rcEnableUl
Enable reduced bandwidth DL
redBwEnDl
Maximum number of PRBs
redBwMaxRbDl
assigned
in
downlink
Restricted PRB assignment in
redBwRbUlConfig
uplink
configuration
Maximum
number of PRBs
redBwRbUlConfigre
assigned
in
uplink
dBwMaxRbUl
Minimum number of PRBs
redBwRbUlConfigre
assigned
in
uplink
dBwMinRbUl
Enable restricted PRB
redBwRpaEnUl
assignment
in
uplink
Rank indication reporting enable riEnable
Multiplier M for periodic RI
riPerM
reporting
period
Periodic RI reporting offset
riPerOffset

puschCqiOffI
puschRiOffI
qHyst
qQualMinR9
qRxLevMinOffset
qrxlevmin
qrxlevminintraF
raContResoT
raLargeMcsUl
raMsgPoffGrB
raNondedPreamb
raPreGrASize
raRespWinSize
raSmallMcsUl
raSmallVolUl
rand
rcAmbrMgnDl
rcAmbrMgnUl
rcEnableDl
rcEnableUl
redBwEnDl
redBwMaxRbDl
redBwRbUlConfig
redBwRbUlConfigred
BwMaxRbUl
redBwRbUlConfigred
BwMinRbUl
redBwRpaEnUl
riEnable
riPerM
riPerOffset

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

numDLFrames
nCS-AN

q-Hyst
q-QualMin-r9
qRxLevMinOff
q-RxLevMin
set
q-RxLevMin
Contention
Resolution
Timer
messagePo
werOffsetGro
upB
sizeOfRAPreambleGro
upA

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

RACH root sequence

rootSeqIndex
rootSeqIndex
RSRQ mobility parameters
rsrqMobilityParams rsrqMobilityParams
A1 report interval for serving
rsrqMobilityParamsa rsrqMobilityParamsa reportInterval
becomes
betterA2-RSRQ
than RSRP
Time to trigger
to start 1ReportInterval
rsrqMobilityParamsa 1ReportInterval
rsrqMobilityParamsa timeToTrigge
mobility
measurement
2TimeToTriggerMob
Related hysteresis of threshold
rsrqMobilityParamsh 2TimeToTriggerMob
rsrqMobilityParamsh rhysteresis
Rsrq
Rsrq
Th2
for RSRQ
Threshold
Th2 mobility
for RSRQ mobility ysThreshold2MobR
rsrqMobilityParamst ysThreshold2MobRsr
rsrqMobilityParamsth a2-Threshold
srq
q
hreshold2MobRsrq
Threshold Th2a for RSRQ
rsrqMobilityParamst reshold2MobRsrq
rsrqMobilityParamsth thresholdmobility
hreshold2aRsrq
RSRQ redirection parameters
rsrqRedirectParams reshold2aRsrq
rsrqRedirectParams RSRQ
Time to trigger for A2 by RSRQ to rsrqRedirectParams rsrqRedirectParamsa
start
redirect
a2TimeToTriggerRe
Related
hysteresis of threshold
rsrqRedirectParams 2TimeToTriggerRedir
rsrqRedirectParamsh
directRsrq
ectRsrq
Th4
for
RSRQ
hysThreshold4Rsrq
Threshold Th4 for RSRQ
rsrqRedirectParams ysThreshold4Rsrq
rsrqRedirectParamst
threshold4Rsrq
hreshold4Rsrq
CDMA2000 1xRTT cell ID info
rttCellIdInfo
rttCellIdInfo
CDMA2000 1xRTT CSFB type
rttCsfbType
rttCsfbType
CDMA2000 1xRTT prerttPreregRefCellId rttPreregRefCellId
registration
reference
cell
id
CDMA2000 1xRTT prerttPreregRefCellIdrtt rttPreregRefCellIdrtt
registration
ID prePreregCellId
CDMA2000 cell
1xRTT
rttPreregRefCellIdrtt PreregCellId
rttPreregRefCellIdrtt
registration
market
ID
PreregMarketId
CDMA2000 1xRTT prerttPreregRefCellIdrtt PreregMarketId
rttPreregRefCellIdrtt
registration
sector
ID
PreregSectorId
CDMA2000 1xRTT prerttPreregRefCellIdrtt PreregSectorId
rttPreregRefCellIdrtt
registration
switch
number
PreregSwNo
Intra-frequency measurements
sIntraSearchV920 PreregSwNo
sIntraSearchV920
sthresholds
(Rel9)
Intra-frequency measurements
sIntraSearchV920sI sIntraSearchV920sIn IntraSearchsv920
power
threshold
(Rel9)
ntraSearchPR9
traSearchPR9
Intra-frequency measurements
sIntraSearchV920sI sIntraSearchV920sIn IntraSearchP
s-r9
quality
threshold
(Rel9)
ntraSearchQR9
traSearchQR9
IntraSearchQ
Intra-frequency measurements
sIntrasearch
sIntrasearch
s-r9
threshold
Inter-freq and inter-RAT meas
sNonIntraSearchV9 sNonIntraSearchV92 IntraSearch
sthresholds
(Rel9)
20
Inter-freq and
inter-RAT power
sNonIntraSearchV9 0
sNonIntraSearchV92 NonIntraSear
sch-v920
meas
threshold
(Rel9)
20sNonIntraSearch
0sNonIntraSearchPR
Inter-freq and inter-RAT quality
sNonIntraSearchV9 sNonIntraSearchV92 NonIntraSear
sPR9
9
chP-r9
meas
threshold
(Rel9)
20sNonIntraSearch
0sNonIntraSearchQ
NonIntraSear
Inter-frequency and inter-RAT
sNonIntrsearch
sNonIntrsearch
sQR9
R9
chQ-r9
measurements
threshold
NonIntraSear
SI window length
siWindowLen
siWindowLen
sich
WindowLeng
System Information 2 Scheduling sib2Scheduling
sib2Scheduling
th
Periodicity
sib2SchedulingsiMe sib2SchedulingsiMes si-Periodicity
ssagePeriodicity
Repetition
sib2SchedulingsiMe sagePeriodicity
sib2SchedulingsiMes
ssageRepetition
sageRepetition
Message Mapping
sib2SchedulingsiMe
sib2SchedulingsiMes
SIB-Type
ssageSibType
sageSibType
System Information 3 Scheduling sib3Scheduling
sib3Scheduling
Periodicity
sib3SchedulingsiMe sib3SchedulingsiMes si-Periodicity
ssagePeriodicity
Repetition
sib3SchedulingsiMe sagePeriodicity
sib3SchedulingsiMes
ssageRepetition
sageRepetition
Message Mapping
sib3SchedulingsiMe
sib3SchedulingsiMes
SIB-Type
ssageSibType
sageSibType
System information scheduling list sibSchedulingList
sibSchedulingList
Periodicity
sibSchedulingListsi sibSchedulingListsiM
MessagePeriodicity
Repetition
sibSchedulingListsi essagePeriodicity
sibSchedulingListsiM
MessageRepetition sibSchedulingListsiM
essageRepetition
SIB type
sibSchedulingListsi
MessageSibType
essageSibType
Speed-dependent reselection
spStResPars
spStResPars
speedStateR
structure
Number cell changes high mobility spStResParsnCellC spStResParsnCellCh eselectionPa
nrs
hgHigh
gHigh
Number cell changes medium
spStResParsnCellC spStResParsnCellCh CellChangeH
nigh
mobility
hgMed
gMed
CellChange
Cell
reselection hysteresis high
spStResParsqHystS
spStResParsqHystSf
sf-High
Medium
mobility
fHigh
High

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

Cell reselection hysteresis

medium
mobility
Timer TCRmax
Timer TCRmaxHyst
Scheduling weight downlink for
SRB
Scheduling weight uplink for SRB
SRS Configuration
Power offset for SRS
transmission
power calculation
Short term inactivity
factor
Synchronization signals
transmission
Timer T300 mode
Timer T301
Timer T302
Timer T304 for interRAT
Timer T304 for interRAT GSM
Timer T304 intra-LTE
Timer T304 for eNACC to GSM
Timer T310
Timer T311
Timer T320
Timer ExtendedWaitTime-r10
Timer paging correlation interval
Periodic BSR time
Periodic PHR timer
Prohibited PHR timer
Retransmission BSR timer
Cell reselection timer
Timer to store UE context
Time alignment maximum offset
Time alignment timer
Time alignment timer margin
Tracking area code
Q-threshold for reselection
towards
lower
prio low
RAT/freq
Threshold
serving
Threshold th1 for RSRP
Threshold th2 GERAN for RSRP
Threshold Th2 CDMA2000-HRPD
for
RSRP th2 interFreq for RSRP
Threshold

spStResParsqHystS
fMed
spStResParstEvalu
ation
spStResParstHystN
ormal
srbSchedWeightDl
srbSchedWeightUl
srsConfiguration
srsPwrOffset
stInactFactor
syncSigTxMode
t300
t301
t302
t304InterRAT
t304InterRATGsm
t304IntraLte
t304eNaccGsm
t310
t311
t320
tExtendedWait
tPageCorrInt
tPeriodicBsr
tPeriodicPhr
tProhibitPhr
tReTxBsrTime
tReselEutr
tStoreUeCntxt
taMaxOffset
taTimer
taTimerMargin
tac
threshServingLowQ
R9
threshSrvLow
threshold1
threshold2GERAN
threshold2Hrpd
threshold2InterFreq

spStResParsqHystSf sf-Medium
Med
spStResParstEvaluat t-Evaluation
ion
spStResParstHystNo t-HystNormal
rmal
srbSchedWeightDl
srbSchedWeightUl
srsConfiguration
srsPwrOffset
pSRS-Offset
stInactFactor
syncSigTxMode
t300
t300
t301
t301
t302
t302
t304InterRAT
t304
t304InterRATGsm
T304
t304IntraLte
t304
t304eNaccGsm
T304
t310
t310
t311
t311
t320
cellReselecti
onPriorityExp
tExtendedWait
extendedWai
iryTimer
tTime
tPageCorrInt
tPeriodicBsr
PeriodicBsrTi
me
tPeriodicPhr
PeriodicPPH
Rtimer
tProhibitPhr
ProhibitedPH
RTimer
tReTxBsrTime
tReselEutr
tReselectionE
tStoreUeCntxt
Tstore_UE_c
UTRAN
ntxt
taMaxOffset
taTimer
timeAlignme
ntTimer
taTimerMargin
tac
trackingArea
threshServingLowQR Code
threshServin
9
gLowQ-r9
threshSrvLow
threshServin
gLow
threshold1
s-Measure
threshold2GERAN
a2-Threshold
threshold2Hrpd
a2-Threshold
threshold2InterFreq thresholdRSRP

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

Threshold th2 WCDMA for RSRP

Threshold th2a for RSRP
Threshold th3 for RSRP
Threshold th3a for RSRP

threshold2Wcdma
threshold2a
threshold3
threshold3a

threshold2Wcdma
threshold2a
threshold3
threshold3a

a2-Threshold
a1-Threshold
a5Threshold1
a5Threshold2

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

Threshold th4 for RSRP

Time to trigger SF high
Time to trigger SF medium
TTI bundling BLER target
TTI bundling BLER threshold
TTI bundling SINR threshold
Uplink channel bandwidth
Uplink combination mode
Uplink reference signals cyclic
shift
UL AMC target BLER

threshold4
threshold4
timeToTriggerSfHigh timeToTriggerSfHigh
timeToTriggerSfMed timeToTriggerSfMedi
ium
ttiBundlingBlerTarge um
ttiBundlingBlerTarget
tttiBundlingBlerThres ttiBundlingBlerThres
hold
ttiBundlingSinrThres hold
ttiBundlingSinrThres
hold
hold
ulChBw
ulChBw
ulCombinationMode ulCombinationMode
ulRsCs
ulRsCs
ulTargetBler
ulTargetBler

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

Enable all TBs in UL AMC

UL AMC MCS switch period
UL ATB period
Alpha
Interference aware UL-PC
configuration
Nominal PUSCH P0 for
interference-aware
UL-PC for
Cell-center/edge balancing
interference-aware
Minimum UL qualityUL-PC
for
interference-aware
UL-PC
Minimum waiting time
for next ULPC
decision
Reference UL power value for
interference-aware
UL-PCtarget
Preamble initial received
power
Uplink power control PUCCH
configuration
Lower RSSI threshold for PUCCH
power
decision
Lower command
SINR threshold
for PUCCH
power
command
decision
Upper RSSI threshold for PUCCH
power
decision
Upper command
SINR threshold
for PUCCH
power
command
decision
Uplink power control
PUSCH
configuration
Lower RSSI threshold for PUSCH
power
decision
Lower command
SINR threshold
for PUSCH
power
command
decision
Upper RSSI threshold for PUSCH
power
decision
Upper command
SINR threshold
for PUSCH
power
command
decision
TPC command in random access
response
Time interval for power command
decisions
UL scheduler FD type
Max packet aggregation UL
Minimum PRB allocation for UEs
which
are UL
power
limitedblock size
Minimum
transport
PUSCH mask

ulamcAllTbEn
ulamcSwitchPer
ulatbEventPer
ulpcAlpha
ulpcIAwConfig
p0NomPuschIAw
ulpcCEBalanceIAw
ulpcMinQualIAw
ulpcMinWaitForPc
ulpcRefPwrIAw
ulpcIniPrePwr
ulpcPucchConfig
ulpcLowlevCch
ulpcLowqualCch
ulpcUplevCch
ulpcUpqualCch
ulpcPuschConfig
ulpcLowlevSch
ulpcLowqualSch
ulpcUplevSch
ulpcUpqualSch
ulpcRarespTpc
ulpcReadPeriod
ulsFdPrbAssignAlg
ulsMaxPacketAgg
ulsMinRbPerUe
ulsMinTbs
ulsPuschMask

thresholdRSRP
timeToTrigge
r-SF
timeToTrigge
r-SF

Channel
bandwidth

ulamcAllTbEn
ulamcSwitchPer
ulatbEventPer
ulpcAlpha
alpha
ulpcIAwConfig
ulpcIAwConfigp0No P0_PUSCH,
mPuschIAw
ulpcIAwConfigulpcC c
EBalanceIAw
ulpcIAwConfigulpcMi
nQualIAw
ulpcIAwConfigulpcMi
nWaitForPc
ulpcIAwConfigulpcRe
fPwrIAw
ulpcIniPrePwr
preambleIniti
alReceivedT
ulpcPucchConfig
argetPower
ulpcPucchConfigulpc
LowlevCch
ulpcPucchConfigulpc
LowqualCch
ulpcPucchConfigulpc
UplevCch
ulpcPucchConfigulpc
UpqualCch
ulpcPuschConfig
ulpcPuschConfigulpc
LowlevSch
ulpcPuschConfigulpc
LowqualSch
ulpcPuschConfigulpc
UplevSch
ulpcPuschConfigulpc
UpqualSch
ulpcRarespTpc
deltaMsg2
ulpcReadPeriod
ulsFdPrbAssignAlg
ulsMaxPacketAgg
ulsMinRbPerUe
ulsMinTbs
ulsPuschMask

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNHENB
LNHENB
LNHENB
LNHENB
LNHENB
LNHOG
LNHOG
LNHOG
LNHOG
LNHOG
LNHOG
LNHOG
LNHOG
LNHOG
LNHOH
LNHOH
LNHOH
LNHOH
LNHOH
LNHOH
LNHOH
LNHOH
LNHOH
LNHOH
LNHOH
LNHOH
LNHOH
LNHOIF
LNHOIF
LNHOIF
LNHOIF
LNHOIF
LNHOIF
LNHOIF
LNHOIF

Length of the PUSCH mask

Start PRB of the PUSCH mask
Scheduling method of the UL
scheduler
Uplink power control common
rel10
add-ons
UL power
offset for PUCCH
format
1bCS
UL power offset for PUCCH
format
3
Cell individual
offset change
upper
margin
Unique sector electronics ID
Home eNB cell individual offset
Home eNB EUTRA carrier
frequency
Home eNB set identifier
Home eNB first PCI
Home eNB last PCI
ARFCN value list
Threshold1 GERAN for RSRP of
serving
cell GERAN for RSSI
Threshold2
neighbour
cell GERAN
Time to trigger
measurement
report
ARFCN frequency
band indicator
Related hysteresis of thresholds
B2Th1
and
B2Th2BTS
for Hcell
Neighbor
GERAN
handover
identifier
NCC permitted
bit map
Interval for periodical GERAN
measurement
reporting
Threshold1 CDMA2000-HRPD
for
RSRP
of
serving
Cell for HRPD
Threshold2 CDMA2000
Neighbour
Cell CDMA2000Time to Trigger
HRPD
Measurement
Report
CDMA2000
HRPD Carrier
Frequency
CDMA2000 HRPD ARFCN
CDMA2000 HRPD Band Class
Relative weight of the eHRPD
carrier
CDMA2000 HRPD Preregistration
Allowed
CDMA2000
HRPD Search
Window
Size
Related Hysteresis of B2Th1 and
B2Th2
forHRPD
C2K-HRPD
Neighbor
cell handover
identifier
CDMA2000 HRPD Frequency
Specific for
Offset
Interval
Periodical C2K-HRPD
Measurement
Reporting
A3 offset RSRP
inter frequency
A3 offset RSRQ inter frequency
A3 report interval RSRP inter
frequency
A3
report interval RSRQ inter
frequency
A3 time to trigger RSRP inter
frequency
A3 time to trigger RSRQ inter
frequency
A5 report interval inter frequency
A5 time to trigger inter frequency

ulsPuschMaskulsPu ulsPuschMaskulsPus
schMaskLength
ulsPuschMaskulsPu chMaskLength
ulsPuschMaskulsPus
schMaskStart
chMaskStart
ulsSchedMethod
ulsSchedMethod
uplinkPCCommonr1 uplinkPCCommonr10 UplinkPower
0
uplinkPCCommonr1 uplinkPCCommonr10 ControlCom
deltaFmon-v1020
0deltaFPucchF1bC
deltaFPucchF1bCSr
deltaFPucchF3r10 uplinkPCCommonr10 PUCCHdeltaFSr10
10
Format1bCS
deltaFPucchF3r10
PUCCHupperMarginCIO
upperMarginCIO
-r10
Format3-r10
useId
useId
cellIndOff
cellIndOff
freqEutra
freqEutra
lnHeNBId
lnHeNBId
pciFirst
pciFirst
pciLast
pciLast
arfcnValueListGERA arfcnValueListGERA explicitListOf
N
b2Threshold1GERA N
b2Threshold1GERA ARFCNs
b2N
b2Threshold2RssiG N
b2Threshold2RssiGE Threshold1
b2ERAN
RAN
b2TimeToTriggerGE b2TimeToTriggerGE Threshold2G
timeToTrigge
ERAN
RANMeas
RANMeas
bandIndicatorGERA bandIndicatorGERA rbandIndicato
N
hysB2ThresholdGE N
hysB2ThresholdGER rhysteresis
RAN
AN
lnHoGId
lnHoGId
nccperm
nccperm
nccreportIntervalGERA reportIntervalGERAN Permitted
reportInterval
N
b2Threshold1Hrpd b2Threshold1Hrpd b2b2Threshold2PstrHr b2Threshold2PstrHrp Threshold1
b2pd
d
b2TimeToTriggerHrp b2TimeToTriggerHrp Threshold2C
timeToTrigge
DMA2000
dMeas
dMeas
rCarrierFreqC
hrpdCarrierFreq
hrpdCarrierFreq
hrpdCarrierFreqhrpd hrpdCarrierFreqhrpd DMA2000
CarrierFreqC
Arfcn
hrpdCarrierFreqhrpd Arfcn
hrpdCarrierFreqhrpd DMA2000
CarrierFreqC
BandClass
BandClass
hrpdMeasLoadBalF hrpdMeasLoadBalFa DMA2000
actor
hrpdPreRegAllowed ctor
hrpdPreRegAllowed preRegistrati
onAllowed
hrpdSearchWindow hrpdSearchWindowS searchWindo
Size
ize
hysB2ThresholdHrp hysB2ThresholdHrpd wSize
hysteresis
d
lnHohId
lnHohId
offsetFreqHrpd
offsetFreqHrpd
offsetFreq
reportIntervalHrpd reportIntervalHrpd
reportInterval
a3OffsetRsrpInterFr a3OffsetRsrpInterFre a3-Offset
eq
a3OffsetRsrqInterFr q
a3OffsetRsrqInterFre a3-Offset
eq
a3ReportIntervalRsr q
a3ReportIntervalRsrp
pInterFreq
InterFreq
a3ReportIntervalRsr
a3ReportIntervalRsrq
qInterFreq
a3TimeToTriggerRsr InterFreq
a3TimeToTriggerRsr
pInterFreq
a3TimeToTriggerRsr pInterFreq
a3TimeToTriggerRsr
qInterFreq
a5ReportIntervalInte qInterFreq
a5ReportIntervalInter
rFreq
Freq
a5TimeToTriggerInt
a5TimeToTriggerInter
erFreq
Freq

LNHOIF
LNHOIF
LNHOIF
LNHOIF
LNHOIF
LNHOIF
LNHOIF
LNHOIF
LNHOIF
LNHOIF
LNHOIF
LNHOIF
LNHOIF
LNHOW
LNHOW
LNHOW
LNHOW
LNHOW
LNHOW
LNHOW
LNHOW
LNHOW
LNHOW
LNHOW
LNHOW
LNHOW
LNHOW
LNHOX
LNHOX
LNHOX
LNHOX
LNHOX
LNHOX
LNHOX
LNMME
LNMME
LNMME
LNMME
LNMME
LNMME
LNMME
LNMME
LNMME

Eutra carrier info

Related hysteresis offset a3Offset
RSRP
frequency
Relatedinter
hysteresis
offset a3Offset
RSRQ
inter
frequency
Related hysteresis
of thresholds
th3
and
th3a
for
RSRP
Presence antenna port1
Neighbor interfrequency LTE cell
handover
identifier
Measurement
quantity inter
frequency
Measurement bandwidth
Inter EUTRA offset frequency
Threshold th3 for RSRP inter
frequency
Threshold th3a for RSRP inter
frequency
Inter-freq load bal threshold for
RSRP
target
Inter-freq
loadfilter
bal threshold for
RSRQ
target
filter
Threshold CSFB to UTRAWCDMA
EcN0toneighbor
Thresholdfor
CSFB
UTRA- cell
WCDMA
for
RSCP
neighbour
Time to trigger UTRA-CSFB cell
measurement
report
Threshold1 UTRA
for RSRP of
serving
cell
Threshold2 UTRA for ecNo
neighbour
Threshold2cell
UTRA for RSCP
neighbour
cell UTRA
Time to trigger
measurement
report
Related hysteresis
of threshold
B1
for
CSFB
to
WCDMA
Related hysteresis thresholds
B2Th1,
B2Th2
HO BTS
WCDMA
Neighbor
WCDMA
cell
handover
identifier
Maximum number of CSFB target
cells
frequency
Utranper
offset
frequency
Interval for periodical UTRA
measurement
UTRAN carrierreporting
frequency
CDMA2000 1xRTT neighbor cell
handover
identifier
CDMA2000
1XRTT carrier
frequency
CDMA2000 1XRTT ARFCN
CDMA2000 1XRTT band class
Maximum number of e1xCSFB
target
cells per
frequency
CDMA2000
1XRTT
search
Window
size
CDMA2000 1xRTT strength
threshold
Accumulated list of MME served
PLMNs
MCC of PLMN ID in served
PLMNs
RAT
MNC of per
PLMN
IDofinMME
served
PLMNs
per
RAT
of
MME
MNC length of PLMN ID in served
PLMNs
per RAT
of MME
Administrative
state
Primary IPv4/v6 address
Secondary IPv4/v6 address
LTE mobility management entity
identifier
MME name

eutraCarrierInfo
eutraCarrierInfo
hysA3OffsetRsrpInt hysA3OffsetRsrpInte hysteresis
erFreq
hysA3OffsetRsrqInt rFreq
hysA3OffsetRsrqInte hysteresis
erFreq
hysThreshold3Inter rFreq
hysThreshold3InterFr hysteresis
Freq
eq
interPresAntP
interPresAntP
presenceAnt
ennaPort1
lnHoIfId
lnHoIfId
measQuantInterFre measQuantInterFreq
q
measurementBand measurementBandwi
width
dth
offsetFreqInter
offsetFreqInter
offsetFreq
threshold3InterFreq threshold3InterFreq a5threshold3aInterFre threshold3aInterFreq Threshold1
a5q
thresholdRsrpIFLBF thresholdRsrpIFLBFil Threshold2
ilter
thresholdRsrqIFLBF ter
thresholdRsrqIFLBFil
ilter
b1ThresholdCSFBU ter
b1ThresholdCSFBUt utra-EcN0
traEcn0
b1ThresholdCSFBU raEcn0
b1ThresholdCSFBUt utra-RSCP
traRscp
b1TimeToTriggerCS raRscp
b1TimeToTriggerCSF timeToTrigge
FBUtraMeas
rb2b2Threshold1Utra BUtraMeas
b2Threshold1Utra
b2Threshold2UtraE b2Threshold2UtraEc Threshold1
utra-EcN0
cn0
n0
b2Threshold2UtraR b2Threshold2UtraRs utra-RSCP
scp
b2TimeToTriggerUtr cp
b2TimeToTriggerUtra timeToTrigge
aMeas
hysB1ThresholdCS Meas
hysB1ThresholdCSF rhysteresis
FBUtra
hysB2ThresholdUtra BUtra
hysB2ThresholdUtra hysteresis
lnHoWId
lnHoWId
maxNumCsfbTarget maxNumCsfbTargets
soffsetFreqUtra
offsetFreqUtra
offsetFreq
reportIntervalUtra
reportIntervalUtra
reportInterval
utraCarrierFreq
utraCarrierFreq
carrierFreq
lnhoxId
lnhoxId
rttCarrierFreq
rttCarrierFreq
CarrierFreqC
rttCarrierFreqrttArfc rttCarrierFreqrttArfcn DMA2000
CarrierFreqC
n
DMA2000
rttCarrierFreqrttBan
rttCarrierFreqrttBand CarrierFreqC
dClass
Class
rttMaxNumCsfbTarg rttMaxNumCsfbTarge DMA2000
ets
rttSearchWindowSiz ts
rttSearchWindowSiz searchWindo
e
e
wSize
rttStrengthThresh
rttStrengthThresh
accMmePlmnsList
accMmePlmnsListm
cc
accMmePlmnsListm
nc
accMmePlmnsListm
ncLength
administrativeState
ipAddrPrim
ipAddrSec
lnMmeId
mmeName

accMmePlmnsList
accMmePlmnsListmc
caccMmePlmnsListmn
caccMmePlmnsListmn
cLength
administrativeState
ipAddrPrim
ipAddrSec
lnMmeId
mmeName
MME Name

LNMME
LNMME
LNMME
LNNEIH
LNNEIH
LNNEIH
LNNEIH
LNNEIH
LNNEIH
LNREL
LNREL
LNREL
LNREL
LNREL
LNREL
LNREL
LNREL
LNREL
LNREL
LNREL
LNREL
LNRELG
LNRELG
LNRELG
LNRELG
LNRELG
LNRELG
LNRELG
LNRELG
LNRELG
LNRELG
LNRELG
LNRELW
LNRELW
LNRELW
LNRELW
LNRELW
LNRELW
LNRELW
LNRELW
LNRELW
LNRELW
LNRELW

Relative MME capacity

S1 link status
Transport network identifier
HRPD ARFCN
HRPD Band Class
HRPD PN Offset
HRPD SectorID
Neighborship identifierHRPD
PS Handover allowed
Cell individual offsets of other
neighbor
cells offset delta for load
Cell individual
balancing
Identity of eNB in ECGI of related
neighbor
Identity ofcell
cell in ECGI of related
neighbor
cell
Primary PLMN ID of eNB in ECGI
of
related
neighbor
cell identity
MCC
in primary
PLMN
MNC in primary PLMN identity
MNC length in primary PLMN
identity
Handover allowed
LTE neighbor relation identifier
Neighbor relation control
Neighbor relation status
Cell identity
ENACC allowed
Location Area Code
GERAN neighbor relation
identifier
Neighbor relation control
PLMN Identity in CGI of GERAN
neighbor
cell
MCC
MNC
MNC Length
Redirect with system information
allowed
Single radio voice call continuity
allowed
Circuit-switched fallback with PS
handover
allowed relation
WCDMA neighbor
identifier
Neighbor relation control
Primary PLMN identity in CGI of
UTRAN
MCC neighbor cell
MNC
MNC length
PS handover allowed
Single radio voice call continuity
allowed
Target cell Id in UTRAN CGI of
related
neighbor
Target RNC
Id cell

relMmeCap
relMmeCap
s1LinkStatus
s1LinkStatus
transportNwId
transportNwId
hrpdArfcn
hrpdArfcn
hrpdBandClass
hrpdBandClass
hrpdPnOffset
hrpdPnOffset
hrpdSectorID
hrpdSectorID
lnNeiHId
lnNeiHId
psHoAllowed
psHoAllowed
cellIndOffNeigh
cellIndOffNeigh
cellIndOffNeighDelt cellIndOffNeighDelta
a
ecgiAdjEnbId
ecgiAdjEnbId
ecgiLcrId
ecgiLcrId
ecgiPlmnId
ecgiPlmnId
ecgiPlmnIdmcc
ecgiPlmnIdmcc
ecgiPlmnIdmnc
ecgiPlmnIdmnc
ecgiPlmnIdmncLeng ecgiPlmnIdmncLengt
th
h
handoverAllowed
handoverAllowed
lnRelId
lnRelId
nrControl
nrControl
nrStatus
nrStatus
ci
ci
eNACCAllowed
eNACCAllowed
lac
lac
lnRelGId
lnRelGId
nrControl
nrControl
plmnId
plmnId
plmnIdmcc
plmnIdmcc
plmnIdmnc
plmnIdmnc
plmnIdmncLength plmnIdmncLength
redirWithSysInfoAllo redirWithSysInfoAllo
wed
wed
srvccAllowed
srvccAllowed
csfbPsHoAllowed
csfbPsHoAllowed
lnRelWId
lnRelWId
nrControl
nrControl
plmnId
plmnId
plmnIdmcc
plmnIdmcc
plmnIdmnc
plmnIdmnc
plmnIdmncLength plmnIdmncLength
psHoAllowed
psHoAllowed
srvccAllowed
srvccAllowed
uTargetCid 2
uTargetCid
uTargetRncId 2
uTargetRncId

Relative
MME
Capacity
CarrierFreqC
DMA2000
CarrierFreqC
DMA2000
PhysCellIdC
DMA2000
CDMA2000
Sector ID
cellIndividual
Offset

CI
LAC

LNRELX
LNRELX
LNRELX
LNRELX
LNRELX
LNRELX
LNRELX
LNRELX
LNRELX
LTAC
LTAC
LTAC
LTAC
LTAC
MFBIPR
MFBIPR
MFBIPR
MFBIPR
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA

Neighbor 1x carrier frequency

Neighbor 1x band class
Neighbor 1x cell ID
E1xCSFB allowed
CDMA2000 1xRTT neighbor
relation
Neighboridentifier
1x market ID
Neighbor 1x PN offset
Neighbor 1x sector ID
Neighbor 1x switch number
LTAC identifier
TAC limit GBR emergency
TAC limit GBR handover
TAC limit GBR normal
Transport Network Identifier
Additional E-UTRA frequency
band
indicator
Additional
spectrum emission
E-UTRA carrier frequency
MFBI profile identifier
Active
AISG protocol version
Alarm threshold level
Antenna band list
Antenna beamwidth
Antenna operating frequency
band
Antenna operation gain
Antenna bearing
Antenna model number
Antenna serial number
Antenna line identifier
Base station ID
Connection
Gain resolution
Installation date
Installers ID
LNA number
Maximum supported gain
Mast head amplifier alarm
detection
Mast head amplifier gain
Mast head amplifier identifier
Mast head amplifier type
Minimum supported gain
Product code
3GPP realese ID

arfcn
arfcn
CarrierFreqC
DMA2000
bandClass
bandClass
CarrierFreqC
DMA2000
cellId
cellId
e1xCsfbAllowed
e1xCsfbAllowed
lnrelxId
lnrelxId
marketId
marketId
pnOffset
pnOffset
PhysCellIdC
DMA2000
sectorId
sectorId
swNo
swNo
ltacId
ltacId
tacLimitGbrEmerge tacLimitGbrEmergen
ncy
tacLimitGbrHandove cy
tacLimitGbrHandover
rtacLimitGbrNormal tacLimitGbrNormal
transportNwId
transportNwId
addFreqBandInd
addFreqBandInd
FreqBandInd
addSpectrEmissReq addSpectrEmissReq icator
AdditionalSp
ectrumEmiss
eutraCarrierFreq
eutraCarrierFreq
ion
mfbiPrId
mfbiPrId
active
active
aisgProtocol
aisgProtocol
alarmThresholdLeve alarmThresholdLevel
lantBandList
antBandList
antBandListantBea antBandListantBeam Beamwidth
mwidth
each
antBandListantOper width
antBandListantOperF in
Antenna
operating
FreqBand
antBandListantOper reqBand
antBandListantOper operating
Gain
in
band
in each
band
band(s)
Gain
Gain
operating
antBearing
antBearing
Antenna
order
band
in band
Bearing
antModel
antModel
Antenna
order
model
antSerial
antSerial
Antenna
number
serial
antlId
antlId
number
baseStationID
baseStationID
Base Station
ID
connection
connection
gainResolution
installDate
installerID
lnaNumber
maxGain
mhaAlarmDetection
mhaGain
mhaId
mhaType
minGain
prodCode
releaseId3Gpp

gainResolution
installDate
Installation
Date
installerID
Installer's ID
lnaNumber
maxGain
mhaAlarmDetection
mhaGain
mhaId
mhaType
minGain
prodCode
releaseId3Gpp

MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MHA
MODIMP
MODIMP
MODIMP
MODIMP
MODIMP
MODIMP
MODIMP
MODIMP
MODIMP
MODIMP
MODIMP
MODIMP
MODIMP
MODIMP
MODIMP
MODIMP
MODIMP
MODPR
MODPR
MODPR
MODPR
MODPR
MODPR
MODPR
MODPR
MODPR
MODPR
MODPR
MODPR
MODPR
MODPR
MODRED
MODRED

Scanned antenna interface

Sector ID
Serial number
Substance
TMA subunit receive frequency
band
max receive frequency
TMA subunit
band
min
TMA subunit
transmit frequency
band
max transmit frequency
TMA subunit
band
min
TMA subunit
type
WMH connector
CDMA HRPD band list for idle
mode
balancing
CDMAload
HRPD
band class for idle
mode
load
balancing
CDMA HRPD band weight factor
idle
mode
loadband
balancing
CDMA
1xRTT
list for idle
mode
load
balancing
CDMA 1xRTT band class for idle
mode
balancing
CDMAload
1xRTT
band weight factor
idle
mode
load
balancing
EUTRA carrier list
for idle mode
load
balancing
EUTRA carrier frequency for idle
mode
load
balancing
EUTRA
carrier
weight factor idle
mode
load
balancing
GERAN band
parameters for idle
mode
load
balancing
GERAN
carrier
freq band for idle
mode
load
balancing
GERAN carrier weight factor idle
mode
load
balancing
GERAN
carrier
freq list for idle
mode
load
balancing
Idle mode mobility
default profile
identifier
UTRA FDD carrier list for idle
mode
load balancing
UTRA-FDD
carrier weight factor
idle
mode
load
balancing
UTRA FDD carrier
freq for idle
mode
load
balancing
Auto adaptation to freq. layers of
all
neighbour
cells
Frequency
layer
list for high
priority
CSFB
to
WCDMA
Frequency layer list for normal
priority CSFB
to WCDMA
Frequency
layer
list for LTE inter
frequency
mobility
Frequency layer list for packet
switched
handover
Frequency
layer listWCDMA
for SRVCC to
WCDMA
Percentage of UE for idle mode
load
balancing
Mobility
default profile identifier
Reference freq. list network
assisted
cell change
GERAN
Band indicator
applied
to
reference
ARFCN
Reference ARFCN
Reference frequency list for
SRVCC
to GSMapplied to
Band indicator
reference
ReferenceARFCN
ARFCN
Add GSM system information to
redirection message
Redirection
priority for CS fallback
with redirection

scannedAntennaInt scannedAntennaInte
erface
rface
sectorID
sectorID
Sector ID
serNum
serNum
substance
substance
tmaSubunitRxFreqB tmaSubunitRxFreqB TMA Subunit
andMax
tmaSubunitRxFreqB andMax
tmaSubunitRxFreqB receive
TMA Subunit
frequency
andMin
andMin
tmaSubunitTxFreqB tmaSubunitTxFreqBa receive
TMA
band Subunit
frequency
andMax
tmaSubunitTxFreqB ndMax
tmaSubunitTxFreqBa transmit
TMA
Subunit
band
frequency
andMin
ndMin
transmit
tmaSubunitType
tmaSubunitType
TMA
Subunit
band
frequency
type
wmhConnector
wmhConnector
band
cdmaHrpdBdClL
cdmaHrpdBdClL
bandClassPri
cdmaHrpdBdClLcd cdmaHrpdBdClLcdm orityListHRP
bandClass
D
maHrpdBdCl
aHrpdBdCl
cdmaHrpdBdClLidle cdmaHrpdBdClLidleL
LBHrpdCelResWeig
BHrpdCelResWeight
cdmaRttBdClL
cdmaRttBdClL
bandClassPri
ht
cdmaRttBdClLcdma cdmaRttBdClLcdma orityList1xRT
bandClass
T
RttBdCl
cdmaRttBdClLidleL RttBdCl
cdmaRttBdClLidleLB
BRttCelResWeight
RttCelResWeight
dlCarFrqEutL
dlCarFrqEutL
freqPriorityLi
dlCarFrqEutLdlCarF dlCarFrqEutLdlCarFr stEUTRA
carrierFreq
rqEut
qEut
dlCarFrqEutLidleLB dlCarFrqEutLidleLBE
EutCelResWeight
utCelResWeight
geranCarFrqBd
geranCarFrqBd
geranCarFrqBdgera geranCarFrqBdgeran bandIndicato
nBandInd
geranCarFrqBdidleL BandInd
geranCarFrqBdidleL r
BGeranCelResWeig
geranCarFrqIdleMo BGeranCelResWeig
geranCarFrqIdleMod
ht
ht
deL
eL
modimpId
modimpId
utrFddCarFrqL
utrFddCarFrqL
freqPriorityLi
utrFddCarFrqLidleL utrFddCarFrqLidleLB stUTRA-FDD
BUtraFddCelResWe
utrFddCarFrqLutrFd UtraFddCelResWeig
utrFddCarFrqLutrFdd carrierFreq
ight
ht
dCarFrq
CarFrq
autoAdapt
autoAdapt
freqLayListCsfbHigh freqLayListCsfbHigh
Wcdma
freqLayListCsfbNor Wcdma
freqLayListCsfbNorm
mWcdma
Wcdma
freqLayListLte
freqLayListLte
freqLayListPsHoWc freqLayListPsHoWcd
dma
freqLayListSrvccWc ma
freqLayListSrvccWcd
dma
idleLBPercentageOf ma
idleLBPercentageOf
Ues
Ues
moDPrId
moDPrId
refFreqListNaccGer refFreqListNaccGera
an
refFreqListNaccGer n
refFreqListNaccGera
anbandIndicator
refFreqListNaccGer nbandIndicator
refFreqListNaccGera
anreferenceARFCN nreferenceARFCN
refFreqListSrvccGs
refFreqListSrvccGsm
m
refFreqListSrvccGs refFreqListSrvccGsm
mbandIndicator
refFreqListSrvccGs bandIndicator
refFreqListSrvccGsm
mreferenceARFCN
addGsmSIToRedirM referenceARFCN
addGsmSIToRedirMs
sg
g
csFallBPrio
csFallBPrio

MODRED
MODRED
MODRED
MODRED
MODRED
MODRED
MODRED
MODRED
MODRED
MODRED
MOIMP
MOIMP
MOIMP
MOIMP
MOIMP
MOIMP
MOIMP
MOIMP
MOIMP
MOIMP
MOIMP
MOIMP
MOIMP
MOIMP
MOIMP
MOIMP
MOIMP
MOPR
MOPR
MOPR
MOPR
MOPR
MOPR
MOPR
MOPR
MOPR
MOPR
MOPR
MOPR
MOPR
MORED
MORED
MORED

Redirection priority for emergency emerCallPrio

emerCallPrio
call
Mobility default profile identifier for moDRedId
moDRedId
redirection
CDMA band
redirBandCdma
redirBandCdma
CDMA frequency
redirFreqCdma
redirFreqCdma
eUTRA frequency
redirFreqEutra
redirFreqEutra
UTRA frequency
redirFreqUtra
redirFreqUtra
GERAN ARFCN values list
redirGeranArfcnValu redirGeranArfcnValu
eL
GERAN band indicator
redirGeranBandIndi eL
redirGeranBandIndic
cator
ator
RAT for redirection
redirRAT
redirRAT
Redirection priority for UE context redirectPrio
redirectPrio
release
CDMA HRPD band list for idle
cdmaHrpdBdClL
cdmaHrpdBdClL
bandClassPri
mode
balancing
CDMAload
HRPD
band class for idle cdmaHrpdBdClLcd cdmaHrpdBdClLcdm orityListHRP
bandClass
D
mode
load
balancing
maHrpdBdCl
aHrpdBdCl
CDMA HRPD band weight factor cdmaHrpdBdClLidle cdmaHrpdBdClLidleL
idle
mode
loadband
balancing
LBHrpdCelResWeig
BHrpdCelResWeight
CDMA
1xRTT
list for idle
cdmaRttBdClL
cdmaRttBdClL
bandClassPri
ht
mode
load
balancing
CDMA 1xRTT band class for idle cdmaRttBdClLcdma cdmaRttBdClLcdma orityList1xRT
bandClass
T
mode
balancing
CDMAload
1xRTT
band weight factor RttBdCl
cdmaRttBdClLidleL RttBdCl
cdmaRttBdClLidleLB
idle
mode
load list
balancing
RttCelResWeight
EUTRA
carrier
for idle mode BRttCelResWeight
dlCarFrqEutL
dlCarFrqEutL
freqPriorityLi
load
balancing
EUTRA carrier frequency for idle dlCarFrqEutLdlCarF dlCarFrqEutLdlCarFr stEUTRA
carrierFreq
mode
load
balancing
rqEut
qEut
EUTRA carrier weight factor idle dlCarFrqEutLidleLB dlCarFrqEutLidleLBE
mode
load
balancing
utCelResWeight
GERAN
band
parameters for idle EutCelResWeight
geranCarFrqBd
geranCarFrqBd
mode
load
balancing
GERAN carrier freq band for idle geranCarFrqBdgera geranCarFrqBdgeran bandIndicato
mode
load
balancing
GERAN
carrier
weight factor idle nBandInd
geranCarFrqBdidleL BandInd
geranCarFrqBdidleL r
mode
load
balancing
BGeranCelResWeig
GERAN
carrier
freq list for idle
geranCarFrqIdleMo BGeranCelResWeig
geranCarFrqIdleMod
ht
ht
mode
load
balancing
eL
Idle mode mobility profile identifier deL
moimpId
moimpId
UTRA FDD carrier list for idle
utrFddCarFrqL
utrFddCarFrqL
freqPriorityLi
mode
load
balancing
UTRA-FDD carrier weight factor utrFddCarFrqLidleL utrFddCarFrqLidleLB stUTRA-FDD
idle
mode
balancing
BUtraFddCelResWe
UTRA
FDDload
carrier
freq for idle
utrFddCarFrqLutrFd UtraFddCelResWeig
utrFddCarFrqLutrFdd carrierFreq
ight
ht
mode
load
balancing
dCarFrq
Frequency layer list for high
freqLayListCsfbHigh CarFrq
freqLayListCsfbHigh
priority
CSFB
to
WCDMA
Wcdma
Frequency layer list for normal
freqLayListCsfbNor Wcdma
freqLayListCsfbNorm
priority
CSFB
to
WCDMA
mWcdma
Wcdma
Frequency layer list for LTE inter freqLayListLte
freqLayListLte
frequency mobility
Frequency
layer list for packet
freqLayListPsHoWc freqLayListPsHoWcd
switched
handover
Frequency
layer listWCDMA
for SRVCC to dma
freqLayListSrvccWc ma
freqLayListSrvccWcd
WCDMA
dma
Percentage of UE for idle mode idleLBPercentageOf ma
idleLBPercentageOf
load
balancing
Ues
Ues
Mobility profile identifier
moPrId
moPrId
Reference freq. list network
refFreqListNaccGer refFreqListNaccGera
assisted
cell change
GERAN
an
Band indicator
applied
to
refFreqListNaccGer n
refFreqListNaccGera
reference
ARFCN
anbandIndicator
Reference ARFCN
refFreqListNaccGer nbandIndicator
refFreqListNaccGera
anreferenceARFCN
Reference frequency list for
refFreqListSrvccGs nreferenceARFCN
refFreqListSrvccGsm
SRVCC
to GSMapplied to
m
Band
indicator
refFreqListSrvccGs
refFreqListSrvccGsm
reference
ARFCN
mbandIndicator
Reference ARFCN
refFreqListSrvccGs bandIndicator
refFreqListSrvccGsm
mreferenceARFCN
Add GSM system information to addGsmSIToRedirM referenceARFCN
addGsmSIToRedirMs
redirection
message
sg
g
Redirection priority for CS fallback csFallBPrio
csFallBPrio
with redirection
Redirection
priority for emergency emerCallPrio
emerCallPrio
call

MORED
MORED
MORED
MORED
MORED
MORED
MORED
MORED
MORED
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MRBTS
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE

Mobility profile identifier for

moRedId
moRedId
redirection
CDMA band
redirBandCdma
redirBandCdma
CDMA frequency
redirFreqCdma
redirFreqCdma
eUTRA frequency
redirFreqEutra
redirFreqEutra
UTRA frequency
redirFreqUtra 2
redirFreqUtra
GERAN ARFCN values list
redirGeranArfcnValu redirGeranArfcnValu
eL
GERAN band indicator
redirGeranBandIndi eL
redirGeranBandIndic
cator
ator
RAT for redirection
redirRAT 2
redirRAT
Redirection priority for UE context redirectPrio
redirectPrio
release
Activate ethernet security
actEthernetSec
actEthernetSec
GPS antenna altitude
altitude
altitude
Auto connection hardware ID from autoConHWId
autoConHWId
BTS
Auto connection site ID from BTS autoConSiteId
autoConSiteId
Auto configuration blocked
autoConfBlocked
autoConfBlocked
Configuration data
cmSyncCheck
cmSyncCheck
synchronization
check
Configuration data
cmSyncCheckPerio cmSyncCheckPeriod
synchronization
check
period
d
Autoconfiguration
required
by
commissioningRequ commissioningRequi
multiradio
flexi
BTS
ired
Configuration data revision
configDataRevision red
configDataRevisionN
number
Number
umber
GPS antenna latitude
latitude
latitude
GPS antenna longitude
longitude
longitude
Multiradio flexi BTS site identifier mrbtsId
mrbtsId
Passive unit list
passUnitList
passUnitList
Comment
passUnitListcomme passUnitListcommen
nt
Name
passUnitListname tpassUnitListname
Product code
passUnitListprodCo passUnitListprodCod
de
Serial number
passUnitListserNum e
passUnitListserNum
Version
passUnitListversion passUnitListversion
Reset multiradio flexi BTS to test resetToTestDedicate resetToTestDedicate
dedicated
d
Shared RFstate
technologies
sharedRfTechnologi d
sharedRfTechnologie
es
Symptom data trigger list
symptomDataTrigge ssymptomDataTrigger
rL
L
Time zone
timeZone
timeZone
Product code
unitListprodCode
unitListprodCode
Cell identifier
cellId
cellId
Cell maximum active UEs traced cellMaxActiveUEsTr cellMaxActiveUEsTra
aced
ced
Cell trace mode
cellTrcMode
cellTrcMode
Cell vendor specific tracing
cellVendorSpecTraci cellVendorSpecTraci
ng
ng
Cell TA tracing
cellTaTracing
cellVendorSpecTraci
ngcellTaTracing
E-UTRAN trace identifier
eutranTraceId
eutranTraceId
MCC
eutranTraceIdeutran eutranTraceIdeutran
TraceIdMcc
MNC
eutranTraceIdeutran TraceIdMcc
eutranTraceIdeutran
TraceIdMnc
MNC length
eutranTraceIdeutran TraceIdMnc
eutranTraceIdeutran
TraceIdMncLen
Trace ID
eutranTraceIdtraceI TraceIdMncLen
eutranTraceIdtraceId
Trace recording session reference d
eutranTraceIdtrcRec eutranTraceIdtrcRec
SessionRef
SessionRef

E-UTRAN
Trace
MCC ID
MCC
Trace ID
Trace
Recording
Session
Reference

MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
OAMMA
OAMMA
OAMMA
OAMMA
OAMMA
OAMMD
OAMMD
OAMMD
OAMMEP
OAMMEP
OAMMEP
OAMMEP
OAMMEP
OAMMEP
OAMMEP
OAMMEP
OAMPRF
OAMPRF
OAMPRF
OAMPRF
OAMPRF
OAMPRF
OAMPRF
OAMPRF
OAMPRF
OAMPRF
OAMPRF
OAMPRF

Cell trace session identifier

3rd party tool cell trace port
number
Trace collection entity IP address
Trace RRC msg category
Trace RRC non UE spec msg list
Trace RRC setting
Trace RRC UE spec msg list
Trace S1 msg category
Trace S1 non UE spec msg list
Trace S1 setting
Trace S1 UE spec msg list
Trace X2 msg category
Trace X2 non UE spec msg list
Trace X2 setting
Trace X2 UE spec msg list
Maintenance association identifier
Continuity Check Messages
transmission
period
Name of the maintenance
association
Vlan Enabled flag
VLAN identifier of the
maintenance
association
Maintenance domain
identifier
Level of the maintenance domain
Name of the maintenance domain
AIS enabling flag
Allow sending of CCM messages
and
resetlink
CCM
counters
Ethernet
reference
Maintenance association endpoint
identifier
Maintenance association
endpoints
list of the Maintenance
MAC address
Association
Point
MaintenanceEnd
Association
End
Point
VLANidentifier
PCP bits
Link OAM operational mode at
local
peer Link Critical Event
Link OAM
Alarm
delaycounting
Erroredclearance
Frame Event
threshold
Errored Frame Event counting
interval
Errored Frame Period Event
counting
threshold
Errored Frame
Period Event
counting
interval
Errored Frame Seconds
Summary
EventSeconds
counting
Errored
Frame
threshold
Summary
Event
counting
interval
OAM PDU message
transmission
rate
Link OAM event support flag
Link OAM Profile Name
Link OAM link loopback duration

mTraceId
mTraceId
tceCellTracePortNu tceCellTracePortNum
m
tceIpAddress
tceIpAddress
Trace
traceRrcMsgCatego traceRrcMsgCategor Collection
Entity IP
ry
traceRrcNonUeSpe ytraceRrcNonUeSpec Address
cMsgList
MsgList
traceRrcSetting
traceRrcSetting
traceRrcUeSpecMs traceRrcUeSpecMsg
gList
traceS1MsgCategor List
traceS1MsgCategory
ytraceS1NonUeSpec traceS1NonUeSpec
MsgList
MsgList
traceS1Setting
traceS1Setting
traceS1UeSpecMsg traceS1UeSpecMsgL
List
traceX2MsgCategor ist
traceX2MsgCategory
ytraceX2NonUeSpec traceX2NonUeSpec
MsgList
MsgList
traceX2Setting
traceX2Setting
traceX2UeSpecMsg traceX2UeSpecMsgL
List
ist
assocId
assocId
ccmTxPeriod
ccmTxPeriod
maName
maName
vlanEnabled
vlanEnabled
vlanId
vlanId
domainId
domainId
mdLevel
mdLevel
mdName
mdName
aisEnabled
aisEnabled
enableCcm
enableCcm
ethernetPort
ethernetPort
oammepId
oammepId
remoteMepList
remoteMepList
remoteMepListmac remoteMepListmacA
Addr
remoteMepListmepI ddr
remoteMepListmepId
d
vlanPrio
vlanPrio
activeMode
activeMode
alarmClearanceDela alarmClearanceDela
yefEventThreshold
yefEventThreshold
efEventWindow
efEventWindow
efpEventThreshold efpEventThreshold
efpEventWindow
efpEventWindow
efssEventThreshold efssEventThreshold
efssEventWindow efssEventWindow
eventRepetition
eventRepetition
eventSupport
eventSupport
linkOAMProfileNam linkOAMProfileName
e
loopBackTime
loopBackTime

OAMPRF
OAMPRF
OAMPRF
OAMPRF
PMCADM
PMCADM
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMRNL
PMTNL
PMTNL
PMTNL
PMTNL
PMTNL
PMTNL
PMTNL
PMTNL
PMTNL
PMTNL
PMTNL
PMTNL

Loopback Supported
Profile instance identifier
Link OAM loopback test message
rate
Link OAM loopback test message
frame
size administration
PM common
identifier
Performance measurement data
reporting
interval
LTE cell availability
LTE cell load
LTE cell resource
LTE cell throughput
LTE EPS bearer
LTE intersystem handover
LTE Handover to eHRPD per
eHRPD
LTE interbandclass
system handover to
GSM
per
neighbour
cell
LTE inter system
handover
to
UTRAN
per
neighbour
LTE inter eNB handovercell
LTE intra eNB handover
LTE handover
LTE power and quality DL
LTE power and quality UL
LTE QoS
LTE RRC
LTE radio bearer
LTE S1AP
LTE transport load
LTE UE and service differentiation
LTE UE state
LTE X2AP
LTE eNB load
LTE neighbour cell related
handover
Performance management RNL
identifier
Ethernet IF statistics
measurement
interval
Ethernet link measurement
interval
IPSec measurement interval
IP filtering measurement interval
IP statistics measurement interval
L2 switch statistics measurement
interval
PHB statistics measurement
interval
TAC
statistics measurement
interval
TOP FreqSync statistics
measurement
interval
TOP PhaseSync
statistics
measurement
interval
TWAMP statistics measurement
intervalIP statistics measurement
VLAN
interval

loopbackSupported loopbackSupported
profileId
profileId
testFrameRate
testFrameRate
testFrameSize
testFrameSize
pmCAdmId
pmCAdmId
reportingIntervalPm reportingIntervalPm
mtCellAvailability
mtCellAvailability
mtCellLoad
mtCellLoad
mtCellRes
mtCellRes
mtCellThruput
mtCellThruput
mtEPSBearer
mtEPSBearer
mtInterSysHo
mtInterSysHo
mtInterSysHoEhrpd mtInterSysHoEhrpdB
Bc
mtInterSysHoGsmN cmtInterSysHoGsmNb
b
mtInterSysHoUtran mtInterSysHoUtranN
Nb
b
mtIntereNBHo
mtIntereNBHo
mtIntraeNBHo
mtIntraeNBHo
mtLTEHo
mtLTEHo
mtPowQualDL
mtPowQualDL
mtPowQualUL
mtPowQualUL
mtQoS
mtQoS
mtRRC
mtRRC
mtRadBearer
mtRadBearer
mtS1AP
mtS1AP
mtTranspLoad
mtTranspLoad
mtUEandServiceDiff mtUEandServiceDiff
mtUEstate
mtUEstate
mtX2AP
mtX2AP
mteNBload
mteNBload
mtintraLTEHoNb
mtintraLTEHoNb
pmRnlId
pmRnlId
lte_ETHIF_Stats_Int lte_ETHIF_Stats_Int
erval
lte_Ethernet_Link_I erval
lte_Ethernet_Link_Int
nterval
lte_IPSec_Interval erval
lte_IPSec_Interval
lte_IP_Filtering_Inte lte_IP_Filtering_Inter
rval
lte_IP_Stats_Interva val
lte_IP_Stats_Interval
llte_L2SWI_Stats_In lte_L2SWI_Stats_Int
terval
lte_PHB_Stats_Inter erval
lte_PHB_Stats_Inter
val
val
lte_TAC_Statistics_I
lte_TAC_Statistics_In
nterval
lte_TOP_FreqSync_ terval
lte_TOP_FreqSync_
Stats_Interval
lte_TOP_PhaseSyn Stats_Interval
lte_TOP_PhaseSync
c_Stats_Interval
lte_TWAMP_Stats_I _Stats_Interval
lte_TWAMP_Stats_I
nterval
nterval
lte_VLAN_IP_Stats_
lte_VLAN_IP_Stats_I
Interval
nterval

PMTNL
PMTNL
PMTNL
PPTT
PPTT
PPTT
PPTT
QOS
QOS
QOS
QOS
QOS
QOS
QOS
QOS
QOS
QOS
QOS
QOS
QOS
QOS
QOS
QOS
REDRT
REDRT
REDRT
REDRT
REDRT
REDRT
REDRT
REDRT
REDRT
REDRT
REDRT
REDRT
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET

VLAN PHB statistics

measurement
interval
VLAN IF statistics
measurement
interval
Identifier of the performance
management
Administrativeconfiguration
state
PDH line build out (transmitter
signal
attenuation)
PDH line
type
PDH interface identifier
Table for mapping DSCPs to
PHBs
and Code
PCP bits
Diff Serve
Point value
Per Hop Behaviour
VLAN priority bits
PHB counters enabling flag
Per Hop Behaviour queue weight
list
Assured Forwarding Class 1
Weight
AssuredValue
Forwarding Class 2
Weight
AssuredValue
Forwarding Class 3
Weight
Value
Assured Forwarding Class 4
Weight
Value
Best Effort
Weight Value
Quality of Service configuration
identifier
Overwrite DSCP in SSE
messages
Table for mapping traffic types to
DSCPs
Diff Service Code Point value
Traffic type name
Add GSM system information to
redirection
Redirectionmessage
priority for CS fallback
with
redirection
Redirection priority for emergency
call
CDMA band
CDMA frequency
eUTRA frequency
UTRA frequency
GERAN ARFCN values list
GERAN band indicator
RAT for redirection
Redirection priority for UE context
release
Redirection target configuration
identifier
Active
Angle
Antenna band list
Antenna beamwidth
Antenna operating frequency
band
Antenna operation gain
Antenna bearing
Antenna height

lte_VLAN_PHB_Sta
ts_Interval
lte_VLAN_Stats_Int
erval
pmTnlId
administrativeState
pdhLbo
pdhLineType
pdhPSTTPId
dscpMap
dscpMapdscp
dscpMappHB
dscpMapvlanPrio
enablePhbCounters
perHopBehaviourW
eightList
perHopBehaviourW
eightListassuredFor
perHopBehaviourW
wardingClass1
eightListassuredFor
perHopBehaviourW
wardingClass2
eightListassuredFor
perHopBehaviourW
wardingClass3
eightListassuredFor
perHopBehaviourW
wardingClass4
eightListbestEffort
qosId
sseDscpOverwrite
trafficTypesMap
trafficTypesMapdsc
p
trafficTypesMaptraffi
cType
addGsmSIToRedirM
sg
csFallBPrio
emerCallPrio
redirBandCdma
redirFreqCdma
redirFreqEutra
redirFreqUtra
redirGeranArfcnValu
eL
redirGeranBandIndi
cator
redirRat
redirectPrio
redrtId
active
angle
antBandList
antBandListantBea
mwidth
antBandListantOper
FreqBand
antBandListantOper
Gain
antBearing
antHeight

lte_VLAN_PHB_Stat
s_Interval
lte_VLAN_Stats_Inte
rval
pmTnlId
administrativeState
pdhLbo
pdhLineType
pdhPSTTPId
dscpMap
dscpMapdscp
dscpMappHB
dscpMapvlanPrio
enablePhbCounters
perHopBehaviourWei
ghtList
perHopBehaviourWei
ghtListassuredForwa
perHopBehaviourWei
rdingClass1
ghtListassuredForwa
perHopBehaviourWei
rdingClass2
ghtListassuredForwa
perHopBehaviourWei
rdingClass3
ghtListassuredForwa
perHopBehaviourWei
rdingClass4
ghtListbestEffort
qosId
sseDscpOverwrite
trafficTypesMap
trafficTypesMapdscp
trafficTypesMaptraffic
Type
addGsmSIToRedirMs
g
csFallBPrio
emerCallPrio
redirBandCdma
bandClass
redirFreqCdma
arfcn
redirFreqEutra
ARFCNValueEUTRA
redirFreqUtra
ARFCNValueUTRA
redirGeranArfcnValu explicitListOf
eL
redirGeranBandIndic ARFCNs
bandIndicato
ator
rRedirectedC
redirRat
arrierInfo
redirectPrio
redrtId
active
angle
antBandList
antBandListantBeam Beamwidth
width
each
antBandListantOperF in
Antenna
operating
reqBand
antBandListantOper operating
Gain
in
band
in each
band
band(s)
Gain
operating
antBearing
Antenna
order
band
in band
Bearing
antHeight
order

RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RET
RMOD
RMOD
RMOD
RMOD
RMOD
RMOD
RMOD
RMOD
RMOD
RMOD
RMOD
RMOD
RMOD
RMOD

Antenna location
Antenna model number
Antenna serial number
Antenna technology
Antenna type
Antenna line identifier list
Base station ID
Calibrate
Calibration done
ConfigurationFile DL needed
Configuration done
Configuration file
Connection
HW version
Installation date
Installers ID
Manufacturer
Max angle
Mechanical angle
Min angle
Product code
3GPP realese ID
RET antenna unit number
RET device type
Remote electrical tilt identifier
Scanned antenna interface
Sector ID
Serial number
SW version
Climate control profiling
Connection list
RP3 link id
Position in chain
System module identifier
External alarm input signal list
Cancel delay for the alarm
Description
Line ID
Polarity
Severity
Start delay for the alarm
Used in EUTRA
External control signal list

antLocation
antModel
antSerial
antTechnology
antType
antlIdList
baseStationID
calibrate
calibrationDone
configFileDlNeeded
configurationDone
configurationFile
connection
hwVersion
installDate
installerID
manufacturer
maxAngle
mechanicalAngle
minAngle
prodCode
releaseId3Gpp
retAntUnitNumber
retDeviceType
retId
scannedAntennaInt
erface
sectorID
serNum
swVersion
climateControlProfili
ng
connectionList
connectionListlinkId
connectionListpositi
onInChain
sModId
extAlList
extAlListcancelDela
yextAlListdescr
extAlListid
extAlListpolarity
extAlListseverity
extAlListstartDelay
extAlListusedInEutr
a
extCtrlList

antLocation
antModel
Antenna
model
antSerial
Antenna
number
serial
antTechnology
number
antType
antlIdList
baseStationID
Base Station
ID
calibrate
calibrationDone
configFileDlNeeded
configurationDone
configurationFile
connection
hwVersion
installDate
Installation
Date
installerID
Installer's ID
manufacturer
maxAngle
mechanicalAngle
minAngle
prodCode
releaseId3Gpp
retAntUnitNumber
retDeviceType
retId
scannedAntennaInte
rface
sectorID
Sector ID
serNum
swVersion
climateControlProfilin
g
connectionList
connectionListlinkId
connectionListpositio
nInChain
connectionListsModI
d
extAlList
extAlListcancelDelay
extAlListdescr
extAlListid
extAlListpolarity
extAlListseverity
extAlListstartDelay
extAlListusedInEutra
extCtrlList

RMOD
RMOD
RMOD
RMOD
RMOD
RMOD
BBMOD
RMOD
RMOD
SCTP
SCTP
SCTP
SCTP
SCTP
SCTP
SCTP
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
SMOD
STPG
STPG
STPG

Description
Line ID
In use
Initial state
Link speed
Module location
Product code
Radio module reference id
Serial number
SCTP association failure
retransmission
counter
Maximum time to
wait for a new
SCTP
establishment
SCTP path failure retransmission
counter
Maximum retransmission timeout
Minimum retransmission timeout
SCTP heartbeat message interval
SCTP configuration identifier
Climate control profiling
External alarm input signal list
Cancel delay for the alarm
Description
Line ID
In use
Polarity
Severity
Start delay for the alarm
External control signal list
Description
Line ID
In use
Initial state
Link list
Link id
Link speed
Radio master
Module location
Product code
System module id
Serial number
Synchronization master
Technology
The synchronization sources of
the
BTS of the clock source
Protocol
Interface number of recovered
clock source

extCtrlListdescr
extCtrlListid
extCtrlListinUse
extCtrlListinitState
linkSpeed
moduleLocation
prodCode
rModId
serNum
assocMaxRetrans
maxTimeSctpSetup
pathMaxRetrans
rtoMax
rtoMin
sctpHeartbeatInterv
al
sctpId
climateControlProfili
ng
extAlList
extAlListcancelDela
yextAlListdescr
extAlListid
extAlListinUse
extAlListpolarity
extAlListseverity
extAlListstartDelay
extCtrlList
extCtrlListdescr
extCtrlListid
extCtrlListinUse
extCtrlListinitState
linkList
linkListlinkId
linkListlinkSpeed
radioMaster
moduleLocation
prodCode
sModId 2
serNum
syncMaster
technology
synchroSourceList
clockProtocol
synchroSourceListin
terfaceNumber

extCtrlListdescr
extCtrlListid
extCtrlListinUse
extCtrlListinitState
linkSpeed
moduleLocation
prodCode
rModId
serNum
assocMaxRetrans
maxTimeSctpSetup
pathMaxRetrans
rtoMax
rtoMin
sctpHeartbeatInterval
sctpId
climateControlProfilin
g
extAlList
extAlListcancelDelay
extAlListdescr
extAlListid
extAlListinUse
extAlListpolarity
extAlListseverity
extAlListstartDelay
extCtrlList
extCtrlListdescr
extCtrlListid
extCtrlListinUse
extCtrlListinitState
linkList
linkListlinkId
linkListlinkSpeed
linkListradioMaster
moduleLocation
prodCode
sModId
serNum
syncMaster
technology
synchroSourceList
synchroSourceListclo
ckProtocol
synchroSourceListint
erfaceNumber

STPG
STPG
STPG
STPG
STPG
SYNC
TAC
TOPB
TOPF
TOPF
TOPF
TOPF
TOPP
TOPP
TOPP
TOPP
TOPP
TOPP
TOPP
TOPP
TOPP
TOPP
TWAMP
TWAMP
TWAMP
TWAMP
TWAMP
TWAMP
TWAMP
TWAMP
TWAMP
UFFIM
UFFIM
UFFIM
UFFIM
UFFIM
UFFIM
UFFIM
UFFIM
UFFIM
UFFIM
UFFIM
UFFIM

Clock source priority

synchroSourceListpr synchroSourceListpri
iority
SSM enabling flag
synchroSourceLists ority
synchroSourceListss
smEnabled
SSM message timeout
synchroSourceLists mEnabled
synchroSourceListss
smTimeout
Unit Number of clock source
synchroSourceListu mTimeout
synchroSourceListun
interface
nitNumber
itNumber
Synchronisation protection group timingGenPgId
timingGenPgId
identifier
Clock synchronization
syncId
syncId
configuration
identifier
TAC identifier
tacId
tacId
Time over Packet common
topbId
topbId
configuration
identifier
Feature Activation Flag ToP with actTopFreqSynch
actTopFreqSynch
freq
synchronization
Log mean synchronization value logMeanSyncValue logMeanSyncValue
IP address of the ToP master
masterIpAddr
masterIpAddr
Time over Packet freq sync
topId
topId
configuration
identifier
Accepted Clock Quality table
acceptedClockQuali acceptedClockQualit
Feature Activation Flag ToP with ty
actTopPhaseSynch yactTopPhaseSynch
phase
synchronization
Log mean
synchronization value logMeanSyncValue logMeanSyncValue
Phase Error Compensation
phaseErrorComp
phaseErrorComp
Timing over Packet
topComMode
topComMode
Communication
Mode
PTP Domain Number
topDomainNumber topDomainNumber
ToP over Ethernet Multicast
topEthMulticastAddr topEthMulticastAddre
Address
ess
ss
Timing over Packet masters
topMasters
topMasters
properties
table
IP Address of the ToP master
topMastersmasterIp topMastersmasterIpA
Addr
ddr
Time over Packet phase
toppId
toppId
synchronisation
configuration
id
Lock or unlock a TWAMP session administrativeState administrativeState
TWAMP session destination IP
destIpAddress
destIpAddress
address
TWAMP session destination port destPort
destPort
DSCP value for TWAMP message dscp
dscp
transmission
TWAMP initiator message size
messageSize
messageSize
Packet loss ratio alarm threshold plrAlarmThreshold plrAlarmThreshold
Round-trip-time alarm threshold rttAlarmThreshold rttAlarmThreshold
TWAMP initiator messages
sourceIpAddress
sourceIpAddress
source
addressidentifier
TWAMPIPsession
twampId
twampId
UTRA cell reselection timer
tResUtra
tResUtra
tReselectionU
Speed-dependent scaling factors tResUtraSF
tResUtraSF
tTRA
t-reselection
UTRAN
UTRA cell reselection timer factor tResUtraSFutrResTi tResUtraSFutrResTi ReselectionU
sf-High
TRA-SF
high mobility
FHM
FHM
UTRA
cell reselection timer factor tResUtraSFutrResTi
tResUtraSFutrResTi
sf-Medium
medium
mobility
FMM
FMM
Utran FDD idle mode
uffimId
uffimId
configuration
identifier
List of UTRA FDD carrier
utrFddCarFrqL
utrFddCarFrqL
carrierFreqLi
frequencies
UTRA downlink frequency value utrFddCarFrqLdlCar utrFddCarFrqLdlCar stUTRA-FDD
carrierFreq
FrqUtra
FrqUtra
UTRA-FDD carrier weight factor utrFddCarFrqLidleL
utrFddCarFrqLidleLB
idle
mode
load balancing
UTRA
maximum
allowed transmit BUtranFddCelResW
utrFddCarFrqLpMax UtranFddCelResWei
utrFddCarFrqLpMax p-MaxUTRA
eight
ght
power
Utra
UTRA minimum needed quality
utrFddCarFrqLqQua Utra
utrFddCarFrqLqQual q-QualMin
parameter
lMinUtra
UTRA minimum required receive utrFddCarFrqLqRxL MinUtra
utrFddCarFrqLqRxLe q-RxLevMin
level carrier frequency absolute utrFddCarFrqLuCel
evMinUtra
vMinUtra
UTRA
utrFddCarFrqLuCelR
cellReselecti
priority
ResPrio
esPrio
onPriority

UFFIM
UFFIM
UFFIM
UFFIM
ULCOMP
ULCOMP
ULCOMP
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
XPARAM
AMLEPR
AMLEPR
AMLEPR
AMLEPR

UTRA inter-RAT quality threshold

high
(Rel9)
UTRA
inter-RAT quality threshold
low
(Rel9)
UTRA inter frequency threshold
high
UTRA inter frequency threshold
low
Uplink CoMP Cell List
Uplink coordinated multipoint
identifier
Uplink CoMP SINR Threshold
Enable RP3-01 interface
UNIT identifier
Installed hardware unit type
Expected hardware unit type
CDMA2000 1xRTT auth mode
indicator
CDMA2000 1xRTT auth mode
indicator
included
CDMA2000
1xRTT band class
Day light savings time indicator
Include day light savings time
indicator
FPC FCH INIT SETPT for RC11
FPC FCH INIT SETPT for RC12
FPC FCH INIT SETPT for RC3
FPC FCH INIT SETPT for RC4
FPC FCH INITSETPT for RC5
GCSNAL2Ack timer indicator
GCSNA sequence context timer
indicator
CDMA2000 1xRTT home
registration
included
IMSI 11th and
12th digit
IMSI T supported
Leap second
Leap seconds included
Local time offset
Local time offset included
CDMA2000 1xRTT max number
of
alt SO
Mobile
country code
CDMA2000 1xRTT minimum
protocol
revision
1x protocol
revision
Pilot increment
Pilot increment included
Preferred mobile station identifier
type
CDMA2000 1xRTT mobility
parameters identifier
Active mode load equalization
profile
identifier
Headroom
in CAC
Difference in CAC of source and
target
cellsfor maximum CAC
Threshold

utrFddCarFrqLutraF utrFddCarFrqLutraFr
rqQThrHighR9
utrFddCarFrqLutraF qQThrHighR9
utrFddCarFrqLutraFr
rqQThrLowR9
utrFddCarFrqLutraF qQThrLowR9
utrFddCarFrqLutraFr thresX-High
rqThrH
utrFddCarFrqLutraF qThrH
utrFddCarFrqLutraFr thresX-Low
rqThrL
qThrL
ulCoMpCellList
ulCoMpCellList
ulCoMpId
ulCoMpId
ulCoMpSinrThreshol ulCoMpSinrThreshol
d
enableRP301Interfa d
enableRP301Interfac
ce
e
unitId
unitId
unitTypeActual
unitTypeActual
unitTypeExpected unitTypeExpected
auth
auth
authIncluded
authIncluded
bandClass
bandClass
dayLt
dayLt
dayLtIncluded
dayLtIncluded
fpcFchInitSetptRC1 fpcFchInitSetptRC11
1
fpcFchInitSetptRC1 fpcFchInitSetptRC12
2
fpcFchInitSetptRC3 fpcFchInitSetptRC3
fpcFchInitSetptRC4 fpcFchInitSetptRC4
fpcFchInitSetptRC5 fpcFchInitSetptRC5
gcsnaL2AckTimer gcsnaL2AckTimer
gcsnaSequenceCon gcsnaSequenceCont
textTimer
homeRegIncluded extTimer
homeRegIncluded
imsi11and12
imsi11and12
imsiTSupported
imsiTSupported
lpSec
lpSec
lpSecIncluded
lpSecIncluded
ltmOff
ltmOff
ltmOffIncluded
ltmOffIncluded
maxNumAltSo
maxNumAltSo
mcc
mcc
minPRev
minPRev
pRev
pRev
pilotInc
pilotInc
pilotIncIncluded
pilotIncIncluded
prefMSIDType
prefMSIDType
xparamId
xparamId
amlePrId
cacHeadroom
deltaCac
maxCacThreshold

amlePrId
cacHeadroom
deltaCac
maxCacThreshold

AMLEPR
ANRPRW
BBMOD
BBMOD
BBMOD
BBMOD

Target carrier frequency

ANR UTRA EcNo threshold
Baseband module identifier
Link list
Link id
Link speed

targetCarrierFreq
anrUtraEcNoThres
bbModId
linkList
linkListlinkId
linkListlinkSpeed

targetCarrierFreq
anrUtraEcNoThres
bbModId
linkList
linkListlinkId
linkListlinkSpeed

BBMOD

Radio master

linkListradioMaster

linkListradioMaster

BBMOD
BBMOD
BBMOD
BBMOD
BTOOTH
BTOOTH
BTOOTH
BTOOTH
BTOOTH
BTOOTH
BTOOTH
BTOOTH
BTOOTH
BTOOTH
BTOOTH
BTOOTH
BTOOTH

Product code planned

System Module Identifier
System Module Port Number
Serial Number
Activate Bluetooth interface
support
Activate Bluetooth Enabled Alarm
Allow Inquiry Scan Response
Allow Legacy Pairing
Allow Bluetooth secure simple
pairing
Bluetooth Interface Identifier
Customizable Bluetooth name
Legacy Pairing OTP Mode
Legacy Pairing Secret
Pairing Relationship Timeout
Pairing Relationships
Bluetooth Device Address
Device Status

prodCodePlanned
sModId
sModPort
serNum
actBluetooth
actBluetoothTransAl
arm
allowInqScanResp
allowLegacyPairing
allowSspPairing
btoothId
btoothName
legacyPairingOPTM
ode
legacyPairingSecret
pairingRelationTime
rpairingRelationships
pairingRelationships
deviceAddress
pairingRelationships
deviceStatus

prodCodePlanned
sModId
sModPort
serNum
actBluetooth
actBluetoothTransAl
arm
allowInqScanResp
allowLegacyPairing
allowSspPairing
btoothId
btoothName
legacyPairingOPTMo
de
legacyPairingSecret
pairingRelationTimer
pairingRelationships
pairingRelationships
deviceAddress
pairingRelationships
deviceStatus

BTOOTH
BTOOTH
BTOOTH
BTSSCL
BTSSCL
ETHLK
FTM

Out of Band Data

Pairing Order Number
Secure Simple Pairing Secret
External GPS antenna LNA power
supply
External GPS receiver Holdover
Mode
Ethernet Backhaul type
LMT Port

pairingRelationships
outOfBandData
pairingRelationships
pairingOrderNum
sspSecret
actExtGpsOutputLn
aPowerSupply
extGpsReceiverHol
doverMode
ethBhType
lmtPort

pairingRelationships
outOfBandData
pairingRelationships
pairingOrderNum
sspSecret
actExtGpsOutputLna
PowerSupply
extGpsReceiverHold
overMode
ethBhType
lmtPort

FTM

Primary Backhaul Port

primBackhaulPort

primBackhaulPort

EcNo

IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPNO
IPRT
IPRTV6
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC

C-plane Ipv4 address secondary

for
additional
network secondary
C-plane
Ipv6 address
for
additional
network secondary
C-plane
Ipv4 address
C-plane Ipv6 address secondary
Preferred source IPv4 address
Preferred source IPv6 address

addTransportNwIpA addTransportNwIpAd
ddrListaddCPlaneIp
addTransportNwIpA drListaddCPlaneIpAd
addTransportNwIpAd
AddressSec
dressSec
ddrListaddCPlaneIp
cPlaneIpAddressSe drListaddCPlaneIpv6
cPlaneIpAddressSec
v6AddressSec
ccPlaneIpv6Address AddressSec
cPlaneIpv6AddressS
Sec
staticRoutespreSrcI ec
staticRoutespreSrcIp
pv4Addr
staticIpv6Routespre v4Addr
staticIpv6RoutespreS
SrcIpv6Addr
rcIpv6Addr
Activate IPsec Backup Tunnel
actIpSecBkupTun actIpSecBkupTun
Feature
IPsec Backup Tunnel Manual
ipSecBkupTunManS ipSecBkupTunManS
switch
witch
IPsec Tunnel local tunnel
ipSecBkupTunManS witch
ipSecBkupTunManS
endpoint
witchlocalTEP
IPsec Tunnel remote tunnel
ipSecBkupTunManS witchlocalTEP
ipSecBkupTunManS
endpoint
witchremoteTEP
witchremoteTEP
IPsec Tunnels
ipSecTunnels
ipSecTunnels
IPsec Backup Tunnel switchback ipSecTunnelsipSec ipSecTunnelsipSecB
mode
BkupTunSwitchback kupTunSwitchbackM
Mode
ode

IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
IPSECC
ISHPR
ISHPR
ISHPR
ISHPR

IPsec Tunnel local tunnel

endpoint
IPsec Tunnel remote tunnel
endpoint
IPsec Backup Tunnel mapped
BFD
IPSecsession
BackupidTunnel current
remote
endpoint
IPsec backup
tunnel failure
detection
mechanism
IPSec Backup Tunnel maximum
switch
time
IPSec Backup
Tunnel minimum
switch
time Tunnel remote
IPsec Backup
endpoint
IPsec Backup Tunnel state
Activation of fast pref. resource
inc.
GBR
Act. mech.
of fast for
pref.
resource inc.
mech.
for
non-GBR
Activation threshold for
interference
shaping
Freq. edge for
blanked resources
in macro cell

ipSecTunnelslocalT ipSecTunnelslocalTE
EP
ipSecTunnelsremot P
ipSecTunnelsremote
eTEP
securityPoliciesipSe TEP
securityPoliciesipSec
cBkupTunBFDSessi
securityPoliciesipSe BkupTunBFDSessio
securityPoliciesipSec
onID
nID
cBkupTunCurrRemo
securityPoliciesipSe BkupTunCurrRemote
securityPoliciesipSec
teEndpoint
Endpoint
cBkupTunFailMech
securityPoliciesipSe BkupTunFailMech
securityPoliciesipSec
cBkupTunMaxSwitc
securityPoliciesipSe BkupTunMaxSwitchT
securityPoliciesipSec
hTime
ime
cBkupTunMinSwitch
securityPoliciesipSe BkupTunMinSwitchTi
securityPoliciesipSec
Time
me
cBkupTunRemoteE
securityPoliciesipSe BkupTunRemoteEnd
securityPoliciesipSec
ndpoint
point
cBkupTunState
actFastIncreaseGbr BkupTunState
actFastIncreaseGbr
actFastIncreaseNon actFastIncreaseNon
Gbr
activationThreshold Gbr
activationThreshold
blankingPosition
blankingPosition

ISHPR
ISHPR
ISHPR
ISHPR

Downlink interference shaping

profile
identifier
High load
limit for neighbor cell
Max. num. of cells for neighbor
cell
load of
info
exch.loaded neighbor
Number
highly
cells

ishPrId
limitHighLoadNeigh
bor
nCellsLoadExchang
e
nHighLoadNeighbor

ishPrId
limitHighLoadNeighb
or
nCellsLoadExchange
nHighLoadNeighbor

ISHPR

Periodicity for neighbor cell load

info exchange

periodicityLoadExch periodicityLoadExcha
ange
nge

ISHPR

Alignment method for DL

interference shaping

prefAlignment

prefAlignment

ISHPR
ISHPR
ISHPR
ISHPR

Lower threshold to decrease

preferred
resources
Upper threshold
to increase
preferred
resources
Lower Limit for preferred
resources
Step size for adjusting the amount
of pref. resources

prefResDecreaseTh
reshold
prefResIncreaseThr
eshold
prefResLowerLimit
prefResStepSize

prefResDecreaseThr
eshold
prefResIncreaseThre
shold
prefResLowerLimit
prefResStepSize

ISHPR

Restart period for neighbor cell

load info exchange

restartPeriodLoadEx restartPeriodLoadEx
change
change

ISHPR
LNADJ
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS

Periodicity for interference

updatePeriod
updatePeriod
shaping
for
update
actions
RLF based RRC connection
rlfBasedRCRsuppor rlfBasedRCRsupport
reestablishment
supported
ted
ed
Activate active mode
load
actAmle
actAmle
equalization
Activate autonomous removal of actAutoLteNeighRe actAutoLteNeighRem
LTE neighbours
moval
oval
Activate
downlink interference
actDlIntShaping
actDlIntShaping
shaping
Activate inter-frequency service
actInterFreqService actInterFreqServiceB
based
handover
Activate periodic carrier blinking BasedHo
actPeriodicCarrierBli asedHo
actPeriodicCarrierBli
nking
Activate RLF based RRC
actRLFbasedRCR nking
actRLFbasedRCR
connection
reestablishment
Activate RT performance
actRtPerfMonitoring actRtPerfMonitoring
monitoring
SDL activation flag
actSdl
actSdl
Activate service based mobility
actServBasedMobT actServBasedMobTh
thresholds
Activate timing advance histogram hr
actTaHistCounters ractTaHistCounters
PM
counters
Activate temporary radio master actTempRadioMaste actTempRadioMaster
role
Activation of user layer TCP MSS ractUserLayerTcpMs actUserLayerTcpMss
clamping
Activate vendor specific cell trace sClamping
actVendSpecCellTra Clamping
actVendSpecCellTra
enhancements
ceEnh
ANR Idle Time Thresholds for LTE anrIdleTimeThresLt ceEnh
anrIdleTimeThresLte
e
Idle Time Threshold for LTE
anrIdleTimeThresLt anrIdleTimeThresLtei
Neighbour
Relationsfor Neighbour eidleTimeThresLteN
Idle Time Threshold
anrIdleTimeThresLt dleTimeThresLteNR
anrIdleTimeThresLtei
eNBTime
Exchange
eidleTimeThresNbE anrIdleTimeThresLtei
dleTimeThresNbEnb
Idle
Threshold for Neighbour R
anrIdleTimeThresLt
eNBs
eidleTimeThresNbe Exch
dleTimeThresNbeNB
Idle Time Threshold for X2 links nbExch
anrIdleTimeThresLt
anrIdleTimeThresLtei
NB
eidleTimeThresX2
Neighbour eNB Exchange Wait
anrIdleTimeThresLt dleTimeThresX2
anrIdleTimeThresLte
Timer
enbEnbExchWaitTm nbEnbExchWaitTmr
r

LNBTS

ANR UTRA RSCFS timer

anrUtraTRSCFS

LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS

Consecutive handover execution

failure
re-validation
TH
Timer for
eICIC synchronization
recovery
Maximum GTP tunnel unit
Load balancing special case
handling selection

consecHoFailThres consecHoFailThres
eIcicSyncRecoveryT eIcicSyncRecoveryT
maxGtpTU
maxGtpTU
mlbSpecialCase
mlbSpecialCase

LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNBTS
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

Nominal bit rate downlink

qciTab5nbrDl
Nominal bit rate uplink
qciTab5nbrUl
Nominal bit rate downlink
qciTab6nbrDl
Nominal bit rate uplink
qciTab6nbrUl
Nominal bit rate downlink
qciTab7nbrDl
Nominal bit rate uplink
qciTab7nbrUl
Nominal bit rate downlink
qciTab8nbrDl
Nominal bit rate uplink
qciTab8nbrUl
Nominal bit rate downlink
qciTab9nbrDl
Nominal bit rate uplink
qciTab9nbrUl
Nominal bit rate downlink
qciTabOperatornbrD
lqciTabOperatornbrU
Nominal bit rate uplink
lrlfBasedRCRdefault
RLF based RRC connection
reestablishment
default wait
S1 periodical revalidation
s1PrdRevalWaitTmr
timer
Resource status reporting
tRsrInitWait
initiation
wait
time
Resource status rep. result wait tRsrResFirst
time
first reporting
Temporary
radio master recovery tempRadioMasterR
time
ecovTime
Temporary
radio master trigger
tempRadioMasterTri
time
ggerTime
X2 periodical revalidation wait
x2PrdRevalWaitTmr
timer
Activate enhanced inter-cell
actEicic
interference
coordination
Activate nominal bitrate for non- actNbrForNonGbrB
GBR
bearers
Activate
extended VoLTE talk time earers
actQci1eVTT
Max number of AMLE-based HOs amleMaxNumHo
between
two status
CAC updates
X2
resource
update
amlePeriodLoadExc
periodicity
hange

qciTab5nbrDl
qciTab5nbrUl
qciTab6nbrDl
qciTab6nbrUl
qciTab7nbrDl
qciTab7nbrUl
qciTab8nbrDl
qciTab8nbrUl
qciTab9nbrDl
qciTab9nbrUl
qciTabOperatornbrDl
qciTabOperatornbrUl
rlfBasedRCRdefault
s1PrdRevalWaitTmr
tRsrInitWait
tRsrResFirst
tempRadioMasterRe
covTime
tempRadioMasterTri
ggerTime
x2PrdRevalWaitTmr

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

Antenna bearing for AoA

calculation
Averaging filter constant for CRE
tagging
Minimum margin for load
balancing
CIO adjustment
Downlink interference
shaping
configuration
DL interference shaping active
Amount of blanked resources

antBearingForAoaCa
lc
creCqiAvg
deltaLbCioMargin
dlIshConfig
dlIshConfigactDlIsh
dlIshConfigamountBl
ankedRes

antBearingForAoaC
alc
creCqiAvg
deltaLbCioMargin
dlIshConfig
dlIshConfigactDlIsh
dlIshConfigamountB
lankedRes

anrUtraTRSCFS

actEicic
actNbrForNonGbrBe
arers
actQci1eVTT
amleMaxNumHo
amlePeriodLoadExch
ange

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

Downlink interference shaping

profile
identifier beta
ABS adaptation
Threshold to switch from MP0 to
MP1
Threshold to switch from MP1 to
MP0
ABS delta adjustment
Delay timer for applying a new
ABS
pattern
Threshold
for re-tagging UEs from
CRE
to non-CRE
Maximum
CIO value for CIO
Group
2 inCIO
macro
cellfor CIO
Maximum
value
Group
in macromuting
cell pattern
Highest3 allowed

dlIshConfigishPrId
eIcicAbsAdaptation
Beta
eIcicAbsAdaptation
Threshold0To1
eIcicAbsAdaptation
Threshold1To0
eIcicAbsDeltaAdjust
ment
eIcicAbsPatChange
DelayT
eIcicCreDelta
eIcicMaxG2CioMacr
o
eIcicMaxG3CioMacr
o
eIcicMaxMutePatter
n

dlIshConfigishPrId
eIcicAbsAdaptationB
eta
eIcicAbsAdaptationT
hreshold0To1
eIcicAbsAdaptationT
hreshold1To0
eIcicAbsDeltaAdjust
ment
eIcicAbsPatChangeD
elayT
eIcicCreDelta
eIcicMaxG2CioMacro
eIcicMaxG3CioMacro
eIcicMaxMutePattern

LNCEL
LNCEL

Maximum number of allowed

eICIC
partnerships
Timer for
transition to MP0

eIcicMaxNumPartne eIcicMaxNumPartner
rs
seIcicMp0DelayT
eIcicMp0DelayT

LNCEL

Expected Cell Size

expectedCellSize

expectedCellSize

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

Inter-freq. service based HO retry

timer
Idle mode load balancing capacity
threshold
Intra-frequency load balancing
load
thresholds
DL GBR
resource high load
DL non-GBR resource high load
PDCCH high load
Hysteresis for DL GBR resource
load
measurement
Hysteresis
for DL Non-GBR
resource
Hysteresisload
for measurement
PDCCH load
measurement
Maximum number of load
balancing
partner
candidates
Load filtering
coefficient
Intra- and inter-freq. load bal.
common
settings
Mode for load
calculating
the CAC in
load bal. and eICIC

iFServiceBasedHoR
etryTimer
idleLBCapThresh
intraFreqLbLoadThr
esholds
intraFreqLbLoadThr
esholdshighLoadGb
intraFreqLbLoadThr
rDl
esholdshighLoadNo
intraFreqLbLoadThr
nGbrDl
esholdshighLoadPd
intraFreqLbLoadThr
cch
esholdshysteresisLo
intraFreqLbLoadThr
adDlGbr
esholdshysteresisLo
intraFreqLbLoadThr
adDlNonGbr
esholdshysteresisLo
intraFreqLbLoadThr
adPdcch
esholdsmaxLbPartn
lbLoadFilCoeff
ers
loadSettings
loadSettingsmlbEici
cOperMode

iFServiceBasedHoR
etryTimer
idleLBCapThresh
intraFreqLbLoadThre
sholds
intraFreqLbLoadThre
sholdshighLoadGbrD
intraFreqLbLoadThre
lsholdshighLoadNon
intraFreqLbLoadThre
GbrDl
sholdshighLoadPdcc
intraFreqLbLoadThre
h
sholdshysteresisLoa
intraFreqLbLoadThre
dDlGbr
sholdshysteresisLoa
intraFreqLbLoadThre
dDlNonGbr
sholdshysteresisLoa
intraFreqLbLoadThre
dPdcch
sholdsmaxLbPartner
lbLoadFilCoeff
s
loadSettings
loadSettingsmlbEicic
OperMode

LNCEL

Nominal number of PRBs for load loadSettingsnomNu loadSettingsnomNu

balancing
mPrbNonGbr
mPrbNonGbr

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

DL GBR resource target load

DL non-GBR resource target load
PDCCH target load
Uplink CAC source selection
Static CAC for uplink
Maximum NBR-DRB traffic limit
Max number carrier aggr
configured
UEs
Max number
carrier aggr
configured
UEs
3 Carriers cells
Max number of secondary
for
DL
carrier
aggr
Maximum NBR-DRB PRBs per
UE
Load measurement RRM timer
multiplier
Load measurement RRM timer
multiplier
eICIC PRBs for
Number offorPUCCH
HARQ
format
3 Handling
NBR Congestion
Extended VoLTE Talk Time
Configuration
forfor
QCI1
DL target BLER
QCI1

loadSettingstargetL loadSettingstargetLo
oadGbrDl
loadSettingstargetL adGbrDl
loadSettingstargetLo
oadNonGbrDl
loadSettingstargetL adNonGbrDl
loadSettingstargetLo
oadPdcch
loadSettingsulCacS adPdcch
loadSettingsulCacSel
election
loadSettingsulStatic ection
loadSettingsulStaticC
Cac
maxNbrTrafficLimit ac
maxNbrTrafficLimit
maxNumCaConfUe maxNumCaConfUe
maxNumCaConfUe maxNumCaConfUe3
3c
cmaxNumScells
maxNumScells
maxPrbsPerNbrUe maxPrbsPerNbrUe
multLoadMeasRrm multLoadMeasRrm
multLoadMeasRrmE multLoadMeasRrmEi
icic
cic
nPucchF3Prbs
nPucchF3Prbs
nbrCongHandling
nbrCongHandling
qci1eVTTConfig
qci1eVTTConfig
qci1eVTTConfigqci1 qci1eVTTConfigqci1
DlTargetBler
DlTargetBler

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

Maximum number of HARQ

transmission
in DL of
forHARQ
QCI1
Maximum number
transmission
in ULreconfiguration
for QCI1
HARQ and BLER
timer for QCI1factor for the QCI1
Multiplication
traffic
in downlink
Multiplication
factor for the QCI1
traffic
in
uplink
UL AMC target BLER for QCI1
RIP alarming configuration
Activate RIP alarming
Alarm threshold crossing time
Alarm threshold for UL subframe

qci1eVTTConfigqci1
HarqMaxTrDl
qci1eVTTConfigqci1
HarqMaxTrUl
qci1eVTTConfigqci1
ReconStopTimer
qci1eVTTConfigqci1
ThroughputFactorDl
qci1eVTTConfigqci1
ThroughputFactorUl
qci1eVTTConfigqci1
UlTargetBler
ripAlarmingConfig

qci1eVTTConfigqci1
HarqMaxTrDl
qci1eVTTConfigqci1
HarqMaxTrUl
qci1eVTTConfigqci1
ReconStopTimer
qci1eVTTConfigqci1
ThroughputFactorDl
qci1eVTTConfigqci1
ThroughputFactorUl
qci1eVTTConfigqci1
UlTargetBler
ripAlarmingConfig

ripAlarmingConfigac
tRIPAlarming
ripAlarmingConfigal
armThresholdCrossi
ripAlarmingConfigal
ngTime
armThresholdULSF

ripAlarmingConfigact
RIPAlarming
ripAlarmingConfigala
rmThresholdCrossin
ripAlarmingConfigala
gTime
rmThresholdULSF

LNCEL

Load measurement X2 timer

tLoadMeasX2

tLoadMeasX2

LNCEL

Load measurement X2 timer for

eICIC

tLoadMeasX2Eicic

tLoadMeasX2Eicic

LNCEL
LNCEL
LNCEL

Ping pong time

Threshold th2 GERAN for RSRP
during
QCI1
Threshold
th2 WCDMA for RSRP
during QCI1

tPingPong
threshold2GERANQ
ci1
threshold2WcdmaQ
ci1

tPingPong
threshold2GERANQc a2-Threshold
i1
threshold2WcdmaQc a2-Threshold
i1

LNHOIF
LNHOIF
LNREL
LNREL
MODPR
MOPR
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE

Inter-freq. service based threshold thresholdRsrpIFSBF

RSRP
target
filter based threshold ilter
Inter-freq.
service
thresholdRsrqIFSBF
RSRQ
target
filter
ilter
Active mode load equalization
amleAllowed
allowed
Remove allowed
removeAllowed
Frequency layer list for VoLTE
freqLayListServiceB
service
based
HO
asedHo
Frequency layer list for VoLTE
freqLayListServiceB
service
based
HO
asedHo
Cell maximum active MDT UEs
cellMaxActiveMDTU
traced
EsTraced
Enhanced cell vendor specific
enhCellVendorSpec
tracing
Tracing
Angle of arrival tracing
enhCellVendorSpec
TracingaoATracing
Power HeadRoom tracing
enhCellVendorSpec
TracingpHRTracing

MTRACE

RIP report interval

enhCellVendorSpec enhCellVendorSpecT
TracingripReportInte racingripReportInterv
rval
al

MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
MTRACE
PMCADM
PMCADM

RIP report type

RIP tracing
Timing advance tracing
synchronized
UpLink SINR tracing
Job type
RT PM Collection Entity
RT PM Collection Entity IP
Address

enhCellVendorSpec enhCellVendorSpecT
TracingripReportTyp
enhCellVendorSpec racingripReportType
enhCellVendorSpecT
e
TracingripTracing
enhCellVendorSpec racingripTracing
enhCellVendorSpecT
TracingtATracingSy
enhCellVendorSpec racingtATracingSync
enhCellVendorSpecT
nch
h
TracinguLSINRTraci
racinguLSINRTracing
jobType
jobType
ng
rTPmCollEntity
rTPmCollEntity
rTPmCollEntityrTPm rTPmCollEntityrTPm
CollEntityIpAddr
CollEntityIpAddr

thresholdRsrpIFSBFil
ter
thresholdRsrqIFSBFil
ter
amleAllowed
removeAllowed
freqLayListServiceBa
sedHo
freqLayListServiceBa
sedHo
cellMaxActiveMDTU
EsTraced
enhCellVendorSpecT
racing
enhCellVendorSpecT
racingaoATracing
enhCellVendorSpecT
racingpHRTracing

Reporting
Periodicity

PMCADM

RT PM Collection Entity Port

Number

rTPmCollEntityrTPm rTPmCollEntityrTPm
CollEntityPortNum CollEntityPortNum

PMCADM

RT PM Collection Interval

rTPmCollEntityrTPm rTPmCollEntityrTPm
CollInterval
CollInterval

PMCADM
PMCADM
PMCADM
PMRNL

SDL maximum upload file number

SDL Nonce
SDL primary destination IP
address
LTE Handover RLF Trigger

sdlMaxUploadFileN
umber
sdlNonce
sdlPrimaryDestIp
mtHoRlf

sdlMaxUploadFileNu
mber
sdlNonce
sdlPrimaryDestIp
mtHoRlf

PMRNL

LTE MAC

mtMAC

mtMAC

PMTNL

WiFi counter status interval

parameter

lte_WiFi_Stats_Inter lte_WiFi_Stats_Inter
val
val

RMOD
RMOD
SMOD
TOPF

Baseband module identifier

Product code planned
Product code planned
Accepted Clock Quality table

connectionListbbMo
dId
prodCodePlanned
prodCodePlanned
acceptedClockQuali
ty

TOPF

ToP announce message mode

announceRequestM announceRequestMo
ode
de

TOPF
TOPF
TOPF
TOPF

ToP selection mode

PTP domain number
Timing over Packet masters
properties
Configuredtable
priority 1 for ToP
master

ieeeTelecomProfile
topDomainNumber
topMasters
topMasterspriority_1

connectionListbbMod
Id
prodCodePlanned
prodCodePlanned
acceptedClockQualit
y

ieeeTelecomProfile
topDomainNumber
topMasters
topMasterspriority_1

TOPF
TRBLCADM
TRBLCADM
TRBLCADM
TRBLCADM
TRBLCADM
TRBLCADM
TRBLCADM
TRBLCADM
TRBLCADM
TRBLCADM
WIFICNF
WIFICNF

Configured priority 2 for ToP

master
Activate remote syslog
transmission
Remote syslog configuration
Remote syslog DSCP
Remote syslog format
Remote syslog server IP address
Remote syslog server IP port
number
Remote syslog transmit duration
Remote syslog transport protocol
Remote syslog transmission
status
Troubleshooting common
administration
Activate WiFi identifier
Factory Reset WiFi

topMasterspriority_2
actRemoteSyslogTr
ansmission
remoteSyslogConfig
remoteSyslogConfig
remoteSyslogDSCP
remoteSyslogConfig
remoteSyslogForma
remoteSyslogConfig
tremoteSyslogServer
remoteSyslogConfig
IPaddress
remoteSyslogServer
remoteSyslogConfig
PortNo
remoteSyslogTrans
remoteSyslogConfig
mitDuration
remoteSyslogTrans
remoteSyslogTrans
portProtocol
missionStatus
trblCAdmId
actWiFi
factoryResetWiFi

topMasterspriority_2
actRemoteSyslogTra
nsmission
remoteSyslogConfig
remoteSyslogConfigr
emoteSyslogDSCP
remoteSyslogConfigr
emoteSyslogFormat
remoteSyslogConfigr
emoteSyslogServerI
remoteSyslogConfigr
Paddress
emoteSyslogServerP
remoteSyslogConfigr
ortNo
emoteSyslogTransmi
remoteSyslogConfigr
tDuration
emoteSyslogTranspo
remoteSyslogTransm
rtProtocol
issionStatus
trblCAdmId
actWiFi
factoryResetWiFi

WIFICNF
WIFICNF
WIFICNF

Reboot WiFi
WiFi Uplink Rate Limiter
Integrated WiFi Configuration Id

rebootWiFi
wiFiUplinkRateLimit
er
wificfnId

rebootWiFi
wiFiUplinkRateLimite
rwificfnId

Description

This parameter identifies the account manager.

The value is always 1.
This parameter holds the TLS access mode for
the
server(s)
of the
the port
BTS.number
Valuesof
are
ThisLDAP
parameter
holds
the
"secured"
(allow
only
secured
connections)
and
primary
LDAP
server.
This
holds
the IP address
of the
"both"parameter
(allow both
unsecured
and secured
primary
server.for UE-based intra- and/or
ActivatesLDAP
the profile
connections).
inter-frequency
ANR
(LTE556, LTE782)
too.
This
parameter
uniquely
ANRPRL
Format:
this is an
IPv4 IPidentifies
address an
in dotted
object.
If
of a neighbor
included
ANR
decimal
form
defined
incell
RFC
2373.
If RSRP
set to "true"
the profile
applies
for in
any
kind of
measurement
"reportStrongestCells"
is
greater
Threshold
to
control
detection
of
neighbour
ANR,
that
is
UE-based
and
not
UE-based.
Ifcells
set to
An
Automatic
Neighbor Relationship
Profile
than
anrThresRSRPNbCell,
then
a UE-based
cell
is
Examples:
via
passive
ANR.
"false"
the
profile
is
not
applied
for
ANR
(ANRPRL)
defines
carrier-frequency-specific
accepted
by eNB
as
a UE-based
neighbor cell
forfeatures
which CGI
IPv4:
10.12.11.101
but
still
applied
for
not
ANR
settings
for automatic detection of LTE intrais
If
aneeded.
measurement
report for theneighbor
mobility cells.
events
(for
example
frequency
andLTE492).
inter-frequency
A3, A4 or A5 is received, then the cell
parameter
is an
relevant
onlyPCI
ifthe
atcan
least
one of
The
eNB
will request
to resolve
CGI
corresponding
to
included
beof
the
features;
LTE782
or
LTE556,
is
activated,
unknown
cells
only
if
the
respective
RSRQ
accepted
as 'candidate
for ANR' only neighbor
if level
thethat
Once
the number
of LTEcell
inter-frequency
is
if
actUeBasedAnrIntraFreqLte
and/or
measured
by
the
UE
is
at
least
equal
to
PCI
fulfills
the
condition:
relations
the eNB
Once
theof
number
of cell
LTEreaches
intra-frequency
neighbor
actUeBasedAnrInterFreqLte
is setautonomous
to "true".
anrThresRSRQNbCell.
RSRP(PCI)
> anrThres
RSRPNbCellMobEv.
"nrLimitInterFreq",
the
eNB
stops
relations
of
the
eNB
cell
reaches
The
parameter
identifies
the
EUTRA
target
carrier
The
parameter
only
relevant
if at
least one
of
learning
of new is
neighbor
cells
via
ANR.
"nrLimitIntraFreq",
the
eNB
stops
autonomous
frequency
for
which
this
ANR
profile
applies.
The
parameter
is
relevant
only
if
at
least
one
of
the
features
LTE492,
LTE782
or
LTE556
is
This
parameter
uniquely
identifies
an
ANRPRW
Note:
The
number
of
inter-frequency
neighbor
learning
of new
neighbor
cells viaisANR.
the
features;
LTE782
or
LTE556,
activated,
that
activated,
i.e.
if allows
anrOmExtEnable
or ANR
object.
relations
exceed
this
limit since
new
neighbor
The
parameter
to
restrict
the
profile to
Note:
Thecan
number
of
intra-frequency
neighbor
The
profile
applies
for
intraand
or
inter-frequency
is
if
actUeBasedAnrIntraFreqLte
and/or
actUeBasedAnrIntraFreqLte
or
cells/new
neighbor
relations
canby
betheir
configured
certain
LTE
cells
that
are
identified
lncelId.
relations
can
exceed
this
limitstill
since
new
neighbor
The
parameter
enables
ANR
for
the
ANR
dependent
on
the
carrier
frequency
of
the
actUeBasedAnrInterFreqLte
is
set
to
"true".
actUeBasedAnrInterFreqLte
islearning
set
toofbe
'true'.
An
Automatic
Neighbor
Relationship
Profile
viathe
O&M
and
autonomous
creation
neighbor
If
parameter
is
omitted
or
the
list
is
empty
the
cells/new
neighbor
relations
still
can
configured
carrier
frequency
of
the
profile.
cell.
Default
values
for
blacklisting
of
UTRAN
mobility
(ANRPRW)
defines
carrier-frequency-specific
relations
for
already
available
neighbor
cells
profile
is considered
as default
profile,
which might
via O&M
and autonomous
creation
of neighbor
Passive
ANR
can
be
switched
off
by
setting
the
types
into
WCDMA
neighbor
relationship
objects
settings
for
automatic
detection
of
WCDMA
occur.
The
controls
whether
CSFB
with
PS
applies
allcarrier
cells
with
no
dedicated
profile.
relations
for
already
available
neighbor
cells
might
If
no parameter
target
ishigh
defined,
the
profile
applies
for
threshold
to
a
very
value.
LNRELW.
neighbor
cells.
handover
to
the
related
neighbor
cell
is
allowed.
occur.
The
parameterwhich
controls
whether PS
to
any frequency
is measured
byhandover
a UE. This
the
neighbor
is
allowed.
profile
is considered
as
profile
and
must
parameter
whether
SRVCC
handover
Therelated
values
are controls
used cell
if adefault
new
LNRELW
object
is
exist
inrelated
any
case.
If an ANRPRL
instance
with a
to
the
neighbor
cell
is
allowed.
created
by
eNB
because
of
ANR
measurements
The
parameter
allows
limiting
the
number
of
dedicated
carrierapplies
frequency
exists,
this has
higher
and
if theneighbor
profile
for the
detecting
LTE
cell.
WCDMA
relations
(LNRELW
instances)
The parameter
a list
of Primary
priority
than thespecifies
default
profile.
per
UTRAN
carrier
frequency
and
LTE
cell.
Scrambling
Codes
or code
that are
Note
ANR
measurements
will ranges
beofonly
Singlethat
PSC
value
or(PSC)
first PSC
value
a range
excluded
from
ANR
learning.
activated
in
a
cell
if
an
LNHOIF
object
is
created
that
isPSC
blacklisted.
Last
value ifonly
a range
of PSC
values
are
This
limit
applies
forcarrier
ANR
created
LNRELW
for each
relevant
target
frequency.
blacklisted.
instances
but does
not apply
for LNRELW
The parameter
specifies
the coding
of the RNC Id
instances,
which
are manually
created via plan
within
the 28
Bit UTRAN
Cell Identity.
The
file. parameter defines whether the RNC-ID is
aligned to the left or right side within Cell Identity.
If the limit is already reached or even exceeded by
The
parameter
defines
whether
the RNL
manually
created
LNRELW
instances,
noId is of
type
'normal'
(12
Bit)
or
'extended'
(16
Bit).
additional
LNRELW
instances
referring
to
This parameter selects if SRVCC to a WCDMA
WCDMA
neighbor
cells
with
the
profile
carrier
target
cell is performed
a combined
PS and CS
The parameter
identifiesasthe
UTRA carrier
frequency
be added by ANR.
SRVCC orwill
whether
performed
for the
frequency
for
which SRVCC
this ANRisprofile
applies.
CS bearer only.
If the number of neighbor relations (LNRELW
instances)
exceeds
maximum
number
The
value is
used if the
a new
LNADJW
objectofis
WCDMA
neighbor
cells which
might
be used by
created by
eNB because
of ANR
measurements
eNB
measurement
configurations
(limit LTE
in 3GPP
and ifinthe
profile applies
for the detecting
cell.
36.331) but the limit which ich configured with

Additional Rx gain in decibels, is used in gain

calculation
to compensate
Rx gain
Defines if antenna
line DC an
power
is produced by
an
external
device
e.g.
the
base
station
when
two
enabled/disabled
for an
antenna
line.
The
DC
Identifies
the specific
antenna
port
intogether
Flexi
Radio
radio modules
areby
cross-connected
via
power
is
enabled
default
(when
the
file
or
Module
antenna
The
totalfor
delay
allline.
the passive
units This
of an
Rx
diversity
sharing
line. User
parameter
isoutputs
notofavailable
forthe
anantenna
AL).
antenna
line
can
be
entered
into
this
parameter,
will
know
the
gain
produced
by
the
external
device
This parameter
the total
calculated
parameter
is thecontains
most relevant
forloss
AL DC
power
which
is
then
used
as
the
RTT
value
in
delay
to
apply
proper
value
here.
Note:
an
MHA/TMA
from
the
feederLoss
and passive
units. value
Note!
In RF
case
this parameter
Identifies
thesharing
specific
line.
compensation
inincluded
BTS.ifantenna
gain
not
be
in this
parameter.
The
shall will
be set
to
"false"
BTS
is set
to the Radio
Defines
if
the
device
scan
functionality
is
MHA/TMA
gain
is
commissioned
together
with
Note:
The parameter
only applicable
when a the
slave mode
(SMOD - is
linkList
- radioMaster
enabled/disabled
a to
capable
3GPP
antenna
MHA/TMA
commissioning
and
taken
into
Defines
thedevice
voltage
level
supplied
to the
antenna
MHA
is commissoned.
parameter
value
isfor
set
"false").
line.
The
scan
is
enabled
by
default
(when
the
file
account
as
default
by
the
system.
line.
Thethe
values
entered
parameter
Defines
product
codefor
of this
the
unit
in question.
or
parameter
is
not
available
for
an
AL).
depend on the MHA type.
This
parameter
the radio
module
Non-AISG
NSN identifies
MHAs: WMHA,
WMHB:
12
associated
with
the
antenna
line.
Note:
In
RF
sharing
case
this
parameter
value
Antenna BTS1
Line Uplink
Delay
in nanoseconds,
is
WMHC:
Automatic
value
(Manual voltage
shall
be
set
to the "false"
if BTS
isline
set
to
the
Radio
used
to
compensate
the
antenna
UL
delay
override
is
allowed:
possible
values
[0
V
/
+12
V/
Defines
a
VSWR
(voltage
standing
wave
ratio)
slave
mode
(SMOD
linkList
radioMaster
difference
between
main
and
diversity
Rx
+14.5
V/
+24V/
+28
V
(+24
/+28
only
for
Main
major
alarm
level.is(voltage
Defines
a of
VSWR
wave
ratio)
parameter
value
set
to "false").
branches
the cell.
This
isstanding
needed
to avoid
gain
branch, the
value
depends
on
the radio
module
minor
alarm
level.
This
parameter
activates
or
deactivates
the
BFD
(i.e.
performance)
loss
due
to
the
time
difference
type)]),
BTS2
12
In WCDMA - LTE RF sharing the parameter
session.
between
Rx branches
data.
This
parameter
controls
the For
admin
state ofoffset
the of
doesn't
need
beRF
configured
forexample,
LTE.
In WCDMA
- to
LTE
sharing
the
parameter
1/2
chip
period
(130ns)
introduces
gain
Non-AISG
Other
(3rd party)
MHA:
0diversity
(The user
can
BFD
session.
This
parameter
specifies
the
destination
IP are of
doesn't
need
toto
be
configured
for LTE.
Activate:
if
set
value
"true",
the
transmission
degradation
of
about
1dB.
Different
delays
change
the
line
voltage
to
12V.
If
set
to
"false",
the
session
enters
the
"Down"
address
to
be
used
incontrol
the
BFD
session.
To
be is
The
negotiated
BFD
transmission
BFD
control
packets
towards
the
peer
met
e.g.
when
two
radio
modules
are
crossAISG
MHAs:
Currently
for
allword
AISG
MHA
state.
Only
control
messages
withremote
state
"Admin
entered
in
dotted
decimal
format.
interval,
multiplied
by
this
parameter,
provides
started
and,
in case
the
BFD
session
fails, alarms
connected
together
via
RX
diversity
Automatic
value
is the
used.
This parameter
indicates
on
the
BFDoutputs.
group
toUser
Down"
are
sent
to
peer.
All
active
alarms
ofthe
the
detection
time
for
lost
packets
in
the
BFD
session.
are
raised.
may
provide
absolute
UL
delay
values
for
all
Rx
which
the
BFD
session
belongs.
BFD
session
are
cleared.
This
parameter
identifies
the
BFD
session.
Both
IP
formats
can
be
used.
Roughly
speaking
is
the
number
of
Deactivate:
set
to
value
"false",
the
transmission
branches
of ifsharing
the
or optionally
only
the
positive
Note:
In address
RF
case
this
parameter
value
The
iscell,
abfdDetectMult
managed
object
instance
If
setparameter
to
"true",
the
session
leaves
the
"Down"
Format:
IPv4
address
parameter
in
dotted
This
parameter
specifies
the
source
IP
address
tois
BFD
control
packets
that
FTM
may
lose
in
a
of
BFD
control
packets
towards
the
remote
peer
difference
referred
to
the
smallest
delay
branch
shall be
set
to the the
"Automatic"
ifanBTS
isremote
set of
to peer
the
identifier
(LMOID),
referencing
state.
It will
reach
"Up"parameter
state
if instance
theacc.
decimals
or
IPv6
address
to to
RFC
be
used
in
BFD
messages
for
the
BFD
session.
row,
before
it
shall
declare
the
BFD
session
be
stopped.
Also
the
BTS
discards
every
received
and
leave
smallest
delay
branch
value
to
zero.
It's
Radio
slave
mode
(SMOD
linkList
radioMaster
This
parameter
specifies
the
UDP
source
port
to
object
class
BFDGRP.
The
parameter
may
remain
is
also
in "Up"
state.
If the
BFD
session
fails,
4291.
This
can
bevalue
a
interface
IPiswhen
address
ato a
down.
BFD
packet
for
athe
BFD
instance.
not
required
tonetwork
apply
the
delay
theor
delay
parameter
isdeactivated
set
to UL
"false").
be
used
in
the
BFD
session.
empty,
meaning
BFD
session
not
bound
alarms
are
raised
for
it.
This
specifies
the
type
the
BFD
virtual
IP
address.
To
be
entered
inof
decimal
Moreover
allrange
active
alarms
related
todotted
the
BFD
for
Rxparameter
branches
ofand
the
cell
are
about
equal.
Note:
Note:
value
default
value
depend
on
BFD
group.
session:
Single
Hop
or
Multi
Hop
BFD.
This
parameter
specifies
the
minimum
interval,
format.
session
are
cleared.
The
BFD
session
effectively
Multiradio
Combiner
(MRC)
delay
shall
not
be
the
BFD
type.
Example:
that
needs
transmitting
control
does
notBTS
exist
atBFD,
all. when
included
in
this
parameter.
The
MRC delays
are
This
parameter
specifies
the
minimum
interval
-FTM-1/IPNO-1/BFDGRP-#
Forthe
Multi
Hop
the value
range
isBFD
4784,
packets
for
the
BFD
session.
Both
IP
address
formats
can
be
used.
taken
into
account
as
default
by
the
system
when
between
received
BFD
control
packets
that
the
49152...65535
and
the
default
value
=
4784.
where
#
can
be
from
1..8.
This
parameter
identifies
BFD group.
Format:
IPv4
address
parameter
in dotted
the
Combiner
isavalue
commissioned
into use.
FTM
will
support
for the
BFD
session.
- ForMultiradio
Single
Hop
BFD
the
range
is 3784,
The
alarms
are
suppressed
based
on
the
toggling
decimals
or
IPv6
address
parameter
acc.
to
49152...65535 and the default value = 3784.RFC
alarm
parameters.
The defines
togglingthe
alarm
parameters
4291.
Toggling
alarm amount
number
of
contain
the amount
of alarms
in time (time
and
alarms
limit
in
time
(time
and
amount
values)
Duration
time
when
the
toggling
alarm
is
no
longer
amount
setting the
toggling
alarm
when
thevalues
alarm)either
isfordeclared
to
be
in toggling
alarm
toggling
(alarm
active
or
cleared).
If
the
Duration
time
the alarm
is toggling
(alarm
condition
and when
clearance
duration
time when
the
condition.
alarm
is alarm
active,
it no
is set
active
after toggling
alarm
either
active
or
cleared).
The
toggling
alarm
toggling
is
longer
toggling
(alarm
either
BTS
Fault name defined in RISE. The same name
is
cleared.
condition
timeinisthe
used
toalarm
determine
with ittoggling
active
cleared).
If BTS
the
active,
is set
can beorfound
alarmisdocumentation.
Defines
the toggling
toggling
suppression
used for this
alarm
amount
the
toggling
condition.
activeparameter
after
alarm
is
cleared.
This
includes
also
alarming
resource
BTS
fault and
alarming
HW resource pair.
Defines
in question.
and faultthe
ID.BTS
Syntax
used in enums:
This parameter can be NOTE:
used forThere
identification
of
hw_faultId_faultName.
are some
Note:
This
parameter
cannot
bepurposes,
changed part
by
the
BTS.
It
is
used
for
planning
i.e.
to
special
marks
indicating
usually
dynamic
in
This
parameter
specifies
thedone
synchronization
NetAct.
Any
change
will
be
using
BTS
SM.
provide
identification
information
of
the
site.
It
is
the
fault
name.
Special
marks
are
removed
in
mode
of the eNB.
LTE
specific
Base
Station
level
radio
parameters.
not
used
any
Telecom
PDDB
butfor
they
are
visible purposes.
for
the
operator.
In
frequency
synchronised
mode,
the frequency of
Controls
in holdover
mode
the external 1pps
the radio ifinterface
signal
is synchronised
to the
output
is
switched
on
(parameter
true) or on the
Defines the
usagethe
of the
external
reference
source;
phase
of the=2.048MHz
frames
switched
off (parameter
= Frequency
false).
synchronization
radio
interface
isreference.
random.
sync2.048
mode
Controls
if in holdover
mode
the external
can
be
used
in
FDD
systems,
when
no
features
MHz
output
is switched
on
true) or
This
parameter
defines
the
cable
length=
used
In
the
eNB
has lostphase
all(parameter
supported
reference
arecase
used
which
require
synchronisation.
switched
off
(parameter
= false).
between
GPS
receiver
and
eNB
for
official
sources
for
generating
1pps
pulse,
the
eNB
starts
This parameter defines if fault managementNSN
is
cable
with
length
of
30m,
100m
or
300m
.
If
this
running
in
hold-over
mode.
This
parameter
enabled
for
indicating
faults
related
to
the
sync
In
phase
synchronised
mode,
the
radio
interface
This
parameter
defines
if thethe
fault
management
is
In
case
theinisBTS
lost
all
supported
reference
parameter
set,by
the
gpsTotalAntennaLineDelay
controls
holdover
mode
external
1pps
signal
provided
asynchronised
Sync
Hub
Master
BTS
via the
is iffor
frequency
and
in
addition
enabled
indicating
faults
related
to
the
external
sources
providing
the
external
2.048
MHz
This
parameter
specifies
the
delay
inoperates
theis
shall
not
be
set.frames
output
is of
switched
on or
1pps/GPS
input
(i.e.
theline
local
BTS
the
start
the
onoff.
the
radio
interface
GPS
receiver.
output,
the sync
BTS
starts
running
in hold-over
mode.
cable
used
between
the
GPS
receiver
and
an
eNB
This
parameter
determines
whether
System
as
sync
hub slave).
phase
synchronised.
In FDD
systems mode
phase
sync
This
parameter
controls
if
in
holdover
the
or
between
the
synchronization
hub
master
and
If
an
official
NSN
cable
is
replaced
by
a
non-NSN
Parameter
cannot
be
enabled
in
case
eNB
has
Module
fan
speed
is
optimized
by
oscillator
modeparameter
must
be MHz
configured
when
features
used
This
must
be set
'true'
when
an
external
2.048
output
istoswitched
onare
or
off.
synchronization
hub
slave.
delivered
cable
the
parameter
GPS
antenna
FSM-r2
as
master
system
module.
temperature
orphase
noise
level.
This
parameter
must
be
set
to "Total
'true' to
when
the
which
require
synchronisation
(e.g.
external
GPS
receiver
is
connected
the
line
delay"MBMS).
must input
bePhase
used
instead
of this sync
parameter.
synchronisation
signal
is
provided
a Sync
OTDOA,
sync
requires
input
1pps/GPS
syncassure
input.
'True'
indicates
toby
the
This
parameter
specifies
the
cable
delay
used
NSN
does
not
the
validity
of
delay
Hub
Master
BTS
via
the
1pps/GPS
sync
input.
either
from
GPS
or
ToP-P.
system
that
the connected
GPS
receiver
should
between
a GPS
and
eNB
or between
calculation
when
using
cables
not
ordered
'True'
indicates
toreceiver
thesignal
system
that
signal
should
provide
a
valid
sync
at
the
sync
input.
Thebe
synchronization
hubinput.
master
and
synchronization
officially.
present at the
sync
The
parameter
must be
parameter
must
be
set
to
'false'
when
no
external
hub
BTS
in case
in case of 1PPS
set toslave
'false'
when
synchronisation
is notsynch
provided

This parameter enables the RF sharing with GSM

or
UTRAN
in LTE
BTS. the feature
This
parameter
enables
"Synchronisation
Defines
the sharing
usageHub".
ofcan
thebe
TDM
synchronisation
LTE 3G RF
configured
only if the
reference.
This
parameter
is
the
naming
attribute
of theand
MOC
shared
BTS
does
or
will
contain
a 3G
System
This parameter enables the output
of 2MHz
CAREL.
Module.
If
the
3G
System
Module
does
not
exist
This parameter
controls
scheduling
fairness
1pps/ToD
signals
at the SYNCH
OUT
connector
It
uniquely
identifies
aofCAREL
instance.
and
the
LTE-3G
RF
sharing
has
been configured,
between
UEs
with
and
without
activated
SCelllink
(Sand
enables
the
use
a
PDH
interface
for
The
parameter
controls
PDCCH
outer
loop
CAREL
activates
Carrier
Aggregation
in
LTE
BTScreation
will
stay
in the ifinitializing
state
because
LNCEL).
forwarding
synchronization
from
the
BTS
system
adaptation
is
disabled
inisSCell
a UE
withID
an
This
parameter
is
the Local
Cellfor
Resource
the
related
cells.
3G
System
Module
always
the
radio
master
This
parameter
controls
scheduling
fairness
inofDL
clock.
activated
SCell.
cell
to
be
aggregated.
CAREL
is
created
in
the
LNCEL
that
will
be
Pin
case
of
LTE-3G
RF
sharing.
Initializing
state
in
This and
parameter
is the
naming
attribute of
the MOC
time
frequency
domain
scheduling
between
Aggregate
cells
considering
the
following:
LNCEL
(primary
cell
for
Carrier
Aggregation).
the
LTE
BTS
SW
prevents
reconfiguration
CDFIM.
UEs
with
and without
an active
SCell.
Value
0
Used
todoes
indicate
whether
orBTS
not
the
UE
shall
If
disableSCellPDCCHOlLa
is
set
to
True,
PDCCH
-LNCEL
NSN
notfairness
guarantee
correct
SCell
addition
contains
lcrId
the
S-LNCEL
(secondary
commissioning
of
theaof
LTE
by
the
BTS
Site
It
uniquely
identifies
CDFIM
instance.
means
that
no
is
provided;
that
is
UEs
perform
a be
CDMA2000
1xRTT
OLLA
will
disabled
for
a UEpre-registration
an
active if
Defines
whether
the
CDMA2000
1xNSN
Radio
in
case
the
band
combination
iswith
an
cell
for
Aggregation).
Manager.
with
aninCarrier
SCell
activated
get
maximal
benefits;
the
UE
does
not
have
a
valid
/
current
preSCell
its
SCell
(other
UEs
in
this
cell
which and
do
Transmission
(1xRTT)
Network
supported
band
combination
butand
not
supported
Depending
onTechnology
enableAutoLock
Shared
RF
cannot
be
chained
Defines
whether
the
CDMA2000
1x
Radio
value
1
means
that
full
fairness
is
provided
that by
is
registration.
not
have
SCell
activated/configured
can
use
Identification
(NID)
roamer
registration
indicator
3GPP
TS
36.101
enableGrflShdn
settings,
LNCEL
isSystem
automatically
Parameter
is used
only
for
automatic
licence
Transmission
Technology
(1xRTT)
UEs
withwhether
and
without
an
active
SCell
will
be
Defines
the
CDMA2000
1x
Radio
Structure
including
all
CDMA2000
1xRTT
CSFB
PDCCH
OLLA
depending
on
the
setting
of
for
Circuit
Switched
Fallback
(CSFB)
pre-locked
NSN
does
not
correct
SCell
addition
during
plan
activation
for
CAREL
activation
and
inguarantee
addition
this
parameter
is used for
Identification
(SID)
roamer
registration
indicator
treated
similarly.
Transmission
Technology
(1xRTT)
home
Registration
Parameters
of
both
Release
8 enable
and
actOlLaPdcch
in this
cell).
Defines
the
CDMA2000
1x
Radio
Transmission
registration
is
broadcast.
Value
TRUE
is
to
in
case
the
band
combination
is
an
NSN
creation/deletion.
for
shared
RF
modules
IP
address
configuration.
Circuit
Switched
Fallback
(CSFB)
pre-registration
The
pair
of cells
that
areCircuit
aggregated
should
have
registration
indicator
for
Switched
Fallback
Release
9.
If
actOlLaPdcch
in
PCell
and
SCell
is
'true'
and
Technology
(1xRTT)
multiple
Network
foreign
NID
roamers
for autonomous
registration.
supported
band
combination
and
supported
bySID
Defines
the
CDMA2000
1x
Radio
Transmission
is
broadcast.
Value
TRUE
is
to
enable
foreign
the
same
setting
for
this
parameter.
(CSFB)
pre-registration
ischannel
broadcast.
Value
TRUE
disableSCellPDCCHOlLa
is
set
toPower
false,
PDCCH
Identification
(NID)
storage
indicator
for
Circuit
This
parameter
is
broadcast
in
the
RRC:
3GPP
TS
36.101
but
the
bandwidths
of
means
that
the
Multi
Carrier
Amplifiers
Technology
(1xRTT)
multiple
System
Identification
roamers
forSCell
autonomous
registration.
This
Defines
the
CDMA2000
Radio
Transmission
is
tocells
enable
home
(non-roaming)
autonomous
OlLa
in the
will
be 1x
used
for
the
UE
with
an
Switched
Fallback
(CSFB)
pre-registration.
When
SystemInformationBlockType8
(SIB8)
message
the
are
not
supported
by
3GPP
in
this
band
(MCPA)
transmitting
both
GSM/EDGE
RF,
(SID)
storage
indicator
for
Circuit
Switched
parameter
is
broadcast
in
the
RRC:
Technology
Identification
registration.
This
parameter
is
broadcast
in (NID)
the
active
and
willNetwork
reuse
the
calculations
of the
Defines
the
CDMA2000
1x Radio
Transmission
this
parameter
isinitpre-registration.
set
to
TRUE,
the
UEatmessage
may
store
and
is SCell
provided
the
combination
(section
5.6A.1
in
TS
36.101).
WCDMA
and(1xRTT)
LTE
RF
carrier
signals
the
Fallback
(CSFB)
When
thissame
SystemInformationBlockType8
(SIB8)
associated
with
this
cell
for
Circuit
Switched
RRC:
SystemInformationBlockType8
(SIB8)
PDCCH
OlLa
in
the
PCell
of
this
UE.
Technology
(1xRTT)
parameter-change
entries
in
SID_NID_LIST
for
each
SID.
This
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
3GPP
frequency
band.
Defines
the
1x
Radio
Transmission
parameter
isCDMA2000
set
to
TRUE,
the
UEThis
may
store to
and
is provided
inin
the
Fallback
(CSFB)
pre-registration.
parameter
message
and
provided
the
If
actOlLaPdcch
PCell
or
SCell
is
configured
registration
forin
Circuit
Switched
Fallback
parameter
isindicator
broadcast
in
the
RRC:
Element
(IE)
in
RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
Technology
(1xRTT)
power
down
registration
entries
in
SID_NID_LIST
having
different
SIDs.
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
Defines
the CDMA2000
1x
Radio
Transmission
is
broadcast
in the
RRC:
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
'false',
PDCCH
OlLa
insharing
SCell
ismode,
never
used
andRF
(CSFB)
pre-registration.
When
this
parameter
is
SystemInformationBlockType8
(SIB8)
message
When
operating
in
RF
a
single
indicator
for
Circuit
Switched
Fallback
(CSFB)
preThis
parameter
is
broadcast
in
the
RRC:
Element
(IE)
in
RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
Technology
(1xRTT)
power
up
registration
SystemInformationBlockType8
(SIB8)
message
Element
(IE)
in
RRC_CONNECTED
mode
only
the
configured
value
of
disableSCellPDCCHOlLa
Defines
the
time
interval
between
timer-based
set
to
TRUE,
the
UE
should
register
on
parameter
and
is
provided
in
the
Module
is
connected
to
two
System
Modules
registration.
Set
this
parameter
to
TRUE
for
the
SystemInformationBlockType8
(SIB8)
message
indicator
for
Circuit
Switched
Fallback
(CSFB)
and
is
provided
in
the
when
homeRegIncluded
parameter
is set
is
not the
considered
by
BTS
SW.
registrations.
This
parameter
is broadcast
indown.
the
change
events.
This
parameter
is Transmission
broadcast
intoprethe
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
simultaneously.
Defines
the
CDMA2000
1x
Radio
UE
to
register
immediately
before
powering
and
is
provided
in
the
registration.
Set
this
parameter
to
TRUE
for
the
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
TRUE.
The parameter
shall
be set to 'false' when
it is
RRC:
SystemInformationBlockType8
(SIB8)
Element
(IE)
in
RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
Technology
(1xRTT)
registration
zone
number
This
is broadcast
in the
RRC:
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
Defines
the
CDMA2000
1xinafter
Radio
Transmission
UE
toparameter
register
immediately
powering
up. This
Element
(IE)
inthere
RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
expected
that
isModule
some
correlation
between
message
and
is
provided
the
Flexi
EDGE
System
is operating
in
associated
with
this
cell
for
Circuit
Switched
SystemInformationBlockType8
(SIB8)
message
Element
(IE)
in
RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
Technology
(1xRTT)
System
Identification
(SID)
parameter
is
broadcast
in
the
RRC:
pdcchCqiShift(t)
in
the
pair
of
cells
that
are
Defines
the
number
of CDMA2000
1x
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
GSM/EDGE
SW
or
WCDMA
mode
andRadio
Flexi
Fallback
(CSFB)
pre-registration.
This
parameter
and
provided
in this
the
associated
with
cell
for
Circuit
Switched
SystemInformationBlockType8
(SIB8)
message
aggregated
and
it
shall
be
set
to
'true'
otherwise.
Transmission
(1xRTT)
registration
Element
(IE)
inTechnology
RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
Multimode
System
Module
in LTE
or
WCDMA SW
Defines
the
timer
for
CDMA2000
1x
Radio
is
broadcast
in
the
RRC:
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
Fallback
(CSFB)
This
parameter
and
is provided
inpre-registration.
the
zones
in
the
zone(1xRTT)
list
by
the
UE
for
mode. retained
Both
are
connected
to the
one
and
same
Transmission
Technology
zone
SystemInformationBlockType8
(SIB8)
message
Element
(IE)
in
RRC
CONNECTED
mode.
This
structure
contains
parameters
associated
is
broadcast
in
the
RRC:
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
Circuit
Switched
Fallback
(CSFB)
pre-registration.
FlexiisMultiradio
RF
Module.
registration
associated
with
this
cell
for
Circuit
and
provided
in
the
with
eHRPD
used
in
SIB8.
SystemInformationBlockType8
(SIB8)
message
Element
(IE) Pre-registration
in RRC_CONNECTED
Defines
whether
UE isare
allowed
tomode.
perform
preThis
parameter
isthe
broadcast
in
the
RRC:
Super
cell
configurations
not
released
inThis
Switched
Fallback
(CSFB)
pre-registration.
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
and
is
provided
in
the
registration
when
the
UE
does
not
have
a
valid
/
SystemInformationBlockType8
(SIB8)
message
conjunction
with
RF-Sharing.
Defines
the
High
Packet
Data
parameter
isevolved
broadcast
in Rate
the RRC:
Element
(IE)
in
RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
current
pre-registration.
A
value
of
false
indicates
and
is
provided
in
the
(eHRPD)
Pre-registration
Information.
This
SystemInformationBlockType8
(SIB8)mode.
message
Defines
the
evolved
High
Rate
Packet
Data
Element
(IE)
in RRC_CONNECTED
UE
isisnot
allowed
perform
preregistration
in this
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
parameter
contains
the
primary
ColorInformation.
Code of
the
and
provided
in to
the
(eHRPD)
secondary
pre-registration
Defines
the
evolved
High
Rate
Packet
Data
cell.
Element
(IE)
in
RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
eHRPD
Access
Network
(AN)
which
this
Evolved
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
This
parameter
contains
the secondary
Color
(eHRPD)
secondary
pre-registration
Information.
CDMA2000
HRPD
frequency
bands
Universal
Terrestrial
Radio
Access
(EUTRA)
cell
Element
(IE)
in RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
Code
of
the
eHRPD
Access
Network
(AN)
which
This
parameter
contains
the
secondary
Color
List
of
CDMA2000
HRPD
frequency
bands.
This
overlays.
The
UE
uses
this
parameter
to
CDMA2000
HRPD
Frequency
Band
(used
in Band
this
Evolved
Universal
Terrestrial
Radio
Access
Code
of the
eHRPD
Network
(AN)
which
structure
may
contain
upThe
to 32
instantiated
determine
whether
it Access
should
pre-register
with
the
Class
List).
(EUTRA)
cell
overlays.
UE
uses
this
Absolute
priority
of
the
Bandclass
of
CDMA2000
this
Evolved
Terrestrial
Radio Access
quadruples
ofUniversal
a hrpdBdClBcl,
hrpdCResPrio,
eHRPD
network.
Identifies
the
CDMA2000
HRPD
Frequency
Band
parameter
to
determine
whether
it
should
preHRPD
(EUTRA)
cell and
overlays.
TheBandclass
UE uses this
High
threshold
towards
this
offound.
hrpdFrqThrH
hrpdFrqThrL.
in
which
the
CDMA2000
Carrier
can
beparameter
register
with
the
eHRPD
network.
Absolute
priority
(0
means:
lowest
priority).
parameter
to
determine
whether
itThis
should
preCDMA2000
HRPD
Low
threshold
towards
this
of
defines
the
first
instance
of Bandclass
secondary
Color
register
with
the
eHRPD
network.
This
parameter
This
specifies
the be
high
threshold
used
in
CDMA2000
HRPD
Codes
which
can
assigned
to
an
eHRPD
cell.
Weight
factor
ofbetween
CDMA
HRPD
band
used
by
Equal
priorities
RATs
not
supported
defines
the towards
second
instance
ofare
secondary
Color
reselection
CDMA2000
HRPD
This
specifies
the
low
threshold
used
in
round robin
for
idle mode
according
toalgorithm
[3GPP
Codes
which
can be36.304].
assigned
toCell
anload
eHRPD
cell.
CDMA2000
extended
Neighbor
Information
reselection
towards
CDMA2000
HRPD
balancing.
for
HRPD
HRPD
carrier
frequency
within
a CDMA2000
When
the
parameter
is not
defined,
the Cell
Structure
containes
CDMA2000
Neighbor
Band.
Identifies
the
CDMA2000
Frequency
Band in main
corresponding
carrier
is
not
used
in
selecting
Information
for HRPD.
The
parameter
value isCarrier
basedcan
on the
absolute
which
the
CDMA2000
be
found.
target
for
IdleModeMobilityControlInfo
for load
Identifies
the CDMA
"Physical
cell32
identity".
This
structure
may
contain
up to
instantiated
radio-frequency
channel
number
ARFCN.
balancing.
Weighted
round
robin
algorithm
shall
triples of a hrpdCellId,
hrpdArfcn
and 3GPP-R8
Distributes
Physical
Cell
Ids
between
select always
one target
frequency
for idle mode
hrpdBdClNcl.
List
3GPP-R9
Extension
List.
CDMA2000
1xRTT
frequency
bands
loadand
balancing,
which
is matching
UE capabilities,
"R8ListPartOnly"
means,
the
related
Physical
Cell
List
of
CDMA2000
1xRTT
frequency
bands.
to
be
used
as
main
target
for
idle
mode
load
Weight
factor
of CDMA
1xRTT
band NCL.
used
byThis
Id
has
to
be
placed
in
the
3GPP-R8
structure
contains
quadruples
of a
balancing
and
this instantiated
target
have
always
highest
round
robin
algorithm
for will
idlemeans,
mode
load
CDMA2000
1xRTT
Frequency
Band
(used
inAll
"R9ExtensionPartPossible"
the
related
rttBdClBcl,
rttCResPrio,
rttFrqThrH
and
rttFrqThrL.
priority
assigned
in
RRC
Release
message.
balancing.
Band
Class
List).
Physical
Cell
Id
can
be
placed
in
the
3GPP-R8
Absolute
priority
of
the
Bandclass
of
CDMA2000
other target
frequencyisfor
idle
mode the
load
When
parameter
not
defined,
Identifies
CDMA2000
1xRTT
Frequency
Band
NCL,
ifthe
allthe
Physical
Cell
Ids
with "R8ListPartOnly"
1xRTT
balancing
matching
UE
capabilities
and
configured
corresponding
carrier
is
not
used
in
selecting
main
in
which
the
CDMA2000
Carrier
can
be
found.
are
already
placed
in
the
3GPP-R8
NCL
and
there
Absolute
priority
means:CDFIM
lowestand
priority).
in
LNCEL,
IRFIM,(0UFFIM,
GNFL
will
target
for
IdleModeMobilityControlInfo
for
load
is
space
(up
16 with
IDs allowed).
Otherwise
be
addedleft
as
well,tobut
lowered
priorities
as
balancing.
Weighted
round
robin algorithm
shall
they
shall
be
placed
in
the
3GPP-R9
ExtensionEqual
priorities
between
RATs
are
not
supported
configured
for
SIB
with
kept
hierarchy
of
priorities.
select
always
one target
frequency for idle mode
NCL
(acc.
to [3GPP
ASN.1
rules)
according
to
36.304].
The
shall
calculate
proportional
weights
load algorithm
balancing,
which
is matching
UE capabilities,
corresponding
to configured
There
is no
to
be used as main
target forvalues.
idle mode
load
check about the sum of weights configured by the

This specifies the high threshold used in

reselection
towards
CDMA2000
1xRTT
This specifies
the low
threshold used
in
reselection
towards
CDMA2000
1xRTT
CDMA2000 extended Neighbor Cell Information
for
1xRTT
1xRTT
carrier frequency within a CDMA2000
Structure
containes CDMA2000 Neighbor Cell
Band.
CDMA2000
1xRTT
Frequency Band.
Information
for
1xRTT.
The parameter
value is based on the absolute
CDMA2000
1xRTT
Physical
Identity
This
structure
may
contain
upCell
to 40
instantiated
radio-frequency
channel
number
ARFCN.
quadruples
of
a
rttCellId,
rttArfcn,
rttBdClNcl
and
Distributes Physical Cell Ids between 3GPP-R8
rttExSel
List
and
3GPP-R9
Extension
List.
The search window size is a CDMA parameter to
"R8ListPartOnly"
means,
the related
Physical
Cell
be
used to assist
inCell
searching
for theTimer
neighboring
CDMA2000
HRPD
Reselection
Id
has
to
be
placed
in
the
3GPP-R8
NCL.
pilots
Speed dependent ScalingFactors
"R9ExtensionPartPossible"
means,for
thetResHrpd
related
Parameter
Speed
dependent
ScalingFactor
for if
Physical
Cell
Id
can
be
placed
in
the
3GPP-R8
CDMA2000 HRPD Cell Reselection Timer factor
Treselection
CDMA2000
HRPD
TS 36.304.
NCL,
if isallinPhysical
Cell Ids
within"R8ListPartOnly"
the
UE
High
Mobility
state.
CDMA2000
HRPD in
Cell
Reselection
Timer
factor
if
are
already
placed
the
3GPP-R8
and
there
The
field
tResHrpd
isMobility
multiplied
withNCL
this factor
if
the
UE
is
in
Medium
state.
CDMA2000
1xRTT
Cell
Timerin
is
space
(up toMobility
16
IDsReselection
allowed).
Otherwise
the
UE
isleft
in High
state
as
defined
The
field
tResHrpd
isinmultiplied
with
this
factor if
they
shall
be
placed
the
3GPP-R9
ExtensionSpeed
dependent
ScalingFactors
for defined
tResRtt in
36.304
the
UE
is
in
Medium
Mobility
state
as
NCL
(acc. to ASN.1dependent
rules)
Parameter
ScalingFactor
for if
CDMA2000Speed
1xRTT Cell Reselection
Timer factor
36.304.
Treselection
CDMA2000
1xRTT
in TS 36.304.
the
UE
is
in
High
Mobility
state.
CDMA2000 Rtt Cell Reselection Timer factor if the
The
tResRtt Mobility
is multiplied
with this factor if the
UE
isfield
in Medium
state.
Operator
Certificate
installed
indefined
the BTS 36.304
UE
is
in
High
Mobility
state
as
The field tResRtt is multiplied with this in
factor if the
Certificate
Fingerprint
UE is in Medium
Mobility state as defined in
It
should beIssued
in Hex
Certificate
ByAscii format with FF:EE:DD.
36.304.
Certificate Issued To
Certificate Serial Number
Certificate Type
The
Certificate
could be TA (Trust
Certificate
Validtype
From
Anchor)/RA(Registration
authority)/CA (Certificate
The
format
is:
Certificate
Valid To
Authority)
.
YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.SSS[+-]hh:mm
The
format
is:
Used
CRL
distribution
pointfrom
address
where
hh:mm
is the offset
GMT.can be
YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.SSS[+-]hh:mm
selected
from
operator
defined
parameter
and
The
listhh:mm
of CRLisdistribution
points
where
the offset from
GMT.
certificate
extension
Primary URI of the operator defined CRL
distribution
point.
Secondary URI
of the operator defined CRL
Note:
Primary
addresses in the structure are
distribution
point.
Downloaded
unique,
i.e. noCRL
twoinformation
entries canaddresses
have samefor
primary
Note: Primary
and
secondary
an
Type
of
CRL
DP:
address.
entry cannot be the same.
Manually
Primary
CRLDP
or
URI of theconfigured
defined CRL
distribution
point.
Manually configured Secondary CRLDP or
The
status
of the last
download of
CRL
CRLDP
Contained
in Certificate
extension
This parameter holds the name of the issuing
instance
of the
current
revocation list.
Time of next
update
of certificate
CRL
The number of revoked certificates in CRL
The format is:
This
parameter holds the issueing date of the
YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.SSS[+-]hh:mm
current
certificate
revocation
list.GMT.
The failure
reason
could
the
following:
where
hh:mm
is the
offsetbefrom
List
(CRL)
for
one
of
the
following
reasons:
Certificate
Revocation List usage activation
The
- Theformat
LDAPis:
binding fails.
This
specifies
how(no
many
before
a
-YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.SSS[+-]hh:mm
Theparameter
LDAP search
is emtpy
CRLdays
found).
/ The
BTS
certificate
expires
the
BTS
autonomously
where
hh:mm
is
the
offset
from
GMT.
This parameter
specifies
the number of days the
LDAP
search contains
more
triggers
a entry.
CMP
update
sequence.
BTS
shall
raise
an
alarm
in
to theby"BTS
than
one
This parameter identifies theadvance
CMP server
its
own
Anchor"
and
"BTS
vendor
certificate"
-subject
TheTrust
CRL
signature
validation
fails.
name.
It
may
either
be
detected
by
DHCP
This
identifies
the
certificate
handler
expiry.
-upon
Theparameter
CRL file exceeds
BTS
storage
limit.
autoconnection
orthe
configured
by the
configuration.
The
value
is
always
1.
This
is
the
operator
configured
CMP
Directory
to
- The BTS certificate
management
system.is part of the CRL.
be
used
for addressing
Certificate
- DNS
resolution
for thethe
CRL
distribution point
Management
Protocol server.
fails.

This is the IP address of the Certificate

Management
To befor
entered
in
This is the portProtocol
numberserver.
to be used
addressing
dotted
decimal
format.
the
server.
ThisCertificate
parameterManagement
specifies theProtocol
period for
executing
a
periodical
update
of
the
Certificate
Revocation
This parameter uniquely identifies a CRGPR
List.
The value is given in hours. Value 0 means
instance.
The
parameterupdate".
defines a thresholds above which
"no periodical
the
resource
utilization
withinisano
subframe
Group which is used if there
explicit is
considered
efficient,
in
which
case
the subframe
assignment.
List
of PLMN
groups.
dedicated
share
caninbe
will be
assigned
to theAcell
resource
groups
assigned
to
each
PLMN
group.
Indicates
the
Mobile
Country
Code.
question.
Otherwise,
the
assignment
of
the
Online modification is performed if the profile is
The
Mobile
Code
parameter
indicates
subframe
toCountry
the
cell LNCEL
resource
group
may
be is the
Indicates
the
Mobile
not
assigned
to
any
orCode.
if the
feature
Online
modification
isNetwork
performed
if the
profile
is
Mobile
Country
Code
and
is
part
of
the
PLMN
skipped.
The
Mobile
Network
Code
parameter
the
deactivated
into
allany
assigned
cells,
i.e.
ifindicates
Indicates
the
length
of
the
Mobile
Network
Code.
not
assigned
LNCEL
or
if
the
feature
is
identifier.
The
value
'0' means
disabling
subframe
skipping.
Mobile
Network
Code
and
is
part
of
the
PLMN
cellResourceSharingMode
is
equal
to
'none'.
The
Mobile
Network
Code
parameter
deactivated
in all
assigned
cells,
The
parameter
assigns
thelength
PLMNi.e.
Id iftonot
a PLMN
identifier.
If a cell
contains
PLMN
IDs
are
part
of
indicates
the length
of the
Mobile
Network
Code,
cellResourceSharingMode
iswhich
equal
to 'none'.
group.
List
of
PLMN
group
shares.
The
list
parameter
the
assigned
cell
resource
group
profile
(CRGPR)
either 2 or 3 digits.
allows
reservation
ofIDs
cellare
capacity
per
instance,
the
considered
as part ofin
Specifies
the PLMN
PLMN
group
identifier
ascell
assigned
resource
group
on
a
percentage
basis.
the
default
PLMN
group.
plmnGroupList.
Specifies the share of the cell resource group on a
percentage
basis.
This
parameter
is being
the
attribute
ofathe
MOC
Online
modification
is naming
performed
if the
is
All
UEs/traffic
not
associated
withprofile
PLMN
CTRLTS.
not
assigned
to support
any LNCEL
orisParty
if considered
the feature
is
ID (no reporting
usual scenario
known)
Trace
to 3rd
Tool. as
It
uniquely
identifies
a Trace
Control
deactivated
inthe
alldefault
assigned
cells,
i.e. ifinstance.
belonging
to
PLMN
group.
This
indicates
support
sending
trace
Trace
reportingthe
support
to for
3rd
PartytoTool
for Cell
cellResourceSharingMode
is
equal
'none'.
reports
to
3rd
Party
address.
Trace.
Trace reporting support to 3rd Party Tool for
This
indicates
the supportTrace.
for sending trace
Subscriber
& Equipment
The maximum
number
of UEfor
trace
reports
to 3rd Party
address
Cellsessions
Traffic
This
indicates
the
support
for sending
trace
allowed.
NetAct
IP
address
Tracing.
reports
to
3rd
Party
address
for
Subscriber
& of
This parameter indicates the maximum number
The
Trace
Port
Number
to
be
used
while
Equipment
Trace.
active subscriber or UE trace sessions that can be
establishing
trace
connection
towards
The
Trace by
Port
Number
to be (TCP)
used while
supported
eNB.
OMS/iOMS.
establishing
trace
connection
(TCP)
towards
Trace reporting
mode
to be used
by OMS
for 3rd
Party
Tool.
sending
trace
reports
to
NetAct.
Specifies the trace reporting mode used by OMS
This
is the trace
reporting
mode
used
at OMS
for
for
sending
Trace
Reports
formode
Cell
Trace
Sessions
Specifies
the
trace
reporting
used at
OMS
sending
trace
reports
to
NetAct.
(Cell
Traffic Trace
Trace)Reports
to NetAct.
for
for User
Thissending
indicates
if there are any
activeTrace
UE trace
Sessions
(Subscriber
&
Equipment
trace) to
sessions
running
within
eNB.
Support for vendor specific extension tracing (at
NetAct.
This
parameter
indicates
if there
aresupported)
any active
present
only RLC
and MAC
tracing
This
parameter
describes
whether
UE trace
sessions
currently
runningtracing
within of
eNB.
instantaneous
TA value as part of vendor
If the value of acceptableFrameTypes
is specific
extension
tracingthe
is device
enabledwill
ordiscard
not.
"AdmitTagged",
untagged
This parameter is
used to lock
and unlock
the
and
Priority-tagged
frames
received
on
this
ethernet
link interface.
This
parameter
identifies
the
BTS
transport
interface.
Locking
the
interface deactivates it.
Ethernet
interface.
This
specifies tagged,
the maximum
burst
size
If
theparameter
value
is AdmitAll,
untagged
and
that
can
be
transmitted
in
a
single
burst
in
egress
Priority-tagged
frames
received
on
this
interface
This
parameter
specifies
for limiting
Administrative
state
rulesthe
for rate
correct
Format:
"slot#-if#"
direction
on this
Ethernet
interface
of layer 2
will
be accepted.
Untagged
and
Priority-tagged
ingress
traffic
at
the
ethernet
link
interface.
configurations:
This
parameter
specifies
egress
the
shaping
switch.
The
burst
size
is
actually
calculated
<
frames
are
assigned
to
the
VLAN
defined
bybyrate
the
Parameter
value
unitFSMx
= MBit/s.
of
Outdoor
Module
the
Ethernet
interface.
Parameter
value
unit is
where
This
parameter
specifies
the
VLANs
that
are
l2ShaperRate
x
l2BurstSize
x
1sec
>.
Example:
portDefaultVlanId
for
this
interface.
1.
ETHLK
0-1
at FSMx
can
becontaining
unlockedthe
if
in
MBit/s.
slot#
= slot
number
of the
unit
supported
over
this
ethernet
interface.
Theof a
l2ShaperRate
=100
Mb/s
and
l2BurstSize=1%
This
parameter
specifies
the
upper
value
The
following
granularities
exist:
Basic
module
FSMx
present.
Ethernet
interfaces,
and
parameter
aup
list
up
to1can
16
entries
results
aisburst
ofMpbs.
Mbit
=unlocked
125where
Kbyte.ifeach
range
ofin
VLAN
identifiers.
1
Mbps
steps
toof
10
2.
ETHLK
0-2
atsize
FSMx
be
This
parameter
specifies
either
a
single
VLAN or
The
following
granularities
exist:
if#
=
the
interface
number
of
the
physical
entry
represents
either
a
single
VLAN
5
Mbps
steps
beyond
10
Mbps
and
upidentifier
to VLAN
100
Basic
module
FSMx
present
and
enable
identifier
or
the
lower
value
of
a
range
of
1
Mbps
steps
up
to
10
Mbps.
interface
on
the
unit
Enables
the
Link
OAM
functionality
for
this is 6%.
a
range
of
VLAN
identifiers.
It (TRS
is strongly
The
step
size
is 0.1%.
The
maximum
value
VLAN
id
1
is
reserved
for
un-tagged
frames
Mbps.
RP301Interface
=
false
and
if
sub-module
identifiers.
5
Mbps value
steps In
beyond
10bursts).
Mbps and up
to 100
ethernet
consequence:
recommended
VLAN
the
Default
is
0%
(no
A
reference
toshould
athat
Link
OAM
profile.
This
is to
avarious
handling
and
not
beidentifiers
configured.
50
Mbps link.
steps
beyond
100
Mpbs
and
up
1 and
FTIF/FTLF
present
and
ETHLK
1-1
=oflocked
Mbps.
and
-entries
the
values
of
all
statistics
counters
of
the
Link
would
not
overlap
each
other.
It
is
also
The
parameter
is
only
valid
for
the
FTLB
and
distinguished
name
referencing
an
instance
of
Gbps.
ETHLK
1-3
= locked).
This
parameter
shows
the
MAC
address
of
the
VLAN
id
1
is
reserved
for
un-tagged
frames
50
Mbps
steps
beyond
100
Mbps
and
up
to
for
FTIB/FTLB,
OAM
feature
forthat
this
interface
are set
to 0 1
recommended
PVID,
defined
by
parameter
FSMr3
hardware
unit
types.
class
OAMPRF.
3.
ETHLK
1-1
at
FTIF/FTLF
can
be
unlocked
ethernet
handling
and
should
not
configured.
Gbps.
slot#:
1interface.
: This
is
always
1,appear
sinceframes.
there
isofonlyif
Default
VLAN
priority
for
untagged
-portDefaultVlanId,
the Link
OAM
alarms
forbe
this
interface
are
would
not
in
any
Format:
"FTM-1/OAMPRF-*"
TRS
sub-module
FTIF/FTLF
present
and
ETHLK
NOTE:All
Transport
IF cards
1
slot.
cleared
l2VlanIdList
entry.
This
specifies
the
VLAN
identifier
that
1-3
isparameter
locked
and
ETHLK
0-2FSMr3)
= locked.
(FTIA,FTIB,FTFB,FTLB
and
shall
support
if#:
1..3
Every
untagged
ingress
Ethernet
frame
at
this
-The
the
Link
OAM
discovery
process
is
either
default
value
of
the
parameter
isstarted,
single
range
is
inserted
internally
by
the
FTM
into
an
untagged
where
4.
ETHLK
1-2
at
FTIF/FTLF
can
be
unlocked
This
parameter
specificies
if
the
ethernet
link
configuration
of
1 Mbps
atvalue
the
switch-port
shaper,Ifif
interface
gets
assigned
this
Port
Default
in
active
or
passive
mode.
entry
and
isin
defined
with
2-4094
forPriority.
VLAN
ingress
frame
that
enters
the
layer
2
switch
via
FTM-1:
=
a
parent
instance
of
object
class
TRS
sub-module
FTIF/FTLF
present
and
ETHLK
characteristics
are
autonegotiated
or
not.
but
itFSMF/FSMG
isinknown,
that
FTLB
effectively
egresses
forlist
(Flexi
BTS
Release
3toOutdoor
QoS
classification
mode
is
configured
VLANID
BTS interface.
Site
Manager
and
by planning
value
this
Ethernet
ETHLK,
This
is
always
1
(static
MO)
1-4
is
locked.
If
not,Mbps
the
attribute
contains
the
capacity
and both
the
1.18
andand
FSMr3
egresses
1.56
Mbps,
System
Module),
PCP,
this
priority
is
used
for
enqueing
decision
ofif
2
for
lowValue
value
4094
for
highValue
In
order
that
the
frame
will
be0,
viain is
OAMPRF-#,
#This
=be
anis
instance
oftransmitted
object
class
5.
ETHLK
1-3
at
FTIF/FTLF
can
bethat
unlocked
duplex
mode
to
set
forcibly.
Note
1000
of
which
are
acceptable
deviations.
slot#:
0
:
always
since
Transport
the
frame.
If
the
frame
egresses
the
switch
NetAct.
another
Ethernet
interface,
after
layer ETHLK
2 switching
OAMPRF
TRS
sub-module
FTIF/FTLF
present,
1-1
MBit
is
available
only
on system
Gigabit
Ethernet
integrated
into
module.
tagged,
this
priority
shall
be
used
in are
theidallowed
VLAN
tag
A
maximum
of common
100
different
VLANs
has
been
performed,
the
same
VLAN
must
is
locked
and
ETHLK
0-2
=
locked.
interfaces
(GE).
if#:FTIB
1..2
: Value range is 1..2 for EIF1..EIF2be
on
header.
for
unit.
configured
in1-4
the
identifier
that (i.e. if
Example:
FTM-1/OAMPRF-1
6.
ETHLK
atVLAN
FTIF/FTLF
canlist
beofunlocked
Note:
In
case
the
shared
RP3-01/TRS
port
this
unit
The
value FTIF/FTLF
is(see
empty
forpresent
FTIBl2VlanIdList).
unit
and
2
Ethernet
interface
parameter
TRSdefault
sub-module
and
ETHLK
FCT-EIF2)
is configured
for transport,
exclusively

This parameter identifies BTS transport.

The
is always
This value
parameter
holds1.the description of the
geographical
location
theSW
network
element.
This parameter
showsofthe
release
versionThe
of
format
can be freely decided by the operator. The
the
FTM.
This
parameter
holds
the
the
name
of
the
network
parameter may also be empty.
element.
The operator
freely
define the
value
This parameter
holds acan
short
description
of the
of
this
parameter.
network
element.
The format
can be
freely
This parameter
uniquely
identifies
a GFIM
decided
by
the
operator.
The
parameter
may also
(GERAN
frequency
Idle Mode
GERAN
cell
reselection
timer Configuration)
remain empty.
managed
object.
The parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor
for
N" in TS
If the
TheTreselectionGERAN
field t-ReselectionGERAN
is 36.304.
multiplied
with
field
is
not
present,
the
UE
behaviour
is
specified
this
factor
if
the
UE
is
in
the
high
mobility
state
The
t-ReselectionGERAN is multiplied withas
in
TSfield
36.304
defined
in
this
if36.304
the UE to
is distinguish
in the medium
Thisfactor
is an indicator
the mobility
GERANstate
as
defined
in 36.304.
frequency
band
in
case
of
ARFCN
values
Absolute priority of the GERAN carrier frequency
associated with either GSM 1800 or GSM 1900
Each
ARFCN value explicitly listed
carriers.
Equal priorities between RATs are not supported
This
specifies
the threshold
used by
theone
UE of
when
For
ARFCN
not
associated
with
according
tovalues
[3GPP
36.304].
reselecting
towards
a
higher
priority
frequency
those
bands,
the
indicator
is
not
relevant.
This specifies the threshold used in reselectionX
than
the currently serving
frequency
towards
X priority
from a higher
priority
Identifiesfrequency
GNFL (GERAN
Neighbour
Frequency
frequency
List
Configuration)
managed
object
Weight
factor of GERAN
carrier
frequency used by
round
robin
algorithm
for
idle
mode
load
This parameter restricts the permitted
Network
balancing.
Colour
Code
(NCC)
for
idle
mode
mobility.
This is the
the parameter
maximum is
allowed
transmission
power
When
notnetwork
defined,
Using
default
no
isthe
permitted.
for
onsettings,
an minimum
uplink
carrier
ThisGERAN
specifies
the
required
RX level main
in
corresponding
carrier
is not
usedfrequency.
in selecting
Applicable
for the neighbouring GERAN
cells
on
the
cell
in
dBm
target
for
IdleModeMobilityControlInfo
for
load
This
parameter
is
namingwhere
attribute
MOC
A
field
encoded
asthe
a bitmap,
bit of
N is
set to
this
carrier
frequency.
balancing.
Weighted
round
robin
algorithm
shall
GTPU
"0"
if
a
BCCH
carrier
with
NCC
=
N-1
is
not
This
parameter
holds
thefrequency
number
offor
unanswered
If
pmaxGERAN
is absent,
the maximum
power
select
always
one
target
idle
mode
permitted
for
monitoring,
and
set
tothe
"1"time
if the
GTP-U
ECHO
REQUESTs
(within
defined
according
to
the
UE
capability
is
used.
This
parameter
holds
the
time
interval
between
load
balancing,
which
is
matching
UE
capabilities,
BCCH
carrier t3Response),
with NCC = N-1
is permitted
for
by
parameter
after
which
aload
GTP-U
sending
GTP-U
ECHO
REQUESTs,
used
for
GTPto
be
used
as
main
target
for
idle
mode
This
parameter
holds
maximum
waiting
time
monitoring;
N
=
1 to 8;the
bit
1 of
the bitmap
is
the
path
failure
is
declared.
The
parameter
is
only
U
user
data
path
supervision
on
the
S1
and
X2
balancing
and
this
target
will
have
always
highest
for
GTP-U
ECHO
RESPONSE
messages,
leading
bit
thedefines
bit
string.
This
parameter
the
S-GW
IP-Address
relevant
in of
case
GTPU
path
supervision
is used
interfaces.
It defines
also
if data
path
supervision
priority
assigned
in RRC
Release
message.
All(toX2
for
GTP-U
data
path
supervision
on
the
S1
and
be
supervised).
In
case
feature
"Transport
switched
ON
(parameter
gtpuPathSupint
has
a
Application
IPv4/v6
address
therelevant
serving
SAE
is
ON target
or OFF.
other
frequency
for idle
mode
load in
interfaces.
This
parameter
isof
only
case
separation
for
RAN
sharing"
is
activated
also
the
non-zero
value).
gateway
(S-GW)
for UE
which
datapathfor
supervision
is
balancing
matching
capabilities
and
configured
This parameter
holds
the
the
GTP-U
path
supervision
isidentifier
switched
ON
S-GW
IP-Addresses
for
the
additional
transport
switched
on.
The
3GPP
recommend
GTP-U
supervision
in LNCEL,
IRFIM,
UFFIM,
CDFIM
andSeparation
GNFL
will
transport
network
in
case
"Transport
(parameter
gtpuPathSupint
has
a
non-zero
value).
This
parameter
uniquely
an
IAFIM as
(Intranetwork
are
configured.
Both
IP address
formats
can
be used.
interval
starts
with
a value
60s.
be
added
asalso
well,
but
withIdentifies
priorities
for
RAN
sharing"
feature
islowered
supported.
Frequency
Idle
Mode
configuration)
managed
Defines the
intra-frequency
list.
Format:
IPv4
address
in dotted
configured
for
SIB withparameter
kept blacklisted
hierarchy
ofcell
priorities.
object.
decimals
or
IPv6
address
parameter
acc.
to
RFCto
The
algorithm
shall
calculate
proportional
weights
Indicateshas
thetonumber
of PCIs
in the range has
Opertor
take care
that transportNwId
4291.
corresponding
to
configured
values.
There
is
no4,
(including
startPCI).
Value
corresponds
be
either mainTransportNwId
any of the with
Indicates
the
lowest
PCIweights
inn4
theor
range
check
about
the
sum
n12
corresponds
with of
12 and
so configured
on. The UEby the
transportNwIds
configured
in IPNO.
Intra-frequency
cell list in which case
user. value 1 ifneighbouring
applies
the field is absent,
Defines
the
intra-frequency
neighbouring
list.
The
Cellcell
Identifier
a unique
cellcellby
only Physical
the physical
identityisvalue
indicated
identification
a neighboring
cell list offset (in dB)
start
applies. in defines
The parameter
a cell-specific
that isparameter
used in the
cell reselection
This
identifies
the DNSprocedure.
Access
configuration
object.
Value
is
always
1. of the
This parameter specifies the IP address
primary
DNS server.
If thethe
parameter
hasofathe
valid
This parameter
specifies
IP address
value
(not
empty,
not
0.0.0.0)
this
server
is
queried
secondary
DNSidentifies
server. The
DNS is
This
parameter
thesecondary
BTS transport
first
for
DNS
resolution.
queried
if
the
primary
DNS
is
configured
but not
Ethernet-based
IP interface.
This
is the IP address
of the plain Ethernet
accessible.
The
value
is
always
1.
network
interface
towardsofthe
transport
This is the
IPv6 address
theexternal
plain Ethernet
network.
It
has
an
associated
subnet
mask.
network
interface
towards theparameter
external transport
This is the
IPv6 prefix-length
of the
network.
plain
Ethernet
network
interface
towards
theis
This
the
maximum
the
Ethernet
If
theisaddress
is setwith
totransfer
0.0.0.0,
theofinterface
Format:
parameter
IPv6 unit
address
acc.
to
external
transport
network.
interface.
taken
ofsubnet
use. Instead,
This
isout
the
mask
ofVLAN
the IPinterfaces
address ofare
the
RFC4291.
Format:
parameter
acc.
to
RFC4291.
used
(IVIF
object
instance).
plain
network
interface.
If the Ethernet
address
is
set
to 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
in full
NOTE:
For
unit types the
FTIB/FTLB,
notation
or ::HW
abbreviated,
interfacethe
is taken
Note:
Values
1 and
2 are not allowed.
supported
range
is
'576..1608
octets'.are
Forused
HW unit
out of use. Instead, VLAN interfaces
types
FSM/FTIF,
the
supported
range
is
(IVIF object instance).
'576..1644 octets'. For all HW FlexiZone Micro unit
types, the supported range is '576..1644 octets'.

This parameter specifies if multiple PHB queues

are
over this
interface
or only
a single
one.
Thisused
parameter
holds
the shaper
burst
size for
the
Multiple
PHB
queues
allow
DSCP
based
traffic
interface.
The
Total Shaper Burst Size ("SBS") defines the
prioritization.
maximum
burst holds
size that
allowed
to pass atrate
the
This parameter
the isshaper
information
output
of
the
WFQ
aggregator.
for
interface.
The
plain
Ethernet
interface
byShaper
default Information
has the 6
Thisthe
parameter
holds
the total
For
FTLB,
the
actual
minimum
egress
rate
is 1.18
PHB
queue
scheduler.
Rate
("SIR") at the
output
thetype
WFQ
This
decides
onof
the
of aggregator.
shaping
in
Mbpsparameter
and on FSM-r3,
the
actual
minimum
egress
case
of
VLANs.
When
traffic
path
shaping
is
This is
parameter
decides
shaping limitations
takes the on
rate
1.56 Mbps
due toiftechnical
enabled,
shaping atinto
theaccount.
level of each
VLAN
is
ethernet
overhead
If the
flagWFQ
has
Octeon.
This
is
the
weight
value
to
be
used
in the
enabled,
else
shaping
at
the
WFQ
aggregator
value
"true", scheduler
the shapedforbandwidth
is the
aggregation
this
This
is
set the
of Shaping
entries
the interface.
DHCP
database
level
is the
enabled.
also
switched
off
bandwidth
on
IP layerinmay
only.
If thebeflag
has of
the
BTS
that
is
used
to
bind
an
IP
address
to
a
entirely.
This is"false",
a unique
usedheader
in the is
DHCP
server
of
value
thestring
ethernet
counted
also.
DHCP
client
that identifies
itself client
at thethat
BTSisby a
the
BTS
for
identifying
a
DHCP
This
parameter
specifies
the fixed IP address that
system
name
(by
a "text string").
assigned
a fixed
IP
is
to be
assigned
to address.
the DHCP
client DHCP
if it requests
This
parameter
identifies
Server
This
may
either
be
onespecified
ofthe
theunique
predefined
names
a
lease
with
the
name
in
parameter
object
in
the
BTS.
Its
value
is
always
1.
This
is set
of entries
in the Tilt),
DHCP
database
of the
"RET1"
(Remote
Electrical
"RET2",
"BBU"
dhcpClientIdentifier.
BTS.
This
set
of
entries
is
used
to
bind
an
IP
and
"LMU"
or
a
user-defined
name
consisting
of
This
parameter
specifies
the
address
The
IP
address
must
be within
the IP
public
IP that
Note:This
isa not
applicable
forfixed
FlexiZone
Micro
address
to
DHCP
client
that
identifies
itself
at
up
to
20
digits
[0-9]
or
letters
[a-z]
and
[A-Z].
is
to be
assigned
tohardware
the DHCP
clientaddress
ifthe
it requests
subnet
of
the
BTS.
However,
neither
IP within
This
is
unique
(MAC)
hardware.
BTS
bythe
a hardware
address
a "MAC
a
lease
with
address
specified
in
addresses
ofthe
theMAC
BTS
nor
its(by
subnet
IPaaddress
the
DHCP
server
of
the
BTS
by
which
DHCP
This
entry
reserves
an IP address range to be
address").
parameter
dhcpHardwareIdentifier.
must
be
used.
client
identifies
itself atfor
thethe
BTS.
Theclients.
server will
used
for
assignments
DHCP
This
parameter
theoffinal
IP
address
The
address
must
bedecimal
within
the
public
IP of
To
beIP
entered
dotted
format.
then
assign
theinspecifies
IP
address
the
parameter
the
DHCP
IP
address
range.
subnet
of
the
BTS.
However,
neither
the
IP
This parameter
starting
IP address of
"DHCP
Fixed IPspecifies
Address"the
to the
client.
addresses
of address
the BTS range.
nor its subnet IP address
the
DHCP
IP
This
parameter
the unique
NTP IP
The
must be within
the public
mustIP
beaddress
used. identifies
configuration
entity
of the
BTS.
The
value isof the
This
parameter
specifies
the
IP
addresses
subnet
of
the
BTS.
To
be
entered
in
dotted
decimal
format.
The
IP address
must
be within
the public
IP
always
1. neither
Exactly
1 NTP
configuration
entity
NTP
servers.
To
be
entered
inneither
the dotted
decimal
However,
the
IP addresses
ofthe
the
BTS nor
This
flag
enables/disables
the
optional
feature
subnet
of
the
BTS.
However,
IP
always
exists
on the BTS.
format.
its
subnet
IP
address
must
be
used.
Fast
IP Rerouting.
addresses
of the BTS nor its
IP feature
addressIP
This
enables/disables
thesubnet
optional
Note:
The
NTPinserver
is mandatory
To
beflag
entered
dottedconfiguration
decimal
format.
must
be
used.
Transport
Network
Measurement.
This
enables/disables
the
optional
in
since
this
is
thedecimal
only time
source
for FTM
Tofsmr2
beparameter
entered
in
dotted
format.
NOTE:
The
individual
sessions
creation
and other
feature
"IPv6
for
U/C-plane"
(LTE125)
but
although
its
optional
in fsmr3
due the
to GPS
time
This
parameter
activates/deactivates
feature
related
parameters
configuration
should be and
availability,
its
always
treated
as
mandatory
"Transport
Separation
RAN
Sharing"
This
parameter
defines
a time
list
ofisthis
IP-Addresses
for
allowed
irrespective
of for
state
of
flag.
used
as is
a backup
ifand
GPS
lost.
If
IPsec
enabled
additional
transport
one
additional
transport
network.
By
default,
the
parameter
is
set
to
'false'
This
parameter
holds
the C-Plane
IPv4 address of
network
is deleted
or modified,
then
this
eNB
for
the
additional
transport
network.
This parameter holds the C-Plane
IPv6
address
of
actSeparationRanSharing
should be
disabled
first.
Format:
the
format
of this parameter
allows for an
this
eNB
for
the
additional
transport
network.
This
parameter
holds
the
U-Plane
IPv4
address
of
IPv4
address
in thewith
dotted
decimal
form.
Format:
parameter
IPv6
address
acc. to
this
eNB
for
the
additional
transport
network.
This
parameter holds the U-Plane IPv6 address of
RFC4291.
Format:
the
of this parameter
allows for an
this
eNB
forformat
theholds
additional
transport
network.
This
parameter
the identifier
for
the
IPv4
address
in
the
dotted
decimal
form.
Format:
parameter
with
IPv6 inaddress
acc. to
additional
transport
network
casefor"Transport
This
parameter
specifies
the
delay
re-installig
RFC4291.
Separation
for
RAN
sharing"
feature
is
supported.
routes
as activeidentifies
ones afterthe
a BFD
has
This parameter
base session
station in
the
recovered
from
down
to
up
state.
Defining
a delay
transport
network.
This
parameter
thetoggling
MAC address
can prevent
fromcontains
too heavy
of de- used
towards
BTS
subnet/LMP/SSE.
This parameter
specifies the
IP address
to beBFD
installing
and re-installing
routes
for unstable
used
for control holds
plane the
traffic.
The IP
address
mayof
sessions.
This
parameter
C-Plane
IPv6
address
collapse
with a network interface IP address. If it
this
eNB.
Control
allow/disallow
running FTP
does
notwhether
collapsetowith
aIPv6
network
interface
IP
Format:
parameter
with
address
acc.
to
server
on
Transport
module
for
security
reasons.
Enable/disable
service
OAM.
address,
it
is
considered
to
be
virtual.
RFC4291.
Valid
for onlyplane
FTLBIPand
FTIB may
HW support.
The
control
address
also
collapse
This
is the
IP address
for the BTS
subnet.
To be
NOTE:
By
default,
parameter
is
disabled
NOTE:
Ethernet
service
OAM
enabling
flag cannot
with
the
uPlaneIpAddress,
the
mPlaneIpAddress
entered
in
dotted
decimal
format.
This
is
the
subnet
mask
for
the
BTS
subnet
(FTP_SERVER_DISABLED)
get
true in ATM Iub transport mode. IP
andvalue
the sPlaneIpAddress.
address.
To
beinentered
decimal
This
controls
if dotted
the BTS
shouldformat.
respond
To
beparameter
entered
dotted in
decimal
format.
to
ICMP
and
traceroute
requests.
This parameter identifies the BTS transport IP
node
configuration.
This parameter
specifies the IP address to be
The
value
is always 1. plane traffic. The IP
usedparameter
for management
This
holds the identifier for the "Main
address
collapse with a network interface IP
Transportmay
Network"
address.
If it does
notbe
collapse
with only
a network
This parameter
shall
configured
in case
interface
IP
address,
it
is
considered
to be
virtual.is
"Transport Separation for RAN sharing"
feature
The
management
plane
IP
address
may
also
supported
collapse with the uPlaneIpAddress, the
sPlaneIpAddress and the cPlaneIpAddress.
To be entered in dotted decimal format.

This parameter holds the transport network IP

address
of the O&M
system
for the
To be
If this parameter
is set
to "true",
theFTM.
optional
TLV
entered
in
dotted
decimal
format.
received
in
a
Link
Trace
or
Loopback
message
This parameter specifies the usage of TLS
(LTM
or LBM
message)
is OPS
sent back
unchecked in
between
the eNB
the
system.
This
parameter
the MAC
address
of the
If
only
1 OMS
IPcontains
isand
configured,
then
BTSorexecutes
the
corresponding
reply
message
(LTR,
LBR).
The
usage
of TLS
requires
that
valid Plane
certificates
interface
through
which
the
U/C/M/S
is IP
an
autonomous
site
reset
after
change
of
that
This
parameter
specifies
interval
between
If
this
parameter
is eNB.
set to the
"false",
the received
are
installed
to the
configured.
address
so
that
BTS
will
take
into
use
the
new
(re-)transmissions
of Neighbor
optional
TLV is ignored
and
being
sent
This
parameter
specifies
thenot
IPSolicitation
address
to in
bethe
values.
messages
from
the
BTS.
reply-message.
used
for synchronization
plane
The
IP
This
parameter
specifies
the IP traffic.
address
the
NOTE:
By
default,
the with
parameter
is set
toof'false'
address
may
collapse
a network
interface
IP
OMS
serving
in
secondary
role.
It
is
used
for
OMS
This
parameter
shows
which
OMS
(primary
or
address.
If
it
does
not
collapse
with
a
network
resiliency.
secondary)
the
current
serving
OMS.
This
is a
This parameter
specifies
administrator
interface
IP is
address,
it is the
considered
to be
virtual.
read-only
parameter.
preference
for how
the
NE
should
select
itsswitchThe
plane
IP
address
also
This synchronization
parameter
requests
anparameter
administrative
Value
"0.0.0.0"
means
the
ismay
not
used:
serving
OMS.
Automatic
selection
(value
collapse
with
the
uPlaneIpAddress,
the
over
from
current
serving
OMS
(primary
or
a
secondary
OMS
is
not
defined.
This
structuremeans
handles
the
enables/disables
the
"automatic")
that
the
NE
autonomously
mPlaneIpAddress
and
the
cPlaneIpAddress.
secondary)
to the other
OMS.
The
parameter for
TWAMP
reflector
and UDP
echo
functionality
This
parameter
specifies
the
IP
address
to
be
selects
its
serving
OMS
based
on
availability
of
To
be
entered
in
dotted
decimal
format.
value
specifies
the OMS
to
which
the object.
switch-over
the
each
application
and
IP
interface
used
for
the
application
or
IP
interface
object.
the
configured
primary
or
secondary
OMS.
The
Note:
"
ToP
feature
(TOPF)
is
not
supported
for
This
flag
enables/disables
the
TWAMP
reflector
is
requested.
This
can
haveand
a administratively
maximum
of 10
instances
Each
address
specified
in this
structure
for as
NE
may
also
be
assigned/locked
TDD
release
only
0.0.0.0
address
can
be per
functionality
for
the
application
or
IP
interface
This
flag
enables/disables
the
UDP
echo
configured
addresses.
TWAMP
usage
must be
identical
of the
to
either the
orwith
the one
configured
configured
toconfigured
S-plane
IPprimary
address"
object.
functionality
for the
application
or IP rate
interface
This parameter
specifies
theoroverall
which
configured
eNB
application
interface
IPat
secondary
OMS
(values
"primaryForced"
and
object.
the
sends TWAMP
messages.
addresses.
"secondaryForced").
ThisBTS
parameter
specifiesinitiator
the source
port thatThe
is
messages
are
evenly
spread
overinThe
the
enabled
Format:
IPv4
address
parameter
dotted
assigned
to
the
TWAMP
reflector.
sender
This
parameter
the
IPtime.
address
to be on
TWAMP
sessions
at
any given
decimals
or IPv6specifies
address
parameter
according
any
measurement
request
packet
shall
use
thatto
used
forBy
user
plane
traffic.
The IP is
address
may
This
parameter
holds
the
U-Plane
IPv6
address
of
NOTE:
default,
the
parameter
set
to
RFC
4291.
port
to reach
TWAMP
reflector.
collapse
with the
a network
interface
IP address. If it
this
eNB.
'RATE_10'
This isnot
thecollapse
weight value
to
be used
in the WFQ
does
with
network
interface
IP
Format:
parameter
witha
IPv6
address
acc.
to and
aggregation
scheduler
for
Service
OAM
Note:
UDP
ports
7provides
(standard
UDP
echo
port)
The
IPRM
object
filtering
services
for IP
address,
it
is
considered
to
be
virtual.
RFC4291.
messages.
port
range
5001..5010
(UDP
ports
of collapse
TWAMP
packets
from
and
to
the
attached
site
support
The
user
plane
IP
address
may
also
with
With
this
parameter,
the
user
can holds
select
theport.
way
NOTE:
By
default,
the
parameter
weight
sender)
shall
not
be
used
for
UDP
reflector
equipment.
In
this
concept,
by
default
the
site
the
mPlaneIpAddress,
the
sPlaneIpAddress
and
how
to
define source
two.
This
parameter
is only
meaningful
if parameter
value
10
support
equipment
cannot
be accessed.
IPRM
the
cPlaneIpAddress.
The
possible
values
are:
sourceTwoDiscr
has
value
SINGLE
RANGE.
Note:
When
configuring
TWAMP
reflector
service,
This
meaningful
iforsource
two is
defines
upa to
32
to only
this
rule.
Each
To
beparameter
entered
inisexceptions
dotted
decimal
format.
SINGLE:
single
IP
address
it is important
to configure
a UDP
portIP
that
is not in
defined
as
RANGE;
in
all
other
cases
it
is
ignored.
exception
is
defined
as
a
destination
address
An
alphanumeric
string
assigned
by
the
user
toIP
RANGE:
a
range
of
IP
addresses
given
by
an
If
sourceTwoDisc
has
SINGLE,
this
use
by any
other
service
(such
as
for
"SourceTwoNet
Mask"
specifies
a 500
netmask
which,
to/from
which
traffic
is value
allowed.
Ports
or
protocol
identify
the
Restricted
Mode
exception.
address
and
a
subnet
mask
This
parameter
the for
unique
instance
parameter
specifies
the account.
only
IP
address
from /of
IKE/IPsec
for
example).
Otherwise
both
TWAMP
when
applied
toidentifies
"IP
address
source
types
are
not
taken
into
NOTE:
This
parameter
is always
mandatory
fortwo",
exception
WILDCARD:
any
IPservice
adress
is allowed
class
IPRM.
The
value
is
1.
towards
which
traffic
is
allowed.
and
the
conflicting
will
be
impacted
This
parameter
identifies
the
routing
table.
The
yields
the
allowed
range
of
IPIP
addresses
forand
NOTE:
Exception
can
overlap
but
they cannot
and
must
be
unique
If
sourceTwoDisc
has
value
RANGE,
this
not
work
as
expected.
As
many
of
the
ports
value
is
always
1.
source
two.
have
exactly
the
same
configuration
This
is aare
set
of entries,
each
static
IP
Note:This
isspecifies
not
applicable
fordefining
FlexiZone
Micro
parameter
the
upper
limit
of aaservices,
range
of it
1..1023
typically
in use
various
route.
This
parameter
identifies
the
Bidirectional
hardware.
IP
addresses
from
/
towards
which
traffic
is
is recommended
to select
a portformat.
starting from
To
be entered in dotted
decimal
Forwarding
Detection
(BFD)
session
that
shall
allowed.
1024
(inIPmost
ofspecifies
the255.255.255.255
cases
the
default
setting
This parameter
the
host
or and
network
NOTE:
address
0.0.0.0
protect
this
route.
The
parameter
value
shall
To
be
entered
in
dotted
decimal
format.
should
be
appropriate).
address
for the destination
ofIP
anaddress
IP route.ofItthe
needs
are
not
allowed
This
parameter
the
match
one
ofwith
thespecifies
object
instance
identifiers
the
NOTE:
IP
address
0.0.0.0
isTWAMP
not
allowed
Note:For
Flexizone
micro,
reflectorofport
to
be
in
line
the
network
mask.
next
IP
hop
via
which
athe
remote
network
canTobebe
Specifies
mask
remote
network.
BFD
managed
object
class.
number
isthe
always
onof5018.
To
be
entered
in
dotted
decimal
format.
reached.
be entered
dotted
decimal format.
entered
inTo
dotted
decimal
Value
0 means
the
routeinis
not protected
This parameter
specifies
aformat.
cost
value for by
thisany
BFD
session.
route.
Lower preference
lower
cost.table.
The
This parameter
identifiesmeans
the IPv6
routing
FTM
shall
use
by
preference
routes
with
lower
The
value
is of
always
1. each defining a static IPv6
This
is a set
entries,
preference
value.
route.parameter identifies the Bidirectional
This
The
management
system
provides atthat
minimum
Forwarding
Detection
(BFD)
shall
Destination
IPv6
Address
Of session
The of
Static
Route
the
route
for
the
default
gateway
the
protect this route. The parameter value FTM.
shall
This
is one
the IPv6
parameter
of the
(public).
match
of theprefix-length
object instance
identifiers
of the
destination
IPv6
address.
This parameter
specifies
the IPv6 address of the
BFD
managed object
class.
Format:
parameter
acc.
toisRFC4291.
next
via which
a remote
network
be
ValueIP
0 hop
means
the
route
not protected
by
This
parameter
specifies
a cost
value forcan
thisany
reached.
BFD
session.
route.
Lower
preference
means
lower
cost.
The
This
parameter
configures
theaddress
IP address
oftoIPsec
Format:
parameter
with IPv6
acc.
FTM
shall
use
by preference
routes with
lower
emergency
bypass
control
server
This
parameter
is used for enabling/disabling
RFC4291.
preference
value.
IPsec
emergency
bypassto exit the active IPsec
This is action parameter
emergency
bypass
requestthe
state.
This
parameter
configures
timer value for the
IPsec emergency bypass ping request

This parameter indicates IPsec emergency bypass

status
This parameter switches IPsec globally on (value
true)
or off (value
false). the BTS transport IPsec
This parameter
identifies
FlexiZone
Micro
supports
IPSec
on1.non-bearer
configuration.
The
value ispolicies
always
This
the list of security
of the FTM.
trafficisonly
Each
entry
in
the
list
consists
of
several
If this flag is true,anti replay checking for the IPsec
parameters.
connections
of this
policy
enabled,
elsetoit be
is
This is the size
of the
anti is
replay
window
switched
off.
used
on the security
policy.
This parameter
specifies
the delay between the
sending
of
two
consecutive
This
parameter
specifies
theDPS
time
after
which the
The
parameter is only
relevant
the
parameter
INFORMATIONAL
messages
byif the
BTS.
The
BTS
raises
the
Dead
Peer
Detected
(DPD)
alarm.
This
parameter holds
the
ESP
encryption
antiReplayEnabled
has
the
value
True.the BTS
INFORMATIONAL
message
indicates
is
The
parameter
dpddelay
specifies
the
delay
algorithm
to be applied
to
the
traffic
data
packet
This
parameter
selects
the
DH
group
to
be
used
in
still
alive.
between
the
sending
of two consecutive DPS
for
which
the
policy
matches.
the
establishment
and
rekeying
of
IKE
SAs
For
IKEv2,
the
BTS
raises
the
Dead
Peer
This parameter holds
the encryption
algorithm
INFORMATIONAL
messages
by the BTS.
The at
Detected
(DPD)
alarm
if thetoremote
peer
has
the
IKE
layer
to holds
be
applied
the
traffic
data
INFORMATIONAL
message
indicates
that
thenot
This
parameter
the
IKE
protocol
version
of
The
default
value
for
ESP
encryption
algorithm
sent
any
INFORMATIONAL
message
to
the
BTS
packet
for
which
the policy
matches.
BTS
is2still
alive.(priority
this
association
used
for
this
policy.
offers
values
list)
where
This
flag
rules
the
basic
of Peer
a of
traffic data
after
the BTS
sent
atreatment
fixed
number
For
IKEv1,
thehas
BTS
raises
the
-packet
AES-128
CBC
is tried
first
(1.Dead
priority)
andof this
that
applies
to
the
selection
criteria
INFORMATIONAL
messages.
This
parameter
holds
the
local
IP address
of the
The
default
value
fortried
IKE
encryption
algorithm
Detected
(DPD)
alarm
if the
remote
peer
has
not
-policy.
3DES-192
CBC
is
next
(2.priority).
For
IKEv1
the
BTS
raises
the
DPD
alarm,
if the
the
data
traffic
packet
for
this
policy
as
seen
by
offers
2
values
(priority
list)
where
sent
back
any
INFORMATIONAL
messages
after
This
is the
port
of back
the local
IP address. If
values
have
the
following
remote
peer
hasnumber
not
sent
anydpdtimeout
FTM.
-The
AES-128
CBC
is
tried
first
(1.meaning:
priority)
and
the
time
defined
in
the
parameter
has
value
-1 is
configured,
the
IPSec
policy
is valid
This
parameter
specifies
the
length
netmask
to in
"DISCARD":
the
packet
is
discarded
without
any
INFORMATIONAL
messages
after
the
time
-expired.
3DES-192
CBC
is
tried
next
(2.priority).
the
same
way
to
and
from
all
ports
of
the
local
IP
the
parameter
localIpPrefixLength.
further
action
or
notification,
i.e. itformat.
is prevented
defined
in the
parameter
dpdtimeout
has expired.
Local
IPsec
tunnel
endpoint
IPv4
address.
To
be
entered
in
dotted
decimal
address.
Prefix
length for
IPV4
: 0-32 destination.
from passing
to its
designated
This
islength
the order
number
of the security
Prefix
for
IPV6
: is
0-128
"BYPASS":
the
packet
delivered
toand
its policy.
To
befollowing
entered
innumber
dotted
decimal
format.
The
combinations
of
local
remote
IP
Only
the
lowest
of
several
equally
The
following
combinations
of
local
and
remote
This
parameter
the
protocol
information
destination
without
any
other
processing,
inandofIP
addresses,
localholds
and
remote
port
numbers
matching
policies
is
executed
on
a
specific
traffic
addresses,
local
and
remote
port
numbers
and
the
IPparameter
packet
according
toremote
RFC791
or of the
particular
without
any the
further
IPsec-related
This
holds
IP (IPv4)
address
protocol
are
feasible:
data
packet.
protocol
are
feasible:
RFC1883
(IPv6).
processing.
data
traffic
packet
for
this
policy
as
seen
by/32
the
--This
a
single
address
(equivalent
to
netmask
/32
in
the
port
number
ofwill
the
IP
address.
single
IPIP
address
(equivalent
to
netmask
infor
If
theisparameter
has
value
-1,beremote
the
policy
is
valid
"PROTECT":
the
packet
made
subject
to
FTM.
IPv4),
no
particular
protocol/port
If
value
isof
configured,
the
IPSec
policy
is valid
IPv4),
no-1particular
protocol/port
This
parameter
the
length
netmask
to
all
protocols.
the
settings
itsspecifies
security
policy.
-in
a
single
IP
address,
selected
protocol/port
the
same
way
to
and
from
all
ports
of
the
-the
single
IP
address,
selected
protocol/port
parameter
remoteIpPrefixLength.
parameter
holds
the
remote
IPsec tunnel
To
entered
inno
dotted
decimal
format.
-This
IP
subnet,
particular
protocol/port
remote
IP address.
- an
IPbe
subnet,
no
particular
protocol/port
Prefix
length
for
IPV4as: 0-32
The
following
combinations
ofby
local
remote
IP
endpoint
IP address
seen
the and
FTM.
It of an
- IP
an subnet,
IP
subnet,
selected
protocol/port.
parameter
holds
the
maximum
lifetime
-This
selected
protocol/port.
Prefix
length
for
IPV6
:
0-128
addresses,
port
numbers
and
protocol
are
corresponds
tocombinations
the
IKE association
peer
for will
which
The
following
of
local
and remote
IP
IPSEC
security
association.
The
IPSEC
SA
be
The
following
combinations
of
local
remote
IP
eUTRA
frequency
(max.
value
ref
toand
3GPP
36.331
feasible:
the
given
secret
shared
key
is
used.
addresses,
local
and
remote
port
numbers
and
Parameter
value
0.0.0.0
means
"wildcard"
all
IP
rekeyed
at
a
random
time
between
270
and
180
addresses,
local
and
remote
port
numbers
and
chapter
6.4)
asin
EARFCN
valueto
-To
single
IP
address
(equivalent
netmask
/32 in
Absolute
priority
of
the
EUTRA
carrier
frequency
be entered
dotted
decimal
format.
protocol
are
feasible:
addresses
are
allowed.
seconds
before
the
maximum
lifetime
expires,
i.e.
protocol
are
feasible:
IPv4),
no
particular
protocol/port
-Both
address
(equivalent
netmask
/32
in
IP IP
address
formats
can
beto
used.
between
(saMaxLifetime

270
seconds)
and
-- single
single
IP
address
(equivalent
to
netmask
/32
in
singlepriorities
IP
address,
selected
Equal
between
RATsprotocol/port
are
supported
IPv4),
no
particular
protocol/port
Format:
IPv4
address
parameter
innot
dotted
(saMaxLifetime
180
seconds)
after
establishing
IPv4),
no
particular
protocol/port
-according
IP
subnet,
no
particular
protocol/port
to
[3GPP
36.304].
-decimals
single
IP
address,
selected
protocol/port
or
IPv6
address
parameter
acc.
the
IPSEC
SA.
-- single
IP address,
selected
protocol/port to RFC
IP
subnet,
selected
protocol/port.
-4291.
IP
subnet,
no
particular
protocol/port
Weight
factor
of
EUTRA
carrier
frequency used by
- IP subnet, no particular protocol/port
-Note:
IP
subnet,
selected
protocol/port.
round
robin
algorithm
for
idle
mode
- IP subnet, selected protocol/port. load
balancing.
IKE SAs with a fixed maximum lifetime of 86400
Parameter
value
0.0.0.0
means
"wildcard"
- all IP
When
the(24
parameter
is not
defined,
the
seconds
hours)
will
be
rekeyed
at
acell
random
Defines
theare
inter-frequency
list.main
addresses
allowed.
corresponding
carrier
is 180
not blacklisted
used
in selecting
time
between
3870
and
seconds
before the
Indicates
the
number
of PCIs
in
the
range
Both
IPforaddress
formats
can
used.
target
IdleModeMobilityControlInfo
for
load and
maximum
lifetime
expires,
i.e.be
between
82530
(including
startPCI).
Value
n4
corresponds
with
Format:
IPv4
address
parameter
in
dotted
balancing.
Weighted
round
robin
algorithm
shall4,
Indicates
the lowest
in the range
86220
seconds
afterPCI
establishing
the IKE SA
n12
corresponds
with
12 frequency
and
so on.for
The
UE
decimals
or IPv6
parameter
acc.
tomode
RFC
select
always
oneaddress
target
idle
This
is avalue
list of1neighbouring
cells with
specific
applies
ifwhich
the field
is absent,
which case
4291.balancing,
load
is matching
UEincapabilities,
values
for
idleCell
mode
mobility
parameters
The
Identifier
isvalue
a unique
cell
only
the
physical
cell
identity
indicated
to bePhysical
used
as main
target
for
idle
mode
load by
identification
in
a
Neighbouring
Cell
List.
Ithighest
is(in
used
start
applies.
balancing
and this
target
have always
The
parameter
defines
a will
cell-specific
offset
dB)
to
indicate
the
physical
layer
identity
of
the
cell,
as
priority
assigned
in
RRC
Release
message.
All
that
is
used
in
the
cell
reselection
procedure.
Quality
thresholds
used by the UE when
defined
in
TS
36.211
other
target
frequency
for
idle
mode
load
This
specifies
the offset
between
two cells.
reselecting
towards
a different
priority
frequency.
This specifies
the quality
threshold
used
by the UE
balancing
matching
UE capabilities
and configured
Not
recognized
by
UEs
<
Rel9.
when
reselecting
aCDFIM
higherand
priority
in LNCEL,
IRFIM,
UFFIM,threshold
GNFL
willUE
This
specifies
thetowards
quality
used
by the
frequency
than
the
currently
serving
frequency.
be added
as
well,
but
with alowered
priorities
as
when
reselecting
towards
lower
priority
This
specifies the
used by the UE when
Not
recognized
bythreshold
UEs
< Rel9.
configured
for SIB
with
kept
hierarchy
of priorities.
frequency
than
the
currently
serving
frequency.
reselecting
towards
a
higher
priority
frequency
X
This
specifies the
threshold
used
in reselection
The
algorithm
shall
calculate
proportional
weights
Not
recognized
by
UEs
<
Rel9.
than
the
currently
serving
frequency
towards
frequency
X priority from
a higher
priority
corresponding
to configured
values.
There
is no
The IE PresenceAntennaPort1
is used
to indicate
frequency
check
about
the
sum
of
weights
configured
by Port
the
whether all the neighboring cells use Antenna
user.
1.
When set to TRUE, the UE may assume that at
least two cell-specific antenna ports are used in all
neighboring cells.

EUTRA Cell Reselection Timer

This parameter uniquely identifies an IRFIM (Interfrequency
Idle Mode configuration)
managed
The IE AllowedMeasBandwidth
is used
to indicate
objects.
the
maximum
allowed
measurement
Pmax to be used for the neighbouringbandwidth
E-UTRA
common
for carrier
all neighbouring
cells
on ais absent,
cells
on this
frequency.
If Pmax
Frequency-specific
offset
for equal
priority Ecarrier
frequency.
The
values
mbw6,
the
maximum
power according to thembw15,
UE
UTRAN
frequencies.
Minimum
required
quality mbw100
level in inter-frequency
mbw25,
indicate 6, 15,
capabilitymbw50,
is used.mbw75,
neighbor
25,
50, 75cells.
andminimum
100 resource
blocks
respectively.
Specifies
the
required
Rx RSRP
level for
Not
recognized by
UEs <cells
Rel9.
the
neighboring
EUTRA
on
this
carrier
The parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor
frequency.
for
in TSis36.304.
If the
field
TheTreselectionEUTRAN"
field t-ReselectionEUTRA
multiplied
with
is
not
present,
the
UE
behavior
is
specified
in
TS
this
factor
if the UE is in the High
Mobility state
The
field t-ReselectionEUTRA
is multiplied
with as
36.304
defined
in
36.304
this
if the holds
UE is the
in Medium
Mobility
state
Thisfactor
parameter
IP address
of the
BTSasin
defined
in 36.304.
the
transport
network
for
this
VLAN.
It
is
This is the IPv6 address of the VLAN Ethernet
accompanied
withtowards
a subnetthe
mask.
network
interface
external transport
This is the
IPv6 prefix-length
parameter
of the
network.
VLAN
Ethernet
network
interface
towards
This
parameter
holds
theIPv6
network
mask
forthe
the
Format:
parameter
with
address
acc.
to
external
transport
network.
local
IP
address
of
the
BTS
in
the
transport
This
parameter
specifies
if multiple
PHB queues
RFC4291.
Format:
parameter
according
to RFC4291.
network
for
thisthis
VLAN.
are
over
VLAN
or only
single
Thisused
parameter
holds
the interface
shaper burst
sizea for
a
one.
Multiple
PHB
queues
allow
DSCP
based
specific
VLAN
interface.
Note:
Values
1
and
2
are
not
allowed.
This
holds the shaper information rate
trafficparameter
prioritisation.
for
a
specific
VLAN
interface.
For FTLB,
the
This parameter specifies
the VLAN
identifier
actual
minimum
egress
rate
is
1.18
Mbps
and on
number
of the VLAN
network
interface.
This parameter
identifies
the egress
VLAN
interface
FSM-r3,
the actual
minimum
rate is 1.56
object.
Value
is 1 to
9. limitations
Up
VLANs
canWFQ
exist on
This isdue
the
weight
value
to to
be9used
the
Mbps
to
technical
oninOcteon.
the
BTS.
aggregation
scheduler
for thisvalues
VLANtointerface.
This
mapsinterfaces
DSCP
priority
BTS parameter
supports VLAN
with only
one PHB
queues.
The
table
contains
at
most
64
This parameter
specifies
a DSCP
value.
queue
but two VLAN
interfaces
can
be entries,
configured
one
forPHB
eachqueues.
possible DSCP value (0..63).
with
This 6parameter
specifies a priority queue.
This parameter
enables
the layer 2
switching
Default
values for
FTIB hardware
unit
type:
FTIB
hardware
unit type:
feature.
DSCP
values
48,46
and
56
map
to
priority
queue
This
parameter
specifies
thefrom
weight
for
1st4
Priority
queue
values
range
1 to
4 the
where
If
the
feature
is
switched
off
(false),
the
Ethernet
1,
this
is
the
strict
priority
queue.
priority
queue.
This
parameter
specifies
the
weight
for
the
means
lowest
and
1eNB
means
The
switching
between
backhaul
DSCP
values
38,
36,
34,and
30,highest
28 andpriority.
26network
mapsecond
to
priority
queue.
default
value
of
the
parameter
=
4.
This parameter
the
weight
for
the ports
third
remains
operational,
butthe
all
other
Ethernet
priority
queue
2,specifies
this is
first
WRR
priority
FTLB
hardware
unitconnected
type:
priority
queue.
are
inactive.
eNBs
to those
ports
are
queue.
This
parameter
specifies
thefrom
weight
the
fourth
The
default
value
of
this
parameter
=for
1
the
Priority
queue
values
range
1transport
to
6 for
where
effectively
disconnected
from
the
DSCP
values
22,
20,
18,
14,
12
and
10
map
to6
priority
queue.
This
parameter
specifies
the
weight
for
the
fifth
FTIB
hardware
unit.
means
lowest
and
1
means
highest
priority.
The
network.
priority
queue 3,isthis
is supported
the secondfor
WRR
priorityand
This
parameter
only
FTLB
priority
queue.
The
default
value
of
this
parameter
=the
4 for
the
default
value
ofpriority
the
parameter
= 6. frames.
Default
VLAN
for
untagged
queue.
FSMr3
hardwareis
unit
types.
This
parameter
only
supported
for
the
FTLB
and
FTLB
hardware
unit.
All other
DSCP values
map
default
to priority
This
parameter
specifies
theby
VLAN
identifier
that
FSMr3
hardware
unit
types.
Every
untagged
ingress
Ethernet
frame
at
this
queue
4, this
is the third
WRR
priority
queue.
is
inserted
internally
by the
FTM
into an
untagged
This
parameter
specifies
which
priority
queue
shall
interface
gets assigned
this
Port
Default
Priority.
ingress
frame
that
enters
the
layer
2
switch
via If
be
used
for
non-IP
frames.
Non-IP
frames
This
parameter
specifies
which
priority
queue
shall
QoS
classification
mode
is
configured
to
VLANDefault
valuesinterface
for
FTLB
FSMr3
hardware
unit
this
Ethernet
- ifand
parameter
examples
are
ARP-,
Ethernet
OAMand
be
used
for
frames
with
VLAN
PCP
bits
value
0.
PCP,
this
priority
is
used
for
enqueing
decision
of
type:
This
parameter
specifies
which
priority
queue
shall
discardUntagged
has value
"false"
for the
Ethernet
Synchronous
Ethernet
messages.
the
frame.
If
the
frame
egresses
the
switch
DSCP
values
48,46
and
56
map
to
priority
queue
be
used
forrange
frames
with parameter
VLAN
PCP
value
1.
interface.
This
parameter
specifies
which
priority
queue
shall
The
value
ofpriority
this
=bits
1..4
for the
the
The
value
range
of
this
1..4
for
tagged,
priority
shall
be
used
in=
the
VLAN
tag
1, this
isthis
the
strict
queue.
To
transmit
the
frame
viaparameter
the
same
or
another
be
used
for
frames
with
VLAN
PCP
bits
value
2.
FTIB
hardware
unit.
This
parameter
specifies
which
priority
queue
shall
FTIB
hardware
unit.
header.
DSCP
values
38,
36
andparameter
34 map
to= priority
queue
The
value
range
of
this
1..4
for
the
Ethernet
interface,
after
layer
2
switching
has
The
value
range
of
this
parameter
=bits
1..6
for
the
be
used
frames
with
VLAN
PCP
value
3.
The
value
range
of
parameter
1..6
for
2,
this
is for
the
firstunit.
WRR
priority
queue.
This
parameter
specifies
which
priority
queue
shall
FTIB
hardware
been
performed,
thethis
same
VLAN
Id=
must
bethe
The
value
range
of
this
parameter
=
1..4
for
the
FTLB
hardware
unit.
FTLB
hardware
unit.
DSCP
values
30,
28
and
26
map
to
priority
queue
be
used
forrange
with
VLAN
value
4.
The
value
of
this
parameter
==bits
1..6
forboth
the
configured
inframes
the
VLAN
identifier
list
of
that
This
parameter
specifies
whichPCP
priority
shall
FTIB
hardware
unit.
The
default
value
this
parameter
1
for
The
value
range
ofof
this
parameter
==1..4
forthe
the
default
value
of
this
parameter
4 queue
for
3,
this
is the
second
WRR
priority queue.
FTLB
hardware
unit.
Ethernet
interface
(see
parameter
l2VlanIdList).
be
used
for
frames
with
VLAN
PCP
value
5.
The
value
range
of20,
this
parameter
=bits
1..6
for the
hardware
unit
types,
this
is
priority
This
parameter
specifies
which
priority
queue
FTIB
hardware
unit.
unit,
this
is
athe
Weighted
DSCP
values
22,
18,
14,
12strict
and
10
map
toshall
The
value
range
ofofbe
this
parameter
==1..4
forthe
the
default
value
this
parameter
4 Round
for
Else
the
frame
will
discarded.
FTLB
hardware
unit.
queue.
be
used
for
frames
with
VLAN
PCP
bits
value
6.
The
value
range
of
this
parameter
=
1..6
for
the
Robin
priority
queue.
priority
queue 4,unit.
this this
is the
third
WRR priority
This
parameter
specifies
which
priority
queue
shall
FTIB
hardware
unit,
is
a
Weighted
Round
The
value
range
ofof
this
parameter
==
1..4
forthe
the
default
value
this
parameter
3
for
FTLB
hardware
unit.
The
default
value
of
this
parameter
=
6
for
the
queue.
be
used
forrange
frames
with
VLAN
PCP
value
7.
The
value
of this
parameter
=bits
1..6
for the
Robin
priority
queue.
This
parameter
specifies
which
priority
queue
shall
FTIB
hardware
unit.
unit,
this
is
aaby
Weighted
Round
The
value
range
ofof
this
parameter
==
1..4
forthe
the
default
value
this
parameter
3
for
FTLB
hardware
unit,
this
is
Weighted
Round
All
other
DSCP
values
map
default
to
priority
FTLB
hardware
unit.
The
default
value
of
this
parameter
=
4
for
the
be
used
forrange
untagged
frames.
The
value
of this
parameter
= 21..6
for the is
Robin
priority
queue.
This
parameter
specifies
if athe
layer
switching
FTIB
hardware
unit.
unit,
this
is
Round
Robin
priority
queue.
queue
6, this
is
the
fifth
WRR
priority
queue.
The
value
range
ofof
this
==
1..4
forthe
the
default
value
this
parameter
2
for
FTLB
hardware
unit,
thisparameter
is
aWeighted
Weighted
Round
FTLB
hardware
unit.
The
default
value
of
this
parameter
=
4
for
based
on DSCP
to
mapping
or
on
PCP
to
The
value
range
of PHB
this
parameter
=
1..6
forthe
the
Robin
priority
queue.
This
parameter
identifies
the
layer
2
switch.
The
FTIB
hardware
unit.
unit,
this
is
a
Weighted
Round
Robin
priority
queue.
The
value
range
of
this
parameter
=
1..4
for
the
value
of
this
=
2
the
FTLB
hardware
unit,
this parameter
is a Weighted
Round
PHB
mapping.
FTLB
hardware
unit.
The default
default
value
ofthis
this
parameter
=1..6
4 for
for
the
value
is
always
1.
The
value
range
of
parameter
=
for
the
Robin
priority
queue.
FTIB
hardware
unit.
unit,
this
is
Weighted
Round
Robin
priority
queue.
-The
In case
it isvalue
DSCP
to
PHB
priority
default
of
this
parameter
=
1
for
the
FTLB
hardware
unit,
this
isaamapping,
Weighted
Round
FTLB
hardware
unit.
The
default
value
ofthis
this
parameter
=1..6
3the
for
The
value
range
of
parameter
=
forthe
the
Robin
priority
queue.
queue
for
egress
traffic
is
taken
from
parameter
FTIB
hardware
unit,
this
is
the
strict
priority
queue.
Robin
priority
queue.
The
default
value
of
this
=
1
for
both
FTLB
hardware
unit,
this parameter
is a Weighted
Round
FTLB
hardware
unit.
The
default
value
of
this
parameter
=
3
for
the
dscpMap
for
IP
frames
and
from
parameter
The
default
value
of this
parameter
=priority
2 for the
hardware
unit
types,
this
is
the
strict
Robin
priority
queue.
The
default
value
of for
this
parameter
= 1, Round
this is the
FTLB
hardware
unit,
this
is
a
Weighted
priorityQueueNonIP
non-IP
frames.
FTLB
hardware
unit,
this
is
a
Weighted
Round
queue.
strict
priority
queue.
Robin
priority
queue.
-Robin
In case
it is PCP
to PHB mapping, the priority
priority
queue.
queue for egress traffic is taken from the

This parameter controls the VLAN behavior of the

Transport
Ethernet
switching.
applicable
The LTE local
cell resource
is Itanisobject
that when
the
switching
feature
is
enabled.
consists
of the
HWEqualizer
required delay
by onefor
cell
for
Defines
the
Delay
cell
If set to "true",
ethernet
frames
tagged
with a
transmission
and
receiving.
Local
cell
resource
assigned
to
the
Repeater
Interface
Unit.
The
resource
list
specifies
antenna
VLAN
ID is
shall
beto
switched
between
twoline
ethernet
identifier
used
addressthe
one
particular
local
resources
allocated
for
the
given
local
cell.
member
ports
of
a
layer
2
bridge
only,
if
both
Identifies
the at
specific
antenna
line. is uniqueports
cell
resource
the BTS.
The lCelId
TX
and
resources
freely Else
be assign
to local
are
member
ofWith
the same
VLAN.
the packet
within
a RX
BTS.
thecan
Configuration
Data
Identifies
the
subsidiary
cell.
cells.
The
functionality
is
guaranteed
only
for
shall
be
dropped.
The
handling
of
untagged
message, the local cell resource can be
States
the
purpose
of
use
of this
antenna
officially
supported
and
tested
configurations.
frames
depends
the
parameter
associated
to theon
cell
identifier
used
at theline
radio
which
can
becases
either
forhandling
receiving
and
transmitting
There
will In
be
no
error
when
unofficial
acceptableFrameTypes.
This parameter
defines
the
sector
covered
interface.
when
thespatial
configuration
is
(main
antenna
line),
just
transmitting
(diversity
configurations
used.
by
the
Cells
inID
the
same
sectorrelated
must
have
initialized
atunique
theare
BTS,
the
signaling
to a cell
This
istocell.
the
of
the
neighbor
eNB
within
antenna
line)
or
just
receiving
(diversity
If
set
"false",
any
VLAN
information
isantenna
not
same
value
for
sectorId.
is
addressed
using
the
cell
identifier
instead
of the
PLMN,
adjEnbId
and
plmnId
form the
Both
IP where
address
formats
canThe
be used.
line).
HW
dependencies:
considered
when
switching.
switching
is
local
cell
resource
identifier.
neighbor
global
eNB
Format:
IPv4
inaddress
dotted
FSMr3:
Only
2address
or ID.
4parameter
RX resources
can
be
purely
based
onRX
MAC
Destination
lookupIP
The parameter
determines
whether
the
C-Plane
decimals
or
IPv6
address
parameter
acc.
to RFC
assigned
oneneighbor
LCELL. eNB
result. oftothe
address
(X2
link)
is
statically
This
is aOnly
globally
group identification
of the
4291.
FSMr2:
Runique
type eNB
configuration
four
antenna
configured
orin
whether
is allowed
to update
MME(s)
connected
to
the
neighbor
eNB.
The
ID is
Mobile
Country
Code
in
PLMN
identity
included
lines
can
be based
assigned
to
one LCELL.
the
address
on
information
provided
by in
received
during
the
X2
setup
procedure
for
the
GU
group
ID.ID
and MNC
build
a ID.
unique
IPv6
support
isMCC
provided
in object
IPNO the
MME
group
included
inwhen
GU
group
ANR
procedures.
respective
X2
link
from
the
neighboring
eNB.
PLMN
ID.
parameter
actIpv6
is
configured
to
"true".
Sector
Configuration
Types
A,
G,
and
I
use
2
oamControlled
X2 link:in PLMN identity included
Mobile
Network
in
antIds
per
radio Code
module.
It
is
the
responsibility
of
the
operator
to
configure
GU
group
ID.
MCC
and
MNC
build
a
unique
This
parameter
determines
the
range
of
MNC.
Sector
Configuration
Type H uses antennas from
the
correct
cPlaneIpAddr.
PLMN
ID.
2
radio
modules,1
radio module.
This
is the
instanceper
identifier
of the object LNADJ.
Sector
Configuration
Type
P uses
antennas from
This
parameter
appears
only
in the
the3neighbor
distinguished
enbControlled
X2
link:
This
is the
primary PLMN ID of
eNB.
2
radio
modules.
name
(DN)
in the
plan
andplmnId
is used
for O&M
The
IP
address
will
be file
maintained
byform
ANR
The
parameter
adjEnbId
and
the
Mobile
Country
CodeType
in theRare
primary
Sector
Configuration
uses
4 PLMN
antennas
purposes.
procedures
if ANR
activated.
ItID
is of
the
globally
unique
eNBfeatures
ID.
neighbor
eNB.
MCC
and
MNC
build
the
PLMN
from
RIU
and
radio
module,
2 antennas
per
radio
Mobile
Network
Code
in the
primary
PLMN
ID
ofID.
It
is highly
recommended
to
use
for object
creation
default
value
for
neighbor
eNBs
which
have
been
module.
the
eNB.
MCCvalue
and within
MNC
build
PLMN
lowest
free
lnAdjId
all LNADJ
learnt
via ANR
procedures.
Theneighbor
MNC
length
determines
the
range
ofthe
MNC
in
Sector
Configuration
Types
D,
E,
J and
M use of
4
ID.
instances
of
an
eNB.
This
is
to
avoid
rejection
the
primary
PLMN
ID.
The
whether
the if
antIds
radioprovides
module.
plan parameter
fileper
activation
due toinformation
colliding lnAdjId
values
X2
link
is
successfully
established.
Sector
Configuration
Types
K
and
N
use
4
ARFCN
Value
of theisGERAN
neighbour
cell by
an
LNADJ
instance
automatically
created
antennas
fromof2 activated
radio modules,features.
2 antIds per radio
(Part
of CarrierFrequency)
eNB
because
Bandindicator
Value of theANR
GERAN neighbour cell
module.
(Part
of CarrierFrequency)
BaseStation
Colour
Code hardware
of GERANrelated
neighbour
Please
consider
following
The
IE
BandIndicatorGERAN
indicates how to
cell
Notes:
This
parameter
indicates
whether
the GERAN
information:
interpret
an associated
GERAN
carrier
ARFCN,
In
RIUcell
coupled
mode
configuration
(RIU chained
target
is
DTM-capable.
This
information
FSMr2
supports
at
maximum
128
LNADJ
Cell TS
Identity
of [20].
GERAN
neighbor
cell
see
45.005
More
specifically,
the IE is
(Part
of
PhysicalCellId)
with
Radioper
modules
and same
LNCEL
is radiated
evaluated
during
SRVCC
to GERAN
instances
LNCEL.
indicates
the
GERAN
frequency
bandwhen
in case the
LAC
GERAN
neighbour
cell
from of
allsupports
modules)
local
cells
need
to be
deciding
whether
the
UE
is
available
for
FSMr3
at
maximum
256
LNADJ
(Part
of GERAN
global
cell either
ID; CGI)
ARFCN
value can
concern
a DCSPS
1800 or a
commissioned
to the (RAC)
chained
radio
modules
and
Routing
Areas
Code
of
GERAN
neighbor
service
instances
per
LNCEL.
PCS
1900
carrier
frequency.
For
ARFCN
values
(Part
of GERAN global cell ID; CGI)
RIU
modules.
cell.
GeranTarget_INDEX
uniquely
identifies
set of
not associated with one
of these
bands, athe
In this case R-type configuration must be used
GERAN
neighbour
cell
parameters
within
an
eNB.
indicator
is
not
relevant.
Mobile
Country
Code
included
in
the
PLMN
ID
of
used4The
as
described
in
TS36.413
section
and
antlIds
must
beis
configured
toestablishing
the 9.2.1.6
Hint:
RAC
value
needed
a
Used
by the
operator
on
the cellfor
level
to associate
the
GERAN
neighbour
cell
resourceList.
Mobile
Network
Code
included
in
the
PLMN
ID
of
RIM
association,
that
is
no
RIM
association
will
be
an
GERAN
neighbour
cell to a particular LTE cell
"0000
and FFFE
not
allowed."
the
GERAN
neighbour
cell
established
if
the
value
is
omitted
even
if
the
Length
Mobileglobal
Network
Code
included in the
(Part
of of
ID; CGI)
In case
aGERAN
RIU module
iscell
detected
by the eNB, 4
feature
PLMN
ID
of
the
GERAN
neighbour
cell
Network
Colour
Code
ofcell
GERAN
neighbour
RX
reception
not
supported
LNCELs
thecell
RIU
(Part
of GERAN
global
ID; in
CGI)
LTE498:
RANisInformation
Management
for
GSM
(Part
of
PhysicalCellId)
is
associated.
Network
Control
Order
Value
of
the
GERAN
activated.
(Part
of check
GERAN
global
cell ID;
CGI) LNHOGPlease
that
this
NCC
is allowed
neighbor
cell,status
where
the
different
parametertovalue
Provides
the
of
the
RIM
association
nccperm.
mean:
serving
BSS.
This
NC0:parameter
Normal UEcontains
control the GERAN
Systeminformation
which
is used when
sending a
This
parameter
iswith
set
by Operator
toreports
indicate
NC1:
UE of
control
measurement
Meaning
the
values:
UE
to
GSM
by
eNACC
or
UE
Context
Release
whichNetwork
type PLMN
of GERAN
(if any)
NC2:
control
Broadcast
ID ofSysteminformation
the cell served by the
with
redirect.
is
included
inUE
the
RRC
RESET:
The
shall
return
to the
broadcast
eNB.
Up
to
6
different
PLMN
IDs
per
-neighbor
disabled:
Mobile
Country Code in broadcast PLMN
ID
of the
MOBILITYFROMEUTRANCOMMAND
message.
parameters.
served
cell
can
be
broadcast.
The
GERAN
neighbor
cell
is
not
RIM
enabled,
that
cell
served
by
the
neighbor
eNB.
MCC
and
MNC
At
least
one
list
entry
must
be
configured
if
Mobile
Network Code in broadcast PLMN ID of the
is
build
a unique
PLMN
ID.haseNB.
SystemInformationType
the value
si
or psi.
cell
served
the
neighbor
MCC
and
The
parameter
is
meaningless
This
parameter
determines
the length
of
MNC.
At
least
oneby
with the primary
PLMN
IDMNC
of the
the
feature
isentry
not
activated
build
a unique
PLMN
ID. (LTE498)'
-neighbor
if feature
'RIMis
for
GSM
isinactivated
eNB
mandatory
required
the
list.
or
Adjacent
cyclic
prefix
configuration
in
DL.
The
The
parameter is meaningless if:
and
AND
of the
GERAN
cellfeature
is blacklisted
for RIM
parameter
isofnot
FDD
neighbor
-PLMN
forapplicable
GSM
is activated
AND
-orLTE498:
the PLMNRIM
the
cell
is notfor
blacklisted
for RIM
cells.
-and
theAND
PLMN of the cell is not blacklisted for RIM
no
RAC value is configured.
AND
- parameter gTargetRac is configured.
- parameter "gTargetRac" is configured
- unavailable:
The
GERAN
neighbor
cell is RIM
but
no
Constant
value
maxGERAN-SI
is enabled
defined in
3GPP
valid
system
information
from RIM procedure is
TS36.331
section
6.4

Adjacent cyclic prefix configuration in DL.

The
parameter
is not applicable
neighbor
Downlink
transmission
bandwidthforofFDD
the FDD
cells.
neighbor
cell. is the Macro eNB identifier which
This parameter
The
parameter
is not applicable
for Identifier
TDD neighbor
is
part
of
the
E-UTRAN
Cellcell
Global
This
parameter
is the local
resource
ID which
cells.
(ECGI)
ofthe
theE-UTRAN
neighbor cell.
is
part
of
Cell
Global
Identifier
This enumerated
parameter isvalues
the primary
PLMNto
IDthe
which
is
The
correspond
number
(ECGI)
of the
neighbor
cell.
part
of
the
E-UTRAN
Cell
Global
Identifier
(ECGI)
of
resource
blocks
"NRB".
Mobile Country Code in PLMN Identity included in
of
the neighbor
ECGI
the cellcell.
served
neighbour
MCCin
MobileofNetwork
Code
in by
PLMN
IdentityeNB.
included
and
MNC
build
the
plmnby
Id neighbour
of ECGI. eNB. MCC
ECGI
of
the
cell
served
MNC Length determines the length of MNC in the
and
MNC build
Id of ECGI.
primary
id.a plmn
Downlinkplmn
EARFCN
of the FDD or TDD cell served
by
neighbor
eNB.of the FDD neighbor cell.
Uplink
EARFCN
The
is notidentifier
applicable
for object
TDD neighbor
This parameter
is the instance
of the
cells.
LNADJL.
This
parameter
appears
only
in theby the
This is the physical cell ID of the cell served
distinguished
name
(DN)
in
the
plan
file
and is
neighbor
eNB. provides information whether
The
the
usedparameter
for O&M purposes.
object
creation
or
latest
update
was
based
on
Supported special subframe configuration by plan
file
X2
information
(X2)
or
UE
specific
ANR
neighbor
The area
parameter
is for
notobject
applicable
for
It
is(OM),
highly
recommended
to use
creation
This
is theeNB.
tracking
code
of
the
cell
served
by
measurements
(UE). value
FDD
neighbor
cells.
the
lowest
free
lnAdjlId
within
all
LNADJL
the
neighbor
eNB.
Uplink
and
Downlink
Transmission
Bandwidth
Of
instances subordinate to an LNADJ object. This is
Cell
Served
By Neighbor
ENB.
The parameter
is
ULavoid
and
DL
Configuration
of aactivation
subframe
in atoradio
to
rejection
of plan file
due
not
applicable
for
FDD
neighbor
cells.
frame
supported
by neighbor
eNB.
The
parameter
colliding
lnAdjlId values
if an LNADJL
instance
is
Uplink
transmission
bandwidth
of the
The
enumerated
values
correspond
toFDD
the
number
is
not
applicable
for
FDD
neighbor
cells.
automatically
created
by
eNB
because
of
neighbor
cell.
Uniquely
identifies
a
UTRAN neighbour cell within
of
resource
blocks
"NRB".
activated
ANR
features.
The
parameter
is not applicable for TDD neighbor
an
eNB.
This
parameter
is
the
primary PLMN ID that is part
cells.
of
the
UTRAN
Cell
Global
Identifier
the
Mobile
Country Code
of the
primary(CGI)
PLMN
ID.
The
enumerated
values
correspond
to theofnumber
neighbor
cell.
of
resource
blocks
"NRB".
Mobile
Network
Code
of the primary PLMN ID.
This parameter determines the length of MNC.
Identifies the secondary PLMNs to which a
neighboring
UTRAN
belongs.
Multiple
PLMNs
Mobile Country
Codecell
of the
secondary
PLMN
ID.
can be specified.
Mobile Network Code of the secondary PLMN ID.
This parameter determines the length of MNC.
The parameter provides information whether the
object
creation or
latest ifupdate
was
on plan
This parameter
selects
SRVCC
to based
a WCDMA
file
(OM)
or
UE-specific
ANR
measurements
(UE).
target
cell
is performed
a combined
PS and
UTRAN
Cell-ID
which isas
part
of the UTRAN
CellCS
SRVCC
or whether
SRVCC
performed
for the
Global Frequency
Identifier
(CGI)
of theisrelated
neighbor
cell.
Target
CS
bearer identifies
only.
It
uniquely
a
neighbouring
cell
within
the
Target
Frequency
provides
the
DL
Carrier
Target
Location
Area (together
Code
This
parameter
must
be configured
individually
for
RNC
and
is
required
with
the
RNC
ID)
Frequency
of the
neighbouring
UTRAN
cell.
UtranTarget_LAC
provides
the
Location
Area
every
WCDMA
cell
that
is
used
as
target
for
Target
Area To
Code
for
the Routing
Source
Target
RNC
Transparent
Received
from RNC
RRM-CMC
in the
TCL,
Code
identifying
the
Location
Area
of awhich
SRVCC.
UtranTarget_RAC
provides
the
Routing
Area
Code
Container
IE
in
the
S1AP:
HANDOVER
UTRAN
RNC
identifier
which
is part of
the
UTRAN
together
with the
primary
scrambling
code
neighbouring
UTRAN
cell.
Required
for
the
S1AP:
identifying
the
Routing
Area
of
a
neighbouring
REQUIRED
message
during
handover
to
UTRAN.
Cell
Global
Identifier
(CGI)
of thecell
related
neighbor
identifies
a neighboring
UTRAN
Primary
Scrambling
Code
(FDD)
Of
The
HANDOVER
REQUIRED
during
UTRAN
cell. Required
for message
the
S1AP:
HANDOVER
cell.
Neighbouring
UTRAN
Cell
handover
to
UTRAN
Defines
the CDMA2000
1x
Radio
REQUIRED
message
during
handover
to UTRAN
The UTRAN
Cell Global
Id is
built Transmission
as a 28
bit
UtranTarget_SC_FDD:
The primary
scrambling
Technology
(1xRTT)
carrier
frequency
of
this
value.
It
consists
either
Defines
1x Radio
Transmission
Values
inthe
theCDMA2000
of 4096
.. 65535
are cell.
code
ofrange
the
neighbouring
UTRAN
1xRTT
cell.
-considered
of a (FDD)
12neighbor
bit as
RNC-ID
(range
0..4095)
and
a 16 bit
Technology
(1xRTT)
band
class
of
this
1xRTT
Extended
RNC-ID.
Defines
the
cell
number
of
this
CDMA2000
1x
Received
from
RRM-CMC
in
the
TCL,
which
The
CDMA2000
ARFCN
used
to
indicate
the
UTRAN
Cell
ID
(range
0..65535)
or
neighbor
cell.
It
uniqely
identifies
aTechnology
neighbouring
UTRAN
RNC
Radio
Transmission
(1xRTT)
neighbor
together
with
the
cell
frequency
identifies
a
This
parameter
is
the
naming
attribute
Of
MOC
CDMA2000
carrier
frequency
within
a CDMA2000
-within
of aCDMA2000
16
Extended
RNC-Id
(range
The
band
class
used
to
define
the
thebit
primary
PLMN
andisis
required
for the
cell
neighbouring
UTRAN
cell
LNADJX.
band,
see
4096..65535)
and in
aidentifier
12
bit UTRAN
Cell
ID for
(range
Defines
theC.S0002-A.
market
the
CBSC
this
CDMA2000
band
which
theofCDMA2000
carrier
S1AP:
HANDOVER
REQUIRED
message
during
It
uniquelyto
identifies
a LNADJX
instance.
0..4095).
CDMA2000
1xRTT
neighbor
cell.
frequency
can
be found,
as defined
C.S0057-E
handover
UTRAN.
Defines the
Pseudo-Random
Noise in
(PN)
offset of
[table
1.5-1].
this
CDMA2000
1x
Radio
Transmission
Defines
the sector
number
of built
this CDMA2000
The
UTRAN
Cell Global
Id is
as a 28 bit 1x
Technology
(1xRTT)
neighbor
cell.
Radio
Transmission
Technology
(1xRTT)
neighbor
Defines
the
switching
number
of
this
CDMA2000
value.
It consistsfor
either
see
C.S0002-A
the defnition.
cell.
1xRTT
neighbor
cell.
- of a 12 bit RNC-ID (range 0..4095) and a 16 bit
UTRAN Cell ID (range 0..65535) or
- of a 16 bit Extended RNC-Id (range
4096..65535) and a 12 bit UTRAN Cell ID (range
0..4095).

This parameter enables the feature LTE1441

enhanced
CSFBactivates
to CDMA2000
1xRTT.
This parameter
the support
of up to 8
EPS
bearers.
Activates CMAS support
If
CMAS
supportactivates
is set tothe
"true",
CMAS
warning
The
parameter
feature
'Circuit
messages
are
broadcasted
(SIB12)
in
case
of
Switched
Fallback
to to
UTRAN
ororGSM
via Cell
This
is a feature
flag
enable
disable
Write-Replace
Warning
Request
incl.
CMAS
data
Redirection'.
Trace
This
isfeature.
a feature
flag to enable or disable Cell
is
received
from MME
Trace
with IMSI
feature. It mobile
will be originated
only
utilized
This
enables/disables
optional
If
theparameter
feature
is activated,
and
when
cell
trace is activated,
i.e. redirected
actCellTrace
ciphering
algorithms.
mobile
terminated
CS
calls
are
to is
The
parameter
activates
Complete
Consistency
'true'
targets
which
are to tool.
be configured via REDRT
Checks
in Validator
This
parameter
activates the support of the
objects.
This
parametervoice
can be
used The
to disable
thebecomes
checks
conversational
change
Feature
enabling
flagbearer.
for LTE1047:
C-plane
that
could
block
eNB
reconfiguration
after
SW
active
for handling
a cell after
the next cell locking/cell
overload
feature.
This
parameter
activates
the feature 'Circuit
upgrade.
unlocking
sequence.
The
feature
detects
overload
and
triggers
counter
Switched
Fallback
within
Packet
Switched
Handover
Only
particular
checks
Validator
toolLTE1089
are
The
parameter
activates
the
features
measures.
to
UTRA'.by
disabled
this parameter.
'Downlink
carrier
aggregation', LTE1332 'Downlink
When,
after
SW upgrade,
configuration
validation
carrier aggregation
- 40 MHz'
and FDD part
of the
The
parameter
actDistributedSite
allows
of
fails
in
BTS
Site
Manager
or
in
NetAct,
it
is
feature LTE1562 'Carrier aggregation for usage
multiDistributed
Site.
possible
to
set
this
parameter
to
"false"
and
The
eNB
supports
up
to
6
cells
dual
band
carrier eNBs'.
That
is, awith
RF eNB
unit
up to 20
km
distance
proceed
reconfiguration.
During
SW
configurations
withmay
onelie
system
module.
from
the
system
module.
upgrade
the
configured
parameter
value
will not
The feature allows higher UE downlink peak
data
The
eNB will support two carriers within the same
be
changed.
rates
by aggregation of two cells.
RF
band for
sector
(that is for
one antenna
Activates
thesame
feature
CS fallback
to CDMA
1xRTT
line)
when
the
value
is
configured
to
"true".
for
dual
Rx
UEs
This
parameter
thehave
E-RAB
Modification
The carriers
in aactivates
band must
same
by
the
S1AP
message
E-RAB
MODIFY
Activates ETWS support
bandwidth.
REQUEST.
If
ETWS
support
is 10
setMHz,
tothe
"true",
ETWS
Bandwidths
5MHz,
15
MHz
andprimary
20 MHz
The
parameter
activates
feature
'Emergency
and
secondary
notification are broadcasted
are supported.
Call
Via
Redirection'.
This
parameter
activates
of the following
(SIB10
and SIB11)
in casesupport
of Write-Replace
features
Activation
ofcan
more
flexible
basedata
band
by
Warning
Request
ETWS,
received
The
feature
beincl.
only
activated
if is
atusage
least one
LTE534:
ARP
based
Admission
Control
allowing
more
enhanced
recovery
in
case
of
HW
from
MME.
redirection
target
for UTRAN
or GSM
has been
This
parameter
activates
the
feature
"GSM
LTE497:
Smart
Admission
Control,
comprising
failure.
If
set
to
'true',
the
size
of
PUCCH
PRB
may
created
before.
redirect
system information".
RAC
andwith
TAC
This
parameter
the feature
Handover
be limited
on 10activates
MHz system
bandwidth
or lower.
LTE496:
bearers
with
2, 3 and
4 than
from
LTE
to
It
need
toEPS
beeHRPD.
set
to 'true'
to QCI
configure
more
This
parameter
enables
the
Handover
from
LTE 2to
Feature
LTE496
introduces
support
of QCIor2,FSMF
3,
cells
with
FSMD,
more
than
3
with
FSME
WCDMA
feature.
Activates
open
access
home
eNB mobility.
and
4
along
with
higher
guaranteed
bit
rates
and
without extension Baseband module, more than 6
related
congestion
detection
and handling
This
parameter
the feature
with FSMF
with enables/disables
extension
Baseband
module or
mechanisms.
"Multimedia
priority
services"
(LTE1074)
more than to
12configure
with FSMF
+ FBBA
+ FBBC.
Activation
more
than 840
RRCWhen
set
to
'true',
range
of
parameters
maxNumActUE
connected
UE.
This parameter
enables
the feature Handover
Admission
control
functionality
and
maxNumRrc
will
be limited (LTE497)
for 5 MHzisand 10
from
UTRAN.
extended
This
parameter
at
the
activates
same
time
the
from
support
IMS based
MHz cells.
With
this parameter it is possibleatocounter
support
higher
solution
Emergency
to
become
sessions
load
for
based
Release
and
9
UEs.
offer
amount of Active UE on cell. The amountinof Active
addition
congestion
handlingUsage
functionality
to better
Activate
Flexible
Baseband
onIdle
BTS
UE
cannot
exceed
maximum
number
of
The
parameter
activates
the
feature
Mode
address
the
needs
being
imposed
by
higher
Activation
of more flexible baseband usage by
RRC_connected.
Load
Balancing
This
parameter
enables
the
feature
guaranteed
bit enhanced
rates.
allowing
more
recovery
inInter
case of
The
parameter
can
be following
configured
to
"true"
forHW
cell
This
flag
activates
the
functionalities:
Frequency
Handover
to
FDD
and
TDD
neighbor
Activates
"Idle
mode
LTE
tocells with
failure.
Parameter
is mobility
affecting
only
into
bandwidths
of "15
MHz"
or "20from
MHz"
using
-inter-RAT
IdleLB
targets
cells.
Finally
the
ARP
based
admission
control
(LTE534)
CDMA/eHRPD".
uplink
and
downlink
channel
bandwidth
isalso
5 MHz
System
module
that
supports
over
840toRRC
Activates
idle
mode
mobility
from
LTE
-Load
balancing
forthe
redirection
(requires
the
allows
to
consider
ARP
priority
in
load-based
or
10
MHz.
In
case
parameter
is
set
to
'true',
there
connected
UE.
CDMA/1xRTT.
UE
context
release
with
redirect
feature
The
parameter
activates
Interfrequency
load as
admission
and admission
related
pre-emption
may
be limitations
in the
amount
"actRedirect"
and feature.
CS
Fallback
viaan
Redirection
balancing
(iF-LB)
well
as
in
congestion
handling
as
additional
If
activated,
the
intra-frequency
load
balancing
FSMD: value
'false' => up to 2 cells can be
feature
"actCSFBRedir")
If
the feature
iF-LB'true'
is dimension
activated
("true"),
intermore
service-related
for
differentiated
algorithm
continuously
cell
load,
configured.
Value
=>
up to
3the
cells
can
be
Activates
support
of theestimates
LPPa
OTDOA
information
-IdleLB
targets
in
Mobility
profiles
(requires
also
frequency
load
measurements
are
performed
per
treatment
of
bearers
with
guaranteed
resources.
triggering
a
handover
threshold
negotiation
with
configured.
request
procedure
via
S1AP
the
"Selective
Mobility
Profiles"
feature
This
parameter
enables
the
feature
Intra
LTE
Inter
cell.
Dependent
on
the
actual
load
situation
UEs
the
neighbors
when =>
theup
cell
is above
FSME:
value 'false'
toload
3 cells
can bea
"actSelMobPrf")
eNodeB
viato
S1
might
be Handover
handovered
low
loaded
neighbor
As
those
features
are
closely
inter-related,
they
Activation/deactivation
of
Location
Reporting
predefined
value.
The
handover
threshold
configured.
Value
'true'
=>
up
to
6
cells
canalso
becells
-Support
of
special
SPID
values
(requires
the
(different
frequency
layer).
are
activated
via
a
common
activation
parameter.
(feature
'Support
of
cell
based
location
service')
negotiation
procedure
is
done
over
the
X2
configured.
This
is a feature
flag
to enable
or disable LTE953
"Selective
Mobility
Profiles"
feature
interface
to feature.
align
the=>
handover
thresholds
FSMF:
value
'false'
upsame
to 3 cells
canflag
bebetween
MDT
Trace
The
feature
is also
"actSelMobPrf")
This
parameter
activates/deactivates
the feature
neighbor
cells.
configured.
Value
'true'
=>
up
to
6
cells
can
be
used
for
LTE1501.
-Load-triggered
idle
mode
load
balancing
"Multiple
Frequency
Band Indicator"
(LTE1534)
If the feature
is deactivated,
the
configured.
"cellIndOffNeighDelta"
parameter Module:
is implicitly
set
FSMF + 1 x Extension Baseband
value
to
0 in =>
all up
LNREL
objects.
'false'
to 6 cells
can be configured. Value
'true' => up to 12 cells can be configured.
FSMF + FBBA + FBBC: value 'true' => up to 18
cells can be configured.

This parameter activates the support of multiple

EPS
Bearers. activates the support of multiple
This parameter
GBR
EPS Bearers.
This parameter
activates the Service
Differentiation
for non-GBR
Bearers. flag
Activate OTN Link
Loss Self-Recovery
This
of Optical
This parameter
parameter specifies
activates the
the behavior
support the
Network
(OTN)
recovery
actions.
When
this
establishment
ofactivates
EPS bearers
with QCI
This
parameter
the
support
of in theBER
parameter
is
set
to
true,
a
1956
fault
(critical
range
of 128254.
establishment
ofoptical
GBR EPS
bearers
QCI in
Activates on
thethe
optimized
MME
selection
algorithm
detected
connection
towith
Radio
the
range
of not
128254.
If
this
parameter
is
set
to
true,
the
MME
selection
Module)
will
trigger
the
BTS
to
reset
the
This parameter activates the usage of PDCP
function
distinguishes
native
and
mapped
impacted
RF
modules
immediately.
Instead,
the
Robust
Headeractivates
Compression.
The
the23.401.
LTE498:
RAN
GUMMEIs
according
to and
TS
IftoUE
provides
BTS parameter
will stay
in service
attempt
re-adjust
Information
Management
(RIM)
GSM
feature.
This
parameter
enables
the
feature
UE
context
its
(old)
GUMMEI,
thetime
MME
selection
function
the
delays
within
the
limit
asforspecified
in OTN
release
with
redirect.
based
on
GUMMEI
is
restricted
to
the
Recovery
Period.
The
radios
will
self-reset
if
The parameter actRfChaining allows RF units
corresponding
RATs. within the time period.
readjustments failed
chaining.
This parameter indicates whether S1 Flex feature
That
is, an or
optical
fiber from the system module is
is
enabled
disabled.
This
parameter
the
Overload
If
this
parameter
isunit
setis
false,
the adjustments
MME
When
this
toS1
false,
chained
viaparameter
a RFactivates
totoset
another
RF
unit.
Handling
feature.
selection
function
does
not
distinguish
native
and
will
not
occur
and
the
BTS
will
reset
the
impacted
The parameter activates the feature 'Selective
mapped
GUMMEIs.
If
UE
provides
its
(old)
RF
modules
when
fault
1956
is
detected.
Mobility
Profiles'.enables the feature "SRVCC from
This
parameter
GUMMEI,
the MME selection function based on
LTE
to
GSM".
This parameter
enablesallthe
SRVCC from LTE to
GUMMEI
will consider
RATs.
WCDMA
feature.
This is a feature flag to enable or disable
Subscriber
& Equipment
feature. InterThis parameter
indicates Trace
if the 'Intra-LTE
Frequency UE-based ANR' feature is activated by
the operator.

This parameter indicates if the 'Intra-LTE IntraFrequency

UE-based
ANR'
feature
is activated
by
This parameter
indicates
if the
feature
''UE-based
the operator.
ANR
for Inter-RAT UTRAN" neighbour cells is
activated by the operator.
Uplink coordinated multipoint (CoMP) reception
activation
for the ZUC
eNB.ciphering and integrity
Controls optional
Configuation
rules:
protection
algorithms.
This
parameter
feature LTE442
Distributed
sitesenables
are onlythe
supported
if the distance
This
parameter
enables/disables
optional
ZUC
Network
Assisted
Cell
Change
from
LTE to
AM
RLC
Poll
Byte
Table
for
UE
Category
1.GSM
between
RRHs
is
less
than
1
km.
ciphering algorithms.
It
is RLC
used Poll
to obtain
the ULinpollByte
and for
DL UE
AM
Byte value
DL direction
pollByte
values
for
UE
category
1.
category
Category 1.
of UE.
AM RLC Poll Byte value in UL direction for UE
category
1. Byte Table for UE Category 2.
AM RLC Poll
It
is RLC
used Poll
to obtain
the ULinpollByte
and for
DL UE
AM
Byte value
DL direction
pollByte
values
for
UE
category
2.
category
Category 2.
of UE.
AM RLC Poll Byte value in UL direction for UE
category
2. Byte Table for UE Category 3.
AM RLC Poll
It
is RLC
used Poll
to obtain
the ULinpollByte
and for
DL UE
AM
Byte value
DL direction
pollByte
values
for
UE
category
3.
category
Category 3.
of UE.
AM RLC Poll Byte value in UL direction for UE
category
3. Byte Table for UE Category 4.
AM RLC Poll
It
is RLC
used Poll
to obtain
the ULinpollByte
and for
DL UE
AM
Byte value
DL direction
pollByte
values
for
UE
category
4.
category
Category 4.
of UE.

AM RLC Poll Byte value in UL direction for UE

category
4. Byte Table for UE Category 5.
AM RLC Poll
It
is RLC
used Poll
to obtain
the ULinpollByte
and for
DL UE
AM
Byte value
DL direction
pollByte
values
for UE category 5.
category
5.
Category of UE.
AM RLC Poll Byte value in UL direction for UE
category
It defines5.
the maximum time at the eNB to wait for
an
LTE
inter-frequency
Optional feature flag forReportStrongestCells
feature LTE492 ANR
measurement
report
from aextension
UE configured to
support
forthe
LTE
with
O&M
Specifies
level
of
robustness
of UE-based
perform such measurement
ANR
functions.
List of GERAN PLMN IDs which are to be
-blacklisted
For high level
of robustness,
eNB attempts for a
in terms
of of
RIM.
Mobile
Country
Code
the PLMN
ID, which
is
longer
time
period
to
resolve
a
detected
unknown
No
RIM
associations
willGlobal
be established
for
part
of
the
GERAN
Cell
Identifier
(CGI)
Mobile
Network
Code
(MNC)ANR
ofofthe
PLMN
ID, of
neighbour
cellbelonging
via
UE-based
before
stopping
GERAN
cells
the
blacklisted
the
related
neighbor
cell.to one
which
is
part
of
the
GERAN
Cell
Global
Identifier
these
attempts.
LengthIDs.
of MNC in digits.
PLMN
(CGI)
of the
related
neighbor cell.
- For high
level
of robustness,
the minimum wait
Reset
requestre-validations
for BTS. Whenever
a (delta-)plan
time
between
of
same
If
this parameter
is omitted,
all the
GERAN
neighbor
modifiying
or
setting
this
parameter
isfrom
This
parameter
excludes
those
UEsthat
carrier
Neighbour
Relation
becomes
shorter.
cells
will
be
RIM-enabled
provided
the
routing
downloaded,
BTS will
reset automatically.
This
aggregation,
whose
UE-AMBR
Downlink
is
below
A
list
of
supported
AS
ciphering
algorithms.
The
area
code
is
configured
in
each
neighbor
cell
with
parameter
is not intended
for. use by operator,
but
the
caMinDlAmbr
threshold
algorithm
is
identified
by
the
parameter
name,
and
the
"gTargetRac"
parameter.
Nullbe
ciphering
A lower value
will
used byalgorithm
NetAct topreference.
perform automatic
the
assigned
value
determines
the
algorithm
represents
a lower
preference,
and 0 does
notof
troubleshooting
actions,
which
require
aA
reset
SNOW
3G-based
algorithm
preference.
lower
preference.
admit
the
algorithm.
the
BTS.
value
represents
a lower
preference,
and 0value
does
AES-based
algorithm
preference.
A lower
not
admit
the
algorithm.
represents
aalgorithm
lower
preference,
and 0isdoes
ZUC-based
preference.
The
value of
the
parameter
as such
not not
admit
the
algorithm.
A
lower
value
represents
a
lower
preference,
and
relevant.
However,
at
each
new
reset
request
a
The Parameter congWeightAlg defines a
0
does
not
admit
the
algorithm.
different
value
should
be
selected.
priorization
behaviour
in RLC
layerand
2 (MAC)
until
either
Default
Index
for
PDCP
profiles
One
wayProfile
to make
sure
that
theornew
parameter
the
congestion
situation
ends
until
the
for
RLC
AM mode.
Default
Index
for
RLC
profiles
value
is Profile
different
fromis
the
lastand
one
is
to use
the
congestion
situation
resolved
byPDCP
higher
layers.
The
indicated
RLC and
PDCP
profile
iswill
used
for
for
RLC
UM
mode.
current
time
stamp.
Using
this
scheme
also
Theconfiguration
parameter
enables
the feature
"Automatic
There
are two different
algorithms
possible:
the
of
a
bearer
that
has
been
The
indicated
RLC
and
PDCP
profile
is
used
for
the timeare
at which
the reset
decision
was
locking".
document
qciPrio:
Bearers
prioritized
in order
of atheir
The
parameter
enables
'Graceful
Cell
configured
in RLC
AM
inthe
thefeature
source
cell
of
the
configuration
of
a
bearer
that
has
been
taken.
QCI
priority.
Shutdown'.
handover,
but
for which
RLC
and
PDCP
This
isfeature
a human-readable
name
for
the
eNB.
It the
configured
in is
RLC
UM
inno
the
source
cell
ofsure
aprofile
However,
any
other
scheme
which
makes
If
thebeen
enabled,
objects
are
automatically
has
arpPrioPerVul:
First
bearers
with
ARP
configured
in
the
target
cell.
corresponds
to
the
eNB
name
according
to
3GPP
handover,
but
for
which
no
RLC
and
PDCP
profile
parameter
value
changes
is
also
possible.
Duration
during
whichby
aneNB
ETWS
primary
locked
and
unlocked
if aprioritized
parameter
vulnerability
"preemptable"
are
in which
order
If
thebeen
feature
is activated
an
additional
36.413.
has
configured
in is
the
target
cell.
Notification
is
broadcasted.
requires
object
locking
modified
via
delta
plan
of
the
ARP
priority,
then
the
bearers
with
ARP
This character
list includes
the
Global eNB
IDs
of those
administrative
state
is supported.
It
The
setpreemptable"
is 'shuttingdown'
restricted
to
Printable
As
the abroadcast
parameter
delivered
with string
Writefile.
vulnerability
"not
also
in order
of
neighbour
eNBs
for
which
the
X2-link
allows
less
service
impacting
cell
locking.
Macro
eNB
Id
of
the
Global
eNB
Id
of
a
neighbour
according
to
3GPP
with
following
supported
Replace
Warning
Request
areof
not
tocell
be the
used
for
ARP
priority.
establishment
is'locked'
forbidden
by
the
operator.
Before
entering
state
the
UEs
eNB
towards
which
no
establishment
ofbroadcast
an
eNB
character:
Mobile
Country
Code
of
the
Global
eNB
Id
of
a
ETWS
primary
notification
(SIB10),
the
If
graceful
shutdown
is
enabled
by
setting
will
becase
motivated
to'a'
leave
the 'z',
cellupper
by stepwise
Controlled
X2-link
is
allowed.
lower
letters
through
case letters
neighbour
eNB
towards
which
no
establishment
duration
has
to
be
administered.
enableGrflShdn
to
'enabled',
the
less
service
Mobile
Network
Code
of then
the
Global
eNB
Idthe
of a of
reduction
thethe
eNodeB
cell
TX
power
(DL
If
enbId
isof
not
provided
the
associated
'A'
through
'Z',
digits
'0'
through
'9'
and
an
eNB
Controlled
X2-link
is
allowed.
impacting
but
slower
graceful
cell
shutdown
neighbour
eNB
towards
which
no
of
power).
Length
of
Mobile
ofestablishment
theGlobal
GlobaleNB
Global
eNB
a, partially
specified
characters
' =Id
( )is
+Network
- . / :instead
?Code
and
space.
procedure
is
performed
of
immediate
an
eNB
Controlled
X2-link
istowards
allowed.
eNB
Id
of
a
neighbour
eNB
which
no
Id,
i.e.:
Priority level range to be regarded as high-priority
locking.
establishment
an with
eNBaControlled
X2-linkisis
All Global eNBofIds
PLMN ID which
ARP
parameters
with a priority
level greater
or
allowed.
identical
to the associated
'X2 Blacklisted
PLMN
equal
hpsSessArpMin
AND
lower
or
equal
ARP
parameters
a priority level
greater
ID' are
consideredwith
as members
of the
'GlobaloreNB
hpsSessArpMax
will beAND
regarded
as
high-priority.
equal
hpsSessArpMin
lower
or equal
Id X2-link
Blacklist'.
PLMN
related
configuration
parameter
for support
If
an ARP parameter
matches
bothasthese
hpsSessArpMax
will be
regarded
high-priority.
of
emergency
sessions
ARP
Pre-emption
PLMN IDitfor
conditions
and theCapability
emergency
ARPby
condition,
If an ARP
parameter
matchesused
both
these
emergency
Sessions.
will
be
regarded
as
emergency
ARP
parameter.
ARP Pre-emption
by PLMN ID
conditions
and theVulnerablity
emergency used
ARP condition,
it
This
parameter
defines
whether
a service
data
for
emergency
Sessions.
The
pre-emption
will
be
regarded
as
emergency
ARP
parameter.
ARP
priority
level
used that
by PLMN
ID for emergency
flow
can
get information
resources
werewhether
already
vulnerability
defines
aassigned
service
sessions.
Indication
if
PLMN
ID
supporting
emergency
to another
service
data
flow with aassigned
lower priority
data
flow
can
lose
the
resources
to with
it in
The
range
of
the
ARP
priority
level
is
1
to
15
sessions
also supports
limited
service
mode
level.
Mobile
Country
Code
of
PLMN
ID
supporting
order
to
admit
a
service
data
flow
with
higher
1 as the highest level of priority. For emergency
emergency
sessions
priority
level.
Mobile Network
Code
of PLMN
ID1-8
supporting
sessions,
only
ARP
priority
levels
may be
emergency
sessions
applied
(cf.
also
to
3GPP
TS23.203)
Length of MNC of the PLMN ID supporting
emergency
sessions
A
list of supported
AS integrity protection
algorithms. The algorithm is identified by the
parameter name, and the assigned value
determines the algorithm preference.

Null integrity protection algorithm preference. A

lower
represents
a lower
preference
and 0
SNOWvalue
3G-based
algorithm
preference.
A lower
does
not
admit
the
algorithm.
value
represents
a lower
preference,
and 0value
does
AES-based
algorithm
preference.
A lower
not
admit the
algorithm.
represents
a
lower
preference,
and
0
does
not
ZUC-based algorithm preference.
admit
the
algorithm.
A
lower
value
represents
a lower
preference, and
Defines
a threshold
for PDCP
COUNT
0
does
not
admit
the
algorithm.
supervision.
If the remaining
COUNT
space
Instance identifier
of object Macro
eNB
and used
becomes
less
than
this
threshold,
the
eNB
key
also
as
telecom
parameter
of
the
3GPP
Configures
the overall
number of LNADJ'Macro
hierarchy
should
be
refreshed.
eNB
ID',
which
is
part
of
Global
eNB
ID.
In
instances
supported
eNB. of pre-emptions
This parameter
limitsby
thethe
number
addition
it appears as distinguished name (DN) in
Note:
which
the admission
of a set of E-RABs
(for
If the
number
of eNB-controlled
X2-links
reaches
the
data
at for
theFZM
Element
Manager.
For planning
FSMr2
the E-RAB
value
shall not
example
at HW
initialand
context
'maxNumX2LinksIn',
thensetup,
the eNB
shall setup,
stop
exceed 128.
handover
might requests
cause. If for
thisnew
number
accepting request)
establishment
eNBFor
FSMr3
HW
there
is
no hardware
specific
If
the
number
of
eNB-controlled
X2-links
gets
exceeded
for
an
E-RAB
set,
the
admission
controlled X2-links from neighbour eNBs reachesof
limitation.
'maxNumX2LinksOut',
the eNBfail.
shall stop the
this set set will partly orthen
completely
automatic
establishment
of new
Because each
pre-emption
takeseNB-controlled
at least 5ms (but
The
parameter
shall
never
beonconfigured
a
X2-links
might
take
more,
depending
Primary
Mobile
Country
Code
ofeNB
eNB.load),tothe
value higher number
than thelimitation
system informs
in
parameter
pre-emption
should
be
This parameter defines the minimum time interval
supportedNumOfLnadj.
considered
carefully
to avoidlast
timeouts
ofof
that
should
elapse since
search
This
is the primary
Mobilethe
Network
Code
of the
procedures
which
depend
on
E-RAB
admission
possible
unknown PCIs, respectively PSCs, on a(in
eNB.
particular
handover
preperations).
This
parameter
determines
the range
of the a new
UTRAN
carrier
frequency,
before
re-intiating
primary
MNC
of
the
eNB.
This parameter
is usedVia
to configure
selection
search
on that carrier.
this parameter,
it is
method
of
Profile
for mobility
procedures.
possible
toMobility
control
the
minimum
frequency
The
maximum
number
of attempted
If
this parameter
setatospecific
SPID,
then
SPID in
according
which aisUTRAN
carrier
frequency
(re-)transmissions
for
RANThis
parameter
determines
whether
a fallback
to
received
from
MME
or
incoming
handover
is
used
slow
search
mode
is
scanned
for
potential
new
INFORMATION-REQUEST/Multiple
Report
PDU
null
ciphering
caused
by
eNB
limitations
should
be
Operational
state
of the IfeNB,
the
is set bythe
for
MOPR
selection.
neighbor
cell
detection.
value
"0"value
is selected,
without
success.
accepted
(True)
or
not
(False).
system.
If
thisLink
parameter
is set
to PLMN
value
then
MOPR
respective
UTRAN
carrier
frequency
will
always
OTN
Loss
Recoverable
period
without
RF be
selection
is based
on MNC included in UE Serving
in fast
Active
search.
Unit
Reset
Container
parameters related to BTS
PLMN
ID. for allspecifies
This
parameter
the time period when an
Overload
Handling.
Enabling
flagisfor
rejection
ofbe
incoming
HOafter
in case
Virtual
used
for can
mapping
with value
OpticalSPID
Network
(OTN)
recovered
a
of
C-plane
overload.
((MNC+255)
mod
256)
+
1
Enabling
flag forincurring
the rejection
of RRC connection
link loss without
a restart.
requests
inBit
case
of for
C-plane
overload.
Prioritized
Rate
non-GBR
bearers
Mobility profiles
(MOPR
and MODPR)
are
This
prioritized
bit
rate
is
used
by
UE for
the UL
Provides
the
mapping
from
cell
parameters
considered only when SPID selective
mobility
scheduling
algorithm
according
[36.321].
{dlEarfcn,
pci} toisthe
of the eNB
profiles
feature
activated
(actSelMobPrf
is set to
Downlink
EARFCN
of{ipAdr}
the neighbour
cellserving
included
this
cell,
where
'ipAdr'
is
the
IP
address
required
true).
in
the 'pciIpAdrMap'
Unique
macro
eNB ID of the neighbor eNB within
for X2-link
establishment.
the
Primary
PLMN
serving
theof
neighbour
X2 C-plane V4/V6 IP
address
the eNB cell
serving
indicated
in the PCI-IP
Map entry.
the
cell
included
in
the
'pciIpAdrMap'
Mobile Country Code included in the Primary
PLMN
of the neighbour
eNB in
serving
the cell
Mobile ID
Network
Code included
the Primary
provided
in
the
PCI-IP
Map
entry
PLMN
the neighbour
eNB serving
LengthID
of of
Mobile
Network Code
includedthe
in cell
the
provided
in
the
PCI-IP
Map
entry
Primary
PLMN
ID
of
the
neighbour
eNB
serving
Physical Cell Identity of the neighbour cell
the cell provided
in the PCI-IP Map entry
included
the 'pciIpAdrMap'
Profile of in
PDCP
parameters Structure
{pdcpProfileId,tDiscard,statusReportReq}.
Identity of the PDCP profile; 0 specifies an invalid
dummy
profile. determines whether a PDCP
This parameter
status
report is sent
from the
PDCP
receiver
This parameter
indicates
delay
beforetoaPDCP
PDCP
transmitter.
PDU
along
with
the
corresponding
PDCP
SDUdata
is
Profile 101 of PDCP parameters for RLC UM
discarded
from
the
buffer.
This
timer
should
be
set
radio
bearers
Identity
ofthat
the
PDCP
profile
The
PDCP
status
report
may be
sent from
eNB
to
in a way
the
packet
delay
defined
by the
QCI
UE
(eNB
PDCP
status
report)
or
from
UE
to
eNB
This parameterisconfigures
maximum
number
characteristics
kept. The the
timer
can be disabled
(UE
PDCPcontexts
status
report).
of
ROHC
used
for
a
data
radio
bearer
in
by
setting
the
parameter
to
disabled.
This parameter configures the size of the SN field
one
direction.
in
the
PDCP
header.
This
parameter
specifies
parameter
Possible
settings:
The
maximum
number
of the
ROHC
contexts
also
If
UE
does
notreport
support
the
value 7bit,
theisvalue
discardTimer
of
[36.331]
00:
no
status
Profile
102
of
PDCP
parameters
for
RLC
UM
data
restricted
by
the
UE
capabilities.
12bit
will
be used.
This
parameter
indicates the delay before a PDCP
01:
eNB
status
report
radio
bearers.
PDU
along
with
the corresponding PDCP SDU is
10: UE
status
report
discarded
from
buffer.
This timer shall be set in
11: eNB and
UEthe
status
report
a way that the packet delay defined by the QCI
characteristics is kept. The timer can be disabled
by setting the parameter to infinity.

Identity of the PDCP profile.

This parameter configures the size of the SN field
in
theparameter
PDCP header.
This
specifies the "discardTimer"
If
UE does of
not[36.331].
support the value 7bit, the value
parameter
Profile
103
of
PDCP
parameters for RLC UM data
12bit
will be used.
This
parameter
indicates the delay before a PDCP
radio
bearers.
Identity
of the
PDCP
profile.
PDU along
with
the corresponding
PDCP SDU is
This parameter
configures
the size
discarded
from the
buffer. This
timerofisthe
setSN
in afield
in
the
PDCP
header.
way
that
the
packet
delay
defined
by
the
QCI
This parameter specifies the "discardTimer"
If
UE does of
not[36.331].
support
the value
value
characteristics
is kept. The
timer 7bit,
can bethe
disabled
parameter
Profile
104the
of used.
PDCP
parameters
for RLC UM data
12bit
will
be
by
setting
parameter
to
infinity.
This
parameter
indicates the delay before a PDCP
radio
bearers.
Identity
of the
PDCP
profile.
PDU along
with
the corresponding
PDCP SDU is
This parameter
configures
the size
discarded
from the
buffer. This
timerofisthe
setSN
in afield
in
the
PDCP
header.
way
that
the
packet
delay
defined
by
the
QCI
This parameter specifies the "discardTimer"
If
UE does of
not[36.331]
support
the value
value
characteristics
is kept. The
timer 7bit,
can bethe
disabled
parameter
Profile
2 ofthe
PDCP
parameters
for RLC AM data
12bit
will
be
used.
by
setting
parameter
to
infinity.
This
parameter
indicates the delay before a PDCP
radio
bearers
Identity
of the
PDCP
profile
PDU along
with
the corresponding
PDCP SDU is
This parameter
determines
whether
discarded
from the
buffer. This
timer aisPDCP
set so that
Status
Report
is
sent
from
PDCP
receiver
the
packet
delay
defined
by
the
QCI
This parameter specifies the parameter to
PDCP
transmitter.
characteristics
kept. The timer can be disabled
discardTimer
ofis[36.331]
Profile
3 ofthe
PDCP
parameters
for
AM
The
PDCP
Status
Reportto
may
be RLC
sent
fromadata
eNB
by
setting
parameter
infinity.
This
parameter
indicates
the
delay
before
PDCP
radio
bearers
Identity
of
the
PDCP
profile
to
UE
(eNB
PDCP
Status
Report)
or
from
UE
PDU along with the corresponding PDCP SDUtois
eNB
(UE PDCP
Status
Report).
This parameter
determines
whether
PDCP
discarded
from the
buffer.
This
timer ashall
be set in
Status
Report
is
sent
from
PDCP
receiver
a
way
that
the
packet
delay
defined
by
the
QCI
This
parameter
specifies the parameter to
Possible
settings:
PDCP
transmitter.
characteristics
is[36.331]
kept. The timer can be disabled
discardTimer
of
Profile
4Status
ofthe
PDCP
parameters
for
AM
00
- no
Report
The
PDCP
Status
Reportto
may
be RLC
sent
fromadata
eNB
by
setting
parameter
infinity.
This
parameter
indicates
the
delay
before
PDCP
radio
bearers
01
eNB
Status
Report
Identity
of
the
PDCP
profile
to
UE
(eNB
PDCP
Status
Report)
or
from
UE
tois
PDU
along
with
the
corresponding
PDCP
SDU
10
- UE
Status
Report
eNB
(UE
PDCP
Status
Report).
This
parameter
determines
whether
PDCP
discarded
from
the
buffer.
This
timer ashall
be set in
11 - eNB
and
UE
Status
Report
Status
Report
is
sent
from
PDCP
receiver
a
way
that
the
packet
delay
defined
by
the
QCI
This
parameter
specifies the parameter to
Possible
settings:
PDCP
transmitter.
characteristics
is[36.331]
kept. The timer can be disabled
discardTimer
of
Profile
5Status
ofthe
PDCP
parameters
for
AM
00
- no
Report
The
PDCP
Status
Reportto
may
be RLC
sent
fromadata
eNB
by
setting
parameter
infinity.
This
parameter
indicates
the
delay
before
PDCP
radio
bearers
01
eNB
Status
Report
Identity
of
the
PDCP
profile
to
UE
(eNB
PDCP
Status
Report)
or
from
UE
tois
PDU
along
with
the
corresponding
PDCP
SDU
10
- UE
Status
Report
eNB
(UE
PDCP
Status
Report).
This
parameter
determines
whether
PDCP
discarded
from
the
buffer.
This
timer ashall
be set in
11 - eNB
and
UE
Status
Report
Status
Report
is
sent
from
PDCP
receiver
a
way
that
the
packet
delay
defined
by
the
QCI
This
parameter
specifies the parameter to
Possible
settings:
PDCP
transmitter.
characteristics
is[36.331]
kept. The timer can be disabled
discardTimer
of
This
parameter
is used
totomay
define
00
- no
Status
Report
The
PDCP
Status
Report
bepriorities
sent
froma eNB
by
setting
the
parameter
This
parameter
indicates
theinfinity.
delay
before
PDCP
between
the
3
topology
options
for
intra
LTE
01
eNB
Status
Report
This
timer
is
used
for
temporary
blacklisting
to
UE
(eNB
PDCP
Status
Report)
or
from
UEoftoais
PDU
along
with
the
corresponding
PDCP
SDU
handover,
which
are Report).
10
- UE
Status
Report
Target
Cell
for load-based
and
eNB
(UE
PDCP
Status
This
parameter
can
be used
to service-based
generally
discarded
from
the
buffer.
This
timer
shallprohibit
be set in
1)
Intra
eNB
HO
11
eNB
and
UE
Status
Report
handover.
the
execution
of
PS-handover
towards
WCDMA.
a
way
that
the
packet
delay
defined
by
the
QCI
Indicates
if
the
Public
Warning
Systems
(ETWS
2)
HOTarget
viasettings:
X2Cell is blacklisted when a handover
One
is
Possible
If
this
parameter
set
to of
"true",
all
UEbewill
be IDs.
send
characteristics
is is
kept.
The
timer
can
disabled
and/or
CMAS)
make
use
Emergency
Area
3)
HO
via
S1
Table
to
translate
the
S1AP
parameter
QCI
1
into
rejected
because
of
lack
of
resources.
00
no
Status
Report
to
WCDMA
bythat
UEIntra
Context
Release
with
redirect,
by
setting
the
parameter
tois
infinity.
If
ETWS
or
CMAS
service
activated,
It's
eNB
HO
can
notthen
have
QCI
characteristics
The
timer
isUE
started
when
the
cell
is blacklisted.
01
-assumed
eNB
Status
Report
DelayTarget
is
the
maximum
packet
delay
value
even
if
the
would
be
able
to
perform
handover.
provision
of this
parameter
istopology
mandatory.
lower
priority
than
any
other
and
S1
HO
When
timer
expires
the
blacklisting
is
removed.
10
- UE
Status
Report
used
by
the
eNB
MAC
scheduling
algorithm.
This
parameter
must
be
configured
if
handover
to
This
parameter
specifies
the
ID
of
the
can
not
have
higher
priority
than
any
other
Blacklist
UEs
inReport
the actual
source
cell.
11
- eNB affects
and
UEallStatus
WCDMA
is
activated.
Otherwise
it
is
not
needed.
corresponding
profile
If
'pwsWithEmAreaId'
is true,
forBalancing.
each eNB
topology.
This
parameter
configures
the
DSCP
Blacklist
affectsDRX
Handovers
forthen
Load
If
several
EPSofServices
bearers
are
established
for
an UE,
cell
provision
at
least
one
'Emergency
Area
ID'
(Differentiated
Code
Point)
value
(cause
"Reduce
Load
in
Serving
Cell"
and
This
parameter
enables
TTI
bundling
if)QCIs
the
QCI
is
eNB
compares
the
DRX
profiles
of
the
used
in
the
'emAreaIdList'
must
be
specified.
Four
relations
are
possible:
associated
withcurrent
the QCI.
Service
Based
Handovers
(cause
"Resource
present
in
the
bearer
combination.
Logical
Channel
Group
Identifier
forthe
buffer
status
for
those
EPS
bearers
and
selects
profile
1)
all
topologies
have
the
same
priority
-> "all
The
DSCP
value
in each
IP DRX
packet
Optimisation
Handover")
If
this
parameter
iswill
setbe
to set
"true"
for
any
bearer
of
reporting
with
highest
priority
If
a
warning
message
including
'Emergency
Area
equal"
This
parameter
specifies
the
value
of
sent
for
the cells
related
bearer
to maximum
S-GW
or target
eNB.
Blacklisted
are
managed
internally
by eNB
the
current
bearer
combination,
the
This
parameter
isisblack
used
for
configuration
of the
IDs'
is
received
by
eNB
and
'pwsWithEmAreaId'
2)
intra
eNB
HOto
prioritized
over inter
eNB
HO
the
GBR
in the
downlink
direction.
and
not
added
lists
visible
operator.
This
parameter
specifies
maximum
value
of
measurements
for
TTI
bundling
aretoHO
activated
and
buffer
status
reports
of
UEthe
according
[36.321]
is
'false'
then
this
warning
message
shall
notnot
be
where
X2-based
HO
and
S1-based
are
eNB
will
reject
those
EPS
bearers
with
QCI1
for
List
of
IETF
based
DSCP
values
(numerical
the
GBR
in
the
uplink
direction.
TTI
bundling
might
be
activated.
Otherwise
TTI
This
parameter
specifies
the
ID
of
the
broadcasted
by
eNB.
discriminated
->
"intra
eNB
HO
prior
inter
eNB
which
the
GBR
in downlink
direction
is greater
values
inreject
decimal):
eNB
will
EPS
bearers
with
QCI1 for
bundling
is
not those
applied.
corresponding
PDCP
profile.
HO"
This
parameter
gives
the
priority
of
the
EPS
than
this
value.
BE
(=0),
which
the
GBR
in
uplink
direction
is
greater
3)
intra
eNB HO isTS23.203.
prioritized over inter eNBthan
HO
bearer
according
AF11
(=10),
QoS
Class
Identifier
this
value.
where
X2-based
HO
is
prioritized
over
S1-based
AF12 (=12),
This
parameter
indicates
the given QCI is
HO
->
"intra prior
X2 priorwhether
S1"
AF13
(=14),
supported
and
enabled
4) intra(=18),
eNB HO and X2-based handover are not
AF21
discriminated
AF22 (=20), but S1-based HO takes lower
priority
than the others -> "low prio S1"
AF23 (=22),
AF31 (=26),
AF32 (=28),
AF33 (=30),

The Resource Type indicates whether bearer is a

GBR
or NON-GBR
bearer. the RLC Mode of the
This parameter
configures
The
Resource
Type
determines if dedicated
data
radio bearer
This
parameter
specifies
of the or bearer
network
resources
relatedthe
to ID
a service
corresponding
RLC
profile
This parameter
is Bit
used
to configure
the are
Bucket
level
Guaranteed
Rate
(GBR) value
Size
Duration
(BSD)
of
the
UL
scheduler
permanently
allocated.
Logical Channel Priority for the MAC scheduler
For
GBR
bearers,
schedulBSD
usedby
byUE
eNB
For
GBR
bearers,the
schedulPrio
ininused
for
Table
to for
translate
S1AP parameter
QCI
2 into
and
UE
the
UL
scheduling
algorithm
according
the
UL
scheduling
algorithm
according
[36.321].
QCI
characteristics.
DelayTarget
is the values
maximum
packet
delaypriority.
value
[36.321].
Increasing priority
indicate
a lower
used
by the size
eNBspecifies
scheduling
The
bucket
ofMAC
a logical
is calculated
This parameter
thechannel
ID of algorithm.
the
by
PBR * BSD.
corresponding
profile.the DSCP
This parameterDRX
configures
If
several
EPS
bearers
are
established
for a UE,
(Differentiated
Services
Code
Point) value
This
parameter
enables
TTI
bundling
if QCIs
the QCI
is
eNB
compares
the
DRX
profiles
of
the
used
associated
withcurrent
the QCI.
present
in
the
bearer
combination.
This
parameter
specifies
theselects
overhead
factor
of
for
those
EPS
bearers
and
the
profile
The
DSCP
value
be
in
each
IP DRX
packet
If
this
parameter
iswill
set
to set
"true"
for any
bearer
of
the
downlink
GBR
in
layer
2.
with
highest
priority.
This
parameter
specifies
the
overhead
factor
of
sent
for
the
related
bearer
to
S-GW
or
target
eNB.
the
current
bearer
combination,
the
eNB
increases
GBR2.in downlink direction for
the
uplink
GBR the
inGroup
layer
Logical
Channel
Identifier
for
buffer status
measurements
for
TTI
bundling
activated
and
radio
layer
2
by
the
product
GBRare
in
downlink
eNB
the DSCP
GBR
invalues
uplink
direction
for
List
ofincreases
IETF based
(numerical
reporting
TTI
bundling
might
be
activated.
Otherwise
TTI
This
parameter
the
maximum
value
of
direction
L2specifies
Overhead
Factor
DL/100.
radio
layer
2not
by
the
product
GBR
inGBR
uplink
values
in and
decimal):
This
parameter
is
used
for
configuration
of the
bundling
is
applied.
the
GBR
in
the
downlink
direction.
This
parameter
maximum
value
of
direction
and reports
L2specifies
Overhead
Factor
GBR
UL/100.
BE
buffer(=0),
status
of
UEthe
according
eNB
will
reject
EPS
bearers
with[36.321].
QCI2 for
the
GBR
in thethose
uplink
direction.
AF11
(=10),
This
parameter
specifies
the
ID
of
the
It
is
recommended
that
GBR
and
non-GBR
which
thereject
GBRthose
in downlink
direction
is greater
eNB
will
EPS
bearers
with
QCI2 for
AF12
(=12),
corresponding
profile.
bearers
are
notPDCP
mapped
into
the same
logical
This
parameter
gives
the
priority
of
the
EPS
than
this
value.
which
the
GBR
in
uplink
direction
is
greater
AF13
(=14),
channel
group, since
in this case the data ofthan
the
bearer
according
TS23.203.
QoS
Class
Identifier
this
value.
AF21
(=18),
logical
channel
group are scheduled as non-GBR
AF22
(=20),
This parameter
indicates
the given
QCI is
data
and
the delay
budgetwhether
for the GBR
bearer
AF23 (=22),
supported
and Type
enabled.
cannot
be controlled.
The
Resource
indicates
whether
bearer
is a
AF31 (=26),
GBR
or
NON-GBR
bearer.
This parameter
configures the RLC Mode of the
AF32
(=28),
The
Resource
Type determines if dedicated
data
radio
bearer.
AF33
(=30),
This
parameter
specifies
of the or bearer
network
resources
relatedthe
to ID
a service
AF41
(=34),
corresponding
RLC
profile
This
is Bit
used
to configure
the are
Bucket
level
Guaranteed
Rate
(GBR) value
AF42parameter
(=36),
Size
Duration
(BSD)
of
the
UL
scheduler.
permanently
allocated.
Logical
Channel
Priority
for
the
MAC
scheduler.
AF43 (=38),
For
GBR
bearers,
"schedulBSD"
usedby
byUE
eNB
For
GBR
bearers,the
"schedulPrio"
isisused
for
EF
(=46)
Table
to for
translate
S1AP parameter
QCI
3 into
and
UE
the
UL
scheduling
algorithm
according
the
UL
scheduling
algorithm
according
[36.321].
QCI
characteristics.
DelayTarget
is the values
maximum
packet
delay
value
[36.321].
Increasing priority
indicate
lower
priority.
used
by
the
eNB
MAC
scheduling
algorithm.
The
bucket
size
of
a
logical
channel
is
calculated
This parameter specifies the ID of the
by
PBR * BSD.
corresponding
profile.the DSCP
This parameterDRX
configures
If
several
EPS
bearers
are
established
for a UE,
(Differentiated
Services
Code
Point) value
This
parameter
enables
TTI
bundling
if QCIs
the QCI
is
eNB
compares
the
DRX
profiles
of
the
used
associated
withcurrent
the QCI.
present
in
the
bearer
combination.
This
parameter
specifies
theselects
overhead
factor
of
for
those
EPS
bearers
and
the
profile
The
DSCP
value
be
in
each
IP DRX
packet
If
this
parameter
iswill
set
to set
"true"
for any
bearer
of
the
downlink
GBR
in
layer
2.
with
highest
priority.
This
parameter
specifies
the
overhead
factor
of
sentcurrent
for the bearer
relatedcombination,
bearer to S-GW
target eNB.
the
the or
eNB
increases
the
GBR
in
downlink
direction
for
the
uplink
GBR for
inGroup
layerbundling
2.
Logical
Channel
Identifier
for
buffer status
measurements
activated
and
radio
layer
2based
bythe
theTTI
product
GBRare
in
downlink
eNB
increases
GBR
invalues
uplink
direction
for
List
of
IETF
DSCP
(numerical
reporting.
TTI
bundling
might
be
activated.
Otherwise
TTI
This
parameter
the
maximum
value
of
direction
L2specifies
Overhead
Factor
DL/100.
radio
layer
2not
by
the
product
GBR
inGBR
uplink
values
in and
decimal):
This
parameter
is
used
for
configuration
of the
bundling
is
applied.
the
GBR
in
the
downlink
direction.
This
parameter
maximum
value
of
direction
and reports
L2specifies
Overhead
Factor
GBR
UL/100.
BE
(=0),
buffer
status
of
UEthe
according
eNB
will
reject
EPS
bearers
with[36.321].
QCI3 for
the
GBR
in thethose
uplink
direction.
AF11
(=10),
This
parameter
specifies
the
ID
of
the
which
thereject
GBRthose
in downlink
direction
is greater
eNB
EPS
bearers
with
QCI3 for
AF12will
(=12),
corresponding
PDCP
profile.
This
parameter
gives
the
priority
of
the
EPS than
than
this
value.
which
the GBR in uplink direction is greater
AF13 (=14),
bearer
according
TS23.203.
QoSvalue.
Class
this
AF21
(=18),Identifier.
AF22
(=20),
This parameter
indicates whether the given QCI is
AF23
(=22),
supported
and Type
enabled.
The
Resource
indicates whether bearer is a
AF31 (=26),
GBR
or
NON-GBR
bearer.
This parameter
configures the RLC Mode of the
AF32
(=28),
The
Resource
Type determines if dedicated
data
radio
bearer.
AF33
(=30),
This
parameter
specifies
of the or bearer
network
resources
relatedthe
to ID
a service
AF41
(=34),
corresponding
RLC
profile.
This
is Bit
used
to configure
the are
Bucket
level
Guaranteed
Rate
(GBR) value
AF42parameter
(=36),
Size
Duration
(BSD)
of
the
UL
scheduler.
permanently
allocated.
Logical
Channel
Priority
for
the
MAC
scheduler.
AF43 (=38),
For
usedby
byUE
eNB
For
GBR
bearers, "schedulBSD"
"schedulPrio" isisused
for
EF GBR
(=46)bearers,
and
UE
for
the
UL
scheduling
algorithm
according
the UL scheduling algorithm according [36.321].
[36.321].
Increasing priority values indicate lower priority.
The bucket size of a logical channel is calculated
by PBR * BSD.

Table to translate the S1AP parameter QCI 4 into

QCI
characteristics.
DelayTarget
is the maximum packet delay value
used
by
the
eNB
MAC scheduling
This parameter specifies
the ID of algorithm.
the
corresponding
DRX
profile.
This parameter configures the DSCP
If
several EPS Services
bearers are
established
for a UE,
(Differentiated
Code
Point) value
This
parameter
enables
TTI
bundling
if QCIs
the QCI
is
eNB
compares
the
DRX
profiles
of
the
used
associated
withcurrent
the QCI.
present
in
the
bearer
combination.
This
parameter
specifies
theselects
overhead
factor
of
for
those
EPS
bearers
and
the DRX
profile
The
DSCP
value
be
in
each
packet
If
this
parameter
iswill
set
to set
true
for
anyIP
bearer
of the
the
downlink
GBR
in
layer
2.
with
highest
priority.
This
parameter
specifies
overhead
factor eNB.
of
sent
for
the related
bearerthe
tothe
S-GW
or target
current
bearer
combination,
measurements
eNB
increases
the
GBR2.in downlink
direction forfor
the
uplink
GBR
inGroup
layer
Logical
Channel
Identifier
for
buffer
status
TTI
bundling
are
activated
and
TTI
bundling
may
radio
layer
bythe
theDSCP
product
GBR (numerical
in
downlink
eNB
GBR
invalues
uplink
direction
for
List
ofincreases
IETF2based
reporting.
be
activated.
Otherwise
TTI
bundling
is value
not
This
parameter
specifies
the
maximum
of
direction
and
L2
Overhead
Factor
GBR
DL/100.
radio
layer
2
by
the
product
GBR
in
uplink
values
in
decimal):
This
parameter
is used for
configuration of the
applied.
the
GBR
in
the
downlink
direction.
This
parameter
maximum
value
of
direction
and reports
L2specifies
Overhead
Factor
GBR
UL/100.
BE
(=0),
buffer
status
of
UEthe
according
eNB
will
reject
those
EPS
bearers
with[36.321].
QCI4 for
the
GBR
in
the
uplink
direction.
AF11
(=10),
This
parameter
specifies
thedirection
ID
theis greater
It
is recommended
that GBR
andofnon-GBR
which
thereject
GBRthose
in
downlink
eNB
EPS
bearers
with logical
QCI4 for
AF12will
(=12),
corresponding
profile.
bearers
are
notPDCP
mapped
into
the same
This
parameter
gives
the
priority
of
the
EPS
than
this
value.
which
the
GBR
in
uplink
direction
is
greater
AF13
(=14),
channel
group, since
in this case the data ofthan
the
bearer
according
TS23.203.
QoS
Class
Identifier.
this
value.
AF21
(=18),
logical
channel
group are scheduled as non-GBR
AF22
(=20),
This parameter
indicates
the given
QCI is
data
and
the delay
budgetwhether
for the GBR
bearer
AF23
(=22),
supported
and
enabled.
cannot
be
controlled.
The
AF31Resource
(=26), Type indicates whether bearer is a
GBR
or
NON-GBR
bearer. the RLC Mode of the
This
parameter
configures
AF32 (=28),
The
Resource
Type
determines if dedicated
data
radio
bearer.
AF33
(=30),
This
parameter
specifies
the ID of the
network
resources
related
AF41
(=34), RLC profile.to a service or bearer
corresponding
This
is Bit
used
to configure
the are
Bucket
level
Guaranteed
Rate
(GBR) value
AF42parameter
(=36),
Size
Duration
(BSD)
of
the
UL
scheduler.
permanently
allocated.
Logical(=38),
Channel Priority for the MAC scheduler.
AF43
For
bearers,
"schedulBSD"
usedby
byUE
eNB
For
GBR
bearers,the
"schedulPrio"
isisused
for
EF GBR
(=46)
Table
to
translate
S1AP parameter
QCI
5 into
and
UE
for
the
UL
scheduling
algorithm
according
the
UL
scheduling
algorithm
according
[36.321].
QCI
characteristics
This
parameter
specifies
ID of lower
the priority.
[36.321].
Increasing
priority
values the
indicate
corresponding
DRX
profile
The
bucket
size
of
a
logical
channel
This parameter configures the DSCPis calculated
If
several
EPS Services
bearers are
established
for an UE,
by
PBR * BSD.
(Differentiated
Code
Point) value
This parameter
enables
TTI
bundling
the QCI
is
eNB
compares
the
DRX
profiles
of theif QCIs
used
associated
with
the
QCI.
present
inEPS
the current
bearer
combination.
Logical
Channel
Group
Identifier
for
buffer
status
for
those
bearers
and
selects
the
DRX
profile
The
DSCP
valueiswill
in each
IP bearer
packet of
If
thishighest
parameter
setbe
to set
"true"
for any
reporting
with
priority
This
parameter
specifies
the
ID
of
the
sent
for
the
related
bearer
to
S-GW
or
target
eNB.
the
current
bearer
combination,
the
This
parameter
is used
for configuration
of the
corresponding
PDCP
profile.
This
parameter
gives
of the
EPS and
measurements
for
TTI
bundling
are
activated
buffer
reports
ofthe
UEpriority
according
[36.321]
List
of status
IETF
based
DSCP
values
(numerical
bearer
according
TS23.203.
TTI
bundling
might
be
activated.
Otherwise
TTI
QoS
Class
Identifier
values
in is
decimal):
bundling
not applied.
This (=0),
parameter indicates whether the given QCI is
BE
supported
enabled
AF11
(=10),and Type
The Resource
indicates whether a bearer is
AF12
(=12),
a
GBR
or
a
NON-GBR
bearer.
This
parameter
configures
the RLC Mode of the
AF13
(=14), Type
The
Resource
determines
if dedicated
data
radio
bearer
This
parameter
specifies
the
of the or bearer
AF21 (=18),
network
resources related to ID
a service
corresponding
profile
AF22parameter
(=20), RLC
This
is Bit
used
to configure
the are
Bucket
level
Guaranteed
Rate
(GBR) value
AF23
(=22),
Size
Duration
(BSD)
of
the
UL
scheduler
permanently
allocated.
Logical
Channel Priority for the UE scheduler
AF31
(=26),
The
BSD
is sent
to to
UEUE
forfor
the ULUL
scheduling
This
priority
is sent
scheduling
This
parameter
specifies
howthe
the EPS
bearer with
AF32
(=28),
algorithm
according
to
[36.321].
algorithm
according
for
DRB
[36.321].
QCI
5
is
scheduled.
AF33
(=30),
This
parameter
specifies
the
scheduling
weight for
The UE calculates
the bucket
sizelower
of a logical
Increasing
priority values
indicate
priority.
For
the
scheduling
type SIGNALLING
the
bearer
AF41
(=34),
eNB
schedulers
channel
by
PBR
*
BSD.
Table
to translate
the S1AP
parameter
QCI
6be
into
is
handled
like
SRBs.
The
MAC
LCGID
shall
AF42
(=36),
The
scheduling
weight is used for MAC scheduling
QCI
characteristics
This
parameter
specifies
the
IDchannel
of
set
0 and
is
used
forthe
UL priority
and DL
AF43
(=38),
(ULto
and
DL),schedulPrio
and
MAC logical
corresponding
DRX
profile
scheduling.
EF
(=46)
This parameter
configuresinthe
handling
and multiplexing
DLDSCP
If
several
EPS Services
bearers
established
an UE,
For
the scheduling
typeare
NON-GBR
thefor
bearer
is
(Differentiated
Code
Point) value
This
parameter
enables
TTI
bundling
if QCIs
theMAC
QCI
is
eNB
compares
the
DRX
profiles
of theThe
used
handled
likewith
other
non-GBR
bearers.
associated
the
QCI.
present
inEPS
thenot
current
bearer
combination.
Logical
Channel
Group
Identifier
forthe
buffer
status
for
those
bearers
selects
profile
LCGID
shall
be
to be
0and
and
the
schedulWeight
is
The
DSCP
value
will
set
in each
IP DRX
packet
If
this
parameter
is
set
to
"true"
for any
bearer
of
reporting
with
the
highest
priority
used
for
DL
scheduling.
This
parameter
specifies
of
sent
for
the bearer
related
bearerthe
to ID
S-GW
or target eNB.
the
current
combination,
thethe
This
parameter
is used
for configuration
of the
corresponding
PDCP
profile.
This
parameter
gives
the
priority
of the
EPS and
measurements
for
TTI
bundling
are
activated
buffer
status
reports
of
UE
according
[36.321]
List
of IETF
based
DSCP
values Otherwise
(numericalTTI
bearer
according
TS23.203.
TTI
bundling
might
be activated.
QoS
Class
Identifier
values
in is
decimal):
bundling
not applied.
BE (=0),
AF11 (=10),
AF12 (=12),
AF13 (=14),
AF21 (=18),
AF22 (=20),

This parameter indicates whether the given QCI is

supported
and Type
enabled
The Resource
indicates whether a bearer is
a
GBR
or
NON-GBR
bearer.
This parameter configures
the RLC Mode of the
The
Resource
Type determines if dedicated
data
radio
bearer
This
parameter
specifies
the
of the or bearer
network resources related to ID
a service
corresponding
RLC
profile
This parameter
is Bit
used
to configure
the are
Bucket
level
Guaranteed
Rate
(GBR) value
Size
Duration
(BSD)
of
the
UL
scheduler
permanently
allocated.
Logical Channel Priority for the UE scheduler
The
BSD
is sent
to to
UEthe
forUE
thefor
ULthe
scheduling
This
priority
is sent
UL weight for
This
parameter
specifies
the scheduling
algorithm
according
toaccording
[36.321].
scheduling
algorithm
to
DRB [36.321].
eNB
schedulers
Table
to calculates
translate
the
parameter
7 into
The
UE
theS1AP
bucket
sizeaoflower
a QCI
logical
Increasing
priority
values
indicate
priority.
The
scheduling
weight
is used
for MAC scheduling
QCI
characteristics
channel
by
PBR
*
BSD.
This
parameter
specifies
the IDchannel
of the priority
(UL and
DL), and
MAC logical
corresponding
DRX
profile
This parameter
configuresinthe
handling
and multiplexing
DLDSCP
If
several EPS Services
bearers are
established
for a UE,
(Differentiated
Code
Point) value
This
parameter
enables
TTI bundling
the QCIs
QCI is
the eNB
compares
the
DRX
profiles ofif the
associated
with
the
QCI.
present
inthose
the current
bearer
combination.
Logical
Channel
Group
Identifier
for
buffer
status
used
for
EPS
bearers
and
selects
the
DRX
The
valueiswill
set
in each
IP bearer
packet
If
thisDSCP
parameter
setbe
to
"true"
for any
of
reporting
profile
with
the
highest
priority
This
parameter
specifies
of
the
sent
for
the bearer
related
bearerthe
to ID
S-GW
or target eNB.
the
current
combination,
the
This
parameterPDCP
is used
for the configuration of the
corresponding
profile.
This
parameter
gives
the
priority
of the
EPS
measurements
for
TTI
bundling
are
activated
buffer
status
reports
of
the
UE according
to and
List
of IETF
based
DSCP
values
(numerical
bearer
according
TS23.203.
TTI
bundling
might
be
activated.
Otherwise
TTI
QoS
Class
Identifier
[36.321]
values
in is
decimal):
bundling
not applied.
This (=0),
parameter indicates whether the given QCI is
BE
supported
enabled
AF11
(=10),and Type
The Resource
indicates whether bearer is a
AF12
(=12),
GBR
or
NON-GBR
bearer.
This
parameter
configures the RLC Mode of the
AF13
(=14), Type
The
Resource
determines if dedicated
data
radio
bearer
This parameter
specifies
of the or bearer
AF21
(=18),
network
resources
relatedthe
to ID
a service
corresponding
profile
AF22parameter
(=20), RLC
This
is Bit
used
to configure
the are
Bucket
level
Guaranteed
Rate
(GBR) value
AF23
(=22), allocated.
Size
Duration
(BSD)
of
the
UL
scheduler
permanently
Logical
Channel Priority for the UE scheduler
AF31
(=26),
The
BSD
is sent
to to
UEthe
forUE
thefor
ULthe
scheduling
This
priority
is sent
UL weight for
This
parameter
specifies
the scheduling
AF32
(=28),
algorithm
according
[36.321].
scheduling
algorithm
according
to
DRB
[36.321].
eNB
schedulers
AF33
(=30),
TableUE
to calculates
translate
the
parameter
8 into
The
theS1AP
bucket
sizeaoflower
a QCI
logical
Increasing
priority
values
indicate
priority.
The
scheduling
weight
is
used
for
MAC
AF41characteristics
(=34),
QCI
channel
by PBRspecifies
* BSD. the ID of the scheduling
This
parameter
(UL
and
DL), and MAC logical channel priority
AF42
(=36),
corresponding
DRX
profileinthe
This parameter
configures
handling
and multiplexing
DLDSCP
AF43
(=38),
If
several
EPS
bearers
are
established
for an UE,
(Differentiated
Services
Code
Point) value
EF
(=46)
This
parameter
enables
TTI
bundling
if QCIs
the QCI
is
eNB
compares
the
DRX
profiles
of
the
used
associated
withcurrent
the QCI.
present
in
the
bearer
combination.
Logical
Channel
Group
Identifier
forthe
buffer
status
for
those
EPS
bearers
and
selects
profile
The
DSCP
value
in each
IP DRX
packet
If
thishighest
parameter
iswill
setbe
to set
"true"
for any
bearer
of
reporting
with
priority
This
parameter
specifies
the
ID
of
the
sent
for
the
related
bearer
to
S-GW
or
target
eNB.
the
current
bearer
combination,
the
This
parameterPDCP
is used
for configuration of the
corresponding
profile.
This
parameter
gives
the
priority
of the
EPS
measurements
for
TTI
bundling
are
activated
buffer
status
reports
of
the
UE according
to and
List
of IETF
based
DSCP
values
(numerical
bearer
according
to
TS23.203.
TTI
bundling
might
be
activated.
Otherwise
TTI
QoS
Class
Identifier
[36.321]
values
in is
decimal):
bundling
not applied.
This
parameter indicates whether the given QCI is
BE (=0),
supported
enabled
AF11
(=10),and Type
The Resource
indicates whether bearer is a
AF12
(=12),
GBR
or
NON-GBR
bearer.
This
parameter
configures the RLC Mode of the
AF13
(=14), Type
The
Resource
determines if dedicated
data
radio
bearer
This
parameter
specifies
of the or bearer
AF21
(=18),
network
resources
relatedthe
to ID
a service
corresponding
RLC
profile
AF22
(=20),
This
parameter
is
used
to
configure
the are
Bucket
level Guaranteed Bit Rate (GBR) value
AF23Duration
(=22), allocated.
Size
(BSD)
of
the
UL
scheduler
permanently
Logical
Channel Priority for the UE scheduler
AF31
(=26),
The
BSD
is sent
to to
thethe
UEUE
forfor
thethe
ULUL
scheduling
This
priority
is sent
This
parameter
specifies
the scheduling
weight for
AF32
(=28),
algorithm
according
to
[36.321].
scheduling
algorithm according to DRB [36.321].
eNB
schedulers
AF33
(=30),
Table
to calculates
translate
the
parameter
9 into
The
UE
theS1AP
bucket
sizeaoflower
a QCI
logical
Increasing
priority
values
indicate
priority.
The
scheduling
weight
used
for MAC scheduling
AF41
(=34),
QCI
characteristics
channel
by PBRspecifies
* BSD.is the
This
parameter
ID
of
the
(UL
and
DL), and MAC logical channel priority
AF42
(=36),
corresponding
DRX
profileinthe
This
parameter
configures
handling
and multiplexing
DLDSCP
AF43 (=38),
If
several
EPS
bearers
are
established
for a UE,
(Differentiated
Services
Code
Point) value
EF
(=46)
This
parameter
enables
TTI bundling
if the
the QCIs
QCI is
the
eNB
compares
the
DRX
profiles
of
associated
withcurrent
the QCI.
present
in
the
bearer
combination.
Logical
Group
Identifier
for buffer
used
forChannel
those
EPS
bearers
and
selects
thestatus
DRX
The
value
set
in each
IP bearer
packet
If
thisDSCP
parameter
iswill
setbe
to
"true"
for any
of
reporting
profile
with
the
highest
priority
This
parameter
specifies
the
ID
of
the
sentcurrent
for the bearer
relatedcombination,
bearer to S-GW
the
the or targetofeNB.
This
parameter
is
used
for
the
configuration
the
corresponding
PDCP
profile.
measurements
for TTI
bundling
are activated
and
buffer
status
reports
of
the
UE
according
to
List
of IETF based
values Otherwise
(numericalTTI
TTI
bundling
might DSCP
be activated.
[36.321]
values
in
decimal):
bundling is not applied.
BE (=0),
AF11 (=10),
AF12 (=12),
AF13 (=14),

This parameter gives the priority of the EPS

bearer
according
TS23.203.
QoS Class
Identifier
This parameter indicates whether the given QCI is
supported
and Type
enabled
The Resource
indicates whether bearer is a
GBR
or
NON-GBR
bearer.
This parameter configures the RLC Mode of the
The
Resource
Type determines if dedicated
data
radio bearer
This
parameter
specifies
of the or bearer
network
resources
relatedthe
to ID
a service
corresponding
RLC
profile
This parameter
is Bit
used
to configure
the are
Bucket
level
Guaranteed
Rate
(GBR) value
Size
Duration
(BSD)
of the
permanently
allocated.
Logical
Channel
Priority
for UL
thescheduler
UE scheduler
The
BSD
is sent
to to
theUE
UEfor
for theUL
ULscheduling
scheduling
This
priority
is sent
This
parameter
specifies
the the
scheduling
weight for
algorithm
according
to
[36.321].
algorithm
according to DRB [36.321].
eNB
schedulers
Table
to calculates
translate
the
parameter
into
The
UE
theS1AP
bucket
sizeaoflower
a QCI
logical
Increasing
priority
values
indicate
priority.
The
scheduling
weight
is used
for MAC scheduling
QCI
characteristics
for
operator-specific
QCIs
channel
by
PBR
*
BSD.
This
parameter
indicates
the counter
to
(UL and
DL), and
MAC logical
channelgroup
priority
which
QCI
belongs
Delay the
target
ismultiplexing
the maximum
packet delay value
handling
and
in DL
used
by the eNBspecifies
MAC scheduling
for
This parameter
the ID of algorithm
the
GBR
bearers.
corresponding
DRX
profile the DSCP
This
parameter
configures
eNB
ignores
this
parameter
for nonGBR
If
several
EPS
bearers
are
established
forOperator
an UE,
(Differentiated
Services
Code
Point) value
This
parameter
enables
TTI
bundling
if
the QCI
is
QCIs.
eNB compares
the
DRX
profiles of the QCIs
used
associated
with
the
QCI.
present
inEPS
the current
bearer
combination.
This
parameter
specifies
the
overhead
factor
of
for
those
bearers
and
selects
the
DRX
profile
The
DSCP
valueiswill
be
in each
IP bearer
packet of
If
this
parameter
set
to set
"true"
for any
the
downlink
GBR
in
layer
2.
with
highest
priority
This
parameter
specifies
the
overhead
factor
of
sent
for
the
related
bearer
to
S-GW
or
target
the
current
bearer
combination,
the direction eNB.
eNB
increases
the
GBR2.in downlink
for
the
uplink
GBR
in
layer
Logical
Channel
Group
Identifier
for
buffer status
measurements
for
TTI
bundling
are
activated
and
radio
layer
2
by
the
product
GBR
in
downlink
eNB
the DSCP
GBR
invalues
uplinkOtherwise
direction for
List
ofincreases
IETF based
(numerical
reporting
TTI
bundling
might
be
activated.
TTI
This
parameter
the
maximum
value
of
direction
L2specifies
Overhead
Factor
DL/100.
radio
layer
2 by
the
product
GBR
inGBR
uplink
values
in and
decimal):
This
parameter
is
used
for
configuration
ofOperator
the
bundling
is
applied.
the
GBR
in not
the
downlink
direction.
eNB
ignores
this
parameter
for
nonGBR
This
parameter
specifies
the
maximum
value
of
direction
and
L2
Overhead
Factor
GBR
UL/100.
BE
(=0),
buffer
status
reports
of
UEbearers
according
[36.321]
eNB
will
reject
those
EPS
withtoQCI3
for
QCIs.
the
GBR
in
the
uplink
direction.
eNB
ignores
this
parameter
for
nonGBR
Operator
AF11
(=10),
This
parameter
specifies
thedirection
ID of theis greater
which
thereject
GBRthose
in
downlink
eNB
will
EPS
bearers with
QCI3 for
QCIs.
AF12
(=12),
corresponding
PDCP
profile.
This
parameter
gives
thedirection
priority
the
EPS for
than
this
value.
eNB
ignores
this of
parameter
which
the
GBR
in
uplink
is
greater
AF13
(=14),
If
the RLC
mode is
set to "RLC_AM", this than
bearer
according
TS23.203.
nonGBR
Operator
QCIs.
QoSvalue.
Class
Identifier
this
eNB
ignores
this range
parameter
AF21
(=18),
parameter
has
to
in for
the
{1, 2,for
3, 4, 5}.
This
parameter
is set
used
GBR congestion
nonGBR
Operator
QCIs.
AF22
(=20),
This
parameter
indicates
whether
the
given
If
the
RLC
mode
is
set
to
"RLC_UM",
this
handling
and is ignored for nonGBR bearers.QCI is
AF23
(=22),
supported
and
parameter
has enabled
to be set in range {102, 103, 104}.
The
AF31Resource
(=26), Type indicates whether bearer is a
GBR
or
NON-GBR
bearer. the RLC Mode of the
This parameter
configures
AF32
(=28),
The
Resource
Type
determines if dedicated
data
radio
bearer
AF33
(=30),
This parameter
specifies
the ID of the
network
resources
related
AF41 (=34), RLC profile to a service or bearer
corresponding
This
parameter
is
used
to
configure
the are
Bucket
level
Guaranteed
Bit
Rate
(GBR) value
AF42 (=36),
Size
Duration
(BSD)
of
the
UL
scheduler
permanently
allocated.
Logical(=38),
Channel Priority for the UE scheduler
AF43
The
BSD
is sent
to to
theUE
UEfor
for theUL
ULscheduling
scheduling
This
priority
is sent
EF
(=46)
This
parameter
specifies
the the
scheduling
weight for
algorithm
according
to
[36.321].
algorithm
according to DRB [36.321].
eNB
schedulers
This
parameter
selects
whether
Target
eNodeB
The UE calculates
the bucket
sizeaoflower
a logical
Increasing
priority
values
indicate
priority.
The
scheduling
is used
for MACRACH
scheduling
shall
provide
andweight
a dedicated
channel
by PBR
*reserve
BSD.
Defines
the
minimal
number
of
seconds
after
(UL
and DL),
and from
MAC logical channel priority
preamble
for HO
which
a1recovery
resetUTRAN.
caninbe
Profile
of
RLC
parameters
fortriggered.
DRBs in
RLC AM
handling
and
multiplexing
DL
In case no dedicated RACH
preamble
is provided
mode
This
parameter
specifies
the
parameter
UE
will
perform
contention
based
RACH
access.
Note:
When
setting
the parameter
valuepollPDU
to
10000
of
[36.331]
If
a
dedicated
RACH
preamble
is
provided
Identity
of
the
RLC
profile
(unlimited delay), the recovery reset will be UE will
The
parameter
PDUbased
defines
the number
of
perform
non-contention
RACH
access
as
performed
afterPoll
all snapshot
This
parameter
specifies
theainformation
parameter
t-is
RLC
PDUs
that
are
sent
on
logical
channel
for
intra
LTE
handover.
collected.
This setting
must be used with care.
pollRetransmit
ofspecifies
[36.331]
This
parameter to
t- reserve
before
theinRLC
polling
bitthe
is
Note parameter
that
case
eNodeB
is set.
configured
This
timer is RACH
used
by
the transmitting
side of that
an
StatusProhibit
of
[36.331]
a
dedicated
preamble
it
may
happen
This
parameter
specifies
the
parameter
tAM
RLC
entity
in
order
to
retransmit
a
poll.
This
timer
isofused
bydedicated
the receiving
side
of an AM
eNodeB
runs
out
of
RACH
preambles.
Reordering
[36.331]
Profile
101minimum
of
RLC
parameters
for
DRBs
in be
RLC
The
used
value
of the
timer
shall
RLC
entity
in
order
to
prohibit
transmission
of
a
In this
case
contention
based
RACH
access
will
This
timer
is
used
by
the
receiving
side
ofwith
an
AM
UM
mode
larger
than
the
calculated
round-trip
time
Identity
of
the
RLC
profile
STATUS
PDU
be
used
as
fallback
solution.
RLC
entity for reordering,
PDU loss detection
and
considerations
of HARQ retransmissions
and outThis
parameter
configures
the
length
of
the
SN
delay
of
STATUS
PDU
transmission.
This
timer
of-sequence arrival. The value of the timer shall
field
for
RLC
UM
procedures
inlength
downlink
direction.
depends
on
HARQ
RTT
and
of
This
parameter
configures
thenumber
of HARQ
the
SN
be larger
than
twice
of the
timerReorder.
If
UE
does
not
support
the
value
5bit,
the
value
retransmissions.
field for
RLC UMspecifies
procedures
in uplink direction.
This
parameter
the
parameter
t10bit
is used.
If
UE does
not
support the value 5bit, the value
Reordering
of [36.331]
10bit
is
used.
This timer is used by the receiving side of an UM
RLC entity for reordering and PDU loss detection.
This timer depends on HARQ RTT and number of
HARQ retransmissions.

Profile 2 of RLC parameters for DRBs in RLC UM

mode.
Identity of the RLC profile.
This parameter configures the length of the SN
field
RLC UMconfigures
procedures
downlink
direction.
This for
parameter
theinlength
of the
SN
If
UE
does
not
support
the
value
5bit,
the
value
field
for
RLC
UM
procedures
in
uplink
direction.
This
parameter
specifies the parameter t10bit
is used.
If
UE does
not
support the value 5bit, the value
Reordering
of
[36.331]
Profile
3 of
RLC paremeters for DRBs in RLC UM
10bit
is
used.
This
timer
is used by the receiving side of an UM
mode.
Identity
of the
profile.and PDU loss detection.
RLC entity
for RLC
reordering
parameter
configures
the RTT
length
of number
the SN of
This timer
depends
on HARQ
and
field
for
RLC
UM
procedures
in
downlink
direction.
HARQ
retransmissions.
This parameter configures the length of the
SN
If
UE
does
not
support
the
value
5bit,
the
value
field
for
RLC
UM
procedures
in
uplink
direction.
This
parameter
specifies the parameter t10bit
is used.
If
UE does
not
support the value 5bit, the value
Reordering
of
[36.331]
Profile
4 of
RLC paremeters for DRBs in RLC UM
10bit
is
used.
This
timer
is used by the receiving side of an UM
mode.
Identity
of
the
profile.and PDU loss detection.
RLC entity for RLC
reordering
parameter
configures
the RTT
length
of number
the SN of
This timer
depends
on HARQ
and
field
for
RLC
UM
procedures
in
downlink
direction.
HARQ
retransmissions.
This parameter configures the length of the
SN
If
UE
does
not
support
the
value
5bit,
the
value
field
for
RLC
UM
procedures
in
uplink
direction.
This
parameter
specifies the parameter t10bit
is used.
If
UE does
not
support the value 5bit, the value
Reordering
of [36.331]
Profile
2
of
RLC
parameters for DRBs in RLC AM
10bit
is used.
This
timer
is used by the receiving side of an UM
mode
This
specifies the
pollPDU
RLC parameter
entity for reordering
andparameter
PDU loss detection.
of
[36.331]
Identity
of the
RLC profile
This
timer
depends
on HARQ RTT and number of
The
parameter
Poll PDU defines the number of
HARQ
retransmissions.
This parameter
theaparameter
tRLC
PDUs that specifies
are sent on
logical channel
pollRetransmit
[36.331]
This parameter
parameter tbefore
the RLCofspecifies
polling
bitthe
is set.
This
timer is used
by the transmitting side of an
StatusProhibit
ofspecifies
[36.331]
This
parameter
the
parameter
tAM
RLC
entity
in
order
retransmit
a poll.
This
timer isofused
by thetoreceiving
side
of an AM
Reordering
[36.331]
Profile
3 ofminimum
RLC
parameters
for
DRBs
in RLC
AM
The
used
value
of the
timer shall
be
RLC
entity
order
to
prohibit
transmission
ofAM
a
This
timer
isin
used
by
the
receiving
side
ofwith
an
mode
larger
than
the
calculated
round-trip
time
This parameter
specifies the
parameter
pollPDU
STATUS
PDU
RLC
entity
for reordering,
PDU
loss detection
and
considerations
of HARQ retransmissions
and outof
[36.331]
Identity
of
the
RLC
profile
delay
of
STATUS
PDU
transmission.
This
timer
of-sequence
arrival.
The value
of the
the number
timer shall
The
parameter
Poll RTT
PDU
defines
of
depends
on
HARQ
and
number
of HARQ
This
parameter
specifies
the
parameter
tbe
larger
than
twice
of
the
timerReorder.
RLC
PDUs
that
are
sent
on
a
logical
channel
retransmissions.
pollRetransmit
[36.331]
This parameter
parameter tbefore
the RLCofspecifies
polling
bitthe
is set.
This
timer
is
used
by the transmitting side of an
StatusProhibit
of
[36.331]
ThisRLC
parameter
the
parameter
tAM
inspecifies
order
retransmit
a poll.
This
timerentity
isofused
by thetoreceiving
side
of an AM
Reordering
[36.331]
Profile
4
of
RLC
parameters
for
DRBs
in
RLC
AM
The
used
minimum
value
of
the
timer
shall
be
RLC
entityisinused
orderby
tothe
prohibit
transmission
ofAM
a
This
timer
receiving
side
ofwith
an
mode
larger
than
the
calculated
round-trip
time
This
parameter
specifies the
parameter
pollPDU
STATUS
PDU
RLC
entity
for reordering,
PDU
loss detection
and
considerations
of HARQ retransmissions
and outof
[36.331]
Identity
of
the
RLC
profile
delay
of
STATUS
PDU
transmission.
This
timer
of-sequence
arrival.
The value
of the
the number
timer shall
The
parameter
Poll RTT
PDU
defines
of
depends
on
HARQ
and
number
of HARQ
This
parameter
specifies
the
parameter
tbe larger
than
twice
of the
timerReorder.
RLC
PDUs
that
are
sent
on
a
logical
channel
retransmissions.
pollRetransmit
[36.331]
This parameter
parameter tbefore
the RLCofspecifies
polling
bitthe
is set.
This
timer
is
used
by the transmitting side of an
StatusProhibit
of
[36.331]
This
parameter
the
parameter
tAM
RLC
inspecifies
order
retransmit
a poll.
This
timerentity
isofused
by thetoreceiving
side
of an AM
Reordering
[36.331]
Profile
5 ofminimum
RLC
parameters
for
DRBs
in RLC
AM
The
used
value
of the
timer shall
be
RLC
entity
order
to
prohibit
transmission
ofAM
a
This
timer
isin
used
by
the
receiving
side
ofwith
an
mode
larger
than
the
calculated
round-trip
time
This
parameter
specifies
the
parameter
pollPDU
STATUS
PDU
RLC
entity
for reordering,
PDU loss detection
and
considerations
of HARQ retransmissions
and outof
[36.331]
Identity
of
the
RLC
profile
delay
of
STATUS
PDU
transmission.
This
timer
of-sequence
arrival.
The value
of the
the number
timer shall
The
parameter
Poll RTT
PDU
defines
of
depends
on
HARQ
and
number
of HARQ
This
parameter
specifies
the
parameter
tbe
larger
than
twice
of
the
timerReorder.
RLC
PDUs
that
are
sent
on
a
logical
channel
retransmissions.
pollRetransmit
[36.331]
This
parameter
parameter tbefore
the RLCofspecifies
polling
bitthe
is set.
This
timer
is
used
by the transmitting side of an
StatusProhibit
ofspecifies
[36.331]
This
parameter
the
parameter
tAM
RLC
in order
retransmit
a poll.
This
timerentity
isofused
by thetoreceiving
side
of an AM
Reordering
[36.331]
If
forused
an eNB
cell
allto
configured
PLMN
IDs are
The
minimum
value
of the
timer shall
be
RLC
entity
order
prohibit
transmission
ofAM
a
This
timer
isin
used
by
the
receiving
side
ofwith
an
unavailable
on
S1
interface
for
the
duration
given
larger
than
the
calculated
round-trip
time
This
parameter
defines
the
period
of
the
SCell
STATUS
PDU
RLC
entity for reordering,
PDU loss detection
and
by
"s1InducedCellDeactDelayTime",
the eNB
considerations
HARQ retransmissions
and cell
outActivation
cycle.of
This
parameter
defines
the
Method
to
be
used
delay
of
STATUS
PDU
transmission.
This
timer
is
deactivated.
of-sequence
arrival.
The
value
of the timer shallfor
The
parameter
value
is inand
seconds.
SCell
Activation.
depends
on
HARQ
RTT
number
HARQ
This
timer
controls
the
deactivation
ofofSecondary
be larger
than twice
ofused
the timerReorder.
This
parameter
is not
when activated
"blind"
means
that
SCell
is blindly
and it
retransmissions.
Cell
for
Carrier
Aggregation
configured
UEs.
"sCellActivationMethod"
is never re-activated afteris set to "blind".
"sCellDeactivationTimereNB"
expiration.
The timer behaves in the same
way as the SCell
"nonGBRBufferBased"
means
SCellbut result
deactivation timer defined in TSthat
36.321,
activation
is
triggered
depending
on
is explicit SCell deactivation by MACthe
CEnon-GBR
instead
data
in buffer.
of the SCell
Activation
of
implicit
SCellPeriod
deactivation
in order
to avoidcycle
eNB
is
configured
in "sCellActivationCyclePeriod".
- UE
misalignment
due to ambiguous HARQ

The parameter selects how the ambiguous HARQ

feedback
UE with
active Cell
SCell
related to DL
Number ofofSteps
for an
Graceful
Shutdown
transmission is interpreted for the purpose of
Time
Interval
forInactivity
StepwiseTimer.
Output Power
controlling
DRX
Reduction
Graceful
Cell Shutdown
Defines thefor
number
of system
supported LNADJ
instances
(enbControlled
+
oamControlled).
If
set
to
conservative,
the
ambiguous
HARQ is
The configured WCDMA system information
feedback
is
interpreted
as
DTX
for
the
purpose
of
sent
to the
UE
with thefor
RRC
Connection
Release
Physical
cell
identifier
which
the system
controlling
the
timer.
If
set
to
aggressive,
the
message
in applies.
all kinds of redirection to WCDMA.
information
WCDMA
system
information
which
is
ambiguous
HARQ
feedback
interpreted
as in
The setting
applies
for all LTEis
cells
of included
the eNB.
the
Release
NACK
forConnection
the
purpose
of controlling
the timer.
ThisRRC
timer
is started
when
eNBmessage.
receives
a validIt is
expected
that the aggressive
settingReport
will favor
the
RAN-INFORMATION/Initial
Multiple
PDU.
This
timer is started
when
RIM
procedure
for
ais
The
parameter
must
be
added
as
character
string
UE
throughput
of
UEs
with
an
active
SCell.
It
This
timer
is restarted
whenoreNB
receives
GERAN
neighbor
cellwhen
fails
ends.
This
timer
is RAN-INFORMATION/Multiple
started
eNB
sends'0x',
out
afavor
RANin
hexadecimal
notation
with
leading
expected
that
the
conservative
setting
willwhere
subsequent
Report
When
theoctet
timertwo
expires
the eNB
re-starts
RANINFORMATION-REQUEST/Mutiple
Report
for
each
character
must
be
configured,
cell
throughput.
Guard
against failure of the MME to Report
respond in
PDU.
INFORMATION-REQUEST/Multiple
message.
with
a minimum
length
ofthe
one
octet.
preparation
phase
of S1
handover
tocell.
GSMthein
When
the
timer
expires
eNB
re-sends
Guard
against
failure
of
the
MME
to
respond
procedure
for
the
GERAN
neighbor
When
the string
timer expires
thedefined
eNB re-sends
the
The
octet
has to be
according
to
Timer
TS1RELOCprep_InterRAT
is
used
to
guard
RAN-INFORMATION-REQUEST/Multiple
Report
preparation
phase
ofnRimRirG(see
intra
LTE
S1tohandover
Guard
against
failure
of
the
MME
respond
in
RIM
message
up
to
[CCPM.9031])
TS25.331
section
10.2.48a.
against
failure
of thelength
MMEistoset
preparation
PDU.
Timer
isrespond
used
guard
Note:
IfTS1RELOCprep_LTE
this phase
timers
to atoto
short
value
preparation
of
S1
handover
another
times.
The
maximum
bound
for
calculation
phase
of
S1 handover
to tag
another
3GPP
RAT.
Itvalid
is
Refer
[RIM.359].
against
failure
of
the re-sending
MME
to timer
respond
preparation
(e.g.
5to
minutes),
the
RIM
PDUs
may
3GPP
RAT
for
RLC-AM
DRBs.
started
in
the
source
eNB
when
the
S1AP:
The
maximum
tag
timer
phase
of intra bound
LTE
handover.
Itcalculation
is against
started invalid
visibly
increase
the S1
link
traffic.
Timer
tS1relprepIrat
isfor
used
to
guard
HANDOVER
REQUIRED
is sent to the
for
RLC-UM
DRBs.
the
source
eNB
when
the message
S1AP:
HANDOVER
This
timer
delays
the
continuation
of
the
failure
of
the
MME
to
respond
preparation
phase
MME
and is message
stopped when
thetoS1AP:
REQUIRED
is sent
the
MME
and
is
admission
control
for
pre-empted
bearers.
of
S1
handover
to
another
3GPP
RAT.
It
is
started
This
parameter
determines
HANDOVER
COMMAND
orwhether
S1AP: TTI bundling
stopped
when
the
S1AP:
HANDOVER
If
eNB
sends
the
S1AP
E-RAB
in
the
eNB
whenmessage
the
S1AP:
HANDOVER
can
besource
started
via
intra-cell
handover
inter-in
PREPARATION
FAILURE
message
iswhile
received
Controls
theINDICATION
handling
of
TX
path
failures.
COMMAND
or
S1AP:
PREPARATION
FAILURE
RELEASE
for
pre-empted
bearers
REQUIRED
message
is
sent
to
the
MME
and
frequency
or
inter-RAT
measurements
are
response.
If
the
timer
expires
the
handover
is is to
message
is
received
inRSSI
response.
If the
timer
Sets
an
upper
limit
for
received
from
a
UE. If
MME,
the
MME
needs
time
to
release
the
stopped
when
the
S1AP:
HANDOVER
ongoing.
aborted
or cancelled.
If
set to the
"keepCellInService"
a Until
cell
expires
handover
is
aborted
or remains
cancelled.
exceeded,
the
command
indicates
indicated
bearers
inpower
the
EPC.
the
release -1
of
COMMAND
or next
S1AP:
PREPARATION
FAILURE
If
voiceSuppMatchInd
is
set
to
'supported'
enabled
as
as
long
asin
atresponse.
least
one
TX
path
dB
UL
power
change
even
if
the
current
UL
power
a
bearer
S-GW
might
still
send
downlink
data
message
is
received
If
the
timer
(respectively
'notSupported'),
eNB shall set
Time
to the
trigger
deactivation
ofthen
all
measurements
carrying
PSS/SSS
is operating.
is
insufficient
for
reaching
Target
SINR.
packets
for
this
bearer
eNB.
The
expected
expires
handover
istoaborted
or
cancelled.
the
'Voice
Support
Match
Indicator'
IE
in avalid,
S1AP:
Duration
for which
the event
A1 timer
must
be
Time
to
trigger
activation
of
GERAN
avarage
time
is
covered
by
this
that
delays
UE
RADIO
CAPABILITY
MATCH
RESPONSE
such
that
Inter-Frequency/Inter-RAT
If
set
to "disableCell"
cell is disabled
if atbyleast
measurements
the
continuation
of specific
thea admisison
Time
during
RSRP control
criteria
for the
the
message
to which
'Supported'
(respectively
to 'Not
measurements
are
deactivated
one
TX
path
is
not
operable.
Duration
for
which
the
event
A2
must
be
valid,
given timer
value.
event
A2
needs
to
be
met
in
order
to
trigger
a
Supported')
Duration
for
which
the
event
A2
must
be
valid,
such
that GSMreport
measurements
are
activated
measurement
If voiceSuppMatchInd
is
set torequires
'errorIndication',
such
additional
InterFrequency
Note
that
changing
the
mode
"BTS
Time
to
trigger
activation
of
WCDMA
then
eNB shall answer
to a S1AP: UE RADIO
measurements
are
activated
restart".
measuremenrts
Duration for which
theREQUEST
event A2 must
CAPABILITY
MATCH
with be
an valid,
ERROR
Duration
for
which
the
event A2 must be valid,
such
that
redirect
is
raised
INDICATION
message
Handover
margin for
better
cell HO.are
in
If
txPathFailureMode
is configured
toUsed
such
that WCDMA
measurements
activated
measurement
type
A3will
where
the in
event
is
'keepCellInService'
the
cell
be kept
service
This
parameterevent
defines
the
interval
with
which
triggered
when
the
neighbor
cell
becomes
better
in
following
configurations
for
a
TX
path
failure:
measurement
are repeatedly
sent
as long
Time
for serving
whichreports
the
specific
criteria
the
than
the
cell
byfor
the
value
offor
the
A3
offset.
-asdlMimoMode
is
configured
to:
"TXDiv",
"4-way
the
specific
criteria
the
measurement
measurement
event
A3 must
be
met in"Closed
orderevent
to
Defines
the
interval
with
which
measurement
TXDiv",
"Dynamic
Open
Loop
MIMO",
A3
are amet.
Value definitions
as
stated
in 3GPPas
trigger
measurement
report.
Value
definitions
reports
are
repeatedly
sent
as long(4x2)"
asthe
the
specific
Loop
Mimo",
"Closed
Loop
MIMO
and
Time
for
which
the
specific
criteria
for
TS36.331:
value
MS120
corresponds
to
120
ms,
stated
in
3GPP
TS36.331:
value
MS0
corresponds
criteria
for
theand
measurement
event
A5
are
met.
- for FSMr2
FSMr3:
syncSigTxMode
is to
measurement
event
A5
must
be
met
in
order
MS240
to
240
ms
and
so
on,
while
value
MIN1
Access
class
barring
for
mobile
originating
CS
to
0
ms,
MS40
to
40
ms
and
so
on.
Value
definitions
stated
3GPP
TS36.331:
configured
toto
"TxDix"
and
atinto
least
one
TX so
path
trigger
a measurement
report.
Value
definitions
corresponds
1 as
min,
MIN6
6 min
and
on.isas
fallback.
Access
class
barring
list
(5
bit)
for
originating
calls.
value
MS120
corresponds
to
120
ms,
MS240
to
still
operable
while
actOtdoa
is
set
to
"false"
or
stated
in 3GPPclass
TS36.331:
value
MS0 corresponds
Set
of
Access
barring
Parameter
for mobile
Access
class
barring
list
(5
bit)
for
originating
calls
240
ms
and
so
on,
while
value
MIN1
corresponds
(actOtdoa
is
set
to
"true"
and
actPrsTxDiv
set
to
Defines
access
barring
time.
to
0 ms, the
MS40
to 40class
ms and
so on.
originating
CS
fallback.
for
AC
11-15
(leftmost
bit
is
for
AC
11,
the
second
to
1
min,
MIN6
to
6
min
and
so
on.
"true")
The access
class barring
time
the time
Defines
the
forand
a UEdefines
toon...).
establish
an
bit
theaccess
list probability
is for
AC 12,
or inthe
that
barring
check so
remains
RRC
connection.
Access
classisbarring
forUE
MMTEL
video"SingleTx"
originating
The
no access
class
barred.
- fordefault
FSMr3:
syncSigTxMode
equals
unsuccessful
while
the
is not
performing
an
The
access probability
factor
defines
the
calls.
and
the
TX
path
which
transmits
the
Access
class
barring
list
(5
bit)
for
originating
calls.
emergency
call.
In
this
case,
the
UE
starts
timer
probability
for aClass
UE toParameter
establish for
an RRC
Set
ofusing
Access
MMTEL
video
synchronization
signallist
(PSS/SSS)
is
operable
Access
class
barring
(5
bit)
for
originating
calls
T303
this
parameter.
Timer
value
in
minutes.
Defines
thecalls.
access class barring time.
connection.
originating
for
AC
11-15
(leftmost
bit
is
for
AC
11,
the
second
access
class
barring
time
defines
the time
The UE
draws
a random
(0establish
= rand
<an
1). If
Defines
the
fornumber
a UE
to
eNB
will
automatically
check
for
each
cell if these
bit
inthe
the
list probability
is than
for
AC
and
so
on...).
that
access
barring
check
remains
rand
is
higher
the12,
value
indicated
by the
RRC
connection.
conditions
are
fulfilled.
not,
the
cell will
be
Access
class
forIfUE
MMTEL
voice
originating
The
default
isbarring
no
access
class
barred.
unsuccessful
while
the
is UE
not
performing
an
access
probability
factor,
the
considers
The
access
probability
factor
defines
the the
disabled.
calls.
Access
class
barring
list
(5
bit)
for
originating
calls.
emergency
call.
In
this
case,
the
UE
starts
timer
access
barring
check
to
be
unsuccessful.
probability
for aClass
UE toParameter
establish for
an RRC
Set
ofusing
Access
MMTEL
voice
Access
class
barring
list
(5
bit)
for
originating
calls
T303
this
parameter.
Timer
value
in
minutes.
Defines
thecalls.
access class barring time.
connection.
originating
for
AC
11-15
(leftmost
bit
is
for
AC
11,
the
second
The access
class
barring
time
defines
the time
UE draws
a random
(0establish
= rand
<an
1). If
Defines
the
fornumber
a UE
toon...).
bit
inthe
the
list probability
is than
for
AC
and
so
that
access
barring
check
remains
rand
is
higher
the12,
value
indicated
by the
RRC
connection.
The
default
is while
no access
class
barred.
unsuccessful
the factor
UE
is UE
not
performing
an
access
probability
factor,
the
considers
The access
probability
defines
the the
emergency
call.
In
this
case,
the
UE
starts
timer
access
barring
check
to
be
unsuccessful.
probability for a UE to establish an RRC
T303
using this parameter. Timer value in minutes.
connection.
The UE draws a random number (0 = rand < 1). If
rand is higher than the value indicated by the
access probability factor, the UE considers the

Access class barring for originating calls.

Access class barring list (5 bit) for originating calls
for
11-15class
(leftmost
bit is
for defines
AC 11, the
TheAC
access
barring
time
the second
time
bit
inthe
theaccess
list is for
AC 12,
and so
on...).
that
barring
check
remains
The
access
probability
factor
defines
the
The
default is while
no access
class
barred.
unsuccessful
the
UE
is not
performing
an
probability
for a for
UEsignaling.
to establish
an
RRC
Access
barring
emergency
call.
In
this
case,
the
UE
starts
timer
connection.
Access
class
barring
list (5
bit)
for(0
signaling
T303
using
this
Timer
value
in minutes.
The UE
draws
aparameter.
random
number
= rand
<for
1).AC
If
11-15
(leftmost
bit
is
for
AC
11,
the
second
bit
The access
class
timeindicated
defines the
timein
rand
is higher
thanbarring
the value
by the
the
list
isprobability
for AC barring
12,factor,
andcheck
so
that
the
access
remains
access
theon...).
UE
considers
The
access
probability
factor
defines
the the
The
default
is
no
access
class
barred.
unsuccessful
while
the
UE
is
not
performing
an
access
barring
check
to
be
unsuccessful.
probability
for a UE to establish
an RRC
Switch
to activate/deactivate
Outer
Loop
Delay
emergency
call.
In
this
case,
the
UE
starts
timer
connection.
Target
Control
for Timer
voice
inpacket
downlink
time
Switch
todraws
activate/deactivate
voice(0
T303
using
this(OLDTC)
value
in minutes.
The
UE
aparameter.
random number
= rand
< 1). If
domain
scheduling.
aggregation
downlink
scheduler.
Parameter
toinactivate
deactivate
thescheduling
DRX
rand
is higher
than
theorvalue
indicated
by
the
OLDTC
algorithm
measures
an
actual
feature
in
a
cell.
access
probability
factor,
theand
UE
considersfor
Enables
"Fast bearer
Adaptive
Switching"
delay
of voice
in MIMO
DL
compares
itthe
to a
access
barring
check
to
be
unsuccessful.
Closed
Loop
MIMO
modes
based
on
PMI/RI
targeted
delay.
Then,
if
the
measured
delay
is
Activate
or
deactivate
theperiodic
load adaptive
number
of
Note
for
thethe
case
where
subband
CQI
reports
sent
bytarget,
UEs
ifUE
actFastMimoSwitch
is
set
more
than
priority is
increased
andto
PDCCH
symbols
in
a
cell
This
parameter
switch delay
on/offisthe
differnt
Ul
reporting
(periodicCqiFeedbackType)
is enabled
TRUE.
in
case
the
measured
below
the
target,
The
actual
OFDM
symbol
amount
used
for
modulation
schemes.
together
with
DRX
functionality:
Enables
"Dynamic
MIMO
Switching"
if
the
priority
is
decreased.
PDCCH
into
a "16QAMHighMCS"
TTI
is selected
fromMCS21-MCS24
values
between
When
It
may set
not
be
possible
to synchronize
DRX
start
actFastMimoSwitch
is set
to FALSE.
the
minimum
reasonable
amount
ofreport
symbols
for
are
enabled
and
the
UL
AMC
proposes
to
the
UL
offset
such
that
the
wideband
CQI
is
actFastMimoSwitch
is set toand
TRUE:
Activation
of
the
selected
DL
bandwidth
maximum
allowed
scheduler
to
use
the
higher
16-QAM
MCS,
if
radio
received
during
the
DRX
OnDuration
(due
to
"Fast
Adaptive
MIMO
Switching"
number
of allow.
PDCCH
symbols
(maxNrSymPdcch).
conditions
periodicities)
and
that
may cause
small fast
"Fast adaptive
MIMO
Switching"
supports
Precondition
for
the
feature
is
that
UE is precoding
a fresh
Cat.1 to
performance
degradation
in
DL
whenever
rank
selection
and'3fast
codebook
based
If
dlChBw
equals
MHz'
itinformation
is recommended
to
Cat.4
device.
wideband
channel
quality
cannot
beset
of data
transmission
using closed loop feedback
the
parameter
to
'false'.
Cat.5
devices,
which
would
support
real
64-QAM
get
in
time.
It
is
up
to
an
operator
whether
to
of precoding matrix indicator (PMI) in combination
For
load
balancing
modulation,
will beof
asperiodic
well
provided
with
codecs
prevent
subband
CQI
withinterfrequency
rankactivation
indicator
(RI).
PMI
and
RIneighbour
reporting
frequencies
within
the
same
frequency
band
up
to
MCS24
(when
the
appropiated
configuration
reporting
and
DRX
in
parallel
because
of
Activate
/ Deactivate
Outerby
loop
Link Adaptation
delays shall
be minimized
periodic
andthisas
the
frequency
of
the
own
cell
shall
be
excluded
of
this
parameter
is
given);
however
the
restriction.
for
PDCCH
aperiodic
reports
sent by UEs
in order
to optimize
Activates
the
transmission
of PRS
signals
assumption
is
that
Cat.5
acts as
Cat.1
O&M
switch
for
activating
/ deactivating
an to
PMI closed
loop
gains
in UEs
combination
with
according
to
the
PRS
configuration.
If
Tx
Diversity
is
enabled
for
PRS
transmission,
Cat.4
devices
and
utilize16-QAMmodulation
in UL.
It
is
highly
recommended
to
stay
with
DRX
default
additional
Outer
Loop
Link
Adaptation
for
PDCCH.
optimized rank selection.
then
precoding
vector
will Link
be used and
because
of
the PDCCH
setting
to
'false'
values
if dlChBw
ismasking
setswitching
to
'1.4 MHz'.
Activates
PUSCH
This
additional
Outer
Loop
therefore
allcontrols
configured
Tx
will
be used
enable64qamPusch"
parameter
(broadcasted
inof
Adaptation
PDCCH
link adaptation
actFastMimoSwitch
isthe
set
toantennas
FALSE:
Activation
Defines
mode
of thethe
radio
module
or
RIU unit.
for
the
transmission
of
the
PRS
signal.
If
Tx
SIB2).
CQI
shift such
that
the PDCCH and HARQ
"Dynamic
MIMO
Switching"
The
parameter
allow
to extend
thesignal
number
ofjust
diversity
isMIMO
disabled
then
the
PRS
will
Response
Target
BLER
isparameter
achieved
when
the
"Dynamic
Switching"
supports
RI and
CQI
The
"actRepeaterMode"
value
Coupled
interfrequency
measurements
from
3may
to physical
6be
be
transmitted
on
a
single
antenna
(the
MCS
(MCS21-MCS24)
for
UL
AMC
used
Parameter
to
activate/deactivate
the
Smart
DRX
OLQC
Target
BLER
is
achieved.
based to
rank
selection
after filtering
ofcells
CQI (R
and
RI
needs
be
used
for
coupled
mode
type
antenna
to is
antenna
port
only
when
this
parameter
setbased
to MIMO
feature
incorresponding
aOLLA
cell.
If
PDCCH
is additionally
on{0}).
PUSCH
reports
sent
by
the
UE.
"Dynamic
Activates
the
transmission
of
duplicated
data
configuration),
value
Dedicated
for
dedicated
"16QAMHighMCS".
TX/DTX
detection,
PDCCH
Outer
Loop
Link
Switching"
is
using
RIRRHs
and CQI
thresholds
forthe
rank
streams
via
different
in
downlink,
and
mode
cells
(cell
have
resources
only
from
RIU
Parameter
to
activate
orPDCCH
deactivate
the
TTI
With
the
coonfiguration
"16QAM"
only
the
codec
Adaptation
controls
the
link
adaptation
selection
by
comparison
with
filtered
values.
The
combination
of uplink
signals
received
from do
unit)
and
value
None
for
all other
cells (cells
Bundling
feature
in
a cell.
up
toshift
MCS20
are
enable.
Activates
uplink
group
hopping
in
PUSCH
and
CQI
such
that
the
PDCCH
target
BLER
and
threshold
parameters
"mimoClCqiThD",
different
RRHs.
not
have
resources
from
RIU
unit).
"QPSK"
configuration
allows
utilization only up to
PUCCH.
PUSCH
missed
detection
is achieved.
"mimoClCqiThU",
"mimoClRiThD",
Activates
Uplink
Link
Adaptation
and
defines
Link
The
super
cell
configurations
can
just
be
applied
MCS10
"mimoClRiThU"
are
activated
and used
for rank
Adaptation
mode
in
10
MHz
cell
and
20
Mhz
bandwidth
Possible
modes
are
None,
Dedicated
and
Selects a working mode for UL power control.
switching.
When
set
to "off"
noisUplink
link
Adaptation
configurations,
that
LNCEL
"dlChBw"
and
Coupled.
Offers
various
combinations
between
open-loop
Additional
margin
forall.
the
maximum
number
of or
function
is
active
at
"ulChBw"
parameters
are
configured
to
10
MHz
and
closed-loop
control
for PUCCH
and
active
UEs
in
the
cell
accessing
the
cell
via
hand
Additional
margin
for the
the extended
maximum
number
of
When
set to
"eUlLa"
Link
20
MHz.
The
Coupled
is
supported
only withUplink
Configuration
PUSCH/SRS
power.
over
desirable
for
active
UEs
in
the cell
accessing
cellradio
viainhand
Adaptation
function
is"HO
activated.
Super
cellHO-cause:
configurations
are
notthe
released
Type with
R.
Additional
margin
for
Emergency
Sessions.
values:
reasons".
over
with
"Time
Critical
HO".
This
When
setHO-cause:
towith
"fUlLa"
the
new
FastRepeater
Uplink
Link
conjunction
RF PUSCH
sharing
and
This
margin
increases
the
thresholds
active
PuschOLPucchOL:
open
loop,
PUCCH
Additional
margin
on
the
threshold
This
additional
margin
is
used
also
forfor
UEs
margin
is
added
to
the
threshold
maxNumActUe.
Adaptation
function
is
activated.
Interface
Units.
The
RIU
is
able
to
work
either
in
Dedicated
UEs,
active
DRBs
and
active
QCI1-DRBs
inor
the
open
loop;
"maxGbrTrafficLimit"
inhand
case
ofRF
handover
for
accessing
the cell
via
over
with
HO-cause:
Additional
margin
on
the
threshold
The
maximum
margin
depends
on
the
bandwidth
other
choice
"slowAmcOllaATB"
allows
toradio
set
Coupled
mode
also
in
case
a
unit
is
chained
cell.
Please
note
that
active
QCI1-DRBs
PuschOLPucchCL:
PUSCH
open
loop,
PUCCH
reasons.
Reduce
load
infollowing
serving
cell
but
only
when
"maxGbrTrafficLimit
"
in
case
of
handover
for
time
of
the
cell.
The
values
are
allowed:
to
active
all
the
3
old
components
of
the
UL
LA
via
it.
Additional
margin
for
the maximum
number
of is
thresholds
are
not
considered
when
closed
loop;
The
amount
radio
resources
(PRBs)
Composite
Capacity
(CAC)
in is
the Cell
critical
reasons.
function
asAvailable
itof
was
up
toaccessing
RL20.
active
DRBs
in
the
cell
the
cell
viaof
HO
actEnhAcAndGbrServices
isCell
true.
PuschCLPucchOL:
PUSCH
closed
loop,
PUCCH
Additional
margin
for
the
maximum
number
calculated
in
%
of
the
available
PRBs
depending
bigger
than
0.
If
CAC
in
the
is
zero,
the
The
amount
of radio
resources
(PRBs)
is
1.4
MHz
0desirable
..
40
Super
cellbandwidth
configurations
are not
released
inHO
with
HO-cause:
"HO
for
radio
reasons".
The
parameter
is
only
relevant
if
open
loop;
active
DRBs
in the
accessing
the
cell
viaofHO
on
the
system.
for
Reduce
load
infor
serving
cellPRBs
are
always
Additional
margin
the
maximum
number
calculated
inwith
ofRepeater
the
available
depending
3
MHz
bandwidth
0cell
..is
120
conjunction
Interface
Units.
This
margin
is%margin
added
to
the
actIMSEmerSessR9
set
tothreshold
'true'
and
ignored
PuschCLPucchCL:
PUSCH
closed
loop,
PUCCH
with
HO-cause:
"Time
Critical
HO".
This
margin
is
For
5
MHz
system
25
PRBs*,
rejected.
This
is
added
to
the
threshold
active
in thefor
accessing
cell viaofhand
on
the GBRs
system.
5
MHz
bandwidth
0cell
..the
600
Additional
margin
maximumthe
number
maxNumActDrb.
otherwise.
closed
loop;
added
to
the
threshold
maxNumActDrb.
for
10
MHz
system
50
PRBs*,
maxNumActUe.
over
with
HO-cause:
"HO
desirable
forcell
radio
For
5additional
MHz
system
25
10
MHz
bandwidth
0
..PRBs*,
750
active
GBRs
inspectrum
the
cell
accessing
viawith
hand
This
margin
is
used
also
for
UEs
PuschCLSrsPucchOL:
PUSCH
closed
loop
The
additional
emission
mask
Hand
over
traffic
shall
have
some
preference
for
15
MHz
system
75
PRBs*,
maximum
margin
depends
onthe
the
bandwidth
reasons".
for
10
MHz
system
50
PRBs*,
15
MHz
bandwidth
0
..
1250
over
with
HO-cause:
"Time
Critical
HO".
This
accessing
the
cell
via
hand
over
with
HO-cause:
Emergency
traffic
shall
have
high
preference
SRS
input,
PUCCH
open
loop;
parameter
is
broadcast
into
a
cell
to
indicate
that
against
new
upcoming
traffic
in
the
cell.
for
20additional
Mhz
system
100
PRBs*
are
of the
cell.
The
following
values
areavailable.
allowed:
This
margin
is
used
also
for
UEs
for
15
MHz
system
20
MHz
bandwidth
075..inPRBs*,
1500
margin
is
added
to the
threshold
Reduce
load
inmeet
serving
cell
but
only
when
against
normal
traffic
the
cell.
PuschCLSrsPucchCL:
PUSCH
closed
loop with
the
UEMhz
should
anhand
additional
requirement.
*accessing
reduced
by
common
resources
like
PUCCH,
the
cell
via
over
with
HO-cause:
for
20
system
100
PRBs*
are
available.
maxNumQci1Drb.
Composite
Available
Capacity
(CAC)
in
the
The
addEmergencySession
value
is
used
toCell
SRS
input,
PUCCH
closed
loop;
The
maximum
additional
margin
depends
on
theis
RACCH,
PDCCH,
SIBs
and
so
which
can
1.4
MHz
bandwidth
0 ..resources
40
Reduce
load
in
serving
cell
butifon,
only
when
*The
reduced
by0.common
like
PUCCH,
parameter
is
only
relevant
bigger
than
If
CAC
in
the
Cell
is
zero,
the
HOs
increase
several
thresholds
and
it
has
to
be
PuschIAwPucchOL:
PUSCH
interference-aware,
bandwidth
of
thePRBs
cell.
The
following
values
are
consume
some
(for
example
three
PRBs)
3
MHz bandwidth
0 ..default
120
Composite
Available
Capacity
innever
the
Cell isin
RACCH,
PDCCH,
SIBs
and
so
on,are
can
Please
note
that
the
value
is
not
suitable
"actEnhAcAndGbrServices"
is (CAC)
set
towhich
False
and
due
to Reduce
load
in
serving
cell
are
always
considered,
that
the
system
limits
PUCCH
open
loop;
allowed:
average.
5
MHz
bandwidth
0
..
600
bigger
than
0.all
If PRBs
CAC
in(for
theexample
Cell
is zero,
the
HOs
consume
some
three
PRBs)
for
all bandwidths.
The
recommended
values
are:in
ignored
otherwise.
rejected.
exceeded
for
resources.
PuschIAwPucchCL:
interference-aware,
10
MHz
bandwidth
0PUSCH
.. 750
due
to
Reduce
load
in
serving
cell
are
always
average.
Hand
over
traffic
shall
have
some
preference
PUCCH
closed
loop.
1.4
MHz
bandwidth
200
The
parameter
is
only
if
15 MHz
bandwidth
00
1250
rejected.
1.4
MHz
bandwidth
4....relevant

This parameter is used to lock and unlock the

ethernet
It defineslink
theinterface.
minimum power level that a UE
Locking
the
deactivates
it. cell for
should reportinterface
from a measured
UTRA
considering
the
corresponding
PCI,
respectively
Determines which UEs shall be actively
sent to UL
Administrative
stateUTRA
rules for
correctcell candidate.
PSC,
as
a
possible
neighbor
out-of-sync
state
provided
that
bearer
combination
This is a list of blacklisted intra-frequency
configurations:
(Mapping
between
the UE
measured
RSCP and
and
applied
DRX
profile
allows
for this.
neighbouring
cells
for
active
mode
mobility.
Cells
extendedDrxOnly:
Module
FSMx
This
parameter
is
to3GPP
allow
blacklisting
the Outdoor
SFS
values
is introduced
according
to
TS
only
UEs
being
configured
with
are
identified
by
their
PCI.
1.
ETHLK
0-1 must
atonly
FSMx
can
be
unlocked
ifstill
for
X2-Handover
other
HO
variants
are
25.133/25.123)
This
parameter
be
configured
for an
interextended
settings
for
the
long
DRX
cycle,
i.e.
long
Basic
module
FSMx
present.
allowed
The
dBm
value
is
mapped
to
the
3GPP
IE
value
frequency
cell.
It
will
be
taken
as
an
intraDRX
cycle
durations
larger
than
80ms
Indicates
the0-2
number
of PCIs
in the
range if is
2.
at
FSMx
can
be
unlocked
If
setETHLK
toall
"all"
the
respective
entry
inset
blacklistHoL
according
to
TS
25.133:
frequency
cell
ifbeing
this
parameter
isfor
to provided
allDrx:
UEs
configured
DRX
(including
startPCI).
If
Parameter
rangePCI
is only
Basic
module
FSMx
present
and
enable
lowest
PCI
in theTopology.
range
valid
for
allthe
kinds
of
Handover
If set
*Indicates
-120
dBm
means
ais
threshold
lower than
-120to
ownCarrierFreq
that
applied
DRX
profile
allows
one,
PCI
(startPCI)
specified.
RP301Interface
=
false
and
if
(TRS
sub-module
"onlyX2",
handover
to
the
respective
entry
in
dBm all
Defines
theUEs
pointer
to PRB from
allUEs:
independently
of where
DRX the CQIFTIF/FTLF
present
andbe
ETHLK
1-1
=dBm
locked
and
blacklistHoL
shall
only
excluded
as
targets
for
*Defines
values the
between
-119
dBm
and
-25
mean
a
allocation
starts
to
leave
some
PRBs
free
and
configuration
provided
that
bearer
combination
timers
used
to control
mobility
to target
ETHLK
1-3
=
locked).
X2-based
handover
but
may
still
be
used
as
threshold
lower
than
the
configured
value
but
therefore
avoid
interference
with
neighbor
bands.
allows.
CDMA2000
procedure.
3.
ETHLK
1-1
at Flexible
FTIF/FTLF
unlocked
Defines
the
amount
of
thecan
eNodeB
waits
forifa
for
S1
based
higher
than
equal
to time
the UL
(value
-be
1 dB)
When
set
toor
0handover.
the
Bandwidth
feature
TRS
sub-module
FTIF/FTLF
present
and
ETHLK
measurement
report
for
1x
Circuit
Switched
*is
-24
dBm
means
a
threshold
higher
than
or
equal
Defines
the amount of time the eNodeB waits for
deactivated.
1-3
isparameter
locked
and
ETHLK
0-2 = from
locked.
Fallback
(CSFB)
be received
the UE.
This
istoonly
evaluated
for message
inter
eNodeB
to
-25
dBm
the
Downlink
CDMA2000
Tunneling
after
Defines
the which
amount
ofbe
time
thecan
eNodeB
waits
4.
ETHLK
1-2
at
FTIF/FTLF
be
unlocked
target
cells
can
used
as
target
for
X2-to if
sending
the
Uplink
Handover
Preparation
Transfer
The
physical
allocation
policy
on
the
RF
of
the
release
the
context
after
sending
the
Mobility
TRS
sub-module
FTIF/FTLF
present
and
ETHLK
Defines
the
amount
of
eNodeB
waits
to
Handover
asUE
well
asfrom
fortime
S1-Handover
message
(received
thethe
UE)
toRadio
the
MME.
PRB
defined
by
blankedPucch
follows
that
typical
From
Evolved
Universal
Terrestrial
Access
1-4
is
locked.
receive
an
Uplink
(UL)
Handover
Preparation
Intra-frequency
timer
EUTRA.
of
PUCCHCommand
PRBreselection
resources,
which
areUE.
(EUTRA)
message
toafter
the
5.
ETHLK
1-3
at FTIF/FTLF
can
besending
unlocked
Transfer
message
from
the
UE
a if
symmetrically
distributed
at
the
edges
of the given
The cell
reselection
timerPreparation
(t-ReselectionEUTRAN)
TRS
sub-module
FTIF/FTLF
present,
ETHLK
Handover
From
EUTRA
Request
system
BW. by this factor if the UE is in the 1-1
is
multiplied
is
locked
ETHLK
0-2(t-ReselectionEUTRAN)
= locked.
The
cell
reselection
message
toand
theblankedPucch
UE. timer
In
other terms
resources are
medium
high1-4
mobility
state.
6.
ETHLK
at
FTIF/FTLF
be
unlocked
if
is
multiplied
by
this
factor
if
UE
is same
in
the way
The
cell barred
ifcan
the
cell
status
is as
distributed
at theflag
BWindicates
edgesthe
the
very
TRS
sub-module
FTIF/FTLF
present
and
ETHLK
medium
mobility
state.
barred
or not. A
barredby
cell
is value
a cell
that
a UE
is
the
resources
defined
nCqiRb
(ofthat
which
they
This
parameter
indicates
the
classifies
1-2
is
locked.
not
allowed
to
camp
on,
not
even
for
emergency
are
a
subset)
the
cell
capacity
with regards
to theserved
other cells
of
Cell
Individual
Offset
(CIO)
cell
for
calls.
Ifset
a cell
on
which
a UEoffrom
isown
currently
camped
When
to values
different
0 all the
PRBs
the
eUTRAN.
The
Cell
Capacity
Class
Value
only
insertion
into
the
CIO
Cell
List
of
EUTRA
Serving
This
allows
the
operator
totriggered.
give
cell a
becomes
barred,
a cell
reselection
from parameter
0 upresources
to "blankedPucch"
value is
are
not
used
indicates
that
are
configured
for a
traffic
Carrier
Measurement
Object
unique
Indoor
Module
FSIx
name.
by
the
PUCCH
allocation
algorithm
for
allocating
The
cell
reselection
priority
defines
the
purposes.
Only
if CIO
is
from
zero,
will the
eNB
1.
ETHLK
0-1different
at FSIx
canparameter
be
unlocked
if Basic
the
periodic
CQI.
absolute
priority
of
the
serving
layer.
0
means
the
consider
it forpresent
Measurement
Configuration.
Module
FSIx
and
ETHLK
0-3blankedPucch
is locked.
In
otherpriority.
words
all those
PRBs
up to
lowest
2.
ETHLK
0-2
at
FSIx
can
be
unlocked
are skipped by the periodic CQI allocation if Basic
Module
FSIx present
ETHLK 0-4 is locked.
Reset
request
for CellandRATs
algorithm.
Equal
priorities
not supported
3.
ETHLK
0-3between
at FSIx
can
beare
unlocked
if Basic
Will
be
downloaded
with
current
timestamp
Identifier
oftothe
cell resource
group
profile to
according
[3GPP
36.304].
Module
FSIx
present
and
ETHLK
0-1
is
locked.
indicated
reset
request,
request
will the
receive
Example:
blankedPucch
=shall
6 would
mean
that
(CRGPR)
instance
whichnew
apply
for
cell
The
parameter
activates
the be
feature
LTE1382
'Cell
4.
0-4will
at start
FSIx
can
unlocked
if Basic
new ETHLK
timestamp
and
therfeore
cause
parameter
CQI-allocation
from
the
seventh
PRB,
the
resource
groups'
and
selects
the
resource
sharing
Module
FSIx
present
and
ETHLK
0-2
is
locked.
Minimum
required
quality
level
and
quality
level
change.
PRB #6.
mode.
5.
ETHLK
0-5
FSIx
canautomatically,
be
unlocked
if Basic
offset
in
the
cell.
Cell
reset
willup
betoatexceuted
since
All the
PRB
the
PRB#6
excluded
(three
at
Offset
to
the
signaled
qQualMinR9
taken
The
feature
allows
pre-reservation
of
cell into
module
FSIx
present
and
enable
RP301Interface
Not
recognized
by
UEs
<
Rel9.
parameter
change
requires
cell
lock/unlock.
each
BW
edge
accordingly
to
PUCCH
physical
account
in
the
Squal
evaluation
as
a
result
of
a
Minimum
quality
level
in
cell. group.
resources
in
admission
control
perthe
PLMN
=
falseisand
TRS
sub-module
FIIF
present
and
String
inrequired
human
readable
format,
e.g.
allocation
policy)
are
left
free,
to
avoid
periodic
search
for
a
higher
priority
PLMN
while
Not
recognized
by UEs
< ETHLK
Rel9. Request
ETHLK
1-1=locked
Define
the
admitted
Scheduling
Cell
reset
requested
:and
YYYYMMDD
hhnnss by
interferences
with in
neighbor
bands1-2=locked.
supported
camped
normally
a
VPLMN.
6.
ETHLK
1-1
at
FIIF
can
be
unlocked
ifrequest
TRS
periodicity
in
the
cell,
once
the
scheduling
where
YYYYMMDD
hhnnss
is timestamp.
otherrecognized
radio
technologies.
This
parameter
allows
the
operator
to specify
the
Not
by
UEs
< Rel9.
sub-module
FIIF
present,
ETHLK 1-2 is locked
reporting
has
been
set
to
enable
size
of
an
LTE
cell.
O&M
switchRP301Interface
for is
enabling
/ disabling
aperiodic
and
enable
= false
and
ETHLKin0This
parameter
part
ofblanked
The
configuration
of the
PRBs
region
CQI
/
RI
/
PMI
reporting
on
PUSCH.
5=
locked.
Corresponds
to
cqi-ReportingModeAperiodic
of
sr-ConfigIndex
one operators
be the same
for all
This
parameternetwork
is used shall
for preparing
the UE
7.
ETHLK
1-2
atTS
FIIF
canindicator
be
unlocked
if TRS
3GPP-36.213.
CQI
format
for
aperiodic
Parameter
.
See
36.213
[23,10.1].
the
cells
having
same
E-UTRA
Operating
Band,
Sets theIECQI
Reporting
Periodicity
Np foraccording
CQI
History
during
an outgoing
handover,
sub-module
FIIF
present
ETHLK
1-1
iscarrier
reporting
on
PUSCH.
Theand
operator
can
choose
Operator
define
periodicity
and
system
define
an
same
channel
bandwidth
and
same
center
reporting.
to LTE1768.
Periodic
subband
CQI
cycles
K
locked
and
enable
RP301Interface
=bandwidth
false
and
one
of the
2 family
modes
available,
the
MIMO
allocation
offset
insame
time,;
these
two lelements
frequency
(that
is
Transmission
Range
is
now
extended
up
to
include
the
80ms
Between
consecutive
wideband
ETHLK
0-5=
locked.
O&M
switch
for
enabling
simultaneous
algorithm
embedded
inperiodic
RRM
chooses
the
effective
combined
define
the above
mentioned
sr-CQI
configuration
according
to/ disabling
3GPP-36.104).
periodicity
option.
It
will be
also
considered
reporting
occurrences
each
subband
CQI
report
Note: Ifbased
ETHLK
0-5
at
FSIx
is/ unlocked
and
TRS
transmission
of
periodic
CQI
RI
/
PMI
feedback
mode
on
the
UE
capabilities
and
the
family
ConfigIndex
SEQUENCE
(seetimes
values
below)
ifdFListPucch:
the feature
LTE1140
'Intra-frequency
load
might
be
transmitted
as
many
as
the this to
sub-module
FIIF
gets
added,
then

if
and
HARQ
ACK/NACK
on
PUCCH.
mode
chosen
by
the
operator
and
forwards
In
case
ofUE,
contemporary
activation
offormat
the LTE46:
For
each
the
RRCfor
algorithm
calculate
and
balancing'
is
activated
deriving
the
The
parameter
defines
the
transport
parameter
shows.
enableRP301Interface
is
true
then
it is
used
as
UE;
FTB1
the reporting
mode
2.x,
In
order
to selects
avoid
PUCCH
overbooking
the
Channel-aware
Scheduler
(UL)
feature
oneFTB2
must
add
to this
parameter
a co-efficient.
specific
NOffset,CQI,
corresponding
cellBeta
dependent
offset
in
power
control
for
PUCCH
rp3
interface
else
ETHLK
0-2
is
locked
and
The
parameter
defines
the
transport
format
selects
the
reporting
mode
3.x;
x
is
determined
rules
should
bechoice
respected:
take
ofon
the
correct
of themacro'/'eICIC
SRS
depending
the
UE offset
allocation
within theby
iffollowing
thecare
features
LTE1113/1496
'eICIC
format
1.module
ports
are
used
dependent
offset
in
power
control
for
PUCCH
the
MIMO
algorithm
internal
in
eNB.
ifexternal
riEnable
is
set
to
'true'
configuration
todefines
avoid
that
signal
is sentindex
The
parameter
theSRS
transport
format
chosen
periodicity
determining
the
iCQI/PMI
micro'
are
activated.
format
1b.
-value
maxNumRrc
+ max
(addAUeRrHo,addAUeTcHo)
within
the
blanked
RF
area.
offset
in
power
control
for
PUCCH
to
be
sent
to
UE.
ifdependent
the
feature
LTE1768
'Mobility
robustness
The
parameter
defines
the transport format
Module
<=
n1PucchAn
* cellSrPeriod
format
2.FSIHping-pong'
optimization
is activated.
dependent
power
control
for PUCCH
1.
ETHLKoffset
0-1 atinFSIH
can
be unlocked
if Basic
EXAMPLE:
ifformat
the feature
LTE1800
'Downlink
interference
2a.
Module
FSIH
present
and
ETHLK
0-3
is
locked.
eNB
will not
check
these only
rulesiCQI/PMI
when
by
default
of 20ms
index
shaping'
isvalue
activated.
2.
ETHLK 0-2 atisFSIH
can be unlocked if Basic
actCompChecks
false.
values
among 17 and
36 will be allocated by
Module FSIH present and ETHLK 0-4 is locked.
CQI/PMI allocation algorithm.
3. ETHLK 0-3 at FSIH can be unlocked if Basic
Module FSIH present and ETHLK 0-1 is locked.
In order to avoid PUCCH overbooking the
4. ETHLK 0-4 at FSIH can be unlocked if Basic
following rules should be respected:

The parameter defines the transport format

dependent
offset in power
control
forallowed
PUCCH
This is the maximum
number
of the
format
2b.
dedicated
Requests.
this limit is
The defaultScheduling
paging cycle
defines Once
the cell-specific
exceeded,
UE
releases
all PUCCH
resources. the
paging
DRX
cycle
duration.
It
also
determines
Used
for the
of to 4 transmissions, 8n
The
value
4ncalculation
corresponds
maximum
paging
DRX duration
applicable in the
P0_NOMINAL_PUSCH(j=2)
PUSCH
This
is a deltatocyclic
shift for for
PUCCH
formats
corresponds
8 transmissions
and
so
on.
cell.
(re)transmission
corresponding
to the
random
1/1a/1b.
The
shift
is
the
cyclic
shift
difference
Enabling/disabling
the 36.304.
transportValue
format
Referred
to as ' T grant.
' of
in TS
rf32
access
response
between
two
adjacent
ACK/NACK/Scheduling
Indirectly
provides
the
UE-specific
maximum
time
dependent
offset
on
a
per
UE
basis.
If
this
corresponds
to
32
radio
frames,
rf64
corresponds
Enables/disables
downlink
64same
QAM
modulation
Request
resources
using
the
orthogonal
within
which
the
UE
must
receive
a calculation
valid
uplinkinfor
parameter
is
"true",
PUSCH
power
to
64
radio
frames
and
so
on.
link
adaptation
incan
PDSCH.
Sets
the
power
reduction
from
antenna
cover
sequence
and
be
decided
considering
grant
for
apower
new use
transmission
onthe
UL-SCH.
If this
UE uplink
control
equation
(P1)
takes
the
maximum
TX
power.
multipath
delay
spreads
for
the
given
cell
time
expires,
the
UE
releases
PUCCH
resources
Transport Block size in account during the power
deployment.
and
no longer
performs
a dedicated
calculation.
Downlink
channel
bandwidth
definesScheduling
the DL
Request,
but
instead
performs
a random in
access
bandwidth
for
the
eNode-B
transmission
cell,
The
parameter
dlInterferenceEnable
is usedaby
for
Scheduling
Request.
This
time
is
calculated
and
also
defines
the
number
of
available
Physical
enabling
and disabling
The
dlInterferenceLevel
parameter
cell
Scheduling
Requestinterference
periodicity defines
*generation
dedicatedin
Resource
Blocks.
downlink.
percentage
of
physical
resource
blocks
(PRB)
SR
transmission
maximum.
The dlInterferenceModulation
parameter
defines
downlink channel bandwidth
mapping
to that
are
used
for
downlink
data
and
interference
modulation
scheme
totransmission/mimo
be usedBlocks
for generated
number
of Physical
Resource
is: mode
Cell
specific
downlink
transmission.
downlink
interference.
That
is,
for
a
non-existing
1.4
MHz
=
6
DL
PRBS
The
used
DLfor
mimo
mode for each physical
O&M
switch
enabling
downlink
UE
the
downlink
interference
is transmitted.
3.0
MHz
= the
15 DL
PRBS / disabling
channel
is
following:
Outer
loop
Link
Quality
Control
which
is acting
This
is a =
trigger
5.0 MHz
25 DLcondition
PRBS for power headroom
based
on the
1st
transmission
HARQnamed
result, that
submission
due
to
pathloss
change;
10.0
MHz
=
50
DL
PRBS
Transmission
power
of the
PhysicalAll
Control
SingleTx:
Single
Stream
Downlink:
downlink
is,
1stMHz
transmission
BLER.
ULATB_DLPL_CHANGE
in
RRM
SFS.
15.0
= 75 DL
PRBS
Format
Indicator
Channel
is
boosted
by
set
value
physical
channels
are
transmitted
using
thisARQ
mode;
Transmission
power
of the Physical Hybrid
20.0 MHz = 100
DL PRBS
Indicator
Channel is boosted
by set value
Transmission
the downlink
reference
TXDiv: Single power
StreamofDownlink
Transmit
Diversity
signals
in
a
cell
is
boosted
by
set
value
Following
configuration
rules
need
to
becompared
for two antennas using Transmission Mode
2.
to
PDSCH
considered:
4-way TXDiv: Single Stream Downlink Transmit
FSMD:
Diversity for four TX antennas using Transmission
maximum
Mode 2. downlink channel bandwidth is 10 MHz
ifPlease
more note
than that
2 cells
are configured.
"4-way
TXDiv" must not be
configured in dual band configurations.
FSME:
maximum
downlink
is 10 Loop
MHz
Dynamic Open
Loopchannel
MIMO: bandwidth
Dynamic Open
ifMIMO:
more SRB1
than 3(DCCH)
cells areand
configured.
RBs(DTCH) on PDSCH
are transmitted using either Single Stream
Cell
bandwidth
1.4 Diversity
MHz or 3or
MHz:
Downlink
Transmit
Dual Stream MIMO
-with
is only
supported
with
FSMF
spatial multiplexing depending on radio
- is not supported
with 4 TX/RX
configuration
conditions;
SRB0 (CCCH),
BCCH
and PCCH on
-PDSCH
is not supported
withphysical
WCDMA
RF sharing
and all other
channels
are
-transmitted
all LNCEL using
instances
of Stream
the eNBDownlink
must be
Single
configured
withBlock
the same
Transmittarget
Diversity;
Defines
Errorbandwidth.
Ratio (BLER) for
If dlMimoMode
is set to "Dynamic
Open
Loop
downlink
Link
Adaptation
in
Used
with
Defines
the default
Channelpercents.
Quality Indicator
Cell
bandwidth
1.4
MHz:
MIMO",
mimoOlCqiThD,
mimoOlCqiThU,
downlink
Outer
loop
Link
Quality
Control
(OLQC)
(CQI)
value
for
Link
Adaptation
use.
-functionality.
is notswitch
supported
with GSM
RF
sharing
O&M
for downlink
enabling
/ disabling
downlink
mimoOlRiThD,
mimoOlRiThU
are
relevant.
Default
Default
CQI
is
used
when
there
is
no
valid
CQI
Adaptive
Modulation
and
Coding.
values
will
be
used
if
no
dedicated
values
are
Sets the compensation
'TXDiv',
'4-way
TXDiv',
available,
that is,
CQI in
report
is not
received
or it
If
a 'SuperCell'
is a
activated
(LNCEL-actSuperCell
configured.
2x2
MIMO
SM
and
4x2 whether
MIMO
SM
case into
the
Parameter
to
configure
common
channel
is
too
old.
set
to 'true')
the bandwidth usage is limited to 10
DL
power
control.
signalling
(SI,
paging
RACH
) use DCI
format 1A
MHz
and
20
MHz.
Target
value
for
Outer
Loop Delay
Target
Closed
Loop
Mimo:
Dynamic
Closed
LoopControl.
MIMO:
or
1C
on
PDCCH.
This
defines
aCoverage
probability
of packets
SRB1parameter
(DCCH)
and
RBs(DTCH)
PDSCH
are
Determines
whether
PRBs
partlyon
allocated
for
Compensation
of
MIMO
effects
for
exceeding
ausing
set
delay
target.
transmitted
either
Single
Stream
Downlink
transmission
of
Primary
(PSS)
and
Secondary
MIMO
Spatial
Multiplexing
and
MIMO
Diversity
This
parameter
determines
whether
the device
Currently
only DCI
format 1C
on PDCCH
is
Transmit
Diversity
or Single
or Dual
Stream
MIMO
synchronization
Signals
(SSS)
and
Physical
The
parameter
determines
the
power
type
"noBenFromBatConsumpOpt"
of
the UE
shall
supported.
Profile
1
of
DRX
configuration
parameters.
with
Closed
Loop
spatial
multiplexing
depending
Broadcasting
Channel
(BPCH)
should
be
used
in
compensation
factor
for
antenna-specific
be
considered
for
DRX
configuration.
Profile
forconditions
disabling
DRX.
on
radio
and
UE
category;
SRB0
DRX
profile
index.
dynamic
scheduling.
maximum
power
in
case
of
a
downlink
Such an UE does not foresee to particularly
(CCCH),
BCCH
andaatPCCH
on PDSCH
and allThis
Uniquely
identifies
DRX
profile.
transmission
using
least
two
TX
antennas.
DRX
profile
priority.
benefit
from
NW-based
battery
consumption
other
physical
channels
are
transmitted
using
It
is
recommended
to
stay
with
the
default
value
means
that
every
single
subcarrier
power
optimisation.
Profile
101
of
DRX
configuration
parameters.
Single
Stream
Downlink
Transmit
Diversity.
'PRBs
with
PSS
orthe
SSS
andantenna
PBCHtoused'
if if a
determined
for multiple
TX
transmission
Applied
to
identify
DRX
profile
be
used
Profile
for
intra-frequency
ANR
dlChBw
is LTE
set
to
'3factor.
MHz'.
is
reduced
by this
The
parameter
not
UE
has multiple
bearers
If
drxApplyDeviceType
is established.
set to
"APPLY" does
and the
measurements
Closed
Loop
MIMO
(4x2):
Fast
Adaptive
Closed
apply
in
case
of
a
single
TX
(TM1)
transmission,
Note:
of DRX profile priority is notDRX
deviceModification
type is "noBenFromBatConsumpOpt",
Loop
MIMO4x2:
SRB1
andPRBs
Value
"not
used"preparation
mean
that
partial
and
thus
affects
the UE.
power
ofRBs(DTCH)
cell-specific
recommended;
for
future
use.are not
will not
beneither
activated
for (DCCH)
this
on PDSCHsignal
are transmitted
using
either
used.
reference
transmission.
Note
thatSingle
only the
Stream
Downlink
Transmit Diversity
Single or
limited set
of dlpcMimoComp
valuesor
(0dB,
Dual
Stream
with
Closed
Loop
spatial
1.77dB,
3dB, MIMO
4.77dB,
6dB)
can be
communicated

Configures the Inactivity Timer for DRX.

The
Inactivity
the
of
Configures
theTimer
long determines
DRX cycle. It
is number
recommended
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
for
which
the
UE
to
use carefully
theDuration
40 ms value,
far tested
Configures
On
Timerasforso
DRX.
monitors
thethe
PDCCH
after
decoding
an
UL or DL
UEs
are
not
able
to
do
ReportCGI
measurement
The
On
Duration
determines the number
of data
DRX
profile
index.
resource
assignment
an initial
with
this
cycle
size. on PDCCHatforthe
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
beginning
Uniquely
identifies
a determines
DRX profile.the periodic
transmission.
DRX
profile
priority.
The
long
DRX
cycle
of a DRX
cycle
during
which the UE monitors the
repetition
ofthe
theRetransmission
DRX On Duration.
Configures
Timer for DRX.
PDCCH.
If
drxLongCycle
is the
set to
'160ms',
Applied
to identify
DRX
profiledrxInactivityT
to bethe
used if a
The
Retransmission
Timer
determines
Configuration
for
Profile 102
should
set parameters
to bearers
'200'(ms)established.
otherwise
UEs may go
UE hasbe
multiple
maximum
number
of
PDCCH-subframes
aANR
UE
This
Profile
iswhen
used
for
UE-based
UTRAN
out-of-synch
DRX
profile
is priority
applied
a
Configures
the
Inactivity
Timer
for
DRX.
Note:
Modification
of
DRX
profile
isfor
not
monitors
the
PDCCH
as
soon
as
a
retransmission
measurements.
longer
period
of
time.
The
the number
recommended;
preparation
for future
use. of
Configures
theTimer
long
DRX
Cycle.
in
DLInactivity
is expected
bydetermines
the UE.
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
for
which
the UE
The
long DRX
cycle
determines
theforperiodic
Configures
the
On Duration
Timer
DRX.
monitors
the
PDCCH
after
decoding
an
UL
or DL
repetition
of the DRX
On Duration.
The
Duration
the number
of data
DRXOn
profile
indexdetermines
resource
assignment
on PDCCH
for an initial
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
Uniquely
identifies
a DRX profile.at the beginning
transmission.
DRX
profile
priority.
of a DRX
cycle
during which the UE monitors the
Configures
the Retransmission
Timer for DRX.
PDCCH.
If
drxLongCycle
is the
set to
'160ms',
Applied
to identify
DRX
profiledrxInactivityT
to bethe
used if a
The
Retransmission
Timer
determines
Configuration
for
Profile 103
should
be
set parameters
to bearers
'200'(ms)established.
otherwise
UEs may go
UE
has
multiple
maximum
number
of
PDCCH-subframes
a UE
Profile
for LTE
inter-frequency
ANR
out-of-synch
when
DRX
profile
is priority
applied
a
Configures
the
Inactivity
Timer
for
DRX.
Note:
Modification
of
DRX
profile
isfornot
monitors
the
PDCCH
as
soon
as
a
retransmission
measurements
longer
period of
time.determines
The
Inactivity
Timer
the
number
of
recommended;
preparation
for
future
use.
Configures
the long
cycle. It is recommended
in
DL is expected
byDRX
the UE.
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
for as
which
the UE
to
carefully
use
the
40??
ms
value,
so far
Configures
the
On Duration
Timer
foran
DRX.
monitors
the
PDCCH
after
decoding
UL
or DL
tested
UEs
are not
able to dothe
ReportCGI
The
On
Duration
determines
number
of data
DRX
profile
index
resource
assignment
on
PDCCH
for
an
initial
measurement
with this cycle size.at the beginning
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
Uniquely
identifies
a determines
DRX profile.the periodic
transmission
DRX
profile
priority.
The
long
DRX
cycle
of
a DRX
cycle
during
which the UE monitors the
repetition
of
the
DRX
On Duration.
Configures the Retransmission
Timer for DRX.
PDCCH
Applied
to identify theTimer
DRXdetermines
profile to bethe
used if a
The
Retransmission
Profile
2multiple
of DRX bearers
configuration
parameters.
UE
has
established.
maximum
number
of PDCCH-subframes
a UE
Profile
enables
a voice
optimized
setting
of
DRX
Configures
the
Inactivity
Timer
forapriority
DRX.
Note:
Modification
of DRX
profile
is
not
monitors
the
PDCCH
as
soon
as
retransmission
parameters.
The
the number
recommended;
preparation
for future
use. of
Configures
theTimer
long
DRX
cycle.
in
DLInactivity
is expected
bydetermines
the UE.
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
for which
the UE
The
long
DRX
cycle
determines
the
periodic
Configures
the
On Duration
Timer foran
DRX.
monitors
the
PDCCH
after
decoding
UL
or DL
repetition
of the DRX
On Duration.
The
Duration
the number
of data
DRXOn
profile
index.determines
resource
assignment
on PDCCH
for an initial
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
Uniquely
identifies
a DRX profile.at the beginning
transmission.
DRX
profile
priority.
of a DRX
cycle
during which the UE monitors the
Configures
therecommended
Retransmission
fortimer
DRX.
PDCCH.
Note: It is
to Timer
settothis
Applied
to not
identify
theTimer
DRXdetermines
profile
bethe
usedto
if a
The
Retransmission
Profile
3
of
DRX
configuration
parameters.
shorter
values
than
the
default
value
to
allow
for
UE
has
multiple
bearers
established.
maximum
number ofbearers
PDCCH-subframes
a UE
Profile
forscheduling
non-GBR
that
short
sufficient
Configures
the
Inactivity
Timer
forallows
DRX.
Note:
Modification
of flexibility.
DRX
profile
priority
is not
monitors
the
PDCCH
as
soon
as
a
retransmission
settings
of theTimer
long
DRX cycle.
The
the number
recommended;
preparation
for future
use. of
Configures
the long
DRX
cycle.
in
DLInactivity
is expected
bydetermines
the UE.
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
for
which
the UE
The long DRX
cycle
determines
theforperiodic
Configures
the
On Duration
Timer
DRX.
monitors
the
PDCCH
afterDuration.
decoding
an
UL ortoDL
repetition
of
the
DRX
On
Note:
It
is
not
recommended
to
set
this
timer
The
On
Duration
determines
the number
of data
DRX
profile
index.
resource
assignment
ondefault
PDCCH
for an
initial
shorter
values
than the
value
tobeginning
allow
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
at
the
Uniquely
identifies
a DRX profile.
transmission.
DRX
profile
priority.
sufficient
scheduling
of a DRX
cycle
duringflexibility.
which the UE monitors the
Configures the Retransmission Timer for DRX.
PDCCH.
Applied
to identify theTimer
DRXdetermines
profile to bethe
used if a
The Retransmission
Profile
4multiple
of DRX bearers
configuration
parameters.
UE
has
established.
maximum
number
of
PDCCH-subframes
a UE
Note:
It
is
not
recommended
to
set
this
timer
to
Profile
for non-GBR
bearers
that
allows
medium
Configures
the
Inactivity
Timer
for
DRX.
Note:
Modification
ofthe
DRX
profile
priority
is notfor
monitors
the
PDCCH
as
soon
as
a
retransmission
shorter
values
than
default
value
to
allow
settings
of theTimer
long
DRX
cycle.
The
determines
the number
recommended;
preparation
for future
use. of
Configures
the long
DRX
cycle.
in
DLInactivity
isfits
expected
by
the
UE.
sufficient
scheduling
flexibility.
Profile
latency
requirements
of
the
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
for
which
the UE
The
long DRX
cycle
determines
theforperiodic
Configures
the
On Duration
Timer
DRX.
corresponding
traffic
of
up to
500ms;
could
beDL
monitors
the
PDCCH
after
decoding
an
UL
or
repetition
of
the
DRX
On Duration.
Note:
Ite.g.,
is
not
recommended
to
set
this timer
to
The
On
Duration
determines
the
number
of
used,
for
IMS
signalling.
DRX
profile
index.
resource
assignment
ondefault
PDCCH
for an
initial data
shorter values
than the
value
tobeginning
allow
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
at
the
Uniquely
identifies
a DRX profile.
transmission.
DRX
profile
priority.
sufficient
scheduling
of a DRX
cycle
duringflexibility.
which the UE monitors the
Configures
PDCCH. the Retransmission Timer for DRX.
Applied
to identify theTimer
DRXdetermines
profile to bethe
used if a
The
Retransmission
Profile
5multiple
of DRX bearers
configuration
parameters.
UE
has
established.
maximum
number ofbearers
PDCCH-subframes
for which
Profile
for non-GBR
that
allows
long
Configures
the Inactivity
Timer
DRX.
Note:
ofPDCCH
DRX
profile
priority
the
UEModification
monitors
the
asfor
soon
as is
a not
settings
of
the
long
DRX
cycle.
The
Inactivity Timer
the
recommended;
preparation
for future
use.
retransmission
in
DLdetermines
is expected
by number
the
UE. of
Profile
fits corresponding
traffic with
no specific
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
for which
the UE
latency
coulddecoding
be used,an
e.g.,
monitorsrequirements;
the PDCCH after
ULfor
or Web
DL
browsing.
resource assignment on PDCCH for an initial data
transmission.

Configures the long DRX cycle. It is recommended

to
use carefully
theDuration
40 ms value,
far tested
Configures
the On
TimerasforsoDRX.
UEs
are
not
able
to
do
ReportCGI
measurement
The
On
Duration
determines the number of
DRX
profile
index.
with this
cycle
size.
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
at the beginning
Uniquely
identifies
a determines
DRX profile.the
DRX
profile
priority.
The
long
DRX
cycle
of a DRX
cycle
during
which the UE periodic
monitors the
repetition
theRetransmission
DRX On Duration.
Configuresofthe
Timer for DRX.
PDCCH.
Applied
to identify theTimer
DRXdetermines
profile to bethe
used if a
The
Retransmission
Profile
2multiple
of Smartbearers
DRX configuration
parameters.
UE
has
established.
maximum
number
ofvoice
PDCCH-subframes
forof
which
Profile
allows
anof
optimized
setting
Configures
thefor
Inactivity
Timer
forpriority
DRX.
Note:
Modification
DRX
profile
a UE parameters.
monitors
the
PDCCH
as soon
as a is not
DRX
The
Inactivity
the
recommended;
preparation
for future
use.
Configures
theTimer
long
DRX
cycle.
retransmission
in
DLdetermines
is expected
by number
the
UE. of
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
for
which
the UE
The
long DRX
cycle
determines
theforperiodic
Configures
the
On Duration
Timer
DRX.
monitors
the
PDCCH
after
decoding
an
UL
or DL
repetition
of the DRX
On Duration.
The
OnDRX
Duration
the number
of data
Smart
profiledetermines
index.
resource
assignment
on PDCCH
for an initial
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
Uniquely
identifies
a DRX profile.at the beginning
transmission.
Smart
DRX
profile
priority.
of a DRX
cycle
during
which the UE monitors the
Configures
therecommended
Retransmission
DRX.
PDCCH.
Note:
It
is
not
to Timer
setprofile
thisfortimer
Applied
to identify theTimer
Smart
DRX
to beto
The
Retransmission
determines
the
Configures
the
short
DRX
cycle.value
shorter
than
the
default
to allow for
used
ifItavalues
has
multiple
bearers
maximum
number
of
PDCCH-subframes
a UE
Note:
isUE
not
recommended
to
setestablished.
this timer
toto
It
is
recommended
to
set
this
parameter
equal
sufficient
scheduling
flexibility.
Configures
the
short
DRX
cycle
timer.
Note:
Modification
ofthe
Smart
DRX
profile
priority
monitors
the
PDCCH
as
soon
as
a
retransmission
shorter
values
than
default
value
to
allow
foris
the
drxLongCycle
inpreparation
order
to drxShortCycle
optimize
battery
Integer
value
multiplied
with
to
not
recommended;
for
future
use.
Factor
used
for by
theVoLTE
calculation
in
DL isisexpected
the
UE.calls. of the Short Term
sufficient
scheduling
flexibility.
consumption
determine
theduring
run
time of short
DRXDRX
cycle.
Inactivity
Timer
(STIS)
Smart
is used.
Profile 3 of
Smart
DRXwhen
configuration
parameters.
smartStInactFactor
is
multiplied
to
the
short
DRX
Note:
It
is
not
recommended
to
set
this
timer
to
Smart
DRX the
Profile
for both
GBR
and
non-GBR
Configures
Inactivity
Timer
for
DRX.
cycle
duration
to
provide
STIT
value
for
smart
shorter
values
than
the
default
value
to
allow
for
bearers.
The
Inactivity
Configures
theTimer
long determines
DRX
cycle. the number of
DRX
profile.
sufficient
scheduling
flexibility.
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
for which
the UE
The
long DRX
cycle
determines
the
Configures
the
On Duration
Timer
forperiodic
DRX.
monitors
the
PDCCH
afterDuration.
decoding
an
UL or DL
repetition
of
the
DRX
On
The
OnDRX
Duration
the number
of data
Smart
profiledetermines
index.
resource
assignment
on PDCCH
for an initial
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
at
the
beginning
Uniquely
identifies
a DRX profile.
transmission.
Smart
DRX
profile
priority.
of a DRX
cycle
during
which the UE monitors the
Configures the Retransmission Timer for DRX.
PDCCH.
Applied
to identify theTimer
Smart
DRX profile
The
Retransmission
determines
theto be
Configures
the
short
DRXbearers
cycle.
used
ifItaisUE
has
multiple
established.
maximum
number
of
PDCCH-subframes
a UE
Note:
not
recommended
to
set
this
timer
to
It
is recommended
toDRX
set this
parameter
to
Configures
the
short
cycle
timer.
Note:
Modification
of
DRX
profile
priority
is smaller
notfor
monitors
the
PDCCH
as
soon
as
a
retransmission
shorter
values
than
the
default
value
to
allow
value
than drxLongCycle.
Integer
multiplied
with
drxShortCycle
to Term
recommended;
preparation
future
use.
Factor
used
for
thethe
calculation
of the
Short
in
DL isisvalue
expected
by
UE.for
sufficient
scheduling
flexibility.
determine
the
run
time
of
short
DRX
cycle.
Inactivity
Timer
(STIS)
when
Smart DRX
is used.
Profile
4the
of
Smart
DRXdrxShortCycle
configuration
parameters.
In
case
parameter
isshort
set toDRX
'20',
smartStInactFactor
is
multiplied
to
the
Note:
It
is
not
recommended
to
set
this
timer
Profile
forrecommended
non-GBR
bearers
that
allows
for to
Configures
the
Inactivity
Timer
for
DRX.
then
it
is
to
set
drxShortCycleTimer
cycle
duration
to
provide
STIT
value
for
smart
shorter values
than
the long
default
value
to allow for
medium
settings
of the
DRX
cycle.
The
Inactivity
Timer
number of
to
'16'.
Configures
thelatency
long determines
DRX
cycle. the of
DRX
profile.
sufficient
scheduling
flexibility.
Profile
fits
for
requirements
the the UE
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
for which
The
long DRX
cycle
determines
the
periodic
Configures
the
On
Duration
Timer
for
DRX.
corresponding
traffic
of
up
to
500ms;
could
beDL
monitors
the
PDCCH
afterDuration.
decoding an UL or
repetition
of the
DRX
On
The
On
Duration
determines
the
number
of
used,
for
example
for
IMS
signaling.
Smart DRX
profile index.
resource
assignment
on PDCCH for an initial data
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
Uniquely
identifies
a DRX profile.at the beginning
transmission.
Smart
DRX
profile
priority.
of a DRX cycle during which the UE monitors the
Configures
PDCCH. the Retransmission Timer for DRX.
Applied
to identify theTimer
Smart
DRX profile
The
Retransmission
determines
theto be
Configures
the
short
DRXbearers
cycle.
used
if
a
UE
has
multiple
established.
maximum
number of
PDCCH-subframes
a UE
It
is recommended
toDRX
set this
parameter
to
Configures
the
short
cycle
timer.
Note:
Modification
of
DRX
profile
priority
is smaller
not
monitors
the
PDCCH
as
soon
as
a
retransmission
value
than
drxLongCycle.
Integer
value
multiplied
with
drxShortCycle
to Term
recommended;
preparation
for
future
use.
Factor
is
used
for
the
calculation
of
the
Short
in DL is expected by the UE.
determine
the run
time when
of short
DRXDRX
cycle.
Inactivity
Timer
(STIS)
Smart
is
used.
Profile
of Smart
DRXdrxShortCycle
configuration parameters.
In
case5the
parameter
set <=
'20',
smartStInactFactor
isbearers
multiplied
toallows
theisshort
DRX
Profile
for
non-GBR
that
for long
Configures
the
Inactivity
Timer
for
DRX.
then
it
is
recommended
to
set
drxShortCycleTimer
cycle
duration
to
provide
STIT value for smart
settings
of theTimer
long
DRX
cycle.
The
Inactivity
determines
the number of
to
'16'.
Configures
the
long
DRX
cycle.
DRX
profile.
Profile
fits forPDCCH-subframes
corresponding
traffic
no the
specific
consecutive
forwith
which
UE
The
longrequirements;
DRX
cycle
determines
the
Configures
the
On Duration
Timer
forperiodic
DRX.
latency
coulddecoding
be used,
for
example
monitors
the
PDCCH
after
an
UL
or DL
repetition
of
the
DRX
On
Duration.
The
OnDRX
Duration
the number
of data
for
Web
browsing.
Smart
profiledetermines
index.
resource
assignment
on PDCCH
for an initial
consecutive
PDCCH-subframes
at
the
beginning
Uniquely
identifies
a DRX profile.
transmission.
Smart
DRX
profile
priority.
of a DRX
cycle
during
which the UE monitors the
Configures the Retransmission Timer for DRX.
PDCCH.
Applied
to identify theTimer
Smart
DRX profile
The Retransmission
determines
theto be
Configures
the
short
DRXbearers
cycle.
used
if a UE
has
multiple
established.
maximum
number
of
PDCCH-subframes
a UE
It
is recommended
to DRX
set this
parameter
to
Note:
Modification
of
profile
priority
is smaller
not
monitors
the
PDCCH
as
soon
as
a
retransmission
value
than drxLongCycle.
recommended;
preparation
for
future
use.
in DL is expected by the UE.

Configures the short DRX cycle timer.

Integer
with drxShortCycle
to Term
Factor isvalue
usedmultiplied
for the calculation
of the Short
determine
the
run
time
of
short
DRX
cycle.
Inactivity
Timerbarring
(STIS)for
when
Smart DRX is used
Access
AC 10.
In case Class
the parameter
drxShortCycle
set <=
'40',
smartStInactFactor
is multiplied
to calls
theisshort
DRX
The
access
barred
for
emergency
flag
This
Structure
contains
atoSTIT
list
eHRPD
Sector-IDs
then
itduration
is recommended
setofdrxShortCycleTimer
cycle
to
provide
value
for
smart
indicates
that
barred for emergency
calls
which
shall
beaccess
used toisaddress
when
to
'16'.
Each
eHRPD
sector-ID
which iseHRPD-AN
configured for
DRX
profile
in
this
cell.
tunneling
cdma2000
HRPD
PDU
for PreIn
case the
parameter
drxLongCycle
is set to '640'
preregistration
isdefines
associated
with this
This
parameter
the spatial
sector
Registration
with
eHRPD.
and
the
parameter
drxShortCycle
is
set
tocovered
'80',
loadbalancing
factor
to same
allow for
loadbalancing
by
the
cell.
Cells
in
the
sector
must
have
When
not
externally
triggered
by
Outer
Loop
Link
Each
Sector-ID
is
associated
with
a
loadbalancing
then
it
is
sufficient
and
recommended
to
set
according
tofor
a weighted
round robin mechanism
same
value
sectorId.
Adaptation
(OLLA),
the
Adaptive
Transmission
factor
to allow
loadbalancing
between
multiple for
drxShortCycleTimer
toBLER
'8'.
Averaging
window
in
E-ULA.
when
selecting
the for
sector-ID
of
the
eHRPD-AN
Bandwidth
(ATB)
activatedhas
when
eHRPD-AN
It
is expressed
in algorithm
number
ofwill
TTIbe
when
Pre-Registration
Defines
howofmany
MCS indexes
aboveUE
the been
the
amount
TTI
events
here
defined
has
been
actively
scheduled
minimal
MCS
indexpossible
are required
ATB may
Defines the
lowest
MCSbefore
index before
reached.
increase
the
amount
of
allocable
PRBs
Adaptive
Transmission
Bandwith
(ATB)
algorithm
Defines the
lowest possible
amount
of allocable
may
act and decrease the amount of allocable
PRBs
Incremental
and decremental factor for the
PRBs.
This
shallTransmission
be always bigger
than or equal
to
Adaptive
calculation
of
E-UTRA
Absolute RadioBandwidth's
Frequency Channel
redBwMinRbUl
allocable
PRBs
Number
in
downlink.
E-UTRA
Absolute
RadioofFrequency
Channel
Multiplying
the amount
PRBs
by this
factor
the
Supported
Bands
and related
downlink
EARFCNs
Number
in
uplink.
An
element
of
the
emAreaIdList
identifies
an
total
amount
of
allocable
PRBs
is
decreasing.
are the following:
Supported
and
uplink
EARFCNs
Emergency
Area
ID
(emAreaId)
of
the
eNB then
cell.
Dividing
theBands
amount
ofrelated
PRBs
this
factor,
The
parameter
defines
the0switch
for
Band
1 following:
(2110-2170
MHz):
- by
599
are
the
Multiple
emAreaId's
may
be
configured
for
the
the
number
of
allocable
PRB
is
increasing
enable/disable
Channel
Quality
Band
2
(1930-1990
600
- Indicator
1199
Flag
ifcell.
cell
HOMHz):
is enabled.
Band
1better
(1920-1980
MHz):
18000
- 18599(CQI)
eNB
based
Adaptive
Modulation
and
Coding
(AMC) for
Band
3
(1805-1880
MHz):
1200
Band
(1850-1910
MHz):
18600 -1949
19199
Flag
if2
coverage
HOMHz):
is enabled.
PDCCH
link
adaptation.
If
the
parameter
Band
4
(2110-2155
1950
2399
Band
3 (1710-1785
MHz):
19200
- 19949is
An
'emAreaId'
ID
may
be
used
inused
signalling
The
parameter
defines
if
downlink
Adaptation
disabled,
default
aggregation
is
implicitly.
Band
5
(869-894
MHz):
2400
2649
Band 4 (1710-1755
MHz):
19950
- Link
20399
messages
received
via 16QAM
S1-i/f
to
indicate
thefor
set of
is
allowed
to
select
the
modulation
Band
6
(875-885
MHz):
2650
- -enabling/disabling
2749
The
parameter
determines
the
Band
5
(824-849
MHz):
20400
20649
cells
with
emergency
impact
(e.g.
which
have
to
PDSCH.
Band
7
(2620-2690
MHz):
2750
3449aggregation
switch
automatic
selection
of- -20749
lower
Band
6for
(830-840
MHz):
20650
The
parameter
defines
the
switch
for
enabling
/
broadcast
the
warning
message).
Band
8
(925-960
MHz):
3450
- 3799
during
scheduling.
This
means
that a
Band
7aPDCCH
(2500-2570
MHz):
20750
- 21449
disabling
power
control
on
PDCCH.
If
the
If
e.g.
WRITE-REPLACE
WARNING
REQUEST
The
E-UTRAN
cell
identifier
is3800
withinfrom
one
Band
9
MHz):
- 4149
required
aggregation
level
is defined
Band
8 (1844.9-1879.9
(880-915
MHz):
-unique
21799
parameter
is
disabled,
a21450
flat
downlink
Power
message
with
'emAreaId'
iswhich
received,
the
warning
PLMN
and
has
a
length
of
28
bits.
The
leftmost
20
Band
10
(2110-2170
MHz):
4150
4749
Identifies
the
geographical
position
of-reports
the
transmit
UE's
Channel
Quality
Indicator
(CQI)
may
Band
9 (1749.9-1784.9
MHz):
21800
22149
Spectral
Density
(PSD)
is5010
used.
message
shall
becorrespond
broadcasted
by
an
eNB
cell
if
bits
of
the
value
to
the
value
of
the
Band
12
(729-746
MHz):
5179
antenna
for
positioning
purposes.
be
downgraded
by
one
step
without
any
other
Band 10in(1710-1770
22150
-'emAreaId'
22749
Altitude
meters (coded
value)
'pwsWithEmAreaId'
isMHz):
true5180
and
eNB
ID
lnBtsId)
and-the
the
8altitude
rightmost
Band
13
(746-756
MHz):
It
is expressed
as
ellipsoid
point
with
and
particular
reason
(e.g.
blocking
due
to
UE
hash
Band
12(parameter
(699-716
MHz):
23010
-5279
23179
Relation
between
coded
Altitude
N
and
range
ofthe
received
in
the
request
message
matches
Confidence
by
which
the
position
is
known
to be
bits
correspond
to
the
value
of
the
local
cellwith
Band
14
(758-768
MHz):
5280
5379
uncertainty
ellipsoid
according
to
TS
23.032
function
or
overall
space).
Assigning
of
lower
Band
13
(777-787
MHz):
23180
23279
absolute
altitudes
a
(a
>=
0
meters)
it
encodes
is
'emAreaId'
assigned
to
the
eNB
cell.
within
thein
shape
description
expressed
as
aUEs
resource
ID
(lcrId).
This
parameter
cannot
be
set
Band
17
(734-746
MHz):
5730
- of
Latitude
degrees
(coded
value)
The
position
is reported
within
the
LPPa
OTDOA
aggregation
decreases
number
blocked
in
Band
14
(788-798
MHz):
23280
-5849
23379
the
following:
percentage
by
operator,
it is calculated
system
internally
and
Band
18
(860-875
MHz):
5850
- -5999
Relation
between
coded
Degrees
of
latitude
N
and
Information
Exchange
procedure
if
requested
by
case
of
PDCCH
resource
deficiency,
and
gives
Band
17
(704-716
MHz):
23730
23849
Longitude
in=degrees
Confidence
0 means
no6000
information
available
is
only19
readable.
Band
(875-890
MHz):
6149
range
of
absolute
latitudes
X (0
<=
X <=
90) it
E-SMLC.
possibility
for
greater
number
of- -PDCCH
Band
18
(815-830
MHz):
23850
23999
(coded
value)
for
0
<=
N
<=
2^15-2:
Represents
height
above
resp.
depth
below
Band 19
20 (830-845
(791-821
MHz):
6150 - -6449
encodes
is
the
following:
messages
per
TTI.
A
corresponding
increase
Band
MHz):
24000
24149
Relation
between
coded
Degrees
of8039
longitudeinN
N
<= a24<ellipsoid
N+1
WGS84
surface
Band
(1525-1559
MHz):
7700
-24449
Distinguishes
between
north
and
south
In
case
of
multiple
transmit
antennas,
a latitude
PDCCH
power
compensates
caused
degradation
Band
20
(832-862
MHz):
24150
and
range
of absoluteMHz):
longitudes
X
(-180
<= X <
Band
25
(1930-1990
8040
- 8639
for
0
<=
N
<=
2^23-2:
geographical
mean
value
should
be
calculated
in
PDCCH
code
robustness.
Band
24
(1627.5-1660.5
MHz):
25700
26039 as
Orientation
of major
axis
of uncertainty-ellipsoid
+180)
it
encodes
is
the
following:
for
N
=
2^15-1:
Band
28
(758-803
MHz):
9210
- 9659
N
<= 2^15-1
2^23/90*X
< N+1
"logical
Band
25antenna"
(1850-1910
MHz):
26040
- 26640
measured
clockwise
from
north
a >=
Uncertainty
of
altitude
There
are(703-748
some restrictions
for utilitizing
Band
28
MHz):
27210
- 27659 the
N
<=
2^24/360*X
<
N+1
Relation
between
coded Uncertainty
altitude K
Semi-major
uncertainty
ellipsoid
for
N = 2^23-1:
automatic
lower
aggregation
forencoded
an UE:
According
toofabove
relation
an
value
N
and
absolute
uncertainty
of
altitude
h
(0 <=
h <=
between
coded
semi-major
N
<=
2^23/90*X
<=
N+1ofUncertainty
-Relation
the
required
aggregation
shallbinary
be at
least
4,
Semi-minor
of
uncertainty
ellipsoid
N
is
coded
in
2's
complement
on
24
bits.
corresponds
to
a
range
absolute
altitudes
a
in K
990.5
metres)semi-major
it encodes
is the following:
and
absolute
uncertainty
r
(0
<=
r
<=
-metres
enableAmcPdcch
and
enablePcPdcch
shall
be
Relation
between
codedthe
Uncertainty
semi-minor
K
The
parameter
threshold
under
which
1800
metres)
it defines
encodes
isuncertainty
the
following:
According
to
above
relation
an
encoded
value
N
enabled,
and
and
absolute
semi-minor
r
(0
<=
r
<=
According
to
above
relation
an
encoded
value
N
the
DCM
triggers
an
earlier
ATB
calculation.
h
= OLLA
45*(1.025^K-1)
This
parameter
defines
absolute
TX
frequency
inin
corresponds
to
a
range
of
latitudes
XX
in
-corresponds
used
PDCCH
for
all uplink
and
downlink
1800
metres)
it capacity
isabsolute
the
following:
to
aencodes
range
of
absolute
longitudes
It
has
always
values
<=0.
for
overriding
normal
filter
center
frequency
rkHz
=
10*(1.1^K-1)
degrees
allocations
shall for
exceed
a limit
defined by the
Filter
coefficient
RSRP
measurements
used to
degrees
tuning.
threshold
pdcchLowAggTh
of total
PDCCH
path
loss
as
specified
in
[3GPP-36.213.
rcalculate
=
10*(1.1^K-1)
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for UTRAcapacity
for
allocated
number of to
PDCCH
symbols
5.1.1.1].
Value
fc0
corresponds
k = 0, fc1
WCDMA
CSFB
Cpich-Ecn0
Specifies
the
filtering
coefficient
used
for
UTRAThis
parameter
can
be
used
to
override
normal
in
TTI
corresponds
to k = 1, coefficient
and so on.used for CpichSpecifies
the
WCDMA
CSFB
Cpich-RSCP
filter
tuning
tofiltering
minimize
noise to neighboring
Specifies
the
filtering
coefficient
used for UTRA
Ecn0
within
the
measurement
quantity
Specifies
the
filtering
used
Cpichfrequency
band.
If the
parameter
valueforisis
not
The parameter
will
becoefficient
ignored
if dlChBw
set to
Cpich-EcNo
Specifies
thefilter
filtering
coefficient
used foras
UTRA
configuration
of
UTRA-WCDMA
RSCP
within
the
measurement
quantity
defined,
TX
frequency
is
evaluated
an
'1.4 MHz'.the filtering coefficient used for CpichSpecifies
Cpich-RSCP
Specifies
the
filtering
coefficient
used
for
RSRP
(to
configuration
of
UTRA-WCDMA
average
of
the
configured
center
frequencies.
EcNo
within
measurement
Specifies
thethe
filtering
coefficientquantity
used for Cpichbe
set
in
QuantityConfigEUTRA)
Specifies
the the
filtering
coefficientquantity
used for RSRQ
configuration
of
UTRA.
RSCP within
measurement
(to
be
set
in
QuantityConfigEUTRA)
Specifies
the
filtering
coefficient
used for RSSI
configuration of UTRA
filterCoefficientCpichEcNo
withinused
quantity
Specifies the filtering coefficient
for RSSI
configuration
of
UTRA
is
an
optional
IE
within
the measurement quantity
configuration
of
filterCoefficientCpichRscp
within quantity
GERAN
configuration of UTRA is an optional IE

These are further PLMN IDs of the cell. The

parameter
whichcombination
operators' (PLMNID)
Indicates if indicates
the cell/PLMN
is reserved
networks
are
available
from
the cell. These PLMN
for
operator
use.
The
Mobile
Country
Code
parameter indicates the
identities
have
a cell
scope.
Cells
reserved
for
operator
use are
as
Mobile
Country
Code
and
isparameter
of treated
theindicates
PLMN
Mobile
Network
Code
The
primary
PLMN
ID
has
topart
beaprovided
barred
by
'normal'
UEs
without
USIM
with
AC the
11
identifier.
Mobile
Network
Code
and
is
part
of
the
PLMN
separately
for
the
eNB.
The
Network
Code
or
15Mobile
inserted.
UEs with
AClength
11 or parameter
15 USIM
identifier.
indicates
theifspecific
length
the Mobile
Network
inserted
are
operator
UEscongestion
and thusCode,
Determines
and onof
which
layer
either
2
or
3
digits.
allowed
to
camp
on
and
access
such
cells. The
handling
is applied if congestion
is detected
The
parameter
the assigned
PUSCHby
default
value is defines
not reserved.
layer
2.
group.
Indicates
maximum number
of HARQ
It is highlythe
recommended
to configure
the value
transmissions
used
for
message
ofservices'
the
Indicates the
maximumAC
number
of3 HARQ
'"l2andl3"
if 'Enhanced
and GBR
are
contention-based
random
access
procedure.
transmissions
in
DL
that
is
configured
for
each
UE
activated,
that
is
if
"actEnhAcandGbrServices"
Indicates the maximum number of HARQ
at
initial
access
to
a
specific
cell.
equals
True.
transmissions
in UL thatnumber
is configured
for each UE
Indicates the maximum
of transmissions
at
initial
access tofor
a specific
cell.
that
is
configured
a
UE
in
TTI
bundling
This parameter defines if hopping is only interoperation.
subframe
ortimers
both interintra-subframe.
Defines the
usedand
to control
mobility to
CDMA2000
HRPD
This timer value is used for eNodeB internally to
estimate
timedefines
the UEthe
may
spendof
totime
access
This timerthe
value
amount
the the
target
HRPD
system
after
receiving
eNodeB
waits
for
the
Downlink
CDMA2000
The
timer value defines
the amount
of time the
RRC:MOBILITY
FROM
COMMAND
Tunneling
message
fromEUTRAN
MME after
forwarding
eNodeB
waits
to
receive
an
Defines
highspeed
for a cell.PDU
before
starting
RRCscenario
Re-Establishment.
eNodeB
the
dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-HRPD
in
UlHandoverPreparationTransfer
message
from 3
Scenario
1
(open
space
scenario)
and
scenario
internally
use
this
value
to
calculate
the
Related
Hysteresis
of
Handover
Margin
for
Better
UplinkHandoverPreparationTransfer
message
UE
after
sending
a
(tunnel
scenario).
supervision
timer
fortothe
eHRPD optimized
Cell
Handover
of
Intra-Frequency
(received
from
UE)
MME.
Related
Hysteresis
ofPhase
Threshold
for RSRP of
HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest
Handover
Execution
Parameter
isfor
used
the(TC2KRelocOverall).
entry
and leave
serving
cell
start
ofthreshold
GERAN
measurements
message
toare
the
UE.within
Related
hysteresis
of
for
RSRP of
Scenarios
described
in
36.141
Annex
B.3:
condition
of
the
A3
triggered
reporting
Parameter
isfor
used
within
the entry andcondition.
leave
serving
cell
start
of
CDMA2000-eHRPD
Scenario
1:
Open
space
Related
Hysteresis
of Threshold
for RSRP
of
The
IE value
is multiplied
by 2.
condition
of Tunnel
the
A2 triggered
reporting
condition.
measurements
Scenario
3:
for
multi-antennas
serving
cell
for
start
of
inter
frequency
Related
Hysteresis
of Threshold
The
IE value
is multiplied
by 2. for RSRP of
measurements
serving
cell
for
start
of
WCDMA
measurements
Related Hysteresis
of Threshold
forand
RSRP
of
Parameter
is used
used within
within
the entry
entry
leave
Parameter
is
the
leave
Parameter
isfor
used
within
the
entry and
and
leave
serving
cell
stopping
of
Inter-RAT
(InterFreq)
condition
of
the
A2
triggered
reporting
condition.
Related
Hysteresis
of
Handover
Margin
for
condition
of
the
A2
triggered
reporting
condition.
condition
of the
A2 triggered
reporting condition.
Measurements
The
IE
value
is
multiplied
by
2.
Coverage
Handover
ofThreshold
Intra-Frequency
The
IE
value
is
multiplied
by
2.
Related
Hysteresis
of
for RSRP
of
The
IE
value
is
multiplied
by
2.
Parameter
is
within
entry
Parameter
isforused
used
within the
the
entry and
and leave
leave
serving
cell
redirection
trigger
List
of Target
Load
and
High reporting
Load Thresholds
for
condition
of
A1
triggered
condition.
condition
ofisthe
the
A5 within
triggered
reporting
Parameter
used
the
entry andcondition.
leave
Inter
Frequency
Load
Balancing
The
IE
value
is
multiplied
by
2.
Timer
started
when
S1AP
back
Initial
The
IEisvalue
is multiplied
by sends
2.
condition
of the
A2
triggered
reporting
condition.
Target
Load
represents
theAfter
operating
point
= loadit
Context
Setup
Response.
Timer
expiration
High
Load
for
usage
of
GBR
Uu
I/F
resources
in
The
IE
value
is
multiplied
by
2.
at
which
the
cell
should
work
according
to
its
is
checked
whether or not the UE has a QCI1
DL
direction.
High
Load for and
usage
nonGBR
UuHigh
I/F resources
dimensioning
theoftraffic
model.
Load is
bearer.
High
Load
isthat
the controls
treshold the
thatInter
controls
the Inter
in
DL
direction.
the
treshold
Frequency
Load
High
Load for
usage
of PDCCH Uu I/F resources
Frequency
Load
Balancing.
High
Load
is
the
treshold
that
controls
the
Inter
Balancing.
High
Load 31
is assigned
the
treshold
that
controls
Inter a
The value
indicates
QCI1
(VOIP)
This
timer
is
tothat
all
active
UEsthe
tobearer
trigger
Frequency
Load
Frequency
Load Balancing.
Balancing.
are
not excluded
from
the
Inter
Frequency
Load
cyclical
re-check
if
they
can
be
iF-LB
candidates
If
iFLBHighLoadGBRDL
and
Weight
factor
of the
serving
cell frequency
layer
Balancing.
Note
that
when
QCI1
check
is
not
The
basic
valuerobin
given
byand
the
operator
is
iFLBHighLoadNonGBRDL
and
used
by
round
algorithm
for
idle
mode
load
If
iFLBHighLoadGBRDL
Percentage
of
UEisto1sbe
selected
fornumber
Idle
Mode
If
iFLBHighLoadGBRDL
and
performed,
there
wait
timer
before
start
dynamically
adapted
depending
on
ofLoad
iFLBHighLoadPdcch
are
set
to 100%,
the
cell
will
balancing.
iFLBHighLoadNonGBRDL
and
Load
Balancing.
iFLBHighLoadNonGBRDL
and the Load
Balancing.
active
UEs
in
the
cell
to
restrict
timer
expiry
never
enter
active
Inter
Frequency
Balancing
When
the parameter
is
not
thethe
iFLBHighLoadPdcch
set
to
iFLBHighLoadPdcch
are
setdefined,
to 100%,
100%,
the cell
cell
will
In
LTE1387
UEs with are
QCI1
(VOIP)
bearer
are will
rate
state.
corresponding
carrier
is
not
used
in
selecting
main
never
enter
active
Inter
Frequency
Load
Balancing
never
enter
active
excluded
from
the Inter Frequency Load Balancing
target
for IdleModeMobilityControlInfo
for
load
state.
state.
Balancing.
As the reaction
bearer establishment
takes
Improved
latency
timer in uplink
defines
balancing.
Weighted
round
robin
algorithm
some
time,
SW defines
has
wait
before
making
ashall
the
time
in which
thetoUE
has
to send
useful
data
The
parameter
the
time
period
for the
select
always
one
target
frequency
for
idle
mode
check.
after
either
the
initial
dummy
grant
or
a
previous
indication
of thedefines
UE inactivity
in both
DL
andand
UL
load
balancing,
which
isan
matching
UE
capabilities,
The
parameter
Modulation
reception
of useful
data.
If initial
the timer
expires
the,
directions.
to
be
used
as
target
idle
mode
loadandfor
Coding
Scheme
(MCS)
to for
be
used
on PDSCH
The
parameter
defines
an
initial
Modulation
UE
will
not
getmain
dummy
grant
anymore.
balancing
and
this
target
will
have
always
highest
other
use
than
BCCH,
PCH
or
random
access
Coding
Scheme
(MCS)
to
bemaximum
used
PUSCH
Additionally,
the dummy
grants
are on
triggered
Defines
the initial
amount
of
PRBsby
infor
priority
assigned
in
RRC
Release
message.
messages.
other
use than
random
access message
3. All
SRB traffic
in DL
when ilReacTimerUl
modulo
100
uplink.
other
target
for that
idle mode
load
Used
to to
control
cellmeans
reselection
onCandidate
intra-frequency
is equal
5.frequency
This
the
Set 3
balancing
matching
UE
capabilities
configured
cells
when
the
ranked
cell
isand
barred,
or
is
iniMcsDl
iswhether
applicable
for
PDSCH
LA
only
ifin
both
Indicates
the
neighboring
cells
use
is extended
by highest
UEsallwith
active
SRB
in
DL
case
in
LNCEL,
IRFIM,
UFFIM,
CDFIM
and
GNFL
will
considered
as
barred
by
the
UE,
as
specified
in
dlOlqcEnable
and
dlamcEnable
are
set
to
'false'
Antenna
Port
1.isCell
ilReacTimerUl
equal
to 5, 105,
205,
andfor
soeach
on.
ID
of
the
Local
Resource.
The
value
be
added
as
well,
but
with
lowered
priorities
as
TS
36.304.
where
it grants
determines
the
static
target
codethat
rate
for
When
set
to
TRUE,
the
UE
may
assume
at
Dummy
are
scheduled
only
based
on
SRB
cell
shalluser
befor
unique
in the
eNB.
configured
SIB
with
kept
hierarchy
of
priorities.
PDSCH
data
transmissions.
Otherwise,
UE
least
cell-specific
ports are
used
in all
traffictwo
in DL
whenever antenna
ilReacTimerUl
is set
to 5.
The
algorithm
shall
calculate
proportional weights
reported
CQIcells.
or
default
CQI (dlamcCqiDef)
with or
neighboring
corresponding
to configured
values. There
is no
without
OLQC correction
determines
the target
checkrate.
about the sum of weights configured by the
code
user.

Instance identifier of the object LNCEL. This

parameter
is used
only for
purposes.
This parameter
selects
the O&M
cell load
balancing
profile.
From
the
profile
parameters
controlling
This
parameter
the minimum value thatthe
a
Important
Note: defines
cell
load
condition
will bechanged
derived.autonomously by
CIO
can
assume,
when
Maximum
Bit shall
Rate be
thatmodified
shall notit be
exceeded in
If
the lnCelId
is recommended
the
eNB
during value
for
example
the
intra-frequency
DL
(configured
isshall
limitation
on
TTI base,ini.e.
to
use
BTSSM.
The
BTSSM
willbe
automatically
Maximum
bit rate
that
not
exceeded
UL
load
balancing
function.
a
calculation
on
maximum
bitrate
per
TTIa is
done)
perform
a
full
commissioning
instead
of
delta
TTI.
The
parameter
the 2maximum
code
rate for
This
parameter defines
is
not used
any
longer
for UEs
commissioning.
Otherwise
plan
file operations
paging.
This
maximum
code
rate
is
taken
into
Therequired
parameter
definesLNCEL
the activated.
maximum
code
for
having
carrierbecause
aggregation
case
CAare
as well In
as
therate
account
during
PDSCH
scheduling.
random
access
procedure
4and
(SRB0
UEs
areLCELL
treatedobject
the limitations
are taken
from
related
must
be
deleted
The parameter
defines
the messages
maximum
code
ratethe
for
message).
This procedure
maximum
code
is2taken
into
3
GPP-standard
TS
considering
the
UE's
recreated.
Those
two36.306
objects
arerate
strongly
coupled
random
access
messages
(RA
The
parameter
defines
the
maximum
code rate for
Note:
account
during
PDSCH
scheduling.
category.
and
must
be
created
and
deleted
in common.
response).
This
maximum
codebeing
rate
is
taken into
System
Information
Broadcast.
This
maximum
The
amount
of
paging
records
transmitted
Maximum
radio
resource
consumption
That's
why
the range
of scheduling.
this
parameter (PRBs)
must notfor
account
during
PDSCH
coderate
is occasion
taken
intoistransmission
account
during
PDSCH
per
paging
limited such
that
the
GBR
traffic
in
UL
and
DL
Note:
be
adapted
to
higher
rates
defined
The
parameter
defines
how
many OFDM
symbols
scheduling.
configured
code
rate
is
not
exceeded;
a
single
The
amount
of
radio
resources
(PRBs)
is
For
small
bandwidth
system
a
sufficient
number
of
with be
Rel10!
can
used
for
PDCCH
channel
transmission.
Note:
Threshold
for
the
maximum
number
of
established
paging
record
is
transmitted
in
any
case.
calculated
in
%
of
the
available
PRBs
depending
HARQ
retransmission
or
according
segmentation
eNB
selects
based on
usagethe
thenumber
actual value
for
For
small
bandwidth
system
of RAR
DRBs
in
the
cell.
Recommendation:
Threshold
for
theand
maximum
of
active
UEs
on
theTTI,
system.
is
applied
in
order
to value
reach is
tonumber
the configured
code
each
which
signaled
to
the
UEs
records
per
RAR
message
is
limited
such
that
the
The
of established
For
cells
anumber
bandwidth
of 1.4
MHz
the
code
in
the
cell.with
Active
UEs
are
UEs
with
at DRBs
least
one
For
5maximum
MHz
system
25is
PRBs*
rate.
Threshold
to
limit
the
maximum
number
of
carrier
in
PCFICH.
configured
code
rate
not
exceeded;
a
single
depends
onsystem
the>=
bandwidth
of thecode
cell. rates
The may
rate
should
be
0.12
as lower
DRB.
for
10
MHz
50 PRBs*
aggregation
configured
UEs
in
a cell
PCell
(PRAR
record
is
transmitted
innumber
any
case.
Threshold
for
the
maximum
of
established
following
values
are
allowed:
not
be
reached.
The
maximum
margin
depends
on the that
bandwidth
fordlChBw
15
MHz
system
PRBs*
LNCEL);
Dc
(Double
carrier)
these
If
equals
'3in75
MHz'
it isindicates
recommended
to set
QCI1-GBR-DRBs
the
cell.
Threshold
the
maximum
number
of UEs
in the
of
the
cell.
The
following
values
areonly
allowed:
for
20
Mhz1for
system
100 PRBs*
are
available
UEs
have
PCell
(P-LNCEL)
and
1
SCell
(Sthe
parameter
to
'3'.
The
parameter
is only
ifconnection.
1.4
MHz
bandwidth
0 ..relevant
200
cell
which
may
establish
a RRC
*LNCEL).
reduced
by
common
resources
likeof
PUCCH,
Threshold
for
the
maximum
number
UEs
in
the
"actEnhAcAndGbrServices"
is setusage
to
'false'
and
3
MHz
bandwidth
0SIBs
..0600
This
threshold
includes
of UEs
1.4
MHz
bandwidth
..resource
40
RACCH,
PDCCH,
etc.
which
can
consume
cell
which
may
establish
a RRC
connection,
used
Carrier
aggregated
UEs
with
1ofSCell
need
double
This
is
the
maximum
number
simultaneous
ignored
otherwise.
5
MHz
bandwidth
0
..
1800
using
this
cell
as
SCell
incompared
case
of Carrier
3
MHz
bandwidth
.. 120
some
PRBs
(e.g.
30PRBs)
in
average.
to
admit
RRC
connections
for
emergency
calls.
amount
of
UL
resources
with
single
users
in00a....TTI
indata
downlink.
QCI1-DRBs
are additional
bearers in
10
MHz
bandwidth
2250
This
isscheduled
the
maximum
number
of radio
simultaneous
Aggregation.
5
MHz
bandwidth
480
In
order
to give
emergency
sessions
carrier
UEs
as
long
as
UL
signalling
ismore
donechance
only
the
cell
and
are
also
checked
against
the
15
MHz
bandwidth
0
..
3750
users
scheduled
in
a
TTI
in
uplink.
10
MHz
bandwidth
0
..
600
The
parameter
isthe
only
relevant
if or Dc
Selects
whether
UE
Capability
O&M
to
be
established
than
normal
traffic
via
PCell.
That's
why
the
information
is
The
following
values
are
allowed:
threshold
maxNumActDrb.
20
MHz
bandwidth
0
..
4500
The
maximum
value
the
bandwidth
15
MHz
bandwidth
0 depends
..Maximum
1030
"actEnhAcAndGbrServices"
is on
set
to
'true'
and
parameters
limits
the
Bitrate
UL
maxNumRrcEmergency
greater
than of
relevant.
Defines
which
quantity
toshould
use are
forbe
Event
B1 and
The
following
values
are
allowed:
the
cell.
The
following
values
allowed:
20
MHz
bandwidth
0
..
1200
ignored
otherwise.
Maximum
Bitrate
DL 1..
maxNumRrc
+ additional
max(addAUeRrHo,
In
case
the
threshold
is 7modified
online
and
measurements
towards
frequency
inthe
1.4
MHz
bandwidth
The
maximum
margin
depends
on
the
Please
note
that
the
default
value
isaddAUeTcHo)
notset
suitable
Defines
which
quantity
tothis
use
for
Event
B2
ifThe
UE
capabilities
respectively
the
UE
categories
parameter
is
only
relevant
if
actEmerCallRedir
value
is
decreased,
existing
CA-UEs
may
stay
in
QuantityConfigUTRA-FDD.
3
MHz
bandwidth:
1..7
bandwidth
of
the
cell.
The
following
values
are
for
all
bandwidths.
The
recommended
values
are:
measurements
towards
this
frequency
set
inThose
1.4
MHz
bandwidth
1..
0value
..7UE;
40applies
Please
note
that
the
default
value
is
not
suitable
Open
Loop
MIMO
parameter
configuration.
are
used
the
limit
is
per
if
the
O&M
is
set
to
'true'
OR
actIMSEmerSessR9
is
set
to
the
cell,
but
the
new
to
new
The
quantities
used
to
evaluate
the
triggering
5
MHz
bandwidth
1The
7recommended values are:
allowed:
QuantityConfigUTRA
3
MHz
bandwidth:
bandwidth
01..7
....the
120
for
alland
bandwidths.
parameter
need
to
be
only
ifUEsMIMO
parameters
are
used
is for
all
in the
'true'
ignored
otherwise.
admision
checks
only.
CQI
Threshold
fallback
to closed
loop
condition
for
thefor
event.
10
MHz
bandwidth
160
..configured
14limit
1.4
MHz
bandwidth
5
MHz
bandwidth
1
..
7
0
600
dlMimoMode
is
configured
to
"Closed
Loop
Mimo"
cell.
single
codeword
transmission
CQI)
(not MIMO
cpich-RSCP
corresponds
to CPICH_RSCP
in
TS
15
MHz
bandwidth
17
5
MHz
bandwidth
01
....
3
200
CQI
Threshold
for
activation
of(in
closed
loop
The
quantities
used
to
evaluate
the
triggering
10
MHz
bandwidth
1
..200
14
0carrier
750
1.4
MHz
bandwidth
20
or
"Closed
Loop
MIMO
(4x2)".
In
case
of
using
DL
aggregation
for
an
UE
The
emergency
call
is
only
recognized
when
the
applicable
if
actFastMimoSwitch
set
to
'true')
25.133
for
FDD,
and
P-CCPCH_RSCP
in
TS
20
MHz
bandwidth
1
..
20
10
0
400
5
MHz
bandwidth
480
dual
codeword
transmission
(in
CQI)
(not
condition
for
the
event.
15
MHz
bandwidth
1
.. 17
0fallback
1250
3
MHz
bandwidth
80
Rank
Threshold
for
to
closed
loop
this
selector
is
ignored
and in
any
case
theMIMO
UE
was
in
idle
state
before
initiating
the
25.123
for
TDD.
15
MHz
bandwidth
0
..
500
10
600
applicable
if
actFastMimoSwitch
set
to
'true')infor
cpich-RSCP
corresponds
to
CPICH_RSCP
20
MHz
bandwidth
1
..
20
0
1500
5
MHz
bandwidth
300
single
codeword
transmission
(not
applicable
ifTS
standardized
limits
(3GPP
36.306)
are
used
connection.
Rank
Threshold
activation
of closed
cpich-EcN0
corresponds
to CPICH_Ec/No
in TS
Please
note
that for
the0
default
value
is not loop
suitable
20
MHz
bandwidth
.. 600
15
1200
25.133
for
FDD.
10
MHz
bandwidth
300
actFastMimoSwitch
set
to
'true')
max.
number
ofadditional
transport
block
bits
per TTI
inthe
DL.
The
margin
depends
on
MIMO
dual
codeword
transmission
25.133
for
FDD
only,
and
is
not
applicable
for
for
allmaximum
bandwidths.
20
bandwidth
1200
Open
Loop
parameter
configuration.
Those
cpich-EcN0
corresponds
to
CPICH_Ec/No
in
TS
Please
note
that
default
value
is(not
not applicable
suitable
15 MHz
MHz
bandwidth
600
bandwidth
ofMIMO
the the
cell.
The
following
values
are
ifTDD.
actFastMimoSwitch
set
to
'true')
Please
note
that
the
default
value
is
not
suitable
parameter
need
tofallback
be
only
ifvalues
25.133
for
FDD.
for
allthreshold
bandwidths.
The
recommended
are:
20
MHz
bandwidth
600configured
CQI
for
to Open
Loop
MIMO
allowed:
This
refers
event
B1
for
CSFB
toare:
for
allparameter
bandwidths.
Theto
recommended
values
Dependencies:
dlMimoMode
is
configured
to
"Dynamic
Open
This
parameter
refers
to
event
B2
for
HO
to
Dependencies:
diversity
(in
CQI).
1.4
MHz
bandwidth
0 .. 40 of Open Loop MIMO
CQI
threshold
for+activation
WCDMA.
maxNumActDrb
Loop
MIMO".
WCDMA.
1.4
MHz
bandwidth
20
maxNumActUE
+ max(addAUeRrHo,
3
MHz
bandwidth
0
..
Spatial
Multiplexing
(in120
CQI).to Open Loop MIMO
5
MHz
bandwidth
75
max(
addNumDrbRadioReasHo,
Rank
threshold
for
fallback
3
MHz
bandwidth
80
addAUeTcHo)
must
be
less than the margin
5
MHz
bandwidth
0
.. 600
10
MHz
bandwidth
100
addNumDrbTimeCriticalHo)
must
bevalues
less than
the
diversity.
5
MHz
bandwidth
300
values
for
the
used
bandwidth
Rank
threshold
for
activation
of(see
Open
Loopabove
MIMO
10
MHz
bandwidth
0100
..used
750 bandwidth
15
MHz
bandwidth
margin
values
for
the
(see
values
10
MHz
bandwidth
300
(480,600,1030,1200))
Spatial
Multiplexing.
15
MHz
0
..shall
1250be granted in DL TTI.
Minimum
bit rate that
20
MHz bandwidth
bandwidth
100
above)
15
20 MHz
MHz bandwidth
bandwidth 0600
.. 1500
Minimum
bit rate that
shall be granted in UL TTI.
20
MHz bandwidth
600
Dependencies:
The
parameter
maps
Subscriber
Profile Identifiers
Please
note that the
maxNumQci1Drb
+ default value is not suitable
Dependencies:
(SPID)
to
mobility
profiles.
for
all addNumQci1DrbRadioReasHo,
bandwidths.
The recommended
are:
Identifier
of the Mobility
Profile, which isvalues
mapped
max(
maxNumRrc
+ max(addAUeRrHo,
Several
SPIDs
or
a range
of SPIDsaddAUeTcHo)
can be
1.4
MHz
bandwidth
35
to
one
or
more
SPIDs.
addNumQci1DrbTimeCriticalHo)
mustfor
than
Single
SPID
or first
SPID
value
ofbethe
a less
range
must
be
less
than 100
the
margin
values
used
mapped
to a value
common
Mobility
Profile.
3
MHz
bandwidth
the
margin
values
for the
used
bandwidth
(see
which
shall
be
mapped
to
a
Mobility
Profile.
bandwidth
(see
values
above
Last
SPID
value if 440
a range of SPID values shall be
5
MHz
bandwidth
values
above (200,
400,
600)) SPID range:
3GPP
36.300
defines
the500,
following
(480,860,1030,1200))
mapped
to a of
Mobility
Profile.
10 MHz
bandwidth
560
The
number
cell
changes
to enterSPIDs
the high
Values
1-128
are
Operator
specific
3GPP
36.300
defines
the following
SPID
range:
15 MHz
bandwidth
800
mobility
state.
Corresponds
to
NCR_H
inmedium
TS
The
number
ofare
cell
changes
to enterSPIDs
the
In
order
to
avoid
PUCCH
overbooking
the
Values
1-128
Operator
specific
20 MHz bandwidth 800
36.304.
mobility
state.
Corresponds
to NCR_M
in TS
Values
129-256
are
Reference
SPID
following
rulesfor
should
be respected:
The
duration
evaluating
criteria
to values
enter
36.304.
Reference
SPIDs
have
the
following
meaning:
(1)
if
riEnable
is
set
to
'true'
mobility
states.duration
Corresponds
to SPID
TCRmax
in TS
Values
129-256
are Reference
values
Dependencies:
The
additional
for evaluating
criteria
SPID
256
High
to eUTRA,
Medium
prio to
toto30 s
- maxNumRrc
+prio
max
36.304.
Value
in
seconds,
s30
corresponds
Reference
SPIDs
have
the
following
meaning:
In
order
to
give
emergency
sessions
more
chance
enter
the
normal
mobility
state.
Corresponds
to
The
parameter
defines
the
length
of
the
UTRAN,
Low
prio
toto
GERAN
(addAUeRrHo,addAUeTcHo)
<=
n1PucchAn
and
on.
SPID
256
High
eUTRA,
Medium
prio to*s30
to besoestablished
than
normal
traffic
TCRmaxHyst
inprio
TS
36.304.
Value
in seconds,
modification
period.
SPID
255
High
prio
to
UTRAN,
Medium
prio
to
cellSrPeriod
UTRAN,
Lowto
prio
GERAN
maxNumRrcEmergency
should
corresponds
30 to
s=and
so on. be greater than*
Modification
period
modificationPeriodCoeff
GERAN,
Low
prio
to
eUTRA
(2)
if
riEnable
is
set
'true' andMedium
additionally
SPID
255
High
prio
to
UTRAN,
prio to
maxNumRrc + max(addAUeRrHo,
addAUeTcHo)
defaultPagingCycle
/ eUTRA
10
ms.
SPID
254
High
prio
GERAN,
Medium prio to
riPerM
is Low
set
toprio
'2'only
GERAN,
toto
The
parameter
is
relevant if actEmerCallRedir
Modification
period
equal
or lower
thanprio
1024.
UTRAN,
Low
prio
tois
eUTRA
+prio
max
SPID
High
to
GERAN,
Medium
is- maxNumRrc
set 254
to 'true'
OR
actIMSEmerSessR9
is set to
(n2
corresponds
to
value
2,
n4
corresponds
(addAUeRrHo,addAUeTcHo)
<=
(nCqiRb
- to
UTRAN,
prio otherwise.
to eUTRA
'true' andLow
ignored
value
4 and n8 corresponds
8.) then
If
LNBTS-moProfileSelect
is to
setvalue
to "plmn"
blankedPucch)
* 6 * cqiPerNp
MOPR selection is based on MNC included in UE

Offset used to calculate ACK/NACK resource from

PDCCH
CCE.
This is the
maximum number of consecutive "out
This
is
the
AckNack received
index offset
to the
of
sync"
indications
fromrelative
lower layers.
Maximum
number
of the
consecutive
"in-sync"
lowest
CCE
index
of
associated
DL scheduling
n1
corresponds
to
1
and
so
on.
indications
received
from
layers.of Physical
The parameter
nCqiRb
is lower
the number
PDCCH.
n1
corresponds
to
1
and
so
on.
Resource
Blocks
that are
forserving
PUCCH
Offset value
applicable
to reserved
the EUTRA
formats
2/2a/2b.
In
order
to
avoid
PUCCH
overbooking
the
carrier
This
is frequency.
therules
operational
state
of the cell, the value
following
should be
The
IE
Q-OffsetRange
is respected:
used to indicate a cell or
is
set
by
the
system.
parameter
defines
cellapplied
specific
nominal
It
is part
ofspecific
defines
the maximum
ifThis
riEnable
isthe
setset
to which
'true'the
frequency
offset
to
be
when
power
toallocation
becandidates
used
for
PUCCH
power
calculation
in
PUCCH
called
-evaluating
maxNumRrc
+defines
max
(addAUeRrHo,addAUeTcHo)
This
parameter
the
cell
specific
nominal
for
cell
re-selection
or when
UE
uplink
power
control
equation
(P2),
for
MaxPucchResourceSize.
All
other
parameters
are
<=
n1PucchAn
*
cellSrPeriod
power
for the
PUSCH.
Used
for for
P0_PUSCH
evaluating
triggering
conditions
measurement
This
parameter
defines
theSNR
maximum
output
controlling
mean
received
for
control
data.
related
to each
other
according
to this
formula:
calculation
in
UE
uplink
power
control
equation
reporting.
power
of
the
cell
per
antenna
carrier
in
dBm. The
Pmax
to
be
used
for
the
intra-frequency
MaxPucchResourceSize
=
nCqiRb
+
eNB
will
not
check
these
rules
when
(P1)
for controlling
the mean
received
SNR
for for
maximum
output
power
is If
the
maximum
value
neighboring
EUTRA
cells.
pmax
is absent,
roundup{[((rounddown
(((maxNrSymPdcch
* the
12 -to
actCompChecks
is
false.
The
IE
P-Max
is
used
to
limit
the
UE's
uplink
user
data
during
(re)transmission
corresponding
the
sum
of according
the power
of the
all downlink
maximum
power
to
capability
X)received
*linear
dlChBw
-power
roundup
(phichRes
*UE
(dlChBw
/is8))is*
transmission
on
a
carrier
frequency;
it
a
PDCCH
with
DCI
format
0
associated
Paging
nB
defines
the number
of to
possible
paging
physical
that
is allowed
be used
used.
12
- 16)
/channels
36))
+ n1PucchAn
- pucchNAnCs
*in
3a
/ is
also
used
to
calculate
theisparameter
Pwith
a
new
packet
transmission.
This
parameter
occasions
per
radio
frame,
i.e.
the
density
of
cell.
The
reference
point
the
antenna
connector.
The
parameter
defines
default
aggregation
for
UE
deltaPucchShift
)
*
deltaPucchShift]
/
(3*12)}
+
compensation
defined
inparameter
TS 36.304
used
tooccasions.
control
mean
received
SNR
usertodata.
paging
This
is.for
used
The
common
configurable
dBm
values
to
bemost
used
in to
PDCCH
Link
Adaptation
when
roundup
(pucchNAnCs
/ 8)-blankedPucch,
The
parameter
defines
the
reserved
number
of
Corresponds
parameter
PEMAX
in
TS
36.101.
calculate
thetonumber
paging
occasions
within
correspond
following
Watt:
enableAmcPdcch
hasofbeen
disabled
ordedicated
when
where
Control
Channel
Elements
(CCEs)
for
The
UE
transmit
power
should
not
exceed
the
PDCCH
aggregation
paging
many
one
DRX
duration,
which
in turn
isthere
used
to
10.0
dBm
=maxNrSymPdcch
10 mW
enableAmcPdcch
hasfor
been
enabled
andhow
X=4;paging
when
= 1defines
dlMimoMode
Random
Access
Message
4 PDCCH.
assignment
on andis
minimum
of
this
value
(in
dBm),
iforprovided,
CCEs
shall
be
used
for
one
calculate
the
paging
occasion.
37.0
dBm
=
5
W
The
parameter
defines
the
aggregation
level
by
no
valid
Channel
Quality
Indicator
(CQI)
available
set to
'SingleTX',
'TXDiv',
'Dynamic
PDCCH.
the
maximum
power for
the UE Open
powerLoop
class,
39.0
dBm
= 8UE
Wof
means
ofaggregation
control
channel
elements
(CCEs)
for
due
to
an
expiry
the
timer
determining
CQI
MIMO'
or
'Closed
Loop
Mimo'
PDCCH
for
Random
Access
PUMAX,
as
specified
in
TS
36.101.
40.0
dBm assignments
=maxNrSymPdcch
10 W
preamble
on
PDCCH.
The
preamble
remembering.
X=8
when
>
1
and
dlMimoMode
response
message
how many
CCEs are
PDCCH
aggregation
for'Closed
41.8
= is15
W defines
assignment
message
0secondary
sent during
the nonset
todBm
'4-way
TXDiv'
or
Loopsystem
MIMO
(4x2)'
used
for
one
PDCCH.
information
defines
howthe
many
should be
43.0
dBm =based
20 defines
WRandom
The parameter
limitCCEs
for procedure
PDCCH
contention
Access
if DL
used
for one
PDCCH.
44.3
dBm
= PDCCH
27
allocations.
UE-specific
space
data
arrives
during
UL
out-of-sync.
All parameters
inWthis
formula
aresearch
configuration
44.8
dBmis=multiplied
30 W MaxPucchResourceSize
capacity
by this factor.
parameters,
while
is a
46.0
dBm
=
40 W
calculated value
that has a maximum allowed
46.5
dBm
= 45
W not
The
parameter
will
be be
ignored
if dlChBw is set to
value,
which
shall
exceeded.
47.8
dBm
=
60
W
'1.4
MHz'. the MaxPucchResourceSize
Therefore
is utilized
49.0
dBm = 80
to determine
theW
correct offset allocation of the
If
dlChBw
equals '3and
MHz'
is recommended
to set
PRACH
resources
to itverify
that the maximal
The
fine-tuning
parameter
for
adjustment
of is is
For
low
power
RRH
the carrier
power per
value
the
parameter
allowed
amountto
of'1.0'.
PUCCH
resouces
BW
measured
and averaged
CQI towards
lower or
used
for repeater(s)
connected
to low power
RRH,
not overcome.
higher
aggregation
in PDCCH
Link
Adaptation.
where the
carrier power
value in
RRH
is fixed. For
example
FHCB
power
is fixed tothe
10 mW
In order to
avoidoutput
PUCCH
overbooking
The
parameter
gives
the
initial
starting
point
(10
dBm)
and
FHEC
output
power
is
fixed
to for
1
following rules should be respected:
PDCCH
shift
dynamic
control
in
case
mW
(0
dBm).
(1) If riEnable set to 'true' AND riPerM set to '2'
actOlLaPdcch
isPDCCH
true.(addAUeRrHo,addAUeTcHo)
target for+
outer loop link adaptation
-BLER
maxNumRrc
max
Note
for
LTE-GSM
sharing configurations:
in
<=percent.
(nCqiRb - blankedPucch)
* 6 * cqiPerNp
The
PDCCH
CQI
value
isofto '1'
45W
andtarget
80Wset
power
level
is shift
only
supported
in
Defines
Block
Error
Ratio
(BLER)
(2) Ifconfigured
riEnable
to 'true'
AND
riPerM
set
automatically
adjusted
for
control
channels
LTE
dedicated
configuration.
PDCCH
and UL
HARQ response for initial
- maxNumRrc
+ max(addAUeRrHo,addAUeTcHo)
boosting
in
need
basis. for PDCCH
downlink
transmissions
Outer Loop
<=
(nCqiRb
blankedPucch)
* 6 *between
cqiPerNp/2
PDCCH
allocation
balance
initial
UL and
Note:Adaptation
The
allowed
cell
power
value
which are
Link
in
percents.
DL
for load
adaptive
PDCCH
allowed
to
be
configured
depend
on
the
used
Parameter
determines
if
Wideband
CQI
or
If
PDCCH
OLLA
is these
additionally
based on PUSCH
eNB
will not
check
rules when
hardware
variant.
During
online
commissioning
UE_selected
subband
CQI
report
mode
for
TX/DTX
detection,
the
parameter
defines
target
With
this
parameter
it
is
possible
to
configure
actCompChecks
is
configured
to
'false'.
The
parameter
determines
initial value
the
the
BTS
Site
Manager
will
based
on
the
hardware
periodic
CQI
reporting
on
PUCCH
or
PUSCH
Block
Error
Ratio
(BLER)
of
PDCCH
and
PUSCH
periodic
UE
measurements.
Number
ofused.
periodic
ReportStrongestCells
PDCCH
allocation
balance
constant
between
variant
support
only
allowed
values.
Please for
should
be
missed
detection
forthe
initial
uplink
transmissions
measurement
reports
configured
at
the
UE
uplink
and
downlink.
The
Load
Adaptive
PDCCH
Time
interval
between
twoAdaptation
consecutive
periodic
refer
to
the
documentation
where
variant
the
If
periodicCqiFeedbackType
is setper
to in
UE_selected
PDCCH
Outer
Loop
Link
percents.
algorithm
optimizes
the
value
depending
on the
supported
ReportStrongestCells
power
values
measurement
are
specified.
reports
subband CQI
this means
that UEs
supporting
Indicates
the
duration
of
PHICH.
When
phichDur
actual
load
distribution
DL
and
configured
at
the
UE between
subband
CQI
(prooved
via
checkis
oftransmitted
FGI)UL
use itin
is
set
tothe
value
(Normal),
PHICH
The
Physical
Hybrid
ARQ
Indicatior
Channel
In
fact,
PDCCH
UE-specific
search
space
and
UEs
which
do
not
support
subband
CQI
will
the
first OFDMA
symbol,
and when
phichDurbased
is set
(PHICH)
carries
the
hybrid-ARQ
capacity
is
divided
into
uplink
andACK/NAK.
downlink
Physical
layer
cell
identity
defines
a
cell
uniquely.
use
wideband
CQI.
to
value
(Extended),
PHICH
is
transmitted
in
first
Multiple
PHICHs
mapped
to the same
set identity
of
on
the parameter
beforephysical
dynamic
schedulings.
It
consists
of two
parts;
layer
cell
Preamble
cyclic
shift
defines the
configuration
three
OFDMA
symbols.
resource
elements
constitute
a
PHICH
group
The
parameter
pdcchUlDlBal
(PDCCH
LA
UL
DL
group
and
layer periodic
identity,
and is The
calculated
Note for
thephysical
case
where
subband
CQIand
which
is
used
forsystem
preamble
generation.
Defines
allowed
frame
and
subframe
the
PHICH
resource
parameter
defines
the
allocation
balance
constant)
has
been
originally
with
the
following
formula:
reporting
is
enabled
together
with
DRX
configuration
determines
many
cyclic
shifts
phichDur
isPHICH
transmitted
inhow
system
information
numbers
for
random
access
attempts,
and
the
number
of
groups.
introduced
as
fixed
factor
of
of
UL
and
DLas
Defines
the
location
in
frequency
for
the
PRACH
physical
layer
cell
identity
=and
3split
x all
physical
layer
functionality
(actDrx):
are
needed
to
generate
preamble.
Unrestricted
information
is
cell
specific,
UEs
need
tocell
preamble
format.
PDCCH
resources.
When
Usage
Based
PDCCH
transmissions.
identity
group
+
physical
layer
identity.
It
may
not
be
possible
to
synchronize
DRX
start
set
is whether
supported.
know
receive
PHICH from
1 or 3
is
activated
by to
means
of parameter
actLdPdcch,
For
ULsuch
scheduling
its
recommended
that is
PRACH
offset
that
thedefines
wideband
CQI
report
Configuration
also
the
zero
correlation
symbols.
For
a cellduring
with
bandwidth
1.4
MHz
the
following
the
pdcchUlDlBal
parameter
is
used
as
an to
initial
is
located
next
to
PUCCH
either
on
the
lower
or
Guidance
for
configuration:
received
the
DRX
OnDuration
(due
zone
and
respective
maximum
cell
range.
prachConfIndex
values
are
recommended
value
of
the
split
and
as
a
sort
of
target
value
of in
upper
edge
of
the
bandwidth
because
UL
PRB
Neighbor
cells
should
have
different
values,
and
periodicities)
and
that
may cause
small
phichDur
also
puts
a
lower
limit
on
the
size
of
the
dependent
on
theall
physical
cell
idwhenever
(PCI):
the
algorithm
adapting
the
split.
allocation
for
UE
consist
of
consecutive
PRBs.
If
a
three
cell
eNB
cells
should
have
phyCellId
performance
degradation
in
DL
fresh
control
region
signalled
by
the
PCFICH.
-there
PCI modulo
3to=
0quality
=>
prachConfIndex
= 3identity
is
a
small
gap
between
PUCCH
and
PRACH
which
belongs
same
physical
layer
cell
wideband
channel
information
cannot
be
Therefore,
when0)
phichDur
is set to format
value 1) i.e.
(PRACH
19a operator
(PRACH
PRBs,
ULformat
scheduler
cannot
utilize
those
PRBs
group.
For
example,
three
cellwhether
eNB, good
get in time.
It is up or
toin
an
to

High speed flag for PRACH preamble generation

determines
whether step
an unrestricted
or a defines
restricted
The power ramping
size parameter
set
has
to
be
used
by
the
UE.
the
power increment
step size
for Random
Access
The
transmission
maximum
defines
the
falsepreamble
= Unrestricted;
true = Restricted
preamble
transmission.
maximum
number
of
Random
Access
Indicates if the cell/PLMN combination is reserved
transmissions.
for
operator
use.in terms of PRBs
PRS
Bandwidth
Note:
The values
n100use
andare
n200
should
Cells reserved
forn50,
operator
treated
as not
be
used.
barred by 'normal' UEs without a USIM with AC 11
or 15 inserted.
with ACand
11 offset
or 15 USIM
Determines
theUEs
periodicity
of the PRS
inserted
are
specific
operator UEs and thus
occasions
for
FDD
Defines the PRS Muting pattern that is applied.
allowed to camp on and access such cells. The
Muting
will be deactivated
if the parameter
is 16
The
prsMutingInfo
isreserved.
a bit string
consisting of
default
value
is not
151-157:
160ms
period
omitted
bit.
Only
the
first
prsMutingInfoPatternLen
bits
The prsMutingInfoPatternLen
determines how will
471-477:
320ms period
be
taken
into
account
starting
many
PRS
Muting
Info that
Bits are
arefrom
used for
to describe
1111-1117:
640ms
period
Number
of DL
Frames
used
PRS per
prsMutingInfoBit1.
PRS
muting
sequence.
The
sequence
starts from
2391-2397:
1280ms
period
PRS
occasion
for
FDD.
With
this
PRS
Power
Boosting
for PRS
hearability
and
This
means
theand
first
prsMutingInfoPatternLen
the
prsMutingInfoBit1
andincreases
it corresponds
to thebits
The
periodicity
offset
can
be
computed
transmission
can be
repeated
within
a PRS
allows
for
a
more
flexible
use
of
the
DL
Tx
power.
of
the
prsMutingInfo
bit
string
will
determine
the
Number
ofintocyclic
shifts
forprsMutingInfoBit2
PUCCH
formats of
first
positioning
occasion,
according
3GPP
36.211
Rel9
occasion
order
toTS
increase
hearability
PRS Muting
Info
pattern
withused
athe
given
1/1a/1b
in a resource
block
foroccasion
aperiodicity.
mix ofand
corresponds
to defines
second
positioning
The
parameter
the
delta
offset
for
PRS
With
de-boosting
it is
possible
to found
lower index
PRS
power
Details
of
the description
can be
in
formats
1/1a/b
and
2/2a/2b.
so
on.
the
decoding
of
the
HARQ
ACK
/
NACK
The
parameter sensitive
defines the
delta offset index for
in
interference
areas.
TS36.355.
information
on
PUSCH
channel.
the
decoding
of
the
Channel
Indicator
PRS
power
is
related
to
DL
RS
power,
and
Muting
configuration
allows
toQuality
increase
the when
reuse
The parameter defines the delta
offset
index
for
(CQI)
/
precoding
matrix
indicator
information
on
prsPowerBoost
is
set
to
value
0dB,
and
dlRsBoost
of
the
PRS
signal.
PRS
of
individual
cells
can
be
the
decoding
of
the
Rank
Indicator
information
on
The
Qhyst
parameter
provides
the
PUSCH
channel.
is
set
toinsame
0dB
value,
PRS
andhysteresis
DLofRS
haswith
muted
order
to increase
hearability
cells
the
PUSCH
channel.
value
in
dB
for
ranking
criteria
in
the
cell
Minimum
required
quality
level in intra-frequency
same
power
in each
TX Antenna.
the same
frequency
reuse.
reselection
procedure. The parameter is used to
neighbor
cells
Affects
the minimum required RX level in the cell.
minimize
Not
by UEs
Rel9
Noterecognized
alsopingpong.
the case
when< actPrsTxDiv
is TRUE.
Specifies
the minimum
required
RX RSRP
Power is same
in each TX
Antenna,
but as level
PRS in
is
the
cell.
Specifies
the
RXeach
RSRP
level
transmitted
atminimum
the samerequired
time from
used
TX
(Qrxlevmin
in 36.304)
for
the
intra-frequency
neighbouring
cells.
Antenna,
sum
of
PRS power
overtimer
allE-UTRA
TXparameter
Antennas
The
maximum
content
resolution
(Qrxlevmin
in
36.304)
are
higher.
To
compensate
power
in
TxDiv
case,
defines
the
amount
of time allowed for
Defines
the maximum
Modulation
andtoCoding
prsPowerBoost
can be set
properScheme
value. See
contention
resolution.
(MCS)
to be
used for
size random
access
Path
loss
threshold
inlarge
dB required
for selecting
examples
below:
message
3
in
case
of
initial
access
or
handover.
one
the two groups
of Random
Access
This of
parameter
determines
the total
number of
preambles.
Example 1:
non-dedicated
RA
preambles
that
aAccess
UE can
select
Defines
the
size
of
the
Random
Access
preambles
The
size
of
the
large
size
Random
Msg3
The
UE
will
only
usetopreambles
from
group
B the
if it
dlMimoMode
is set
TxDiv,
value
-3The
dB
sets
from
(i.e.
for
contention
based
RA).
minimum
Group
A.
may
be
restricted
depending
onDL
the
setting
of
Random
Access
Response
Window
Size
needs
to
send
a
large
Msg3
AND
its
measured
sum
of
PRS
power
to
equal
to
RS
power.
cannot
be zero.
raLargeMcsUl.
parameter
thePmax
window
size for
the random
path
lossthe
isdefines
less
than
Defines
Modulation
and -Coding
Scheme
ulChBw
=2:'1.4
Mhz',
if raLargeMcsUl
is equal to
access
response
in
TTIs.
PREAMBLE_INITIAL_RECEIVED_TARGET_PO
Example
(MCS)
tothe
bethe
used
forofthe
small
size
random
Defines
data
volume
to
beisused
small size
the
default,
Msg3
328value
bit
WER
- DELTA_PREAMBLE_MSG3
-for data
dlMimoMode
is TBS
set
to case
4-way
TxDiv,
-6 dB
access
message
3
in
of
UL
or
DL
Random
Access
message
3
in
case
ofequal
UL
or
ulChBw
=
'3
Mhz',
if
raLargeMcsUl
is
toDL
the
Defines
the
random
challenge
value.
Note:
In
case
eICIC
feature
is
activated
a value
messagePowerOffsetGroupB
(see
36.321
ch
sets the sum of PRS power to equal to DL
RS
arrival.
data
arrival.
default,
the
TBS
of
Msg3
is
504
bit
This
parameter
is
sent
in
the
RRC
higher
than
default
7
is
recommended
to
be
used.
5.1.2)
power.
The
parameter determines the multiplier for nonCSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000
messages
GBR
(non-Guaranteed
Bit Rate) radio
Margin
factor for the1xRTT
comparison
of thebearers
measured
during
CDMA2000
pre-registration
Example
3:
AMBR
(Aggregated
Maximum
Bit Rate) in order to
AMBR
and and
the UE
in uplink.
The
parameter
the
capping
procedure;
it isAMBR
also
sent
in
the
RRC
dlMimoMode
is switches
set
to
Closed
Loop
MIMO
(4x2),
consider
overhead
caused
byrate
PDCP
and RLC
functionality
on/off
downlink
direction.
Rate
HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest
and to
value
-3 dB sets
thein
PRS
power
to
equal
Enabling/disabling
ofsum
rate of
capping
in uplink.
layers.
capping
functionality
in
downlink
restricts
nonS1AP
UPLINK
S1
CDMA2000
TUNNELING
DL RS power.
The
parameter
switches
Restricted
RBbearers
GBR
(non-Guaranteed
Bit
Rate)
radio
during
the 1x Circuit
Switched
Fallback
(1xCSFB)
Assignment
functionality
on/off
in
the
downlink
This
parameter
the maximum
UE-specific
bitrate
to AMBRdefines
(Aggregated
Maximum
Bit Rate).
procedure.
direction.
When the
functionality
is enabled,
the
PRB
assingment
per
TTI
in
downlink.
Note
that
Defines
the PRB
maximum
and minimum
number
UE-specific
assignment
is the
restricted
to aoflimit
this
value
will
be
rounded
up
in
RRM
algorithm
PRBs
which
may
be assigned
to
UE scheduled
Defines
the
maximum
number
of aPRBs
which may
defined
in
the
redBwMaxRbDl
parameter.
to
fit the
system
bandwidth
dependent
RGB
in
UL
when
restricted
PRB
assignment
in uplink is
be
assigned
to
a
UE
scheduled
in
UL
when
Defines
the minimum number of PRBs which may
granularity.
enabled.
restricted
PRB
in uplink
enabled.
be
assigned
to assignment
a UE
scheduled
inPRB
ULiswhen
Enabling/disabling
the
restricted
assignment
Note
that
the
actual
amount
of
PRBs
in
UL
restricted
PRB
assignment in uplink is enabled.
functionality
in uplink.
Determines
whether
RI
reporting
is
enabled
(true)
allocation
must
be
of
the
form
2^i*3^j*5^k
where
i, j
However, a lower number of PRBs is allowed
if the
or
not
(false).
and
k are
non-negative
sofeedback
effectively
the
Multiplier
M
for defining
periodic
RI
transport
block
size withintegers,
this number
of PRBs and
value
will selected
be rounded
downthe
to the
next value
reporting
period.
It by
defines
multiplier
for
the
MCS
AMC
exceed
thethe
UE
The
parameter
defines
the would
offset
for
periodic
Rank
complying
with
the
rule.
cqiPerNp
which
results
in
the
periodicity
for
RI
capabilities.
Indicator reporting instance. The offset tells the
periodic
RI periodicity
cqiPerNp
Note
thatreports.
thethe
actual
amount
of =PRBs
in UL*
time
shift
for
periodic
CQI/PMI
reporting
Please
note
that
the
default
value
is
not suitable
riPerM.
When
riPerM
is
equal
to
0
(M=1)
the
allocation
must
be
of
the
form
2^i*3^j*5^k
where
i, j
instance.
The rangeThe
of the
offset depends
on the
for all
bandwidths.
recommended
are:
parameter
riPerOffset of
must
be setso
toeffectively
-1values
(CQI and
and
k are
non-negative
integers,
the
periodicity
(cqiPerNp)
periodic
CQI/PMI
-Ri
if are
ulChBw
set while
to '1.4
MHz':6
adjiacent)
when
riPerM
set to 1
value
will
beisrounded
up
to the
next is
value
reporting.
-(M=2)
if
ulChBw
is
set
to
'3
MHz':
15 must set to 0 (in
the parameter
riPerOffset
complying
with the rule.
-this
if ulChBw
is set
MHz': 25
case CQI
andtoRI'5alternate).

The premable generation is started from the Root

Sequence
which is pointed
by the
logical root
Structure containing
the RSRQ
parameters
for
sequence
number.
64
preambles
can
be
mobility
triggers
For
the RSRP
based
A1 event
of serving
cellisfor
transmitted
in the
PRACH
frame.
If one root
not
stopping
ofgenerate
Inter-RAT
(InterFreq)
Measurements
Time
to
trigger
for
A2-RSRQ.
enough
to
all
the
64
preambles,
then the
It
is
recommended
that
parameters
of
parent
the
UE performs
periodical
reporting
with
thisset
Duration
for
which
the
event
A2-RSRQ
consecutive
number
selected
until
themust
full
is
Related
Hysteresis
ofisThreshold
for RSRQ
ofbe
structure
"RSRQ
redirection
parameters"
are
also
indicated
interval
valid,
such
that
mobility
measurements
with
generated.
RACH
root
sequence
is
cell
specific
serving
cellfor
forRSRQ
mobility
activation.
set.
Threshold
of measurements
serving
cell.should
If RSRQ
of a
measurement
gaps
are
activated.
information
and
neighbouring
cells
have
Parameter
is
used
within
the
entry
and
leave
serving
value
<
threshold2MobRsrq
then
mobility
The
UE
is
configured
to
report
this
A1
event
in
Threshold
RSRQ
ofroot
serving
cell for
of
different
value.
RACH
sequence
isstoppingan
condition
offor
the
A2-RSRQ
triggered
reporting
measurements
with
are
infinite
way
when
thismeasurement
parameter
is gaps
set,
otherwise
Inter-RAT
(Inter-Freq)
measurements.
transmitted
in
system
information.
Structure
containing
the
RSRQ
parameters
for
condition.
activated.
A1
event
will
be only
reported
once.also the RSRQ
The
RSRP
based
A1
event reports
redirection.
The
dB
values
are
mapped
to
3GPP
IE
Time
to
trigger
for
A2-RSRQ.
The
dB
values
are
mapped
to
3GPP
IE values
values
value
which
isTS
compared
with
this
threshold
in * 2
according
to
36.331:
IE
value
=
value
[dB]
Duration
for
which
the
event
A2-RSRQ
must
according
to
TS
36.133:
Related Hysteresis of Threshold for RSRQ ofbe
eNB.
valid,
such
that
redirect
is
raised.
-serving
-20 dB
means
a threshold
lower thanbetter
-19.5than
dB
cell
forof
redirection
trigger.
When
RSRP
serving
cell
becomes
Threshold
for
RSRQ
of dB
intra-frequency
servinga
- values between
-19.5
and
-3.5
dB leave
mean
Parameter
is
used
within
the
entry
and
threshold2a
the
UE
sends
the
A1
event.
If
the
cell.
Ifparameter
RSRQ
of serving
value
<toTh4Rsrq
then reThis
whether
1x
cell Identifier
threshold
higher
than
equal
the
configured
condition
of
the indicates
A2-RSRQ
triggered
reporting
reported
RSRQ
of
thatorA1
event
of
serving
cell is
direct
is
triggered.
shall
be
used
by
thisconfigured
cell to
IE CDMA2000
value
butthe
lower
than
(value
+build
0.5threshold2aRsrq
dB)
Defines
1xCSFB
type
which
shall
be used in in
condition.
also
better
than
this
1xRTT
Pilot
when
UPLINK
-the
-3 cell.
dB
means
threshold
higher
than
orS1
equal
to
If InterFreq
setList
forbidden,
1xCSFB
isIEnot
allowed;
The
IE
value
istoaare
multiplied
by
eNB
then
andsending
InterRAT
measurements
parameter
defines
the
CDMA2000
Reference
The
dB
values
mapped
to2.3GPP
values
CDMA2000
TUNNELING
message
to
the
MME
-3
dB
ifare
setde-activated.
to used
R81xCsfbEnforced,
R8sending
1xCSFBthe
with
Cell
ID
by this
cell by
when
UE
according
TS
36.133:
Defines
thetoshall
ID
used
this
cell
to
build
theis
during
e1xCSFB
preparation
procedure.
be
enforced;
if set
to
This
check
iscell
done
at
each time
the
A1R9e1xCsfb,
report
CDMA2000
1x
Radio
Transmission
Technology
-redirection
-20
dB
means
a
threshold
lower
than
-19.5
dB
reference
cell
ID
when
sending
the
UE
Value
0
means
"000":
A
Cell
Identifier
field
isfits
notor
Defines
the
Market
ID
used
by
this
cell
to
build
R9
enhanced
1x
Circuit
Switched
Fallback
received
in
eNB
until
either
the
RSRQ
value
(1xRTT)
registration
information
to
the
MME.
-CDMA2000
values
between
-19.5
dB
and
-3.5
dB
mean
a the
1x
Radio
Transmission
Technology
included
for
this
pilot.
The
pilot
is
an
actual
1x
reference
cell
IDbe
when
UE
(e1xCSFB)
will
attempted.
the
leaving
condition
for
this
event
is
fullfilled.
Defines
the
sector
IDinformation
used
byA1this
cell
to
build the
threshold
higher
than
orsending
equal
tothe
the
configured
(1xRTT)
registration
to
the
MME.
pilot.
CDMA2000
1x
Radio
Transmission
Technology
reference
cell
ID
when
sending
the
UE
value
but
lower
than
(value
+
0.5
dB)
Defines
the
switch
number
used
bythe
this
cell to
(1xRTT)
registration
information
to
MME.
The
dB means
values
mapped
to 3GPP
IEor
values
CDMA2000
1x aare
Radio
Transmission
Technology
-build
-3 dB
threshold
higher
than
equal
the
reference
cell
ID
when
sending
the
UE
Value
1
means
"001":
A
1x
Cell
Identifier
field
isto
Defines
the
for intra-frequency
according
tothresholds
TS 36.133:
(1xRTT)
registration
information
to
the
MME.
-3
dB
CDMA2000
1x
Radio
Transmission
Technology
included
for this apilot.
The pilot
is an
actual
measurements.
- -20 dBthreshold
means
threshold
lower
than
-19.51xdB
Power
(1xRTT)
registration
information
to the
MME.
pilot.
Not
recognized
by
UEs
<
Rel9.
-Not
values
between
-19.5
dB
and
-3.5
dB
mean a
recognized
by UEs < Rel9
Quality
The
UEthreshold
can
omitthan
measurements
threshold
higher
or equal to of
theintraconfigured
Not
recognized
byparameter
UEs
< ifRel9
The
Sintrasearch
threshold
frequency
neighbor
cells
the
serving
cell
is
value
but lower
than
(value
+defines
0.5
dB)the
dB)
for
intra-frequency
measurements.
above
a
certain
threshold.
-(in
-3
dB
means
a
threshold
higher
than
or
equal
Defines the thresholds for inter-frequency and to
The
omit measurements of intra-3 dBUE can
inter-RAT
measurements.
Power
threshold
frequency
neighbor
cells ifRel9
the serving cell is
Not
recognized
by UEs
Not
recognized
UEs <
< Rel9
Quality
above
atreshold
certain by
threshold.
Not
by UEs
< Rel9 defines the
The recognized
sNonintrsearch
parameter
threshold
(incommon
dB) for inter-RAT
and inter-frequency
Defines the
System Information
measurements.
scheduling
window.
Scheduling information for mandatory SIB 2
The parameter SI Window Length defines the
Indicates
the periodicity
of thescheduling
SI-2 message.
common System
Information
window
The
parameter
System
Information
2 Periodicity
Indicates
within
for all SIs.the repetition of the SI-2 message
indicates
the repetition period of the SI-2
the SI window.
Indicates
which
System
Information
Block
is
message.
contained
the SI-2 message.
Schedulingininformation
for mandatory SIB 3
The parameter System Information 2 Mapping
Indicates
theindicates
repetition
period
of theInformation
SI-3
Information
which
System
message.
Indicates
the repetition
of the
message within
Blocks
is contained
in the
SI-2SI-3
message.
The
parameter
System Information 3 Periodicity
the SI
window.
Indicates
which
System
Information
is
indicates
the repetition
period
of the3Block
SI-3
The
parameter
System
Information
Repetition
contained
in
the
SI-3
message.
List
of scheduled
SI-Messages
containing
optional
message.
indicates
the repetition
the SI-3
message
within
The
parameter
System of
Information
3 Mapping
SIBs
Periodicity
of
this
SI-Message.
For
SI-message
the
SI
window.
Information
indicatescontaining
which System
Information
List
of SI-Messages
optional
SIBs a
containing
SIB10/11/12
(warning
notifications)
Number
of
SI-Message
Repetitions
Block
is
contained
in
the
SI-3
message.
(SIB4
...
SIB12).
This
list
is
broadcasted
SIB1.
small
value, for example
80ms
should beinused.
This SI-Message
should
be
broadcasted
Indicates
which SIB
is contained
in thethe
SIThis
SI-Message
is
broadcasted
with
"Repetition"
times in each of its related SIMessage
Parameters
toperiodicity.
determine
mobility
state
and can
administered
Message
broadcast
windows.
The
repetitions
This
SIBscaling
Information
Element is
contained
in the
related
parameters.
The
parameter
defines
the
number
of Information
cell
changes
be
used
by UE
for
enhanced
decoding
in case
of
SI-Message
scheduled
in the
System
to
enter
the
high
mobility
state.
For
the
idle
mode,
bad
radio
conditions.
If
the
SI-Message
contains
a
The parameter
Scheduling
List defines the number of cell changes
itwarning
corresponds
to
NCR_H
in
TS
36.304.
message
(SIB10/11/12),
the
number
of
to enter
the medium
mobility
state. For
idle mode,
The
parameter
defines
an additional
hysteresis
could
raised
by
itrepetitions
corresponds
to be
NCR_M
inautonomously
TSmobility
36.304.state
value
to
be
applied
in
the
high
the
eNodeB if needed (absolute maximum code to
rate
cell
reselection
procedure
hysteresis
value
(qfor SIB (maxCrSibDL) is exceeded, as the
Hyst).
message size would be too big to transmit
Value
db-6 corresponds to -6dB, db-4 corresponds
otherwise).
to -4dB and so on.

The parameter defines an additional hysteresis

value
be applied
in the
medium
mobility
state to
Timer to
TCRmax
defines
the
duration
for evaluating
the
cell
reselection
procedure
hysteresis
value
(qthe
criteria
to enter mobility
For idleduration
mode,
Timer
TCRmaxHyst
defines states.
the additional
Hyst).
itforcorresponds
to
TCRmax
in
TS
36.304.
evaluating
the criteria
enter
normal
mobility
Downlink
weight
for Signalling
Radio
Value
db-6scheduling
corresponds
toto-6dB,
db-4
corresponds
state.
For
idle
mode,
it
corresponds
to
Bearer
1
and
2
for
the
uplink
scheduler
in
MAC.
to
-4dB
and
so
on.
Uplink
scheduling
for Signalling Radio
TCRmaxHyst
in TSweight
36.304.
Bearer
1 and
2 for the
in MAC.
Parameter
to define
theuplink
SRS scheduler
configuration.
Each
optionpower
defines
the values
of a set
of 3GPP
UE specific
offset
to be used
for Sounding
parameters
(Csrs,transmission
Bsrs) dedicated
to SRS.
See
Reference
Signal
power
calculation
Factor
with
whichinthe
DRX Inactivity Timer of the
Tables
5.5.3.2-x
TS.36.21l..
in
UEprofile
uplink as
power
control
(P3).
DRX
applied
forconfiguration
aequation
UE is multiplied
in for
The parameter
determines
whether
Primary
and
Operator
choses
a given
number
order
to
determine
how
long
to
keep
a
UE
UL
Secondary
Synchronization
Signals
SSS)
a
cell and
the
system
depending
on (PSS,
system
BW
Timer
T300
supervises
the
RRC
connection
Note:
The
actual
power
offset
depends
on
synchronized
following
last
transmission
ofvalue
new of
are
transmitted
into
a
cell
via
one
antenna
port
and
configuration
value
define
the
correct
establishment
procedure.
deltaTfEnabled.
Timer
T301
the RRC
connection
redata.
(SingleTx)
orsupervises
via all antenna
ports
usingthe
TXactual
sounding
setting.
Start:
Transmission
of'true'
RRCConnectionRequest
For
deltaTfEnabled
=
(KS
= 1.25)
establishment
procedure.
eNB
sends
this
parameter
to
the
UE
in
the
diversity
with
Precoding
Vector
Switching
(PVS).
All
the
odd
numbered
configurations
imply
10ms
Stop:
Reception
RRCConnectionSetup
or
parameter
value of
is "srsPwrOffset-3"
corresponding
Start:
Transmission
of
message
REJECT.
In
case
ofRRC
2
or while
4CONNECTION
antenna
port
configuration
UE
periodicity,
the
even-numbered
This
timer
value
is
used
eNodeB
internally
tois1 dB.
RRCConnectionReject
message,
cell
re-selection
to
the
dB-range
of
-3
dB
to
12
dB
in
steps
of
RRCConnectionReestabilshmentRequest
The
UE
will
consider
access
to
the
cell
as
barred
done
in
a
flexible
way
based
on
the
antenna
configurations
imply
UE
periodicity
set
to
5ms.
estimate
the
timeis
UE
may
spend
to access
and
upon
abortion
of= connection
by
For
deltaTfEnabled
'false'
(KS
=establishment
0) the
actual
This
timer
used
eNodeB
internally
to the
Stop:
Reception
ofthe
for
the
timevalue
specified
byafter
t302.
configuration.
target
WCDMA
system
receiving
upper
layers
parameter
value
is
"-10.5
+
1.5
*
srsPwrOffset"
estimate
thesupervises
time =>
the UE
may
spend
access the
RRCConnectionReestablishment
or tocompletion
Timer
T304
the
successful
ulChBw
=20MHz
RRC:MOBILITY
FROM
EUTRAN
COMMAND
value corresponding
to the
dB-range
-10.5
dB to
target
GSM
system
after
receiving
RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject
message
of
a
handover
or
cell
change.
Configuration
1:
3GPP
defined
Timer
T304
(used
RRC
Rebefore
starting
RRC
Re-Establishment.
It is
At
expiry:
Perform
the
actions
as for
specified
inused
12
dB in
steps
of
1.5
dB.
RRC:MOBILITY
FROM
EUTRAN
COMMAND
as
well
as
when
the
selected
cell
becomes
SRS
C1:5.3.3.6
CSRS=1,
BSRS=2
PRBs
perGSM
UE);
Establishment)
for to
the
case
of(16
eNACC
to
eNodeB
internally
calculate
the
supervision
36.331,
Timer
T310
supervises
the recovery
from
physical
before
starting
RRC
Re-Establishment.
It is
used
unsuitable
SRS
C2:
CSRS=1,
BSRS=3
(4
PRBs
per
UE)
This
timer
value
is to
passed
to the
UE
in an RRC:
timer
for internally
the
Handover
Execution
Phase
layer
problems.
eNodeB
calculate
the
supervision
Timer
T311 supervises
the RRC connection
re- is
Configuration
2:
MobilityFromEUTRANCommand
message
and
(TS1RELOCoverall)
timer
for the
Execution
Phaseper UE);
At
expiry:
GoHandover
to RRC_IDLE
establishment.
SRS
C1:
CSRS=1,
BSRS=2
(16
PRBs
T320
defines
thetovalidity
of Failure
dedicated
used
by
the UE
identifytime
CCO
(TS1RELOCoverall)
SRS C2: defined
CSRS=1,
(4 PRBs per UE)
priorities
inisBSRS=3
IdleModeMobilityControlInfo.
tExtendedWait
suppresses
the
reselection
Despite
this
timer
transparently
provided of
bya
Configuration 3:
cell
for
a
while.
GERAN
Target
system
its
value
is
needed
in
LTE
A RRC
connection
request
whichper
is UE);
SRS
C1:
CSRS=2, setup
BSRS=2
(20 PRBs
eNB
sends
this
parameter
to
the
UE
in
the
to
calculate
TS1RELOCOverall
correlated
toof
(i.e.
matches
by
a S1
paging
SRS
C2:
CSRS=2,
BSRS=3
(4s-TMSI)
PRBs
per
UE)
Time
period
the
periodic
Buffer
Status
Report
message
RRC
CONNECTION
REJECT
and
RRC
with
priority
will
be
prioritized
("emergency
Configuration
4:
for
reportingRELEASE,
of
UE transmission
buffer
UE the
configuration
forthe
sending
periodic
power
CONNECTION
and
only
in
case
of
callback").
The
timer
determines
the
maximum
SRS C1: CSRS=2, BSRS=2 (20 PRBs per UE);
utilization.
headroom
reports.
Delay
Tolerant
access
request.
UE
willUE)
Minimum
intermediate
time between
two
time
the
S1BSRS=3
paging
and
its correlated
SRS between
C2:
CSRS=2,
(4 The
PRBs
per
consider
access
to
the
cell
as
barred
for
the time
consecutive
Power
Headroom
Reports.
RRC
connection
setup
request.
Time
when
the
regular
BSRs
are
repeated when
specified
by
teWait.
When
the
parameter
is setfor
to transmission
value "0" any
ulChBw
=15MHz=>
the
UE
has
data available
The
Treselection
parameter
defines the celland no
correlation
is
disabled.
Configuration
1:
corresponding
ULvalue.
grant Itisallows
received
so far. of the
reselection
This timer
istimer
started
when an(12
UEaveraging
entersper
a cell by
SRS
C1: CSRS=0,
BSRS=2
PRBs
target
cell
quality
before
cell
reselection
is
handover
or the
RRC
Re-Establishment.
UE);SRS C2:
CSRS=0,
BSRS=3
(4Time
PRBs
per UE)
Determines
maximum
allowed
Alignment
performed.
Configuration
2: is exceeded, TA command is
offset.
If
the
value
Determines
the number
of subframes
after
which
The
timer
controls
how
long
the
needed
SRS
C1:
CSRS=0,
BSRS=2
(12context
PRBs per
UE); to
sent
to
the
UE to
adjust
UL timing.
a
UE
assumes
it
is
out-of-sync
in
UL
if
no
Time
The
defines
lead with
respect
the in
sendparameter
an X2AP:
HANDOVER
REPORT
is to
stored
SRS
C2:
CSRS=0,
BSRS=3
(4
PRBs
per
UE)
Alignment
command
was
taTimer
expiration
time
forreceived.
starting
send the
the
newthat
cell
after
Configuration
3: handover.
A
code
commonly
identifies
thetotracking
area
periodic
timing
advance
command.
No
special
action
isBSRS=2
triggered
on timer
SRS
C1:
CSRS=1,
(16
PRBsexpiry
per UE);
for
all
PLMNs
listed
for
this
cell.
This specifies the Squal threshold used by the UE
SRS C2: CSRS=1 BSRS=3 (4 PRBs per UE)
on
the serving
cell whenfor
reselecting
towards
a
Specifies
the threshold
the serving
frequency
Configuration
4:
lower
priority
RAT/
frequency.
used
in reselection
evaluation
towards
SRS
C1:
CSRS=1,
BSRS=2 (16
PRBs lower
per UE);
Threshold
Th1 for
RSRP
Not
recognized
byfrequency
UEs < Rel9
priority
EUTRAN
or
RAT.
SRS
C2:
CSRS=1,
BSRS=3
(4
PRBs
per
UE)
If RSRP offor
serving
greater
than
only
Threshold
RSRPcell
of is
serving
cell
for Th1,
start
of
the
serving
cell
is
measured.
GERAN
Measurements
Threshold
for RSRP of serving cell for start of
ulChBw =10MHz=>
Threshold
for RSRP measurements
of serving cell. If the value is
CDMA2000-eHRPD
Configuration
1:is mapped
Threshold
for RSRP
of serving
cell.
If, the
The
dBm
value
to the
3GPP
IEvalue
valueis
below
threshold2GERAN
(event
A2)
GERAN
SRS C1:
CSRS=0,
BSRS=2
(12 PRBs per
below
Th2_InterFreq,
inter
frequency
according
to
TS
36.133:
measurements
are started.
Threshold
for
RSRP
of
serving
cell.
value-140
below
UE);SRS
C2:
CSRS=0,
BSRS=3
(4 If
PRBs
per
UE)
measurements
are a
started.
* -140 dBm
means
threshold
lower
than
threshold2Hrpd
(event
A2)
then
CDMA2000Configuration
2:
dBmdBm value
Threshold
for RSRP
of serving
cell
for start
of
The
is mapped
the
3GPP
IE value
eHRPD
areto
C1:measurements
CSRS=0,
BSRS=2
(12
PRBs
per
UE); a
The
dBm
value
is36.133:
mapped
tostarted.
the -44
3GPP
IEmean
value
*SRS
values
between
-139
dBm
and
dBm
WCDMA
Measurements
according
to
TS
Threshold
forTS
RSRP
of
serving
for
stopping
of
Value-Range
follows
3GPP
TS
36.133
chapter
SRS
C2: CSRS=0,
BSRS=3
(4 cell
PRBs
per
UE)
according
to
36.133:
threshold
lower
than
the
configured
value
but
Threshold
for
RSRP
serving
cell.
If
the
value
*Inter-RAT
-140 dBm
means
a of
threshold
lower
than
-140 is
(InterFreq)
Measurements
9.1.4
Configuration
Threshold
RSRP
3:
of
serving
cell.
RSRP
of
*higher
-140 threshold2Wcdma
dBm
means
threshold
lower
than
-140
thanfor
or
equala to
the
(value
- 1If,dB)
below
(event
A2)
WCDMA
dBm
Threshold
for
RSRP
of serving
cell.
Ifand
Inter-RAT
serving
C1:
cell
CSRS=1,
is
lower
BSRS=2
than
threshold3
(8
PRBs
per
RSRP
UE);
of
dBm
*SRS
-43
dBm
means
a
threshold
higher
than
or
equal
Threshold
for
RSRP
of
intra-frequency
neighbor
measurements
are
started.
*The
values
between
dBmare
-44
dBm
mean
(InterFreq)
measurements
active
and
value
dBm
value
is -139
mapped
toand
the
3GPP
IEa
value a
SRS
neighbor
C2:
CSRS=1
cell
is
greater
BSRS=3
than
threshold3a,
(4
PRBs
per
UE)
*to
values
between
-139
dBm
and
-44
dBm
mean
-44
dBm
cell.
If
RSRP
of
serving
cell
is
lower
than
threshold
lower
than
the
value but a
exceeds
Th2a
(event
A1)configured
then Inter-RAT
according
totriggered.
TS
36.133:
Configuration
handover
is
4:
threshold
lower
than
the
configured
value
but
threshold3
and
RSRP
of
neighbor
cell
is<=
greater
The
dBm
value
is
mapped
to
the
3GPP
IE
value
higher
than
or
equal
to
the
(value
1
dB)
measurements
are a
stopped.
Th2_XXX
Th2a
*higher
-140C1:
dBm
means
threshold
lower
than
-140
SRS
CSRS=1,
BSRS=2
(8
PRBs
per
UE);
than
or
equal
to
the
(value
1
dB)
than
threshold3a,
a
handover
is
triggered.
according
to
TS
36.133:
*dBm
-43
dBm
means
threshold
higher
than
or
equal
for
XXX=
InterFreq,
WCDMA,
GSM,
CDMA2000The
dBm
C2:
CSRS=1,
value
is mapped
BSRS=3
to(4
the
PRBs
3GPP
per
IEUE)
value
*SRS
-43
dBm
means
aa
threshold
higher
than
or
equal
*to
-140
dBm
means
threshold
lower
than
-140
-44
dBm
HRPD
*to
values
between
-139 dBm and -44 dBm mean a
Configuration
according
to
TS
5:
36.133:
-44
dBm
The
dBm value is mapped to the 3GPP IE value
dBm
lower
thana
the
configured
SRS
*threshold
-140
C1:
dBm
CSRS=2,
BSRS=1
threshold
(20PRBs
lowervalue
than
per but
-140 a
tomeans
TSis36.133:
*according
values
between
-139
and
dBm
The
dBm
value
mapped
to
the -44
3GPP
value
higher
than
orCSRS=2,
equal
to dBm
the
(value
- 1PRBs
dB)IEmean
UE);SRS
dBm
C2:
BSRS=3
(4
per
UE)
*threshold
-140 dBm
means
a the
threshold
lowervalue
than but
-140
lower
than
configured
to
TS
36.133:
*according
-43
dBm
means
a
threshold
higher
than
or
equal
*Configuration
values between
6: -139 dBm and -44 dBm mean
a

Threshold for RSRP of intra-frequency neighbor

cell
If RSRP ofinserving
value < Th4 then
re-in
The cell.
timeToTrigger
ReportConfigEUTRA
and
direct
is
triggered.
ReportConfigInterRAT
are multiplied with the
The timeToTrigger in ReportConfigEUTRA
and in
scaling
factor applicable
formultiplied
the UE's with
speed
state,
ReportConfigInterRAT
are
the
BLER
target
value
for
link
adaption
while
in
TTI
The
dBm
value
is
mapped
to
the
3GPP
IE
value
that
is,
if
the
UE
is
in
the
high
mobility
state
as
scaling
factor
applicable
for the UE's speed state,
Bundling
mode
according
to
TS
36.133:
Controls
threshold
for switching
UEs as
defined
inthe
TSBLER
36.304
. medium
that
is,
if
the
UE
is
in
the
mobility
*from
-140non-bundling
dBm means mode
a threshold
lower
than state
-140
into
TTI-Bundling
SINR
for switching UEs from TTI-mode
defined
in TS 36.304.
dBm threshold
Bundling
mode bandwidth
into
non-TTI-bundling
mode
defines
thedBm
UL mean a
*Uplink
valueschannel
between
-139
dBm
and -44
bandwidth
for
the
eNB
transmission
in
threshold
lower
than
the
configured
value
but and
Identifies the uplink combination mode,a cell,
also
defines
the
number
of
available
Physical
higher
than
or
equal
to
the
(value
1
dB)
possibilities
areshift
MRC
and IRC.
Defines
cyclic
uplink
reference
signals.
Resource
Blocks.
* -43 dBm
means
aofthreshold
higher than
or equal
Defines
target
Block
Error
Ratio
for
uplink
to
-44
dBm
2-way or 4-way RX diversity will be automatically
Adaptive
Modulation
and Coding.
If
a 'SuperCell'
is dependent
activated
(LNCEL-actSuperCell
selected
by
eNB
on the number of RX
set
to 'true')
the
bandwidth
usage isinlimited
antenna
lines
which
are configured
LCELLto
10MHz
and
20
MHz.
resourceList.
Uplink
UL
In casechannel
of 4 RXbandwidth
antennas, defines
the IRCthe
algorithm
will
bandwidth
for
the
eNB
transmission
in
cell,
and
automatically switch to MRC dependenta on
the
also
defines
the
number
of
available
Physical
interference situation.
Resource Blocks.
O&M switch for enabling/disabling the counting of
For
optimal performance
of the
IRC1st
mode it is
all
Transport
Blocks
instead
of mapping
the
parameter
defines
the
period
in sentto number
The
uplink
channel
bandwidth
recommended
to
deploy
phase
synchronization
transmission
Transport
Blocks
for defining
uplink
Transport
Blocks
(TBs)
when
uplink
of
Physical
Resource
Blocks
is:
The
parameter
defines
the
period
in Adaptive
MCS
via
GPS.
Adaptive
Modulation
and
Coding
inner
loop
factor
Modulation
inner
loop
functionalities
1.4
MHz = 6and
UL Coding
PRBS
increase/decrease
events
when
uplink
Adaptive
Used
as
a
fractional
path
loss
compensation
(UEs
in
non-TTI
bundling
mode),
BLER
should
be= executed.
Depending
on the
parameter
3.0
15 Bandwidth
UL
PRBS
Transmission
(ATB)
functionality
IRCMHz
reception
is(UEs
supported
on
FSM
Rel3
only.
factor:
alpha.
ItUL
controls
received
SNR
variance
measurements
in TTI
bundling
mode).
Configures
interference-aware
uplink
power
ulAmcEnableAllTbs,
all
TBs
or
1st
transmission
5.0
MHz
=
25
PRBS
should
be
performed.
MCS
change
events
Four RX antenna
reception
is
supported
onare
FSM
(fairness)
for
user
data
and
sounding
reference
control
TBs
have
calculated
for
period.
MCS
10.0
MHz
=that
50 is
UL
PRBS
P0
setting
broadcast
in the
SIB2
ifisinterferencecalculated
and
UL
ATB
functionality
executed
Rel3
only. been
symbol.
increase/decrease
based
on the
UL AMC
inner
15.0
MHz
=the
75isevent
UL
PRBS
aware
UL-PC
activated.
every
time
counter
reaches
the value
Controls
Target
SINR
infractional
interference-aware
ULAlpha
can't
control
the
pathloss
loop
factor
can
be
only
done
after
the
period
ends.
20.0
MHz
=
100
UL
PRBS
ulpcAlpha
must
bethe
set
tobalancing
"alphain1"the
forcase Target
defined
in the
parameter.
PC:
provides
a
tilt
in
the
between
compensation
for
sounding
Minimum
quality
measure
for
interference-aware
interference-aware
UL-PC.
SINR
in Target
cell-center
and
SINR
at cell-edge.
PUSCH
masking
isuplink
activated
(actPuschMask
UL-PC.
SINR
for Target
UEs
in
poor
conditions
Maximum
10 MHz
channel
bandwidth
may
Minimum
number
of TTIs
(ms)
that
must
pass
Target
SINR
determines
the
max.
throughput,
equal
to
'true')
as
SRS
is
disabled
in
this
case.
cannot
go
below
a power
limit
defined
by is
this
parameter
be usedanother
with
single
FSMD
to configure
more
than
before
UL
decision
made
for
Controls
Target
SINR
in increase
interference-aware
UL-a
therefore
higher
values
cell-center
even
they
generate
higher
interference.
2
cellsif or
with
single
FSME
toUL
configure
more than
UE.
PC:
provides
equal
shift
of Target
SINR
for all
throughput
at an
the
cost
of
cell-edge
throughput,
The
parameter
defines
the
initial
power
for
Defines
a minimum
quality
level
in
linear
scale
that
3
cells.
UEs
in
the
cell,
regardless
of
their
pathloss
ratios.
and
vice
versa.
Random
Access
preamble
transmission.
is
a
multiplier
to
a
reference
SINR
calculated
from
Uplink power control configuration for PUCCH
ulpcRefPwrIAw
theuplink
UE's channel
UL signal
plus noise.
1.4 MHz and 3.0and
MHz
bandwidth
is
component
Lower threshold of the power control window for
only supported on FSMF.
the
RSSI
(signal of
level)
PUCCH
component
Lower
threshold
the for
power
control
window for
the
SINR
(signal
quality)
for
PUCCH
component
Upper threshold of the power control window for
the
RSSI
(signal of
level)
PUCCH
component.
Upper
threshold
the for
power
control
window for
the
SINR
(signal
quality)
for
PUCCH
Uplink power control configuration forcomponent.
PUSCH /
SRS
component
Lower threshold of the power control window for
the
RSSI
(signal of
level)
PUSCH
/ SRS
Lower
threshold
the for
power
control
window for
component
the
SINR
(signal
quality)
for
PUSCH
/
SRS for
Upper threshold of the power control window
component
the
RSSI
(signal
level)
for
PUSCH
/
SRS
Upper threshold of the power control window for
component.
the
(signalindicated
quality) for
PUSCH/SRS
TPCSINR
command
in the
Random Access
component.
response
related
to
Random
Access
message
Time interval for sending averaged RSSI
and 3 or
1st
scheduled
uplink
transmission.
SINR
values
to the
matrix to determine
Scheduler
Type
for decision
FD scheduler
power
corrections
in closed
loopwhich
uplink power
Defines
the
scheduling
method
be in
Maximum
number of aggregated VoIPshall
packets
control.
applied
in
frequency
domain
for
the
scheduler
UL
(with the
Inter
Arrival Time
20 ms) for UEs in
Defines
minimum
PRBofallocation
UL
Defines
the
maximum
number of VoIP packets
which
are
power
limited.
the
minimum
ULscheduler
TBSUL
(segment
size).
-Defines
The "RoundRobinFD"
assigns
the
which
may
be
aggregated
transmission
This
is used
forofthe
UEs
forfor
which
theUEs
maximum
The
lower
limit
the
range
is
defined
equal
to the
physical
resources
equally
fair
to
the
selected
Table
which
defines
of the
PUSCH
based
onofaPRBs
IAT
ofdue
20the
ms.
If the limitation
IAT
of the
number
to location
power
isVoIP
limited
minimum
transport
block
size
(TBS)
in the
Table
by theinTD
scheduler
until
the PRBs
are
sufficient
mask
the
UL
spectrum.
packets
is
10
ms
the
maximum
packet
to
low
<=TS
5).36.213.
7.1.7.2.1-1
inis(e.g.
3GPP
for
the values
service
or the
physical
resources of the cell
aggregation
{1,3,5,7}.
are
exhaust
Note that values of the parameter are {1,2,3,4}
The
limit
of the
range
is defined
equal
to the
-regardless
Theupper
"ExhaustiveFD"
scheduler
assigns
infollowing
the
of Inter
Arrival
Time,
therefore
TBS
belonging
to
modulation
order
2
and
10
priority
sequence
defined
by
the
TD
scheduler
as
mapping is used to configure UL Packet
PRBs.
many
physical
resources
as
possible
to
the
UEs
Aggregation for IAT of 10ms ulsMaxPacketAgg
until
number of level
PRBswith
are IAT
sufficient
for the
valuethe
(aggregation
of 10ms)
-> 1 (1),

Length of the PUSCH mask in the UL spectrum.

The
is the
defined
by number
PRBs.
Startlength
PRB of
PUSCH
mask inofthe
UL
spectrum.
Defines the scheduling method which shall be
applied
in the
cell forcontrol
the UL parameters
branch.
Additional
UL power
defined in
Selects
the
method
for
the
scheduling
of the
UEs
3GPP
release
10.
These
parameters
are
used
The
parameter
definescan
thebe
transport
format
in
UL.
Three
methods
chosen
the
only
when the
Cellinispower
configured
asfor
PCell
in
dependent
offset
PUCCH
The
parameter
defines
the control
transport
format
channel
unaware
UL scheduler,
the
interference
Carrier
Aggregation.
format
1bCS.
dependent
offsetdefines
in power
control
for PUCCH
aware
UL
scheduler
andthe
the
channel
aware that
UL a
This
maximum
This parameter
parameter
is used only
when the value
Cell is
format
3.assume,
scheduler.
CIO
can
when
changed
autonomously
by
Unique
sector
electronics
ID when
provided
configured
as PCell
in Carrier
Aggregation.
This
parameter
is used
only
the by
Celloperator.
is
the
eNB
during
for
example
the
intra-frequency
This
parameter
allows
the operator
to
assign
Cell
Individual
Offset
of home
eNB
cellsafor
configured
as PCell
in(CIO)
Carrier
Aggregation.
load
balancing
function.
unique
sector
electronics
ID
to
a
cell
period.
insertion
theofCIO
List
of EUTRA
Serving
EARFCNinto
value
the Cell
home
eNB
carrier frequency
or Neighbor Carrier Measurement Object
Uniquely
identifies
a LNHENB
instance.
CIO values
for macro
eNodeB(s)
always have
First pcipriority
in the than
range
of physical
celleNBs
ids which
higher
those
for home
as farare
as
reserved
for
home
eNBs.
the
PCI
of
the
macro
eNB
is
not
in
a
home
eNB
Last pci in the range of physical cell ids which are
PCI
range.
reserved
forofhome
eNBs.
Explicit List
ARFCNs
The
ARFCN
values
inin
set
(including
the
Threshold
RSRP
ofthe
serving
cell.
If RSRP
of if
CIO
is only
included
the
measurement
object
In case
of afor
single
PCI
the
same
value
startingARFCN)
are
explicitly
listed
oneas
bypciFirst
one.or
serving
value
<
b2Threshold1Utra
and
RSCP
there
is
sufficient
space.
Threshold
forconfigured.
RSSI of GERAN neighbour cell. If
needs
to be
EcN
of ofWCDMA
neighbour
cell >
RSRP
serving
< b2Threshold1
andB2RSSI
Duration
for
whichvalue
the RSRP
based event
b2Threshold2Utra<EcNo,
Rscp>
of
GERAN
neighbour
cell
>
b2Threshold2GERAN
must
be valid
Indicates
how to
interpret
ARFCN
of the BCCH
then
handover
is
triggeredthe
(B2
event)
then
handover
is
(B2
event).
Time
for level
whichthreshold
thetriggered
specific
criteria
for
the
RSRP
carrier
Receive
for
serving
cell
infor
B2
Relatedmeasurement
Hysteresis ofevent
Handover
Margin
to
based
B2event
must
be how
metHO
in
The
IE
BandIndicatorGERAN
indicates
to
event.
Used
in
measurement
GERAN
This
parameter
is
the
naming
Attribut
of
the
MOC
order
to
trigger
a
measurement
report.
interpret
anisassociated
GERAN
carrier
ARFCN,
type
B2 where
the event
is
triggered
if the
serving
Parameter
used
within
the
entry
and
leaves
Receive
level
threshold
for
GERAN
neighbour
cell
LNHOG.
Network
(PLMN)
Colour
Code
see
TS
45.005
[20].
More
specifically,
the
IE
cell
becomes
worse
than
condition
of
the
B2
triggered
reporting
condition.
in
B2
event.
Used
in
measurement
event
type
B2
Instance
Identifier
ofAND
afrequency
GERAN
eNACC
HO
Target
This
parameter
restricts
the
permitted
Network
indicates
the
GERAN
in
case
b2Threshold1Utra
the
WCDMA
neighbour
RSRP
based
event
the
UE
to the
The
IE
value
is
multiplied
bytriggers
where
the
event
isB2
triggered
if2.theband
serving
cell
Colour
Code
(NCC)
for
connected
mobility.
ARFCN
value
can
concern
either
amode
DCS
1800
cell
becomes
better
than
perform
periodical
reporting
withcell.
the
indicated
becomes
worse
than
b2Threshold1
AND
the ofor a
Threshold
for
RSRP
of
serving
If
RSRP
Using
default
settings,
no
network
is
permitted.
PCS
1900
carrier
frequency.
For
ARFCN
values
b2Threshold2Utra<EcNo,
Rscp>
(dep.
interval
GERANvalue
neighbour
cell becomes better
than
serving
<with
b2Threshold1Hrpd
and
CDMA2000
pilot
strength,
ratio
of pilot
power
not
associated
one of the
these
bands,
the
measQuantityUtra).
The
ReportInterval
indicates
the
interval
between
b2Threshold2RssiGERAN.
pilotStrength
of
eHRPD
neighbour
cell
>
to
total
power
in
the
signal
bandwidth
of
a
Field
encoded
as
a
bit
map,
where
bit
N
is
set to
indicator
is
not
relevant.
Set
in
ReportConfigInterRAT
for
WCDMA
Time
which The
specific
criteria
for the
periodical
reports.
ReportInterval
is applicable
Set
induring
ReportConfigInterRAT
for GERAN.
b2Threshold2PstrHrpd
CDMA2000
forward
channel.
See
3GPP2
"0"
if
a
BCCH
carrier
with
NCC
=
N-1
is
not
RSRP&Pstr
based
measurement
event
B2
needs
ifNote:
the handover
UE
periodical
reporting
for
B2
Theperforms
mapping
for RSRP
based
GERAN
Structure
including
bandclass
and
arfcn
for
then
isis5.4.6.2.1)
triggered
(B2
event)
C.S0087-A
(chp.
for
CDMA2000-HRPD
permitted
for
monitoring
and
set
to
"1"
if IE
thevalue
BCCH
The
dBm
value
mapped
to
the
3GPP
to
be
met
in
order
to
trigger
a
measurement
RSRP
thresholds
is
different
from
the
one
defined
in
CDMA2000
eHRPD
carrier
frequency
Absolute
Radio
Frequency
Number
of
CDMA2000
The
pilotStrength
of
eHRPD
maps
onto
the
3GPP
carrier
with
NCC
=
N-1
is
permitted
for
monitoring;
according
to
TS
36.133:
report.
3GPP TSlevel
36.133
and are
in TS
Structure
isserving
used
provide
the
Receive
threshold
fordefined
in45.008
B2
eHRPD
carrier
frequency
parameter
b2-Threshold2CDMA2000
with
0bit
as
the
N
= 1 Class
to
8;hrpdCarrierFreq
bit
1CDMA2000
of the
bitmap
islower
thetocell
leading
of
* -140
dBm
means
a threshold
than
-140
Band
of
eHRPD
carrier
CDMA2000
carrier
information
event.
Used
in
measurement
event
The
CDMA2000
ARFCN
used
to
indicate
the
strongest
and
with
63
(-31.5
dB)
as
the
weakest
the
bit
string.
dBm
frequency
The
dBm
value
is mapped
the
3GPP
IE serving
value
Defines
the
relative
weight
of
this
eHRPD
type
B2 where
the
event
is to
triggered
if CDMA2000
the
CDMA2000
carrier
frequency
within
adBm
pilot
strength.
*The
values
between
-139
dBm
and
-44
mean
CDMA2000
band
class
is
used
to
define
thea
according
to
TS
45.008:
neighbor
frequency
in
theis
search
algorithm
used
cell
becomes
worse
than
Defines
whether
the
UE
allowed
to
perform
preband,
see
C.S0002-A.
threshold
lower
than
the
configured
value
but
CDMA2000
band
inaAND
which
theeHRPD
CDMA2000
carrier
*for
-110
dBm means
threshold
lower
than
-110
selecting
the
carrier
used
for
measurement
b2Threshold1Hrpd
the
neighbour
registration
when
the
UE
does
not
have
a
valid
/
higher
than
or
equal
to
the
(value
1
dB)
Provides
the
search
window
size
to
be
used
by
frequency
canduring
be found,
as
defined
in C.S0057-E
dBm
configuration
eHRPD
handover
cell
becomes
better
than
b2Threshold2PstrHrpd.
current
pre-registration.
A
value
of
false
indicates
** -43
dBm
means
a
threshold
higher
than
or
equal
the
UE
for
the
neighbouring
pilot.
[table
1.5-1].
values
between
-109
dBmindicates
and
-48
dBm
Related
hysteresis
handover
formean
HO toa
procedures.
A higher
value
higher
Set
in not
ReportConfigInterRAT
formargin
CDMA2000UE
is
allowed
toof
perform
to -44
dBm
The
parameter
mandatory.
Note:
Bandclasses
18,
20preregistration
and 21
are not
threshold
lower is
than
the19,
configured
value
butin this
CDMA2000-eHRPD
priority.
eHRPD.
This
parameter
uniquely
identifies
a be
LNHOH
cell.
Provides
the
window
size
to
used
supported
by
this
release.
higher
than
equal
to
thethe
(value
- and
1 dB)
Parameter
isorsearch
used
within
entry
leaveby
Value-Range
follows
3GPP
TS
36.133
chapter
instance.
Offset
value
applicable
to
the
eHRPD
carrier
the
UE
for
the
neighbouring
pilot,
see
C.S0005-A.
*condition
-47
dBm
means
a
threshold
higher
than
or equal
of the B2 triggered reporting condition.
9.1.4
frequency.
to -48
dBm
The
RSRP&Pstr
based
B2
event
triggers
the
UE
IE value is multiplied by 2.
The
IE
Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT
is
used
to
indicate
to
perform
periodical
reporting
with
the
indicated
The dBm
is for
mapped
to
the 3GPP
IEinvalue
Margin
forvalue
RSRP
betterto
cell
Used
a
frequency
offset
beHO.
applied
when
interval
according
to specific
TS
36.133:
measurement
event
type
A3
where
the
event
is
Margin
for
RSRQ
for
better
cell
HO.
Used
evaluating
triggering
conditions
for
measurement
*triggered
-140 dBm
means
a threshold
lower
than in
-140
when
the
inter
frequency
neighbour
cell
measurement
eventindicates
typewhich
A3 where
the event
is
reporting.
Defines
the
interval
with
measurement
The
ReportInterval
the
interval
between
dBm
becomes
A3
offset
better
than
the
serving
cell.
triggered
when
the-139
intersent
frequency
cella
repeatedly
as
long
as
specific
periodical
reports.
The
ReportInterval
isthe
applicable
*reports
valuesare
between
and
-44neighbour
dBm
mean
Defines
the
interval
withdBm
which
measurement
becomes
A3
offset
better
than
the
serving
cell.
criteria
for
the
inter
frequency
measurement
event
ifreports
the
UE
performs
periodical
reporting
for
B2
threshold
lower
than the
configured
value
but
repeatedly
sent
as longfor
as
theinter
specific
Time
forare
which
the
specific
criteria
the
A3
with
quantity
RSRP
is met.
Value
as
RSRP&Pstr
based
event.
higher
than
or
equal
to the
(value
- 1 definitions
dB)
criteria
for
the
inter
frequency
measurement
event
frequency
measurement
event
A3
with
quantity
for
which
the
specific
criteria
for
the
inter
stated
in
3GPP
TS36.331:
value
MS120
Value
ms120
corresponds
with
120
ms,
ms240
*Time
-43
dBm
means
a
threshold
higher
than
or
equal
A3
withmust
quantity
RSRQ
is met.
Value definitions
as
RSRP
be
met
in
order
toso
trigger
ams
frequency
measurement
event
A3
with
quantity
corresponds
to
120
ms,
MS240
toMS120
240
and
with
240
ms
and
on,
while
valueso
to
-44 dBm
Defines
the
interval
with
which
measurement
stated
in
3GPP
TS36.331:
value
measurement
report.
Value
definitions
as
stated
in
RSRQ
must
be
metwith
incorresponds
order
tomin6
trigger
on,
while
value
MIN1
toas
1athe
min,
MIN6
min1
corresponds
1MS240
min,
corresponds
reports
are
repeatedly
sent
as
long
specific
corresponds
to the
120
ms,
to 240
ms
and
so
Time
for
which
specific
criteria
for
the
inter
3GPP
TS36.331:
value
MS0
corresponds
to
0
ms,
measurement
report.
Value
definitions
as
stated
in
to
6while
min
and
soso
on.on.
with
6 min
and
criteria
for
the
frequency
measurement
event
on,
value
MIN1
to 1 min,
MIN6
frequency
measurement
event
A5 must
betomet
in
MS40
to
40
msinter
and
socorresponds
on.
3GPP
TS36.331:
value
MS0
corresponds
0
ms,
A5
met.
Value
definitions
as stated
3GPP
to
6ismin
and
so on.
order
to
measurement
report.inValue
MS40
totrigger
40value
ms aand
so on.
TS36.331:
MS120
corresponds
to
ms,
definitions as stated in 3GPP TS36.331: 120
value
MS240
to
240
ms
and
so
on,
while
value
MIN1
MS0 corresponds to 0 ms, MS40 to 40 ms and so
corresponds
to 1 min, MIN6 to 6 min and so on.
on.

Identifies E-UTRA carrier frequency for which this

configuration
is valid.
Related Hysteresis
of Handover Margin for Better
Mid-(-center)frequency
of serving cell, used in
Cell
Handover
of
Inter-Frequency
Related
of Handover
Margin for Quality
EUTRA Hysteresis
Measurement
Configuration
Parameter
is
used
within
the entry and leave
Handover
of Inter-Frequency
Related
Hysteresis
of
Handover
Margin for
condition
ofisthe
A3 within
triggered
Parameter
used
the reporting
entry andcondition.
leave
Coverage
Handover
of
Inter-Frequency
PresenceAntennaPort1
is usedcondition.
to indicate
The
IE value
is multiplied
by 2.
condition
of
the
A3
triggered
reporting
Parameter
used within the cells
entryuse
andAntenna
leaves
whether
all is
the
This
parameter
is
the
naming
attribute condition.
of MOC
The
IE
value
is neighbouring
multiplied
by 2.
condition
of
the
A5
triggered
reporting
Port
1. When set to TRUE, the UE may assume
LNHOIF
Defines
which
to use
for Event
A3 are
The
IE least
value
isquantity
multiplied
by 2.
that at
two
cell-specific
antenna
ports
measurements
towards this
frequency.
Measurement
bandwidth
common
for allThis
used
in all neighbouring
cells.
parameter
refers
event
A3. If set toused
'both',
neighbouring
cellstoon
the
in two
Offset
value
applicable
to frequency,
thewhen
EUTRA
neighbour
A3
events
will
be
configured
measuring
this
Measurement
Configuration.
carrier
frequencies.
Threshold
RSRP
of serving
cell. If RSRP
of
carrier,
onefor
per
specific
measurement
quantity.
The
IE Q-OffsetRange
is used to indicate
a cell or
serving
value
threshold3InterFreq
and
Threshold
for <
RSRP
of neighbour
cell.
If RSRP
RSRP of
of
frequency specific
offset
to be applied
when
neighbour
cell
>
threshold3aInterFreq
serving
value
<
threshold3InterFreq
andofRSRP
of
Threshold
for
Filtering
Target
Cells
out
reported
evaluating
candidates
for
cell
re-selection
or
when
then
handover
triggered (A5 event)
neighbour
cell
>ison
threshold3aInterFreq
A4
eventlevel
based
RSRP
evaluating
triggering
conditions
fordue
measurement
Threshold
for
Filtering
Target
Cells
outtoof
reported
Receive
threshold
forvalues
serving
cell
inInter
A5
then
handover
is Balancing
triggered
(A5
event)
Frequency
Load
reporting.
A4
event
based
on
RSRQ
values
due
to
Inter
event.
Used
in
measurement
event
Threshold
for UTRA
neighbor
cell on the
Receive
level
threshold
for
neighbour
cellcurrent
in A5
This
parameter
isBalancing
aimed
fortriggered
postprocessing
Frequency
Load
type
A5
where
the
event
is
if the
serving
frequency,
considered
to
be
good
and
reported
event.
Used
in
measurement
event
Threshold
UTRA
neighbor
cell is
onnot
thetocurrent
(RSRP)
thefor
related
A4
report
and
be in
This
parameter
is aimed
forB1
postprocessing
cell measurement
becomes
worse
than
the
result
of
event.
type
A5
where
the
event
is
triggered
if
the
serving
frequency,
considered
to
be
good
and
reported
configured
in
any
report
configuration
in
the
Duration
foronly
which
the
RSRP
based
(RSRQ)
the
related
A4
report
and is event
not cell
to B1
beUE.in
threshold3InterFreq
AND
the neighbour
Applicable
if measQuantityUTRA-FDD=cpichcell
becomes
worse
than
the
measurement
result
of
B1
event.
Value-Range
follows
3GPP
TS
36.133
chapter
must
be valid.
For
further
important
configured
in any
report
configuration
in cell
thesee
UE
becomes
better
than
threshold3aInterFreq.
Threshold
for
RSRP
of
serving
cell. notice
If RSRP
of the
EcN0.
threshold3InterFreq
AND
the
neighbour
Applicable
only
if measQuantityUTRA-FDD=cpich9.1.4
Additional
Description.
Value-Range
follows
3GPP
TS
36.133
chapter
Set
in
ReportConfigEUTRA
serving
value
<
b2Threshold1Utra
RSCP
or
cpich-EcN0
corresponds
to CPICH_Ec/No
in TS
becomes
better
thanneighbour
threshold3aInterFreq.
Threshold
for
UTRA
celland
on the
current
RSCP.
9.1.7
EcN
of
WCDMA
neighbour
cell
>
25.133
for
FDD
only,
and
is
not
applicable
for
Set
in
ReportConfigEUTRA
frequency,
such
it is considered
tothe
be
good
cpich-RSCP
corresponds
toto
CPICH_RSCP
in TS
Threshold
for
UTRA
neighbour
cell
on
the
current
Time
for which
the
specific
criteria
for
The
dBm
value
isthat
mapped
the
3GPP
IERSRP
value
b2Threshold2Utra<EcNo,
Rscp>
TDD.
and
reported
in
the
measurement
result
of
B2
25.133
for
FDD,
and
P-CCPCH_RSCP
in
TS
frequency,
such
that
it
is
considered
to
be
good
based
measurement
event
B1
must
be
met
in
according
to which
TSisis36.133:
Duration
for
the RSRP
based
event
then
handover
triggered
(B2
event)
Set
in
ReportConfigInterRAT
for
WCDMA.
The
dBm
value
mapped
to the
3GPP
IE B2
value
event.
25.123
for
TDD.
and
reported
in
the
measurement
result
of
B2
order
to
trigger
a
measurement
report.
*must
-140
dBm
means
a
threshold
lower
than
-140
valid
Receive
level
threshold
for serving
Parameter
is TS
optional
oncell in
according
to
Related
Hysteresis
of depending
Margin
for CSFB
to B2
Applicable
only
if36.133:
measQuantityUTRA-FDD=cpichSet
inbeReportConfigInterRAT
WCDMA.
event.
dBm
event.
Used
in
measurement
event
measQuantityCSFBUtraFdd.
*WCDMA
-140
dBm
means
a
threshold
lower
than
-140
EcN0.
Parameter
is optional
on for
Hysteresis
of depending
Handover
Margin
forRSRP
HO toa
Applicable
only
ifSince
measQuantityUTRA-FDD=cpichImportant
Note:
the
B1
event
the
*Related
values
between
-139
dBm
and
-44
dBm
mean
Time
for
which
specific
criteria
for
the
type
B2
where
the
event
is
triggered
if
the
serving
dBm
cpich-EcN0
corresponds
toreported
CPICH_Ec/No
in TS
measQuantityCSFBUtra.
WCDMA
RSCP.
purpose
of
CSFB
shall
be
by
the
UE
threshold
lower
than
the
configured
value
but
Attribute
Of
MOC
LNHOW
based
event
B2
must
be
met
in asa
cell
becomes
worse
than
The
dBmeasurement
value
is mapped
to
the
3GPP
IEleaves
value
*Naming
values
between
-139
dBm
and
-44
dBm
mean
Parameter
is
used
within
the
entry
and
25.133
for
FDD.
Parameter
is
used
within
the
entry
and
leave
cpich-RSCP
corresponds
to
CPICH_RSCP
in
TS
fast
as
possible
not
the
full
range
of
up
to
5120
ms
higher
than
or
equal
to
the
(value
1
dB)
Instance
Identifier
of
an
WCDMA
Handover
Target
order
to
trigger
a
measurement
report.
b2Threshold1Utra
AND
the
WCDMA
neighbour
according
tomaximum
TSis
25.133:
threshold
lower
than
the
configured
value
but
Defines
the
number
of WCDMA.
target
cells
per
condition
of
the
B2
triggered
reporting
condition.
Set
in
ReportConfigInterRAT
for
The
dBm
value
mapped
toRecommended
the
3GPP
IEor
value
condition
of
the
B2
triggered
reporting
condition.
25.133
for
FDD.
for
TTT
shall
be
applicable.
value
*cell
-43
dBm
means
a
threshold
higher
than
equal
becomes
better
than
*higher
-24
dB
means
a
threshold
lower
than
-24
dB
than
or
equal
to
the
(value
1
dB)
frequency
for
CS
fallback
with
PS-HO.
The
IE
value
is
multiplied
by
2.
Parameter
isapplicable
optional
depending
on256
according
to
TS
25.133:
Offset
value
to
the
carrier
The
IE
value
is
multiplied
by
2.UTRA
Set
in
ReportConfigInterRAT
for
would
be
up
to
and
higher
than
ms.
to
-44
dBm
b2Threshold2Utra<EcNo,
Rscp>
(dep.
*Setting
values
between
-23.5
dB
and
0 WCDMA.
dBm
mean
a
-43
dBm
means
aanot
threshold
higher
than
or
equal
this
limit
controls
measurement
object
measQuantityUtra.
*frequency.
-120
dBm
means
threshold
lower
than
-120
Parameter
is
optional
depending
on
Hence
the
range
ist
restricted.
The
RSRP
based
B2
event
triggers
the
UE
to
measQuantityUtra).
threshold
lower
than
the
configured
value
but
to
-44
dBm
configuration
and inhibits long measurement
dBm
The
IE than
Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT
isthe
used
to indicate
measQuantityUtra.
perform
periodical
reporting
with
indicated
Set
in
for
WCDMA
higher
orisequal
to dBm
the
(value
for
0.5
UTRA
carrier
frequency
which
this a
times.
The
dBReportConfigInterRAT
value
mapped
toto
the
3GPP
IEdB)
value
*Identifies
values
between
-119
and
-25
dBm
mean
a
frequency
specific
offset
be
applied
when
interval
*according
0.5 dB means
a25.133:
threshold
higher than
or
equal to
configuration
is valid
to
TS
threshold
lower
than
the
configured
value
but
This
parameter
the
naming
attribute
Of
MOC
evaluating
triggering
conditions
for
measurement
The
dBm
value
is
mapped
to
the
3GPP
IE
value
The
indicates
the
interval
between
dBm
value
is
mapped
the
3GPP
IE
value
0
dBReportInterval
The
IE
ARFCN-ValueUTRA
is
used
indicate
*higher
-24
dB
means
a25.133:
threshold
lower
-24
dB the
than
orTS
equal
to the to
(value
-than
1todB)
LNHOX.
reporting.
according
to
Structure
including
bandclass
and
arfcn
for
periodical
reports.
The
ReportInterval
is
applicable
according
to
TS
36.133:
ARFCN
applicable
for
a
downlink
(Nd,
FDD)
or
*It
values
between
-23.5
dB
and
0
dBm
mean
a bi-24
dBm
means
a
threshold
higher
than
or
equal
uniquely
identifies
athreshold
LNHOX
instance.
**CDMA2000
-120
dBm
means
a
lower
than
-120
1XRTT
frequency
ifAbsolute
the
UE
performs
periodical
reporting
for but
B2
-140
dBm
means
acarrier
threshold
lower
than
-140
Radio
Frequency
Number
of
CDMA2000
directional
(Nt,
TDD)
UTRA
carrier
frequency
threshold
lower
than
the
configured
value
to
-25
dBm
dBm
Structure
rttCarrierFreq
is used
to provide
the
RSRP
based
event.
dBm
1XRTT
carrier
frequency
higher
than
or
equal
to dBm
the
(value
0.5
dB)
Band
Class
of
CDMA2000
1XRTT
carrier
*Value
between
-119
and
-25
dBm
mean
a
CDMA2000
1xRTT
carrier
information
ms120
corresponds
with
120
ms,
ms240
** values
values
between
-139
dBm
and
-44
dBm
mean
The
CDMA2000
ARFCN
used
to
indicate
the
0.5 dB means
a threshold
higher than
or but
equal ato
frequency
threshold
lower
than
the
configured
value
Defines
the
maximum
number
of
target
cells
per
corresponds
with
240
ms
and
so
on,
while
value
threshold
lower
thanfrequency
the configured
value
but
CDMA2000
carrier
adB)
CDMA2000
0
dBCDMA2000
The
band
iswithin
used
to
define the
higher
than
or
equal
to
the
(value
-- 1
frequency
for
enhanced
CSFB
to to
CDMA2000
min1
corresponds
with
1
min,
min6
higher
than
orsearch
equal
toclass
the
(value
1corresponds
dB)
Provides
the
window
size
be
used
by
band,
see
C.S0002-A.
CDMA2000
band
which thehigher
CDMA2000
*1xRTT
-24
means
a
threshold
than
or
equal
with
6dBm
min
and
so in
on.
*the
-43UE
dBm
means
a
threshold
higher
than
orcarrier
equal
for
the
neighbouring
pilot,
see
C.S0005-A.
Defines
thecan
pilot
strength
threshold
enhanced
frequency
becontrols
found, as
defined inforC.S0057-E
to
Setting
this
limit
measurement
object
to -25
-44 dBm
dBm
CSFB
to
CDMA2000
1xRTT.
[table
1.5-1].
The
"Accumulated
MME
served
PLMNs"
list
configuration and inhibits long measurement
In
3GPP
TS36.331,
pilotStrength's
range
is
[0 ..
Note:
Bandclasses
18,
19, 20are
andserved
21
areby
not
includes
all
PLMN
IDs
which
MME.
times.
Mobile
Country
Code
of PLMN
ID value
included
in
63]
which
isbydifferent
from
current
range
of
supported
this
release.
served
PLMNs
per
RAT
MME.
andisMNC
Mobile Network
Code
of of
PLMN
IDMCC
included
inthat :
paramter
"rttStrengthThresh".
The
reason
build
a unique
PLMN
ID.of feature,
served
PLMNs
RAT
MME.Network
MCC
and
MNC
in
future
phase
2range
e1xCsfb
this parameter
Determines
the per
of Mobile
Code
of
build
a
unique
PLMN
ID.
may
be
re-used
as
AggregatedThreshold
which
PLMN
ID included
in served
PLMNs
per RAT
of
This
parameter
is
used
to
lock
and
unlock
the
include strengths from multiple PNs and
MME.
ethernet
link interface.
This
parameter
holds the
transport
AggregatedThreshold
's value
rangenetwork
is [-18 .. 63].
Locking
the
interface
deactivates
it.
IPv4/v6
address
of
the
Mobility
Management
Secondary application IPv4/v6 address of the
Entity
(MME)
primary
interface.
The
formula
used
by the
UE (MME)
to report
the pilot
Mobility
Management
Entity
if multihoming
This
parameter
is10
the
naming
attribute
of the MOC
Administrative
state
rules
for correct
Both
IP
address
formats
can
be
used.
strength
is
[
-2
*
*
log
(measured
pilot
feature
is enabled.
LNMME.
configurations:
This
is
a
human
readable
name
of
the
MME.
Format:
IPv4
parameter
infield.
dotted
strength)
]. address
This
address
field is FSMx
Read-Only
It
uniquely
identifies
aa -31.5
LNMME
decimals
Outdoor
Module
or63
IPv6
address
parameter
acc. to RFC
Therefore
maps
to
dB.instance.
So [-18..63]
maps
1.
ETHLK dB.
0-1 at FSMx can be unlocked if
4291.
to
[9..-31.5]
Format:
exclusive
IPv4
address
parameter
in
Basic module FSMx present.
dotted
decimals
or FSMx
exclusive
address if
2. ETHLK
0-2 at
can IPv6
be unlocked
parameter
acc.
to
RFC4291.
Basic module FSMx present and enable
RP301Interface = false and if (TRS sub-module
FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK 1-1 = locked and

This parameter indicates the relative MME

capacity
assigned
to the information
MME.
The parameter
provides
whether the
S1
link
is
successfully
established.
This parameter holds the identifier for the
transport
network
in case "Transport
Absolute Radio
Frequency
Number ofSeparation
CDMA2000
for
RAN
sharing"
feature
is
supported.
eHRPD
carrier
frequency
Band Class of CDMA2000 eHRPD carrier
The
CDMA2000 ARFCN used to indicate the
frequency
Defines
the Pseudo-Random
Noise
(PN)
offset of
The
operator
must take
care that
transportNwId
of
CDMA2000
carrier
frequency
a CDMA2000
The
CDMA2000
band
class
iswithin
used
to
definetothe
this
CDMA2000
HRPD
neighbor
cell.
LNMME
instance
0
(main
MME)
is
identical
This
parameter
contains
the
HRPD
Sector carrier
ID used
band,
see C.S0002-A.
CDMA2000
band
in in
which
the
CDMA2000
mainTransportNwId
IPNO.
for
handover
preparation/execution
and
ThisHRPD
parameter
uniquely
identifies
LNNEIH
frequency
can be
found,
as defineda in
C.S0057-E
defined
as specified in 3GPP2 C.S0024-A.
instance.
[table
1.5-1].
The parameter
controls whether PS handover to
Note:
Bandclasses
18,
19,
20 and 21 are not
the
related
neighbor
cell
is allowed.
Cell
Individual
Offset
(CIO)
of Neighbor
cellsstring
for
The
parameter
must
be
added
as character
supported
by this
release.
insertion
into
the
CIO
Cell
List
of
EUTRA
Serving
in
hexadecimal
notation
with
leading
'0x'.
The parameter provides the delta value, which is
or
CarriertoMeasurement
Object.
It
isNeighbor
used to added
populate
the operator
CDMA2000
sector ID
temporarily
configured
cell
This
parameter
is
thethe
Macro eNB
identifier
which
(128
bits)
using
hexadecimal
characters.
individual
offset
(LNREL
parameter
is
part
of different
the E-UTRAN
Cell
Global
Identifier
This
parameter
is from
the cell
identifier,
whichreasons.
is part
All
CIOs
zero
will
be considered
byof
cellIndOffNeighDelta)
for
load
balancing
(ECGI)
of
the
related
neighbor
cell.
the
E-UTRAN
Cell
Global
Identifier
(ECGI)
of
the
eNB
for
Measurement
Configuration
(up
to
a
limit
In
addition
to
the
leading
'0x'
it
shall
only
contain
This parameter is the primary PLMN ID, which is
related
neighbor
cell. frequency).
of
32ofCIOs
per
carrier
hexadecimal
characters
'0'Global
to '9', 'A'
to 'F', 'a'
to 'f'.
part
the
E-UTRAN
Identifier
Mobile
Country
Code Cell
of the
primary
PLMN(ECGI)
ID,
of
the
related
neighbor
cell.
which
isNetwork
partofofSector
the
E-UTRAN
Cell
Mobile
Code
of equals
the primary
PLMNIdentifier
The
format
ID
theGlobal
format
ofID,
an
(ECGI)
of
the
related
neighbor
cell.
which
is
part
of
the
E-UTRAN
Cell
Global
Identifier
IPv6
address
but
without
colons.
This parameter determines the length of MNC.
(ECGI) of the related neighbor cell.
The parameter controls handover blacklisting. The
instance
of LNREL
and
the related
cell of the MOC
This parameter
is the
naming
attribute
relationship,
defined by ECGI, identifies the
LNREL.
The
parameter
coordinates
the access
to allows
specific
cellidentifies
to cell
relation.
The
parameter
It
uniquely
a LNREL
instance.
parameter
handoverAllowed,
i.e.
whether
Indicates
status of
theto
neighbor
relation.
HO
thisthe
neighbor
relation,
onlyforS1
HO or
no
It
is for
highly
recommended
use
object
creation
handover
blacklisting
setting
at this
instance
of
HO
at
all.
Cell
Identity
of GERAN
neighbor
cellallwhich
is part
the
lowest
free
lnRelId
value
within
LNREL
LNREL
and
the
related
cell
relationship,
is
only
unavailable:
Indicates
that
the
neighbor
relation
is
The
blacklisting
applies
addition
to(CGI)
blacklisting
of
the
GERAN
Cell
Global
Identifier
ofThis
the
instances
toin
an
LNCEL
object.
The
parameter
controls
whether
Network
Assisted
allowed
tosubordinate
be done
manually
by the
operator
or is
not
considered
for
HO
(for
example
because
viaavoid
the
LNCEL
parameter
blacklistHoL.
related
neighbor
cell.
to
rejection
of
plan
file
activation
due
to
Cell
Change
the
related
neighbor
cell
is of the
also
automatically
by
NetAct
LAC
of GERAN
neighbor
cell
which
is
part
neighbor
cell to
information
not
available).
colliding
lnRelId
values if is
an
LNREL
instance
is
allowed.
GERAN
Cell Global
Identifier
the
The
is uniquely
as follows:
This meaning
parameter
a of
LNRELG
automatically
created
by identifies
eNB (CGI)
because
of related
neighbor
available:
Indicates
relation is
'allowed' cell.
means
thatthat
anythe
S1neighbor
or X2 outgoing
instance.
activated
ANR
features.
The
parameter
coordinates
the access
used
as described
in
TS36.413
section
9.2.1.6
considered
HO
if not
blacklisted,
thatto
ismobilityif
handover
isfor
allowed.
feature
whitelist
parameters
(type:
*Allowed),
This parameter
is is
thenot
PLMN
which isvia
part
ofis
handoverAllowed
set toID,
Forbidden.
'onlyS1'
means that
outgoiing
handover
S1that
is
whether
handover
blacklisting
setting
at
this
the
GERAN
Cell
Global
Identifier
(CGI)
of
the
"0000
and
FFFE
not
allowed."
allowedCountry
but not Code
via X2.of the PLMN ID, which is
Mobile
instance
ofmeans
LNRELG
and
the
related
cell
related
neighbor
cell.
invalid:
Indicates
that
the
neighbour
relation
'forbidden'
that
no
outgoing
S1
or(CGI)
X2 is of
part
of the
GERAN
Cell
Global
Identifier
Mobile
Network
Code
(MNC)
of
the
PLMN
ID,
relationship,
is
only
allowed
to
be
done
manually
considered
as
not
reliable
because
a
CGI
handover
is
triggered.
the
related
neighbor
cell.
which
is
part
of
the
GERAN
Cell
Global
Identifier
by
the
operator
or
also
automatically
by
NetAct
Length of MNCreported
in digits.a different CGI for the PCI
measurement
(CGI)
of
the
related
cell.features
Optimizer
Features.
NetAct
ANR
consider
of the
neighbour
cellneighbor
thewhether
neighbour
refers
The
parameter
controls
therelation
related
this
setting
accordingly.
The
Operator
might
to or because
eNB
detectedfor
a conflict
with
another
neighbor
cell
is
a
candidate
providing
system
The
parameter
controls
whether SRVCC handover
consider
the setting.
existing
neighbour
relation.
information
in neighbor
case
ofNetAct
UE
redirection
to GERAN.
to
the
related
cell
isusage
allowed.
The
parameter
is
for
only.
It isPS
not
The
parameter
controls
whether
CSFB
with
If
system
information
is
not
configured
in
the
evaluated
by
eNB.
handover
to the
neighbor
cell
isrelation
allowed.
The
nrStatus
of uniquely
arelated
blacklisted
neighbor
This
parameter
identifies
afrequency
LNRELW
related
LNADJG
object
at
least
the
of
may
be
nevertheless
available.
This
indicates
instance.
the cell
will be provided
in the
redirection
The
parameter
coordinates
the
access
to
mobilitythat
all information
for HOto
is use
available
and creation
HO
It
is highly
recommended
for*Allowed),
object
information.
feature
whitelist
parameters
(type:
that
This
parameter
is
thepossible
primary
ID,
which
is
would
be
infree
principle
ifPLMN
blacklisting
would
the
lowest
lnRelWId
value
within
all
LNRELW
is
whether
handover
blacklisting
setting
at
this
part
of
the
UTRAN
Cell
Global
Identifier
(CGI)
of
be
released.
Mobile
Country
Code and
oftothe
PLMN
instances
an
LNCEL
This is
instance
ofsubordinate
LNRELW
theprimary
relatedobject.
cell ID,
the
related
neighbor
cell. file
which
is
part
of
the
UTRAN
Cell
Global
Identifier
to
avoid
rejection
of
plan
activation
due
to
Mobile Network
Code
of the to
primary
PLMN
ID,
relationship,
is only
allowed
be done
manually
(CGI)
of
the
related
neighbor
cell.
colliding
lnRelWId
values
if an
LNRELW
instance
which
is
part
of the
UTRAN
Cell
Global
Identifier
by
the
operator
or
also
automatically
by
NetAct
This
parameter
determines
the
length
of
MNC.
is automatically
created
by eNB
because
(CGI)
of the
related
neighbor
cell.
Optimizer
Features.
NetAct
ANR
features of
consider
The
parameter
controls The
whether
PS handover
activated
ANR
features.
this setting
accordingly.
Operator
might to
the
cellwhether
is allowed.
Therelated
parameter
controls
SRVCC handover
consider
theneighbor
setting.
to
the
related
neighbor
cell
is
allowed.
The
parameter
is
for
NetAct
usage
It isCell
not
UTRAN Cell-ID which is part of the only.
UTRAN
evaluated
by
eNB.
Global Identifier
(CGI) of
the related
neighbor
cell.
UTRAN
RNC identifier
which
is part of
the UTRAN
It
uniquely
neighboring
cell within
the
Cell
Globalidentifies
Identifier a(CGI)
of the related
neighbor
RNC.
cell. It uniqely identifies of a neighboring UTRAN
The
Cell
GlobalPLMN.
Id is built as a 28 bit
RNCUTRAN
within the
primary
value. It consists either
-Values
of a 12inbit
(range
theRNC-ID
range of
4096 0..4095)
.. 65535 and
are a 16 bit
UTRAN Cellas
IDExtended
(range 0..65535)
considered
RNC-ID.or
-The
of aUTRAN
16 bit Extended
RNC-Id
(range
Cell Global
Id is built
as a 28 bit

Defines the CDMA2000 1x Radio Transmission

Technology
carrier
frequency
of this
Defines the (1xRTT)
CDMA2000
1x Radio
Transmission
1xRTT
neighbor
cell.
Technology
band
class
of this 1xRTT
Defines
the (1xRTT)
cell number
of
this to
CDMA2000
1x
The CDMA2000
used
indicate the
neighbor
cell. ARFCN
Radio
Transmission
Technology
(1xRTT)
neighbor
Define
whether
the
CDMA2000
1xRTT
neighbor
CDMA2000
carrier
frequency
within
a
CDMA2000
The
CDMA2000 band class is used to define the
cell
cell
used
forwhich
1xRTT
band,
see be
C.S0002-A.
Thiscould
parameter
is in
the
naming
atrribute
of MOC
CDMA2000
band
themeasure
CDMA2000
carrier
configuration
for
e1xCSFB.
LNRELX.
frequency
can
be
found,
as
defined
in
C.S0057-E
Defines the market identifier of the CBSC for this
It
uniquely
identifies
a LNRELX
instance.
[table
1.5-1].
CDMA2000
1xRTT neighbor
cell.
Defines the Pseudo-Random
Noise (PN) offset of
this
CDMA2000
1xnumber
Radio Transmission
Defines
the sector
of this CDMA2000 1x
Technology
(1xRTT)
neighbor cell.
Radio
Transmission
Technology
neighbor
Defines the switching number of (1xRTT)
this CDMA2000
cell.
1xRTT
neighboridentifies
cell.
This parameter
the MO instance for
transport
admission
control
LTE. 1 instance
This parameter specifies thefor
maximum
permitted
should
be there
in FTMtransport
start up. bit rate for all
aggregate
guaranteed
This parameter specifies the maximum permitted
GBR
Emergency
connections.
aggregate
guaranteed
transport
bit rate permitted
for all
This parameter
specifies
the maximum
GBR
Handover
connections.
aggregate
guaranteed
transport
bit of
rate
normal
This parameter
holds the
identifier
thefor
transport
GBR
connections.
network
this LTAC
instance
is to be band
Indicatorfor
of which
the additional
E-UTRA
frequency
used.
An
additional
E-UTRA
frequency
band
mustfor the
Additional spectrum emission requirement
overlap
with
the
native
E-UTRA
frequency
band.
additional
frequency
EARFCN
value
of theband.
carrier
frequency
for which
The
native
frequency
band
is
either
The
UE requirements
related to IE
the
profileband
applies.
parameter
uniquely
identifies
a MFBIPR
-This
theMFBI
operating
which
is are
broadcasted
SIB1
AdditionalSpectrumEmission
defined
ininTS
A
MFBI
profile defines an or
additional
frequency
instance.
with
IE
freqBandIndicator
Defines
is MHA
AISG
MHA
Non-AISG
MHA.
36.101
table
6.2.4.1].
band
in [42,
order
toband
serve
UEs or
which
support
the
-Selectable
the frequency
is related
to the
target
values
is 0which
(false)=
Non-AISG
MHA
AISG
protocol
version
physical
cell
frequency
but
indicate
another,
EARFCN
in
case
of
interfrequency
mobility.
and
1 (true )=
AISG MHA
.
overlapping
frequency
band.
Defines a configurable
alarm threshold level for
The
profile applies
to eNB
cellsif and
inter-Alarm
the
amplifier,
used
the MHA
A
listmast-head
containing:
operating
frequency
band, value
frequency
neighbour
cells
with
a
frequency
Detection
parameter
has the value
1 (in use).
beamwidth
and
the
operation
gain.
The antenna
beamwidth
foron
theFlexi
band.
Some
RET
matching
eutraCarrierFreq.
Default
value
is depending
Filter
(FF).
types
may automatically
update
the beamwidth
The antenna
operation band.
Some
RET types
information
based on
the configuration
data
may
automatically
update
the band
information
The
antenna
gainthe
for
the band.
Some
RET
types
downloaded
into
RET
device.
Some
devices
based
on the configuration
data
downloaded
into
may
automatically
update
the
gain
information
Antenna
Bearing
may
alsodevice.
restrict Some
overwriting
themay
field.also restrict
the
RET
devices
based on the configuration data downloaded into
Antenna
model
number
overwriting
the field.
One
frequency
may be
the
RET device.
Some
devices
may band
also restrict
given
onlyserial
once.
Antenna
overwriting
the number
field.
supported antenna operating band(s) according to
Identifies
3GPP are:the specific antenna line.
Base Station
Band
I: 2100 ID
MHz
Note:
If MHA
isMHz
used for another BTS (RET
Band
II:
1900
Defines
the
connection
type for MHA/LNA.
parameter
connection
Band III: 1800 MHz set to 'External') the value
Gain
resolution
given
thevalue
gain of
resolution figure
of
antlId
set toasthe
Band
IV:must
1700be
MHz
expressed
in
dB.
scannedAntennaInterface,
because
only this
Installation
Band
V: 850Date
MHz
antenna
line
related
detects
and
controls
MHA.
Band
VI: 800
Installer's
ID MHz
Band VII: 2600 MHz
The
for MHA telling LNA number inside
Bandparameter
VIII: 900 MHz
one
MHA.
For
Non
is used
-1figure
(not
Maximum
supported
gainMHAs
given as
a gain
Band
IX: 1800
MHzAISG
defined).
expressed
inwhether
dB.
Band
X: 1700
MHz alarm detection is used or
Determines
Band
XI:
1500
MHz
not.
Thethe
options
are
0 (false)
and 1amplifier.
(true). Default
Defines
gain
of the
mast-head
Band
XII:
700
MHz
values for Non-AISG MHAs and AISG MHAs in
This
specific
mast-head
Bandparameter
XIII:
700 MHz
passive
mode:
1defines
Defaultthe
values
for AISG
and third
amplifier
unit.
Band MHAs:0
XIV:
MHz
Defines
the700
type
of the
MHA. The MHA
supported
MHA
party
Note:
Configurable
alarms
are
Band
XIX:
800
MHz
types
are:
WMHA,
WMHB,
WMHC,
WMHD,
allowed
only
for
passive
MHAs
Minimum supported gain given as a gain figure
Band
XX:
800 MHz
MDTA,
MDPA,
MDGA, MDDA, FLJA, FLHA,
expressed
inproduct
dB.
Defines
the
code of the unit in question.
Band
XXI:
1400
FLMA, FLNA
andMHz
Other.
3GPP protocol version
The immediate update to the new parameter value
applies either after administrative actions for the
radio module, i.e. block and unblock, or a BTS
restart.

Defines which antenna interface is scanned.

Expected
Sector ID value: RMODx-ANTx and empty string
where RMODx: 1...12 and ANTx: 1...6 It depends
Defines
serialtype
number
the unit inare
question.
on radio the
module
whichofantennas
capable
Substance
version device
numberdetection.
for
scanning/AISG
The immediate update to the new parameter value
TMA
Subunit
frequency band
applies
either receive
after administrative
actions for the
TMA Subunit
frequency
band or a BTS
radio
module,receive
i.e. block
and unblock,
restart.
TMA Subunit transmit frequency band
TMA Subunit transmit frequency band
TMA Subunit type
This parameter defines the MHA connector
regarding
WMHC and
TMARET
MHA types.
List of CDMA2000
HRPD
parameters
neededThe
for
options
aremobility
BTS1 (Pass-through)
and
BTS2 to UE
Idle
Mode
Load
Balancing
provided
CDMA2000
HRPD
band
class
value
used
for
Idle
(Power)
for WMHC,
NODEB0 and NODEB1 for
in
RRC Release
message
Mode
Weightmobility.
factor
CDMA
Band
used by
TMARET
MHAoftypes.
If HRPD
other than
WMHC
or
The
UE
performs
onlyare
Load
Balancing
cell
round
robin
algorithm
for
idle
mode
load
TMARET
MHA
types
used,
then
the
List
of CDMA2000
1xRTT
parameters
needed
for
reselection
for bands
already
configured
for Idle
balancing.
wmhConnector
parameter
value
is None
in
Idle
Mode
mobility
Load
Balancing
provided
to
CDMA2000
1xRTT
band
class value
for Idle
Mobility
(inround
CDFIM)
and
transmitted
system
Weighted
robin
algorithm
shallinused
select
UE
in RRC
Release
message
Mode
mobility
information.
There
is
no
need
to
provide
other
Weight one
factor
of CDMA
1xRTT
used load
by
always
target
frequency
forBand
idle mode
The
UE
performs
only
Load
Balancing
cell
bands
than
configured
already
in capabilities,
SIBs.
UE willto be
round
robin
algorithm
for
idle
mode
load
balancing,
which
is
matching
UE
List
of eUTRAN
parameters
needed
for Idle
Mode
reselection
for
bands
already
configured
for Idle
ignore
bands.
balancing.
used
assuch
main
target
for
idle
mode
load
balancing
mobility
Load
Balancing
provided
to
UE
in
RRC
eUTRA
as
EARFCN
value
for Idle
Mobility
(in
CDFIM)
and
transmitted
system
Weighted
round
robin
algorithm
shallinused
select
and
thisfrequency
target
will
have
always
highest
priority
Release
message
Mode
Mobility
Load
Balancing
information.There
is
no
need
to
provide
other
Weight one
factor
of EUTRA
carrier
always
frequency
for frequency
idle mode used
load by
assigned
in target
RRC
Release
message.
The
UE
performs
Load
cell
bands
than
configured
already
in capabilities,
SIBs.
UE
willto be
round
robin
algorithm
for
idle
mode
load
balancing,
which
isonly
matching
UE
All other
target
frequency
forBalancing
idle
mode
load
GERAN
parameters
needed
for
Idle
Mode
mobility
reselection
for
frequencies
already
configured
for
ignore
such
bands.
balancing.
used
as
main
target
for idle
mode
load
balancing
matching
UE
capabilities
andbalancing
configured
Load
Balancing
provided
to transmitted
UE inthe
RRC
Release
This
is
an
indicator
to
distinguish
GERAN
Idle
Mobility
(in
IRFIM)
and
in
system
Weighted
round
robin
algorithm
shall
select
and
this target
have
always
highest
priority
for
SIBs
will
bewill
added
as
well, but
with
lowered
message
frequency
case
of
ARFCN
values
information.
There
is nofor
need
towith
provide
other
Weight one
factor
of in
GERAN
carrier
frequency
used by
always
target
frequency
for
idle
mode
load
assigned
inband
RRC
Release
message.
priorities
as
configured
SIB
kept
hierarchy
associated
with
either
GSM
1800
or
GSM
1900
frequencies
than
configured
already
in
SIBs.
UE
round
robin
algorithm
for
idle
mode
load
balancing,
which
is
matching
UE
capabilities,
to be
All
other
target
frequency
for
idle
mode
load
of
priorities.
GERAN
frequency
as ARFCN
usedwith
for Idle
These
parameters
will
be usedvalue
together
carriers.
will
ignore
such
frequencies.
balancing.
used
as
main
target
for
idle
mode
load
balancing
balancing
matching
UE capabilitiestoand
configured
Mode
mobility.
parameter
geranCarFrqIdleModeL
build
This
parameter
is
the
naming
attribute
of
the
For
ARFCN
values
not
associated
with
one
ofMOC
Weighted
round
robin
algorithm
shall
select
and
this
target
will
have
always
highest
priority
for
SIBs
will
be
added
as
well,
but
with
lowered
The
algorithm
shall
calculate
proportional
weights
Each
ARFCN
value
explicitly
listed.
freqPriorityListGERAN
IE
in
MODIMP.
those
bands,
the
indicator
has
no
meaning.
List
of UTRA-FDD
parameters
for
Idle
always
one
frequency
forneeded
idlekept
mode
load
assigned
in target
RRC
Release
priorities
as
configured
for message.
SIB
with
hierarchy
corresponding
to configured
values.
There
is no
IdleModeMobilityControlInfo
for
Load
Balancing.
It
uniquely
identifies
aofMODIMP
instance.
Mode
mobility
Load
Balancing
provided
to
UE
balancing,
which
is
matching
UE
capabilities,
be
All
other
target
frequency
for
idle
mode
load
of
priorities.
check
about
the
sum
weights
configured
the
Weight
factor
ofwill
UTRA
FDDMobility
Carrierconfiguration
frequency
The
UE
performs
only
Load
Balancing
cell bytoin
MODIMP
contains
the
Idle
This
parameter
be
used
together
with
RRC
Release
message
used
as
main
target
for
idle
mode
load
balancing
balancing
matching
UE
capabilities
and
configured
user.
used
by
round
robin
algorithm
forhave
idle
mode
load
reselection
for frequencies
already
configured
for
UTRA-FDD
as
UARFCN
value
used
for
to
be
assigned
toadded
UE
that
do
hot
any
profile
"geranCarFrqIdleModeL"
to
build
and
this
target
will
have
always
highest
priority
for
SIBs
willfrequency
beshall
as
well,
but
with
lowered
The
algorithm
calculate
proportional
weights
balancing.
Idle
Mobility
(in
GNFL)
and
transmitted
in
system
Idle
Mode
mobility
corresponding
to
SPID.
freqPriorityListGERAN
IE
in
This
parameter
offers
the
possibility
to
use
assigned
in
RRC
Release
message.
priorities
as
configured
for
SIB
with
kept
hierarchy
corresponding
torobin
configured
values.
There
is as
no 0.
When not round
specified
weight
isprovide
considered
Weighted
algorithm
select
information.
There
isthe
no
needBalancing
to
other
The
UE
performs
only
Load
cell
"IdleModeMobilityControlInfo"
forshall
Load
Balancing.
existing
LNCEL
configuration
as
default
mobility
Allpriorities.
other
target
foralready
idle
mode
load
of
check
about
thefrequency
sum
ofcell
weights
configured
byUE
the
List
of
WCDMA
target
frequencies
for
high
always
one
target
frequency
for
idle
mode
load
frequencies
than
configured
in
SIBs.
reselection
for frequencies
already configured
for
profile.
balancing
matching
UE
capabilities
and
configured
user.
priority
Circuit
Switched
Fallback
(CSFB).
The
balancing,
which
is matching
UE capabilities,
tolist
be
will
ignore
such
frequencies.
List
of
WCDMA
target
frequencies
normal
Idle
Mobility
(in
UFFIM)
and
transmitted
inweights
system
autoAdapt
parameter
iscell
considered
when
MODPR
for
SIBs
will
be
added
as
well,
butload
with
lowered
The
algorithm
shall
calculate
proportional
applies
even
if
the
Subscriber
profile
based
used
as
main
target
for
idle
mode
balancing
priority
Circuit
Switched
Fallback
(CSFB).
list
information.
There
isthe
nofor
need
to
provide
other
LTE
inter-frequency
mobility
is
restricted
toThe
the
applies.
priorities
asspecified
configured
SIB
with
kept
hierarchy
corresponding
to
configured
values.
There
is
no
When
not
weight
is
considered
as
0.
mobility
feature
isconfigured
deactivated.
and
target
will
have
always
highest
priority
This this
parameter
will
be
used
together
with
applies
even
if
the
Subscriber
profile
based
frequencies
than
already
in
SIBs.
UE
target
frequency
layers
configured
in
If
LNBTS-actSelMobPrf
is
set
to
'true'
then
of
priorities.
check
about
the to
sum
of weights
configured
by
the
WCDMA
PS-HO
mobility
is
restricted
to
the
target
assigned
in
RRC
Release
message.
geranCarFrqBd
build
freqPriorityListGERAN
IE
mobility
feature
deactivated.
will
ignore
such is
frequencies.
freqLayListLte.
MODPR
applies
only
no
MOPR
exists
for
user.
frequency
layersfrequency
configured
inidle
If
mobility
profiles
are when
activated
it additionally
All
other
target
for
mode
load
in
IdleModeMobilityControlInfo
for
Load
Balancing.
List
of
WCDMA
target
cell
frequencies
for
Single
the
specific
SPID
or
when
no
SPID
is
assigned
The
algorithm
shall
calculate
proportional
weights
When
not
specified
the
weight
is
considered
0.
freqLayListPsHoWcdma..
applies
to profiles
UEs
if no
SPID
value
provided
orasif to
no
balancing
matching
UE
capabilities
andThe
configured
Radio
Voice
Call
Continuity
(SRVCC).
list
If
mobility
are
activated
itisfor
additionally
Percentage
of
UE
to
be
selected
Idle
Mode
If
feature
LTE490
'Selective
Mobility
Profiles'
is
the
UE.
corresponding
to
configured
values.
There
is
no
mobility
profile
is
assigned
to
the
SPID
value.
for
SIBs
will
be
added
as
well,
but
with
lowered
applies
even
if the
profile
based
tobyUEs
if sum
noSubscriber
SPID
is
provided
or ifthe
no
Load
Balancing.
enabled
setting
the
LNBTS
parameter
If
LNBTS-actSelMobPrf
is value
set
to
false
then
check
about
the
of
weights
configured
This
parameter
is
the
naming
attribute
of
thebyMOC
If
feature
LTE490
'Selective
Mobility
Profiles'
is
priorities
as
configured
for
SIB
with
kept
hierarchy
mobility
feature
is
deactivated.
profile
is
assigned
to
the
SPID
value.
MODPR-idleLBPercentageOfUes
is
taken
into
actSelMobPrf
to
'true'
the
restriction
applies
to
MODPR
applies
for allmobility
UEs. will
user.
MODPR.
enabled
by
LNBTS
parameter
No
CSFBmobility
tosetting
WCDMA
be provided
of priorities.
ENACC
to the
GERAN
is
restricted
to
the to
account
Idleto
Mode
Load
Balancing
when
UEs
ifwhich
nofor
SPID
value
isMODPR
provided
or ifapplies
no
mobility
It
uniquely
identifies
a
instance.
actSelMobPrf
'true'
the
restriction
to
UEs
are
assigned
to
the
default
profile
if the
target
frequencies
configured
in
If
mobility
profiles
are
activated
itMODPR
additionally
No
CSFB
to
WCDMA
mobility
will
befrequency
provided
Indicator
to
distinguish
the
GERAN
actSelMobPrf
is
set
tothe
True
and
applies.
profile
is assigned
tocalculate
SPID
value.
If
autoAdapt
is
set
'true':
When
not
specified
the
weight
is
considered
asto0.
UEs
if
no
SPID
value
is
provided
or
if
no
mobility
parameter
is
omitted.
The
algorithm
shall
proportional
weights
refFreqListNaccGeran.
The
frequency
values
applies
tofrequency
UEs
ifARFCN
no lists
SPID
is
provided
orifare
ifthe
no
UEs
which
areofassigned
tovalue
the
default
profile
band
inof
values
associated
(value
autoAdapt
isis
not
relevant).
-ARFCN
theparameter
HO
defined
inthe
LNADJL,
value
which
used
as
reference
towith
profile
iscase
assigned
toto
the
SPID
value.
The
value
isGERAN
based
on
absolute
corresponding
to
configured
values.
There
isano
used
as
references
measurement
mobility
profile
is
assigned
to
the
SPID
value.
parameter
is
omitted.
either
DCS1800
orisPCS1900
carriers.
When
actSelMobPrf
isofset
to false
then
LNCELIf
feature
LTE490
deactivated
the
restriction
LNADJW
andthe
LNADJG
objects
are
used
instead
GERAN
measurement
object
(LNHOG).
radio-frequency
channel
number
ARFCN.
check
about
sum
weights
the
List
of
ARFCN
values
are
used
asone by
objects
(LNHOG).
The
parameter
value
iswhich
based
onconfigured
the
absolute
For
ARFCN
values
not
associated
with
of
idleLBPercentageOfUes
is
taken
into
account
for
applies
to
all
UEs.
of
MODPR
configuration.
Frequency
layers
If
feature
LTE490
is
deactivated
the
restriction
The
parameter
is
meaningless
if
autoAdapt
is
set
user.
references
to
GERAN
measurement
objects
No
SRVCC
to
WCDMA
mobility
will
be
provided
radio-frequency
channel
number
ARFCN.
Indicator
toall
distinguish
the
frequency
those
bands,
the
indicator
has
nowill
meaning.
Idle
Mode
Load
Balancing
.GERAN
No
LTE
Inter
Frequency
mobility
beLNADJG
providedto
if
newly
created
LNADJL,
LNADJW
and
applies
to
UEs.
to
'true'.
(LNHOG).
If
feature
LTE490
'Selective
Mobility
Profiles'
UEs
which
are
assigned
to
the
default
profile
ifset
the
The
parameter
is
meaningless
if
autoAdapt
isis
band
in
case
of
ARFCN
values
associated
with
the
parameter
is
omitted.
objects
are
automatically
included
in
the
default
ARFCN
value
which
isaLNBTS
used
toataas
No
WCDMA
PS
HOthe
mobility
will
be
provided
to
When
not
the
weight
isreference
considered
0.
All
LNHOG
objects
of
cell, as
which
contain
least
enabled
byspecified
parameter
parameter
issetting
omitted.
to
'true'.
either
DCS1800
orfor
PCS1900
carriers.
The
parameter
value
isobject
based
on
the
absolute
profile.
Exception
service
based
handover:
GERAN
measurement
(LNHOG).
UEs
if
the
parameter
is
omitted.
The
parameter
selects
the
kinds
of
UE
the
ARFCN
in for
actSelMobPrf
to
'true'
the
restriction
applies
For
ARFCN
notvalue
associated
with
onebased
ofto
radio-frequency
channel
number
ARFCN.
eNBreference
will treatvalues
the
frequency
list
service
redirections
(CS
fallback,
UE
redirection
with
arfcnValueListGERAN
are
selected
for
UE
UEs
if
no
SPID
value
is
provided
or
if
no
mobility
The
parameter
is
meaningless
if
autoAdapt
set
This
parameter
defines
the
priority
for
target
those
bands,
the
indicator
has no
meaning. is
The
parameter
is
meaningless
ifif autoAdapt
is
set
handover
as empty.
The
parameter
isboth)
meaningless
autoAdapt
isRAT
set
context
release,
for
which
GSM
system
measurement
configuration.
If
the
same
ARFCN
profile
is
assigned
to
the
SPID
value.
to
'true'.
in
selection
of
redirection
target
during
CS
to
'true'. configuration of the corresponding cell is
- REDRT
to
'true'.
information
is
included
in
the
RRC
Connection
value
would
be
configured
in
more
than
one
Fallback
with of
redirection
procedure.
used instead
MODRED
configuration.
Release
message.
LNHOG
instance
of
only
the
first
found
If
feature
LTE490
is a
deactivated
the
restriction
The
parameter
value
iscell,
based
on
the
absolute
Value
1
means
highest
priority
and
value
6 lowest.
MODRED
,
if
present,
is
not
considered
The
parameter
value
is based
on
the
absolute
GSM
system
information
(SI)
will
be
added
for up
LNHOG
object
is
considered.
applies
to
all
UEs.
radio-frequency
channel
number
ARFCN.
-radio-frequency
IRFIM, UFFIM,channel
CDFIM and
GNFL
configuration
number
ARFCN.
to
16
cells.
SI
for
further
GSM
cells
will
be
omitted
All
LNHOG
objects
of
a
cell,
which
contain
at
least
The
parameter
is meaningless
if the MODPR
and serving
carrier
of the corresponding
cell are
even
if
configured
via
LNLRELG
settings.
No
SRVCC
to
GSM
mobility
will
be
provided
to
the
reference
ARFCN
value
in
parameter
autoAdapt
is
set
to
'true'.
used instead of MODIMP. MODIMP, if present, is
UEs
which are assigned
toselected
the default
arfcnValueListGERAN
are
for profile
UE if the

This parameter defines the priority for target RAT

in
selection
of redirection
target
during of
Emergency
This
parameter
is the naming
attribute
the MOC
Call
handling
procedure.
MODRED.
This
parameter
specifies
the cdma2000
Value
1 means
highest
priority
and
valueband
6 lowest.
It
uniquely
identifies
a MODRED
instance.
class.
It must
bespecifies
configured
This parameter
theifcdma2000 ARFCN.
redirRAT=cdma2000HRPD
It
must
be configured
if theoreUTRA
The
parameter
is
meaningless
if the MODPR
This
parameter
specifies
frequency. It
redirRAT=cdma20001xRTT.
redirRAT=cdma2000HRPD
or
parameter
autoAdapt
is
set
to
'true'.
must
be
configured
if
redirRAT=eutra.
This
parameter specifies the UTRA frequency. It
redirRAT=cdma20001xRTT.
The
parameter
is
meaningless
ifif the
MODPR
must
be configured
if redirRAT=utraFDD.
The
parameter
is
meaningless
the
specifies
a list
ARFCN
The
parameter
is
meaningless
if GERAN
the MODPR
MODPR
parameter
autoAdapt
is based
set
to of
'true'.
The
parameter
value
is
on
the
absolute
parameter
autoAdapt
is
set
to
'true'.
values.
parameter
autoAdapt
isthe
setGERAN
to 'true'.frequency
Indicator
to
distinguish
radio-frequency
channel
number ARFCN.
It
must
configured
if redirRAT=geran.
band
inbe
case
of value
ARFCN
values
associated
with
The
parameter
is
based
on
the
absolute
This
parameter
selects
the
RAT
to
which
the
UE is
The
parameter
is
meaningless
ifcarriers.
the
MODPR
value
is based
on
the
absolute
either
GSM
1800
or
GSM
1900
radio-frequency
channel
number
ARFCN.
redirected.
The
parameter
is
meaningless
if
the
MODPR
This
parameter
defines
the
priority
for target
parameter
autoAdapt
set
to 'true'.
radio-frequency
channel
number
ARFCN.
For
ARFCN
values
notis
with
one ofRAT
The
parameter
is meaningless
ifduring
the
MODPR
parameter
autoAdapt
isassociated
set
to 'true'.
in
selection
of
redirection
target
UE
Context
List
of bands,
CDMA2000
HRPD
parameters
needed
for
those
the indicator
has
no meaning.
parameter
autoAdapt
is set
to 'true'.
Release
with
redirection
procedure.
Idle
Mode
mobility
Load
Balancing
provided
UE
This
parameter
must
always
be
configured
iftoIdle
CDMA2000
HRPD
band
class
value
used
for
Value
1 Release
means highest
priority and value 6 lowest.
in
RRC
message
redirRAT=geran.
Mode
mobility
Weight
factor ofisCDMA
HRPD Band
by
The
parameter
meaningless
if Balancing
the used
MODPR
The
UE
shallalgorithm
only
perform
Load
cell
round
robin
for
idle
mode
load
The
parameter
is
meaningless
if
the
MODPR
List
of CDMA2000
1xRTT
for
parameter
autoAdapt
is setparameters
toconfigured
'true'. needed
reselection
for
bands
already
for
Idle
balancing.
parameter
autoAdapt
is setBalancing
to 'true'. provided
in
Idle
Mode
mobility
Load
to
CDMA2000
1xRTT
band
class value
for Idle
Mobility
(inround
CDFIM)
and
transmitted
system
Weighted
robin
algorithm
shallinused
select
UE
in RRC
Release
message
Mode
mobility
information.
There
is
no
need
to
provide
other
Weight one
factor
of CDMA
1xRTT
used load
by
always
target
frequency
forBand
idle mode
The
UE
shall
onlyisperform
Load
bands
than
configured
already
inBalancing
SIBs.
UE cell
willto be
round
robin
algorithm
for
idle
mode
load
balancing,
which
matching
UE
capabilities,
List
of eUTRAN
parameters
needed
for Idle
Mode
reselection
for
bands
already
configured
for
Idle
ignore
such
bands.
balancing.
used
as Load
main Balancing
target for idle
mode to
load
balancing
mobility
provided
UE
in
RRC
eUTRA
as
EARFCN
value
for Idle
Mobility
(in
CDFIM)
and
transmitted
system
Weighted
round
robin
algorithm
shallinused
select
and
thisfrequency
target
will
have
always
highest
priority
Release
message
Mode
mobility
information.There
is
no
need
to
provide
other
Weight one
factor
of EUTRA
carrier
always
frequency
for frequency
idle mode used
load by
assigned
in target
RRC
Release
message.
The
UE
performs
Load
Balancing
cell
bands
than
configured
already
in capabilities,
SIBs.
UE
willto be
round
robin
algorithm
for
idle
mode
load
balancing,
which
isonly
matching
UE
All other
target
frequency
for
idle
mode
load
List
of
GERAN
parameters
needed
for
Idle
Mode
reselection
for
frequencies
already
configured
for
ignore
such
bands.
balancing.
used
as Load
main
target UE
for idle
mode to
load
balancing
balancing
matching
capabilities
and
configured
mobility
Balancing
provided
UE
in
RRC
This
is
an
indicator
to
distinguish
the
GERAN
Idle
Mobility
(in
IRFIM)
and
transmitted
in
system
Weighted
round
robin
algorithm
shall
select
and
this target
have
always
highest
priority
for
SIBs
will
bewill
added
as
well, but
with
lowered
Release
message
frequency
band
in
case
of
ARFCN
values
information.
There
is nofor
need
towith
provide
other
Weight
factor
of
GERAN
carrier
frequency
used by
always
one
target
frequency
for
idle
mode
load
assigned
in
RRC
Release
message.
priorities
as
configured
SIB
kept
hierarchy
These
parameters
will GSM
be used
together
with
associated
with
either
1800
or
GSM
1900
frequencies
than
configured
already
in
SIBs.
UE
round
robin
algorithm
for
idle
mode
load
balancing,
which
is
matching
UE
capabilities,
to be
All
other
target
frequency
for
idle
mode
load
of
priorities.
GERAN
frequency
as ARFCN
geranCarFrqIdleModeL
to buildvalue used for Idle
carriers.
will
ignore
such
frequencies.
balancing.
used
as
main
target
for
idle
mode
load
balancing
balancing
matching UEIE
capabilities
and configured
Mode
mobility.
freqPriorityListGERAN
in
This
parameter
is
the
naming
attribute
of
the
For
ARFCN
values
not
associated
with
one
ofMOC
Weighted
round
robin
algorithm
shall
select
and
this
target
will
have
always
highest
priority
for
SIBs
will
be
added
as
well,
but
with
lowered
The
algorithm
shall
calculate
proportional
weights
Each
ARFCN
value
explicitly
listed.
IdleModeMobilityControlInfo
for
Load
Balancing.
MOIMP.
those
bands,
the
indicator
has
no
meaning.
List of UTRA-FDD
parameters
for
Idle
always
one
frequency
forneeded
idlekept
mode
load
assigned
in target
RRC
Release
priorities
as
configured
for message.
SIB
with
hierarchy
corresponding
to configured
values.
There
is no
It
uniquely
identifies
aofMOIMP
instance.
Mode
mobility
Load
Balancing
provided
to
UE
balancing,
which
is
matching
UE
capabilities,
be
All
other
target
frequency
for
idle
mode
load
of
priorities.
check
about
the
sum
weights
configured
the
Weight
factor
ofwill
UTRA
FDD
Carrier
frequency
The
UE
performs
only
Load
Balancing
cell bytoin
MOIMP
contains
the
Idle
Mobility
configuration
to
This
parameter
be
used
together
with
RRC
Release
message
used
as
main
target
for
idle
mode
load
balancing
balancing
matching
UE
capabilities
and
configured
user.
used
by round
robin
algorithm
for idle
mode
load
reselection
for
frequencies
already
configured
for
UTRA-FDD
frequency
UARFCN
value
used
be
assigned
to
UE
with
corresponding
SPID.
geranCarFrqIdleModeL
to
build
and
this
target
will
have
always
highest
priority
for
SIBs
will
beshall
added
as
well,
but
with
lowered
The
algorithm
calculate
proportional
weights
When
not
specified
theas
weight
is
considered
asfor
0.
balancing.
Idle
Mobility
(in
GNFL)
and
transmitted
in
system
Idle
Mode
mobility
If
MOIMP
is
not
defined,
than
MODIMP
freqPriorityListGERAN
IE
in
List
of WCDMA
cell
frequencies
for
high
assigned
in
RRC
Release
message.
priorities
as
configured
for
SIB
with
kept
hierarchy
corresponding
totarget
configured
values.
There
is no
Weighted
round
robin
algorithm
shall
select
information.
It
does
not
make
sense
to
provide
The
UE
performs
onlyofLoad
cell
configuration
isSwitched
used.
IdleModeMobilityControlInfo
for
Load
Balancing.
priority
Circuit
Fallback
(CSFB).
Allpriorities.
other
target
frequency
forBalancing
idle
mode
load
of
check
about
the
sum
weights
configured
by
the
List
offrequencies
WCDMA
target
cell
frequencies
normal
always
one
target
frequency
for
idle
mode
load
other
than
configured
already
in
SIBs.
reselection
for
frequencies
already
configured
for
balancing
matching
UE
capabilities
and
configured
user.
priority
Circuit
Switched
Fallback
(CSFB).
balancing,
which
is matching
UE capabilities,
to be
UE
will
ignore
such
frequencies.
List
of
downlink
carrier
frequencies
forprovided
LTE
inter
Idle
Mobility
(in
UFFIM)
and
transmitted
inweights
system
No
CSFB
to
WCDMA
mobility
will
be
for
SIBs
will
be
added
as
well,
but
with
lowered
The
algorithm
shall
calculate
proportional
When
not
specified
the
weight
is
considered
asto0.
used
as
main
target
for
idle
mode
load
balancing
frequency
mobility.
information.
There
is no
need
towith
provide
other
List
of
WCDMA
target
for
packet
UEs
which
assigned
tofrequencies
the
default
profile
if to
the
priorities
as
configured
for
SIB
kept
hierarchy
corresponding
to
configured
values.
There
is no
No
toare
WCDMA
mobility
will
be
provided
and
this
target
will
have
always
highest
priority
ThisCSFB
parameter
will
be cell
used
together
with
No
LTE
Inter
Frequency
mobility
will
be
provided
frequencies
than
configured
already
in
SIBs.
switched
handover.
parameter
is
omitted.
of
priorities.
check
about
theassigned
sum
ofcell
weights
configured
byUE
the
List
of
WCDMA
target
frequencies
for
Single
UEs
which
are
to
the
default
profile
if
assigned
in
RRC
Release
message.
geranCarFrqBd
to
build
freqPriorityListGERAN
IE
to
UEs
which
are
assigned
towill
the
profile
if theto the
will
ignore
such
frequencies.
No
WCDMA
PS
HO
mobility
be
provided
The
parameter
value
is based
on
the
absolute
user.
Radio
Voice
Call
Continuity
(SRVCC).
parameter
is
omitted.
All
other
target
frequency
for
idle
mode
load
in
IdleModeMobilityControlInfo
for
Load
Balancing.
Percentage
ofomitted.
UE
tocalculate
be weight
selected
for Idle
Mode
parameter
is
UEs
which
are
assigned
to
the
profile
if the
radio-frequency
channel
number
ARFCN.
The
algorithm
shall
proportional
weights
When
not matching
specified
the
is
considered
as 0.
The
parameter
value
is
based
on
the
absolute
balancing
UE
capabilities
and
configured
Load
Balancing.
The
parameter
value
is
based
on
the
absolute
This
parameter
is
the
naming
attribute
of
the
MOC
parameter
is
omitted.
corresponding
to
configured
values.
There
is
no to
No
SRVCC
mobility
will
be
radio-frequency
channel
number
ARFCN.
for
SIBs
willtobeWCDMA
added
as
well,
but
with
lowered
This
parameter
is
taken
into
account
forprovided
load
radio-frequency
channel
number
ARFCN.
MOPR.
check
about
the
sum
of
weights
configured
by
the
List
of
ARFCN
values
which
are
used
as
UEs
which
are
assigned
toSIB
theis
profile
if the
priorities
as
configured
for
with
kept
hierarchy
balancing
when
actSelMobPrf
true
and
the
It
uniquely
identifies
a
MOPR
instance.
The
parameter
value
is
based
on
the
absolute
user.
references
to
GERAN
measurement
objects
parameter
is
omitted.
of priorities.
Indicator
tospecified
distinguish
GERAN
frequency
specific
MOPR
applies.
(one
MOPR
is defined
radio-frequency
channel
number
ARFCN.
When
not
thethe
weight
is considered
asfor
0.
(LNHOG).
band
in
case
of
ARFCN
values
associated
with
the
SPID
assigned
to
UE).
ARFCN
value
which
is
used
as
reference
to
a
All
LNHOG
objects
of
cell, which
contain
least
The
parameter
value
based
on the
absolute
algorithm
shall
calculate
proportional
weights
either
DCS1800
or PCS1900
carriers.
When
actSelMobPrf
isisafalse,
"Percentage
ofatUEs"
GERAN
measurement
object
(LNHOG).
List
of
ARFCN
values
which
are
used
as
the
reference
ARFCN
value
in
radio-frequency
channel
number
ARFCN.
corresponding
to
configured
values.
There
is
no
For
values
not associated
with one isof
to beARFCN
taken into
account
for load balancing
references
to
GERAN
objects
arfcnValueListGERAN
are
selected
for
UE by the
check
about
the
sum
ofmeasurement
weights
Indicator
distinguish
the
GERAN
frequency
those
bands,
the
indicator
has
noconfigured
meaning.
defined
intoLNCEL.
(LNHOG).
measurement
If the
same ARFCN
user. in case ofconfiguration.
band
ARFCN
values
associated
ARFCN
value
isaused
towith
All
LNHOG
objects
of
cell,
which
contain
ataas
least
value
would
bewhich
configured
inas
more
than one
When
not
specified
the
weight
isreference
considered
0.
either
DCS1800
or
PCS1900
carriers.
GERAN
measurement
object
(LNHOG).
The
parameter
selects
the
kinds
of
UE
the
reference
ARFCN
value
in
LNHOG
instance
of
a
cell,
only
the
first
found
For ARFCN values not associated with one of
redirections
(CS
fallback,
UE
redirection
withRAT
arfcnValueListGERAN
are
selected
fortarget
UE
LNHOG
object
isdefines
considered.
This
the
priority
for
thoseparameter
bands,
the
indicator
has
no meaning.
context
release,
both)
for
which
GSM
system
measurement
configuration.
If
the
same
ARFCN
in selection
of redirection
target
during
CS RAT
This
parameter
defines
for
target
information
included
inthe
the
RRC
Connection
value
would
configured
inpriority
more
than
one to
No NACC
toisbe
GERAN
mobility
will be
provided
Fallback
with
redirection
procedure.
in
selection
of
redirection
target
during
Release
message.
LNHOG
instance
of a cell,
the value
firstifEmergency
found
UEs
which
are assigned
to only
the and
profile
the
Value
1
means
highest
priority
6 lowest.
Call
handling
procedure.
GSM
system
information
(SI) will be added for up
LNHOG
object
is considered.
parameter
is omitted.
Value
1 means
highest
and value
lowest.
to 16 cells.
SI for
furtherpriority
GSM cells
will be6omitted
even
if configured
viamobility
LNLRELG
settings.
No SRVCC
to GSM
will be
provided to
UEs which are assigned to the profile if the
parameter is omitted.

This parameter is the naming attribute of the MOC

MORED.
This parameter specifies the cdma2000 band
It
uniquely
identifies
a MORED
instance.
class.
It must
bespecifies
configured
This parameter
theifcdma2000 ARFCN.
redirRAT=cdma2000HRPD
or
The
parameter
is based
on the frequency.
absolute It
This
parameter value
specifies
the eUTRA
redirRAT=cdma20001xRTT.
radio-frequency
channel
number
ARFCN.
must
be configured
if redirRAT=eutra.
This parameter
specifies
the UTRA frequency. It
must
be
configured
if
redirRAT=utraFDD.
The
parameter
specifies
It
must
be configured
if a list of GERAN ARFCN
The
parameter value is based
absolute
values.
redirRAT=cdma2000HRPD
or on the
Indicator
to distinguish
the
GERAN
frequency
radio-frequency
channel
number
ARFCN.
It
must
be
configured
if
redirRAT=geran.
redirRAT=cdma20001xRTT.
band
in case of selects
ARFCNthe
values
with
This parameter
RATassociated
to which the
UE is
either
GSM
1800
or
GSM
1900
carriers.
redirected.
This
parameter
defines
the priority with
for target
For ARFCN
values
not associated
one ofRAT
in
selection
of
redirection
target
during
UE
Context
This parameter
the feature
those
bands, theactivates/deactivates
indicator has no meaning.
Release
with
redirection
procedure.
"Security
Ethernet"
This
parameter
must
always
be configured if
Altitude
infor
meters
(coded
value)
Value 1 means
highest
priority
and value 6 lowest.
redirRAT=geran.
Relation
between
coded
Altitude
N is
and
range of
BTS
Auto
connection
hardware ID
System
Note
for
FSMr3
hardware:
absolute
altitudes
a
(a
>=
0
meters)
it
encodes
is
Module
Core Assembly
serial
number
: always
Auto
connection
siteofIDthe
is inserted
by may
operator
The
reconfiguration
parameter
lead to
the
following:
present
in FSM
HW.
using
element
manager
during
connection.
a
temporary
loss
of the connection.
This
parameter
indicates
if Autoauto
Configuration
is
allowed
or
blocked
by
a
local
installer
working
at
for
0
<=
N
<=
2^15-2:
Defines the configuration data alignment check.
the
N
<=site.
a < N+1not evaluate this parameter for any
NetAct
Definesdoes
the period of forced CCN sending from
purpose.
Therefore eNB can set this parameter to
eNB.
Multiradio
Flexi date-time)
BTS creates
this parameter
with
for
Nvalue
= 2^15-1:
any
(e.g.
in
order
to force
the
If
no other
eNB
parameter
isfor
modified
within
time
value
True
when
it
is
ready
Auto
Configuration.
a
>=
2^15-1
Defines
thecmSyncCheckPeriod
revision
data.
eNB
to send
a CCN of the configuration
defined
by
then
eNB
This
parameter
is relevant
only
when
Multiradio
The
eNB
increases
valueparameter
by
one
forand
each
CCN
Latitude
site.
modifies
cmSyncCheck
reports
Flexi
BTSof
is
not
commissioned.
According
to
above
relation an encoded
value Nitin
message.
Note:
This
parameter
is
only
used
internally
CCN.
Longitude of to
site.
corresponds
a range of absolute altitudesfor
a in
purposes
of
autoconnection
and
isinternally
normally for
not
Note:
This
parameter
is
only
used
metres
This
is an off
instance
identifierforced
of object
MRBTS;
it is
filled.
To
switch
the periodical
sending
ofnot
CCN
purposes
of autoconnection
and
isId.
normally
used
as
Multiradio
Flexi
BTS
Site
This
id
is
the
The
list defines commissioned
passive
units.
the
cmSyncCheckPeriod
parameter
value
shall be
filled.
same
as the LNBTS identifier.
removed.
Free text about the passive unit in question.
Defines the name of the passive unit in question.
Defines the product code of the passive unit in
question.
Defines the serial number of the passive unit in
question.
Defines the version of the passive unit in question.
This parameter indicates if Multiradio Flexi BTS
should
automatically
go tothe
thepartner
"Test Dedicated"
This parameter
indicates
technologies
state
in
start-up.
which
share
the
same
RF
equipment.
The system
Defines the BTS FaultIds that trigger automatic
will
set
this
parameter
automatically
based
on RF
symptomthe
data
collection.
Defines
used
Timedefined
Zone. to the BTS.
sharing
configuration
Fault numbers
are defined
for purely informatory
Defines
the product
code ofbetween
the module
(radio
purposes
may change
versions.
The
formatand
isbaseband
predefined,
for example
for Helsinki
module(FR),
extension
module
(FSP) or
This
parameter
hasbase
the E-UTRAN
Cell Identifier
Operator
does
not
any automated
"(GMT+2)
Europe/Helsinki".
system
module
(FSM)).
(eutraCelId)
of fault
the Cell
corresponding
toUE
the
processing
on
numbers.
Defines
theis
maximum
number
of active
Parameter
used
in
offline
mode
commissioning
traced
cell.
It
is
the
same
as
contained
in
theon
EOperator
should
modify
this
parameter
only
connections
traced
within
a the
cell
for a
trace
This
indicates
the
status
cell
session
in
BTS
Site
Manager
andofin
prevalidation
in
Utran
cell
global
identifier
(ECGI)
oftrace
the cell.
explicit
request
by
technical
support.
session.
i.e.
trace
session
or
NetAct.
Thewhether
parameters
ofE-UTRAN
this
structure
whether
This
containsthe
thecell
Cell describe
idisofenabled
the cell
for
disabled.
vendor
specific
extension
tracing
on
cell
level
which
the
trace
needs
to
be
enabled
or
disabled.
This parameter describes whether tracing of (at
present
only RLC
tracing,
MAC
tracing
and
TA
This
corresponds
to
ECIon
contained
inasE-CGI
of the
instantaneous
TA UE
value
cell level
partbe
of
This
identifies
an
trace
session
Note:
This
parameter
currently
should
only
set
Tracing)
is
enabled
or
not.
cell.
vendor
specific
extension
tracing
is enabled
or
This
is
a
unique
identifier
to
identify
a
Trace
to
enabled
(i.e.
TRUE).
MCC
of
PLMN
ID
contained
in
Trace
Reference
If this optional parameter is empty, i.e. if no cellId
not.
Session
globally.
This
contains
Trace
Reference
This
isofthe
MCC
of
thesession
PLMNinis
ID
contained
thein
is
provided,
theID
trace
valid
for
all in
cells
MNC
PLMN
contained
Trace
Reference
and
Trace
Recording
Session
Reference.
This is
Trace
Reference
of
E-UTRAN
Trace
ID.
the
eNB.
This
is the
MNC
the
PLMN
ID contained
in the
Length
ofas
MNC
ofofPLMN
ID parameters
contained
induring
Trace
received
as part
of trace
Trace
Reference
of
E-UTRAN
Trace
ID.
Reference
trace
for aevery
trace session.
session. In
Traceactivation
ID identifies
cell trace
This
is
the
length
of
the
MNC
of
the PLMN
ID
combination
with Session
PLMN ID,
the identifier
becomes
Trace
Recording
Reference
is set
to
contained
in the Trace
Reference
of E-UTRAN
unique.
invalid
value for Cell trace session by O&M as it
Trace
ID.
Trace
ID is
partthis.
of Trace
Reference
contained
in
does not
need
It is set
by system
for
E-UTRAN
Trace
ID.
identification of every call in a cell and is written
E-UTRAN
Trace ID
unique
into Trace Report
foristhe
cell. id identifying a trace
session.
Trace Recording Session Reference is part of EE-UTRAN
Trace
UTRAN
Trace
ID.ID is made up of Trace
Reference
Trace Recording Session
It is 2 Octetand
length.

This parameter is the naming attribute of the MOC

MTRACE.
The Trace Port Number to be used for this Cell
trace
session
while
establishing
IP address
of the
trace
collectiontrace
entity of 3rd
connection(TCP)
towards
3rdonly
Party
Tool.Party
This will
Party
Tool.
This
will
be
used
if 3rd
If
traceRrcMsgCategory
=
UEspecific
then
the is
be
used
only
if
3rd
Party
Tracing
for
Cell
Trace
Tracing
for traceRrcUeSpecMsgLst
Cell Trace is enabled and
the provided
parameter
contains
list of
If
traceRrcMsgCategory
= allNetAct
or
used.
IP
address
ismessages
different from
IP address.
UE
specific
to
be
traced.
traceRrcMsgCategory
= nonUEspecific
then
parameter
indicates
ifnonUEspecific
all RRC
messages
This
is
the IP address
of
Collection
Entityare
i.e
If
traceRrcMsgCategory
=Trace
then
the
traceRrcNonUeSpecMsgList
contains
list
of enum
traced
(all),
specific
list(s)
of
RRC
messages
as
to
which
all
trace
records
are
sent
for
the
user
If
= all or to becontains
parameter
traceRrcNonUeSpecMsgLst
fortraceRrcMsgCategory
theSession.
non-UE
specific
messages
traced.
defined
in parameter
traceRrcMsgCategory
Trace
traceRrcMsgCategory
==UEspecific
then
list
of n
If
traceS1MsgCategory
UEspecific
then the
Note:
These
non-UE
specific
(eNB
related)
(specific),
or
RRC
not
traced
at
all
(none).
traceRrcUeSpecMsgList
contains
list
of enum
for
on-UE
specific
messages
to be
traced.
parameter
traceS1UeSpecMsgLst
contains
of
messages
(e.g.
Paging)=were
not
included
inlist
RL20
If
traceS1MsgCategory
all
or
the
UE
specific
messages
to
be
traced.
If
traceRrcMsgCategory
=
all
then
the
both
lists
UE
specific
messages
to
be
traced.
cell
trace,
but
only
in
interface
trace.
traceS1MsgCategory
= nonUEspecific
then are
This
parameter indicates
all S1 messages
are
present.
If
traceS1MsgCategory
= ifnonUEspecific
then
the
traceS1NonUeSpecMsgList
contains
list
of as
enum
traced
(all),traceS1NonUeSpecMsgLst
specific list(s)
of or
S1 messages
If
traceS1MsgCategory
=
all
parameter
contains
for the non-UE
specific
messages to be traced. list
defined
in parameter
traceS1MsgCategory
traceS1MsgCategory
==
UEspecific
of
non-UE
specific
messages
to bethen
traced.
If
traceX2MsgCategory
UEspecific
then the
Note:
These
non-UE
specific
(eNB
related)
(specific),
or S1 not traced
atthen
all (none).
traceS1UeSpecMsgList
contains
list
of
enum
If
traceS1MsgCategory
=
all
the
both
are
parameter
traceX2UeSpecMsgLst
contains
listfor
of
messages
(e.g.
S1
setup
or
reset)
were
notlists
If
traceX2MsgCategory
= all
or
the
UE
specific
messages
to
be
traced.
present.
UE
specific
messages
to
be
traced.
included
in
RL20
cell
trace,
but
only
in
interface
traceX2MsgCategory
= nonUEspecific
then are
This
parameter indicates
all X2 messages
If
traceX2MsgCategory
= ifnonUEspecific
then
the
trace.
traceX2NonUeSpecMsgList
contains
list
of as
enum
traced
(all),traceX2NonUeSpecMsgLst
specific list(s)
of or
X2 messages
If
traceX2MsgCategory
=
all
parameter
contains
for the non-UE
specific
messages to be traced. list
defined
in parameter
traceX2MsgCategory
traceX2MsgCategory
= UEspecific
of
non-UE
specific
messages
to bethen
traced.
This
parameter
identifies
a at
Maintenance
Note:
These
non-UE
specific
(eNB
related)
(specific),
or X2 not traced
all (none).
traceX2UeSpecMsgList
contains
list
of
enum
for
If
traceX2MsgCategory
=
all
then
the
both
are
Association.
Up specifies
to 15
associations
may
exist
messages
(e.g.
X2
setup
or reset)
were
notlistsin
This
parameter
the
period
for sending
the
UE
specific
messages
to
be
traced.
present.
the
BTS. inCheck
included
RL20 cell
trace, but
only in interface
Continuity
messages
(CCMs).
This
trace.parameter specifies the name of the
Maintenance
Association.
This flag indicates
if Vlan mapping is enabled for
this
Service
OAM
ethernetthe
interface.
Value "true"
This parameter specifies
VLAN identifier
that
means
that
Vlan
mapping
is
enabled.
In case Vlan
is
associated
to
the
Maintenance
Association.
This
parameter
identifiesall
a Maintenance
mapping
isuses
not this
enabled,
messages
onDomain.
the
The
FTM
VLAN
identifier
in
the
Service
Up
to
10
domains
may
exist
on
the
BTS.
This
parameter
specifies
the
level
of
the
interface
will
be
sent
in
plain
format.
OAM messages its sends over the Service OAM
Maintenance
Domain.
This parameter
specifies in
the
name
of the
ethernet
link (configured
the
OAMMEP
Maintenance
Domain.
managed
object).
This parameter
specifies if the transmission of AIS
messages
is enabled.
This
allowsVLAN
sending
continuity
Note:parameter
The configured
identifier
mustcheck
match
messages
(ETH_CCM)
towards
the
remote
Thisrestrictions
parameter of
specifies
theidentifier
ethernetsettings
link thatof
the
the
the VLAN
Maintenance
Association
Endpoints
(MEPs)
of the
BTS
uses
for
sending
Service
OAM
messages.
the
Layer
2
bridges
of
the
FTM,
in
order
to
prevent
This Point.
parameter
identifies
the Maintenance
End
Changing
the
parameter
from
false
(not
The
parameter
isOAM
a local
managed
object
instance
that the
Service
messages
are
discarded
in
association
Endpoint
(MEP).
This
parameter
specifies
the
list
of
Maintenance
allowed)
to
true
(allowed)
resets
the
CCM
identifier
(LMOID), i.e. a reference to an instance
the bridge.
Association
thatMEPs.
are contained
counters
andEndpoints
alarms
of(MEPs)
allthe
remote
This
parameter
specifies
MAC
address
of the
of
object
class
ETHLK.
in
the
Maintenance
Association.
Maintenance
Association
End
Point
(MEP).
Format:
"FTM-1/ETHLK-1-*"
This parameter identifies the Maintenance
Note:The
MAC
must be a unicast MAC
Association
Endaddress
Point (MEP).
This
parameter
specifies
the PCP bits value to be
address.
where
used
for
Service
OAM
messages
for
this
This parameter
specifies
the Link
OAM
FTM-#:
# = a parent
instance
of object
class
Maintenance
association
Endpoint
(MEP).
operational
mode
at
the
local
peer.
If
false,
the
ETHLK,
This
is
always
1
(static
MO)
This parameter specifies for how long critical
BTS
will
only
respond
to
a
remotely
initiated
ETHLK-#-#.#
=
an
instance
of
object
class
ETHLK
event
flags mustspecifies
be cleared
before
the value
BTS for
This
parameter
thethe
threshold
discovery
process,
if active
BTS Critical
will itself
clears
the
corresponding
Link
OAM
Event
counting
the
Errored
Frame
If the number
This
parameter
specifies
theEvent.
measurement
initiate
the
process.
Example:
FTM-1/ETHLK-1-1
alarm.
of
errored
frames
detected
within
the
interval
for counting
the Errored
Frame value
Event.for
If
This
parameter
specifies
the threshold
measurement
window
specified
by
the
number
of
errored
frames
detected
within
the
counting
the Errored
Frame
Event.
If the
This
parameter
specifies
thePeriod
measurement
efEventWindow
is exceeded,
the
transmits
measurement
interval
exceeds
theBTS
threshold
number
of
received
errored
frames
within
the
interval
for
counting
the
Errored
Frames.
Iffor
the
an
OAM
PDU
Event
Notification
message
that
This
parameter
specifies
the threshold
value
for
number
specified
in parameter
efEventThreshold,
measurement
window
specified
by within
number
of
received
errored
frames
the
event.
counting
the Errored
Frame
Seconds
Summary
the
FTM
transmits
OAM
Event
This
parameter
specifies
thePDU
measurement
efpEventWindow
isan
exceeded,
the
BTS
transmits
measurement
interval
exceeds
the
threshold
Event.
Iffor
thecounting
number
of
errored
frame
seconds
Notification
message
for
that event.
interval
the
Errored
Frame
Seconds
an
OAM
PDU
Event
Notification
message
for that
This
parameter
specifies
how
often
the
BTS
number
specified
in
parameter
The
maximum
value
of
efEventThreshold
equals
that
occurred
during
thenumber
specified
measurement
Summary
Event.
If
the
of
errored
frame
event.
repeats
the transmission
of
OAM
Events
efpEventThreshold,
BTS
transmits
an
"32
bit
value".
This
parameter
specifies
if the
BTS
supports
Link
interval
specified
by the
efssEventWindow
is OAM
seconds
thatNotification
occurred
the
specified
The
maximum
value
ofduring
efpEventThreshold
equals
Notifications
to
its
remote
peer
to
increase
the
PDU
Event
message
for
that
event.
OAM
events.
exceeded,
the
BTS
transmits
an
OAM
PDU
Event
This
parameter
describes
a unique
configurable
measurement
interval
exceeds
the
"32
bit
value".
probability
that
they
are
bythreshold
the remote
Notification
message
forreceived
that event.
name
for
each
link
OAM
profile.
number
specified
in
parameter
This
parameter
specifies
the
duration
ofnumber
a
peer.
The
parameter
specifies
the
total
of
The maximum value of
efssEventThreshold,
theefssEventThreshold
BTS
transmits
an
OAM
loopback
operation
initiated
by
the
BTS
or
by
the
repetitive
transmissions
of
such
messages.
equals
"16
bit
value".
PDU
Event
remote
peer.Notification message for that event.

If set to "true", the FTM enables the discovery

process
for Linkidentifies
OAM loopback
initiated
This parameter
a Link requests
OAM profile.
by a remote network element. If set to "false",
This
parameter
specifies
the
number
of frames
/
loopback
initiated
from the
remote
network
are not
second
toby
bethe
sent
during
loopback
operation
for
This parameter
specifies
the
ethernet
frame
size
accepted
FTM.
BTS
allows
to
start
only
Link
OAM.
of
test
messages
sent during
loopback operation
one
loopback.
This
parameter
identifies
the
performance
Value
0By
switched
the
test
frame
generator
off.
for
Link
OAM.
NOTE:
default,
the
parameter
is setclass.
to 'false'
measurement
common
administration
The performance
data reporting
interval
There
is only
instance
PMCADM.
configures
theone
intervalof
in class
which
the Cell
Flexi
configuration
oftime
measurement
type LTE
Multiradio
BTS
uploads
collected
LTE
Availability
configuration
of measurement
type
LTENetwork
Cell Load
performance measurement
data
to the
configuration of
measurement type LTE Cell
Management
system.
Resource
configuration of measurement type LTE Cell
Throughput
configuration of measurement type LTE EPS
Bearer
configuration of measurement type LTE
Intersystem
configurationHandover
of measurement type LTE Handover
to
eHRPD
per
bandclass
configuration ofeHRPD
measurement
type LTE Neighbour
Cell
related
Inter
System
Handover
to GSM
configuration of measurement type LTE
Neighbour
Cell
related
Inter
System
Handover
to UTRAN
configuration of measurement type LTE
Inter eNB
Handover
configuration of measurement type LTE Intra eNB
Handover
configuration of measurement type LTE Handover
configuration of measurement type LTE Power
and
Quality DL
configuration
of measurement type LTE Power
and
Quality
UL
configuration of measurement type LTE QoS
configuration of measurement type LTE RRC
configuration of measurement type LTE Radio
Bearer
configuration of measurement type LTE S1AP
configuration of measurement type LTE Transport
Load
configuration of measurement type LTE UE and
Service
Differentiation
configuration
of measurement type LTE UE State
configuration of measurement type LTE X2AP
configuration of measurement type LTE eNB Load
configuration of measurement type LTE Neighbour
cell related
Handover
This
parameter
identifies the performance
management
measurement
administration
Measurement interval for Ethernet
interface
interface
for
Radio
Network
Layer.
There is only
statistics
measurement
in
minutes.
Measurement
for Ethernet Link
one
instanceRange
ofinterval
class
PMRNL.
Acceptable
is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440
measurement
in
minutes.
Measurement
for IPSec
measurement in
minutes,
whereinterval
'0' means
disabled.
Acceptable
is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440
minutes. Range
Measurement
interval
for
IP
Filtering
minutes,
where
'0' means
disabled.
Acceptable
Range
is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440
measurement
in minutes.
Measurement
interval
for
IP
Statistics
minutes,
where
'0' is
means
disabled.
Acceptable
range
0/15/30/60/360/720/1440
measurement
in
minutes.
Measurement
interval
for L2
switch statistics
minutes,
where
'0' means
disabled.
Acceptable
Range
is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440
measurement
in
minutes.
Measurement
interval
for PHB
Statistics
minutes,
where
'0' means
disabled.
Acceptable
Range
is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440
measurement
in minutes.
Measurement
interval
for
TAC
statistics
minutes,
where
'0' means
disabled. The parameter
Acceptable
Range
is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440
measurement
in
minutes.
Measurement
interval
for
TOP
FreqSync statistics
supports
FTIB
HW
unit.
minutes,
where
'0' means
disabled.
Acceptable
Range
is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440
measurement
in
minutes.
Measurement
interval
for TOP
PhaseSync
minutes,
where
'0' means
disabled.
Acceptable
Range
is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440
statistics
measurement
in
minutes.
Measurement
interval
for TWAMP
minutes,
where
'0' means
disabled.statistics
Acceptable
Range
is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440
measurement
in minutes.
Measurement
interval
for
VLAN
IP Statistics
minutes,
where '0' means
disabled.
Acceptable
is FDD
0/15/30/60/360/720/1440
measurement
in minutes.
Note:This isRange
valid
for
only.
minutes,
where
'0' means
disabled.
Acceptable
Range
is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440
minutes, where '0' means disabled.

Measurement interval for VLAN PHB Statistics

measurement
in minutes.
Measurement interval
for VLAN interface statistics
Acceptable
Range
is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440
measurement
in
minutes.
This
parameter
identifies
the
performance
minutes,
where
'0' means
disabled.
Acceptable
Range
is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440
management
measurement
configuration
This
parameter
is
used
to
lock
and unlock within
the
minutes,
where The
'0' means
disabled.
BTS
Transport.
value
is
always
1.
ethernet
link
interface.
This parameter specifies the attenuation for the
Locking
the the
interface
deactivates it.
signal
from
transmitter.
This parameter
specifies the frame format of the
All
attenuation
values
are PDH
specified
in dBofatthe
772
PDH
signal for state
aidentifies
physical
interface
This
the
PDH
interface.
Administrative
rules
forsupported
correct
kHz. parameter
This parameter
is only
on T1
unit.
configurations:
This tables maps Diff Servce Code Point (DSCP)
interfaces.
Format:
unit#-if#
values
Outdoor
Module
FSMx
to
Hop
Behaviours
(PHB) and
VLAN
This
parameter
specifies
a Diff
Code
For
E1
thePer
possible
values
are:
1.
ETHLK
0-1
at
FSMx
can
beServce
unlocked
ifPoint
priority
bit
(PCP)
values.
value.
-where
DOUBLEFRAME
or
This parameter
designates
a per hop behaviour
Basic
module FSMx
present.
-wird
MULTIFRAME.
drop
precedence
within
the
PHB
class
group
unit#
=
slot
number
of
the
unit
the
2.
ETHLK
0-2
at
FSMx
can
becontaining
unlocked
if
This table
parameter
value
of the
The
has asspecifies
most 64the
entries,
one
for VLAN
each
for
Assured
Forwarding
(AF)
or
the
PHB classes
PDH
interfaces,
and
Basic
module
FSMx
present
and
enable
priority
bits
for
a
given
DSCP
value.
possible
DSCP
value.
For
non-configured
DSCP
PHB
class
counters
shall
only
be
available
when
For
only
possible
value
is:
Best
Effort
or
Expedited
Forwarding
(EF).
if# T1
= the
the
interface
number
the
physical
RP301Interface
= false
and
ifof
(TRS
sub-module
values,
the (BE)
following
defaults
are
used:
this
parameter
is
enabled.
-4
EXTENDED_SUPERFRAME.
This
isnot
a set
of 5
weight
values
for
the
traffic and
PHB
classes
are
defined
within
the
interface
on
the
unit
FTIF/FTLF
present
and ETHLK
1-1
= Assured
locked
dscp:
configured
queues
associated
to
the
Per
Hop
Behaviours:
Forwarding
group
(AF1
to
AF4)
and
three
ETHLK
1-3
=
locked).
This
isBest
the
weight
value ofvalue
the traffic
queuedrop
pHB:
Effort
For
JT1
the
only
possible
is:
-precedences
Assured
Forwarding
4
(AF4)
within
each
class.
Within
each classif
and
3.
ETHLK
1-1
at
FTIF/FTLF
can
be
unlocked
associated
to the Per
Hop
Behaviour
Assured
vlanPrio:
0.weight
is
the
value
of the
traffic1 queue
-This
EXTENDED_MULTIFRAME.
-the
Assured
Forwarding
(AF3)
drop
precedence
is3 as
follows:
(e.g.
AF41) =
for
FTIB/FTLB,
TRS
sub-module
FTIF/FTLF
present
and ETHLK
Forwarding
Class
1
(AF1).
associated
to: This
the
Hop
Behaviour
Assured
This
islocked
the
weight
value
of
the
traffic
-low
Assured
Forwarding
2 (AF2)
drop
(e.g.
=queue
medium
unit#:
1precedence,
is always
1,AF42)
since
there
is only
1-3
is
andPer
ETHLK
0-2
=
locked.
Forwarding
Class
2FTIF/FTLF
(AF2).
associated
to
the
Per
Hop
Behaviour
Assured
-drop
Assured
Forwarding
1
(AF1)
precedence
and
3
(
e.g.
AF43)
=
high
1
slot.
4.
ETHLK
1-2
at
can
be
unlocked
This is the weight value of the traffic queue drop if
Forwarding
Class
3 (AF3).
-precedence.
Bestsub-module
Effort
(BE.
if#:
1..4 to
TRS
present and
ETHLK
associated
the FTIF/FTLF
Per
Hop
Behaviour
Assured
This
islocked.
the
weight
value
of the
traffic
queue
Weight
value
range
is
between
1
and
10.000.
1-4
is
Forwarding
Class
4 (AF4).
associated
to
the
HopBTS
Behaviour
Best
Effortofif
This
parameter
identifies
transport
Quality
for ETHLK
FTIF
(optional
outdoor
external
5.
1-3
atPer
FTIF/FTLF
can
beTransport
unlocked
(BE).
Service
(QOS)
configuration.
The
value
is
always
module)
and FIIF
(optional
indoor
external
TRS parameter
sub-module
FTIF/FTLF
present,
ETHLK
This
specifies
if the
DSCP
value
is 1-1
1.
Transport
is
lockedmodule),
and
ETHLK 0-2
=Support
locked.
overwritten
in
outgoing
Site
Equipment
This
tables
traffic
types tois DSCP
values.
unit#:
1 maps
: The
slot
number
thisisis if
6.
ETHLK
1-4
atThe
FTIF/FTLF
can'1',
besince
unlocked
(SSE)
messages.
new
DSCP
value
itself
In
this
release
the
table
contains
entries
for codes
This
is
the
Diff
Service
Code
Point
(DSCP)
an
additional
unit
TRS
sub-module
FTIF/FTLF
present
and
ETHLK
specified
in parameter
trafficTypesMap.
-that
Control
plane
traffic
eNB
should
use for
a specific
traffic on
type.
if#:
1..8
: Value
range
1..8
for
IF1..IF8
1-2
isthe
locked.
parameter
specifies
aistraffic
type.
-This
ICMP
traffic
NOTE:On
FSMr2
HW for for
traffic
type C-Plane,
the
this unit
Allowed
values
are:
Note:
This
is
not
relevant
FlexiZone
Micro
The
parameter
selects
the kinds
of UEBTS reset to
-modification
IPSec
IKE
traffic
of
dscp
requires
manual
Note:This Signalling
is not applicable
for (C-plane)
FlexiZonebetween
Micro
CPLANE:
transport
product.
(CSvalue
fallback,
UE redirection
with
-redirections
Management
plane
traffic
parameter
defines
priority
for
target
RAT in
take
new
dscp
into
use.
hardware.
This
Indoor
Module
FSIx
eNB
and
MME
(S1AP
protocol)
and
signalling
context
release,
both)
fortraffic
which
GSMCS
system
-selection
Synchronization
plane
of redirection
during
Fallback
1.
ETHLK
0-1 defines
at eNB
FSIxtarget
can be
unlocked
if Basic
This
parameter
priority
for
target
RAT
in
transport
between
nodes
(X2AP
protocol).
information
is
included
in
the
RRC
Connection
-with
BFD1
to
BFD16
redirection
procedure.
Module
FSIx
present
and
ETHLK
0-3
is
locked.
selection
of
redirection
target
during
Emergency
ICMP:
ICMP
traffic
with
high
and
low
priority.
This
must bepriority
configured
if is not
Release
message.
- Siteparameter
support
equipment
(SSE).(This
Value
1 means
highest
value
6 iflowest.
2. ETHLK
0-2
at FSIx can beand
unlocked
Basic
Call
handling
procedure.
IKE:
IPSec
IKE
traffic.
redirRAT=cdma2000-HRPD
GSM
system
information
(SI)orwill be added for up
supported
for
FlexiZone
Micro)
Specifies
the
cdma2000
ARFCN.
Module
FSIx
present
and
ETHLK
0-4
is locked.
Value
1
means
highest
priority
and
value
6
lowest.
MPLANE:
Transport
of
O&M
data
between
eNB
redirRAT=cdma2000-1xRTT.
to
16parameter
cells.
SI for
further
GSM cells
will
be omitted
-The
ICMP
Neighbour
Solicitation/Advertisement
and
value
is
based
the
absolute
3. ETHLK
0-3
at FSIx
can
beon
unlocked
ifref
Basic
Specifies
the
eUTRA
frequency
(max
value
to
and
the
OPS
System
with
high
and
low
priority.
Specifies
the
cdma2000
band
class.
even
if
configured
via
LNLRELG
settings.
MLD
messages(HighPrioICMPv6).
(This
is
radio-frequency
channel
ARFCN.
Module
FSIx
present
andnumber
ETHLK
0-1 is(Timing
locked.
36.331)
SPLANE:
Synchronization
plane
traffic
This
parameter
specifies
frequency.
supported
only in
FSMR3the
andUTRA
FlexiZone
Micro It
4.
ETHLK
0-4value
at FSIx
can beon
unlocked
if Basic
The
parameter
is
based
the absolute
over
Packet)
must
be
configured
if
redirRAT=utraFDD.
HW)
List
of
GERAN
ARFCN
values
(in
addition
to
s).
This
parameter
must
be
configured
if
Module
FSIx
present
and
ETHLK
0-2
is
locked.
radio-frequency
channel
number
ARFCN.
BFD(BFD1
to BFD16):
The
parameter
value
is Bidirectional
based
on theifForwarding
absolute
This
parameter
must
be
configured
redirRAT=cdma2000-HRPD
or
5. ETHLK
0-5 at FSIxthe
canGERAN
be unlocked
if Basic
Indicator
to distinguish
frequency
Detection
radio-frequency
channel
The
default
mapping
is asnumber
follows:ARFCN.
redirGfollowingARFCNsSwitch=explicitListOfARF
redirRAT=cdma2000-1xRTT.
module
FSIx
present
and
enable
RP301Interface
band
in
case
of
ARFCN
values
associated
with
This
parameter
must
be
configured
if
SSE:
Site
Support
Equipment
This
parameter
selects
the RAT to which the
UE is
TrafficType
DSCP
(PHB)
CNs
= falseGSM
and TRS
sub-module
FIIF
present
and
either
1800
or
GSM
1900
carriers.
redirRAT=eutra.
HighPrioICMPv6:
ICMPv6
traffic
with
high
and
low
redirected.
The
parameter
is
meaningless
if
the
MODPR
---------------------------------This
parameter
defines
priority
for1-2=locked.
target
RAT
in
ETHLK
1-1=locked
and
ETHLK
For
ARFCN
values
not
associated
with
one
of
priority.
parameter
is set toduring
'true'. UE Context
CPLANE:
46 (EF)
selection
ofautoAdapt
redirection
6.
ETHLK
1-1
atindicator
FIIF target
can
be unlocked
if TRS
This
parameter
thehas
number
of redirection
those
bands,
thedefines
no meaning.
ICMP:
10
(AF11)
Release
with
redirection
procedure.
sub-module
FIIF
present,
ETHLK
1-2
is
locked
targets
specified
for
the
respective
cell
and
This
parameter
must
always
be
configured
ifthis
Defines
is RET
AISG
RET
or Non-AISG
RET.
IKE: 1 means
34 highest
(AF41)
Value
priority
and
value
6 lowest.
and enableisRP301Interface
= of
false
andREDRT.
ETHLK
0parameter
naming
attribute
MOC
redirRAT=geran.
MPLANE:
34 between
(AF41) the direction
The
elevation angle
5=
locked.
Selectable
values
is (EF)
0 (false)=
Siemens
AISG1.1,
SPLANE:
46 antenna
orthogonal
to1-2
the
element
axis
and
the
7.
at
FIIF can
be unlocked
if TRS
A
listETHLK
containing:
operating
frequency
band,
TMARET
RET,
Siemens
proprietary
AISG1.1
RET
BFD1
to
BFD16:
34
(AF41)
maximum
of
its
main
beam
in
the
elevation
plane.
sub-module
FIIF
present
and
ETHLK
1-1
is
beamwidth
and
the operation
gain
The
beamwidth
for the
band.
Some
RET
and
1antenna
(trueelectrical
)=
3GPP
RET.
SSE:
10
(AF11)
A
positive
tilt
angle
means
that
the
locked
and
enable RP301Interface
= false and
types
may
automatically
update
the
HighPrioICMPv6:56
(EF)
The
antenna
operation
band.
Some
RET
types
antenna
beam
is directed
below
the beamwidth
direction
ETHLK
0-5=
locked.
information
based
on
the configuration
data
Note:
A modification
might
leadband
in loosing
control
may
automatically
update
the
information
orthogonal
to
the
antenna
axis.
The
BTS
creates
Note:
If ETHLK
0-5
atRET
FSIx
is unlocked
and
TRS
The
antenna
gain
for
the
band.
Some
RET
types
downloaded
into
the
device.
Some
devices
over
the
RET
device
when
the
AISG
support
based
on theFIIF
configuration
data
downloaded
into
the
parameter
to gets
SCF.
Thethe
parameter
value isis
sub-module
added,
then

if
may
automatically
update
gain
information
Antenna
Bearing
may
also
restrict
overwriting
themay
field.
different.
the
RET
Some
devices
also
restrict
read
from
device.
The user
sets
theit parameter
enableRP301Interface
is
true
then
is used
as
based
ondevice.
the
configuration
data
downloaded
into
Antenna
height
overwriting
the
field.
One
frequency
band
may be
value
at least
once
according
the
rp3 RET
interface
else
ETHLK
0-2 to
ismay
locked
the
device.
Some
devices
alsoand
restrict
given
only
once.
configuration/network
Otherwise, the present
external
module
ports plan.
are used
overwriting
the field.
supported
antenna
band(s)
according
value (factory
or oldoperating
setting) exists.
Setting
tilt to
3GPP
are:
angle
of
a
RET
device
might
take
up
to
2
minutes
Module FSIH
Band
I: 2100
MHz
according
to0-1
3GPP
stardards.
A unlocked
typical timeiffor
the
1. ETHLK
at FSIH
can be
Basic
Band
II: FSIH
1900
MHz and ETHLK
calibration
is approximately
15-30 seconds.
Module
present
0-3 is locked.
Band
III: 1800
MHz
According
to0-2
3GPP
standards,
tilt of if Basic
2. ETHLK
at FSIH
can besetting
unlocked
Band
IV:devices
1700 MHz
several
connected onto one antenna line

Antenna location
Antenna model number
Antenna serial number
Antenna technology:
0:
voice; type according to the user scheme
Antenna
1: data;
Identifies
the specific antenna line(s) assigned to
2: voice/data
the
RET.
Base Station ID
Exercise
the antenna
drive
unit over
entire
Note: If RET
is used for
another
BTSits
(RET
range
of
travel
to
ensure
fault-free
operation,
and
This parameter
definesset
if Calibration
has
parameter
connection
to 'External')
thebeen
value
synchronize
the
measured
and
actual
beam
tilt
of
done
of
antlIdList
must be set toFile
the DL
value
of
Defines
if a Configuration
is
needed.
the
antenna.
Calibration
of
a
RET
device
might
scannedAntennaInterface, because only this
This
parameter
defines
if theand
Configuration
has
take
up-to
4 minutes
according
tocontrols
3GPP RET.
antenna
line
related
detects
been
done.A typical
stardards.
timetoforstore
the calibration
is a
This parameter
is used
and transfer
approximately
1-2
minutes. According
to BTS.
3GPP
device
specific
configuration
data
to the
Defines
thecalibration
connection
type
for
RET.
standards,
of
several
devices
Configuration data included within this parameter
Defines
HWonto
Version
of
a RET
unit.
connected
line
isrequested
done as aby
is downloaded
toone
theantenna
device
when
series
of
consecutive
operations
by
the system. In
Installation
Date
the
user (see
referred parameters). Configuration
addition,
calibration
and setistilt
(for more
details of
data
download
and
usage
specified
within
Installer's
set
tilt, 25.463.
seeIDset Note:
tilt parameter
documentation)
3GPP
The typical
configurationare
file
Defines
the
manufacturer
of the
device
done
consecutive
When
size isas
between
aboutoperations.
20 and
150
bytes.such
If the file
situation
occurs,
accumulative
time foritallowed
the
This
parameter
defines
the1 maximum
is
bulky,
for
example
over
kilobytes,
is probably
operations
may
be
increased
long
enough
as
electrical
tilt
value.
Changing
the
minimum
or to
not
a
proper
configuration
file.
The
elevation
angle
the
direction
not be
feasible
to may
bebetween
activated
in one
plan.
Thus,
maximum
values
cause
incorrect
tilt
orthogonal
the
antenna
element
axis tilt
and
the
Defines
thetominimum
allowed
electrical
value.
in such case,
time
consuming
operations
should
functionality
if
the
values
are
not
in
the
proper
maximum
of
its
main
beam
in
the
elevation
plane.
Changing
the
minimum
orof
maximum
values
may
be
devided
into
2 or code
more
plans.
Defines
product
the
unit
in
question.
range.
Itthe
iscreates
recommended
to
enter
values
only
if
The
BTS
this
parameter
to
SCF.
The
cause
incorrect
tilt
functionality
if
the
values
are
Note:
The
maximum
calibration
time
is
30minutes.
Mandatory
for
3GPP
RET
they
are
not
retrieved
from
the
device
after
3GPP
protocol
parameter
valueversion
is read Itfrom
the device. The
not
in the
proper
is recommended
to user
configuration
file range.
activation.
sets
the
parameter
value
at
least
once
according
The
RET
antenna
For
a singleenter
values
only
ifunit
they
retrieved
the
The
immediate
update
toare
thenot
new
parameter
User
defined
values
arenumber.
not
taken
into
usefrom
if value
to
installation.
Otherwise
the
present
value
antenna
RET
device,
thetype
RET
antenna
unit
device
after
configuration
filewith
activation.
Defines
the
RET
device
as
a
single-antenna
applies
either
after
administrative
actions
for
the
configuration
file
is
updated
the
same
plan
file
(factory
or
oldvalues
setting)
exists.
number
is always
1. For
a
multi-antenna
RET
User-defined
are
not
taken
into
use,
if The
RET
device
or
a
multi-antenna
RET
device
radio
module,
i.e.
block
and
unblock,
or
a
BTS
(i.e.
the
user-defined
values
are
overwritten).
This
parameter
defines
the
specific
RET
(Remote
device,
the
RET
antenna
unit
number
starts
at 1file
configuration
fileshould
isdevice
updated
with
same
plan
Defines
the
RET
type
as the
atilting
single-antenna
restart.
minimum
value
be
smaller
than
the
Electrical
Tilting),
which
is
vertical
for
Defines
which
antenna
interface
is
scanned.
and
increases
by
1
for
each
controlled
antenna,
(i.e.
user-defined
values
are
overwritten).
The
RET
device
or a multi-antenna RET device. A RET
maximum
value.
antenna.
Expected
value:should
RMODx-ANTx
and
empty
with
nocontrolling
numbering
The
RET
minimum
value
beallowed.
smaller
than
the string
Sector
ID
device
agaps
single
antenna
will
have
one
where
RMODx:
1...12identifies
and ANTx:
1...6 RET
It depends
antenna
unit
number
a specific
antenna
maximum
value.
RET
managed
object
instance
whose
device
Defines
the
serial
number
of
the
unit
in
question.
on
radio
module type
antennas
are
capable
control
(actuator)
on awhich
multi-antenna
device.
type
is "SingleAntennaDevice".
A RETRET
device
Mandatory
for/ AISG
3GPP
RET
Defines
Configuration
File
SW
Version
for
scanning
device
detection.
The
RET
antenna
unit
number
identifies
the
controlling multiple antennas will have multiple
antenna
controlled
byinstances,
a parameter.
RET device.
A singleClimate
control
Profiling
RET
managed
object
one
for
eachvalue
The
immediate
update
to the new
parameter
antenna
RET
device
controls
only
1
antenna.
Fan
speed
will
be
controlled
according
to
module
controlled
antenna,
whose
RET
device
type
isthe
The
list
contains
information
about
all
the
system
applies
either
after
administrative
actions is
for
Therefore,
the
RET
antenna
unit
always
temperature
and
desired
BTS
fannumber
profile.
"MultiAntennaDevice"
modules,
their
link
id
and
the
position
in
chain
radio
module,
i.e.
block
and
unblock,
or
a
BTS
Defines
the RP3
port
link
to which
theand
Radio
1.
A multi-antenna
RET
device
controls
multiple
-w.r.t.
Low
Noise:
Minimised
noise
for
low
which
the
given
radio
module
isthe
connected
restart.
Module
is
connected
(direct
or
in
chain).
antennas.
For
a
multi-antenna
RET,
RET
Defines
the
position
chain
for the Radio
Module
moderate
ambient
with
them.
For
e.g. temperatures
if in
astarts
radioatmodule
is being
antenna
unit
number
1
and
increases
by
question
-in
Optimized
Cooling:
Maximised
unit
MTBF
(long
Defines
system
module
identification
where
shared
between
EUTRA
and
GERAN
then
this
list
In
single
LTE
mode
RP3
ports
1-5
(FSMr2)
or
1-6
1
for
each
controlled
antenna,
with
no
numbering
life)
by
running
fans with
maximum
speed to
already
Baseband
Extension
module
is
connected.
shall
have
two
entries
one
corresponding
each
The
list
defines
the
external
alarm
input
signals.
(FSMr3)
can be
usedfor
fora radio
modules.RET
gaps
Note:
multi-antenna
in theallowed.
of
technology's
systemunit
module.
In
RFthe
sharing
configurations
with
RP3 a
device,
the
RET
antenna
number
identifies
Sets
cancellation
delay for
theFSMr2;
alarm.
moderate
ambient
temperatures
ports
1-3
and
5
can
be
used
for
radios.
Port
#4 is
specific
antenna
control
(actuator)
and
-Defines
Linear:the
An external
intermediate
which increases
alarmprofile
description.
for
system
module
sync.
corresponds
to
the
"Antenna
Number"
parameter
fan speed linearly as temperature increase.
Defines
the external
alarm input
module,
In
configurations
withlines.
FSMr3;
RP3
onRF
thesharing
3GPP
Iuant
interface
(3GPP
inUse,
description,
polarity
and
severity
must
ports
1-3
can
be
used
for
radios.
Port
#6
is
25.463/25.466).
Defines
the
used
polarity
of
the
external
alarm
It is possible to select fan control profiles forbe
defined
for input
signals.
system
module
sync.
line:
normally
open
or normally
closed.
independently
for
each
module
in the BTS.
Defines
the seriousness
of thewith
external
alarm
In
RF
chaining
configurations
FSMr2;
RP3
Normally_open:
when
the
connector
is=open,
there
condition
in
question.
Minor
=
1
Major
2 Critical
Sets
the
activation
delay
for
the
alarm.
The
number
of
supported
input
lines
in
RF
module
port
1-3
can
be
used
for
RF
chains.
is
no
alarm.
Normally_closed:
when
the
connector
If
user
does
not
want
to
define
fan
profiling
or
=
3.
are
defined
intonot
BTS
Property
In
RF
configurations
with
FSMr3;
RP3
This
ischaining
used
indicate
whether
this
EAC
is
closed,
there
issupport
no
alarm.
module
does
fanFile.
profiles,
the BTS
port
1-3
and
6
can
be
used
for
RF
chains.
configuration
is used
by
EUTRA.
managerthe
willexternal
not
set a
value
to SCF.
Defines
alarm
output
lines. module,
Values 1-8 are
allowed.
inUse, description and initialState must be defined
Parameter
for Control values
Signals.are: "Optimized Cooling",
"Linear" and "Low Noise". Default value is
"Optimized
The numberCooling".
of supported input lines in RF module
BTS
property
is
are defined
in Fan.Control.Profiles.Supported
BTS Property File.
defined if module supports Fan control profiles
(low noise,
linear,
Optimized cooling). RF variants
Values
1-4 are
allowed.

Defines the external alarm description.

Defines the external alarm lines.
Defines is particular external control line in use or
module,
inUse, description and initialState must
not
in use.
Defines
thefor
initial
stateSignals.
of the external
control
line
be defined
Control
There are
4 output
after
a
reset
of
the
BTS.
The
options
are
"On"
This linkSpeed
parameter
defines the RP3-01 and
link
signals
in FlexiBTS
RF module.
"Off".
If
the
initial
state
is
"On",
current
is going
speed
between
radio
modules
for
master
mode
Defines
a location of Flexi module in free text with
through.
ports.
In
the future
can beoroutput
signals
also
in
maximum
50there
characters
has
the
value
-1 (Not
Defines
the
code
ofto
the
in question.
This
parameter
can -1
be
setLN2.0
all unit
radio
FlexiBTS
RFproduct
modules
(in
RF module
can at
defined).
The
value
(Not
defined)
ismodule
not used
This
parameter
identifies
thecan
radio
module
variants
but
"6Gbps"
option
be
taken
intoplace
use
have
only
input
signals).
the commissioning
file.
Location
can
be e.g.
associated
with
the
antenna
line.
by
BTS
only
for
radio
modules
which
have
HW
Defines
theofserial
number of the unit in question.
or
address
the module.
support
for are
thatallowed.
speed.
Values 1-4
This
thenormally
number default
of unanswered
heartbeat
Note is
that
value "Auto"
is optimal
messages
or
data
acknowledgements
(within
aforto
The overall
time that but
the some
eNB
iscase
trying
selection
formaximum
all configurations,
time
defined
by RTO/T3-rtx
and
calculated
establish
a
SCTP
association
to
a
newly
learned
example
optical
network
performance
or
SFP
This
is theinnumber
ofused
unanswered
heartbeat
internally
SCTP),
declaring
thethe
SCTP
adjacent
eNB
afterthere
the eNB
has
received
IP
selection
reasons
isfor
needed
to define
fixed
messages
or
data
acknowledgements
(within
a
This
parameter
specifies
the
maximum
value
for
association
failure.
address
via
ANR.
The
time
the
eNB
is
trying
to
link
speed.
time
defined
by
RTO/T3-rtx
and
calculated
retransmission
timer
T3-rtx
when
or for
This
parameter
specifies
the
minimum
value
establish
mustnt
exceed
maxSctpSetupTime.
Parameter
values
forused
RP3-01
link DATA
speed:
internally
in
SCTP),
forACK
declaring
SCTP
path
heartbeat
was
sent
and
no
has
come
back.
retransmission
T3-rtx
DATA
or
-failure.
3Gbps:
Whentimer
this value
iswhen
configured,
BTS
This
parameter
defines
the
interval
between
two
Used
for
SCTP
calculation
range.
heartbeat
was
and
no
ACK
back.
Note:
In
case
ofsent
long
maxTimeSctpSetup
interval
enables
the
RP3-01
link
speed
athas
4x come
line
rate
and
SCTP
heartbeat
messages,
counted
inof
seconds.
This
parameter
the
naming
attribute
MOC
Used
forremain
the SCTP
calculation
range.
italways
might
happen
that
STCP
layer
has
already
atis
that
speed.
BTS
does
not
check
SCTP.
Climate
Profiling
parameter.
finished
transmitting
SCTP
INIT
sequence
before
the
SFP control
capability
against
the
requested
line
rate,
Fan
speed
will
be
controlled
according
to
module
maxTimeSctpSetup
expires.
In
case
of
short
but
relies
on
the
user
defined
configuration.
The list defines the external alarm input signals.
temperature
andthis
desired
BTS
faneNB
profile.
maxTimeSctpSetup
interval,
the
signalling
- 6Gbps: When
value
is configured,
BTS
cancellation
delay
for
the
alarm
-Sets
Lowthe
Noise:
Minimized
noise
for
low
and
application
will
finish
SCTP
INIT
enables
the
RP3-01
link
speed
atretransmission
8x
and
Note:
The
external
alarms
13
and
14 line
are rate
fixedly
Defines
the
external
alarm
description.
moderate
ambient
temperatures
before
computed
time
interval
expires.
always SCTP
remain
at that
speed.
BTSOM
does
not
reserved
for
Flexi
Power
Module
mains
power
-check
Optimized
Cooling:
Maximized
unit
(long
the
SFP
capability
the MTBF
requested
Defines
the
external
lines.
module,
inUse,
break
(external
alarmalarm
13) against
and
failure
(external
life)
by
running
fans
with
maximum
speed
already
line
rate,
but
relies
on
the
user
defined
description,
polarity
and
severity
must
alarm
14).
power
break'
shall
bebeused
Defines
if a'Mains
particular
EAC
line is
in use
ordefined
notasin
in
configuration.
for
input
signals.
description
for
external
alarm
13
and
'Power
use.
the
used
polarity
the
alarm
moderate
ambient
temperatures
-Defines
Auto: When
this
value
isof
configured,
BTS
first
module
failure'
shall
be used
as external
description
for
line:
normally
open
or
normally
closed.
-FlexiBTS
Linear:
An
intermediate
profile
which
increases
establishes
RP3-01
link
speed
4x line
rate and
Defines
the
seriousness
of
the at
external
alarm
system
external
alarm
14.module:
Normally_open:
when
the on
connector
isPower
there
fan
speed
linearly
as
temperature
increase.
checks
thein14
HW
capability
both
modules.
If 26.
the
condition
question.
Minor
=the
1with
Major
=open,
2box
Critical
There
are
input
signals
EAC
Fixed
alarms
Mains
Power
Break
and
Sets
the
activation
delay
forand
alarm
is
no
alarm.
Normally_closed:
when
the
connector
HWs
allow,
BTS
take
into
use
the
RP3-01
link
=
3 13Failure
Lines
and 14are
arenot
reserved
forin
the
Flexi Power
Module
available
FlexiBTS
The
listatmodule
defines
the
alarm
output
signals.
is
closed,
there
is
noexternal
alarm.
It
is
possible
to select
fan
control
profiles
speed
8x
line
rate.
Module
and
cannot
be
assigned
to
other use.
system
FSMK
independently
for
each
module
in
the
BTS.
Defines1-26
the external
control
description.
Values
are allowed.
Maximum
total number
For
FlexiBTS
system
module
supports
toinput
6
of
input
signals
is module
26.alarm
In FSM
release
module
FlexiBTS
system
supports
up 3toup
26
Defines
the
external
lines.
module,
inUse,
output
signals.
If
user
does
not
want
to
define
fan
profiling
or
lines
7-12 are
reserved for mixed
lines
(Inputforor
signals.
description
and
must
be
defined
Defines
ifIfsystem
alines
particular
external
control
line BTS
is in
FlexiBTS
module
FSMK
supports
up
to
3
module
does
notinitialState
support
fan
profiles,
the
Output).
1-6
are
configured
to
output
lines
FlexiBTS
system
module
FSMK
supports
up
touse
8
Control
Signals.
or
not
in
use.
output
signals.
manager
will
not
set
a
value
to
SCF.
Defines
the
initial
state be
of the
externaltocontrol
line
then
7-12
cannot
configured
input lines.
input lines
signals.
after
a reset
of themodule:
BTS.
The options
are
The
linkList
must
be
configured
mainly
in "On"
RF and
FlexiBTS
system
Parameter
values
are:
"Optimized
Cooling",
"Off".
Ifare
the
initial
is
"On",
current
is going
Flexi Lite
BTS
750state
(LTE1072):
sharing
configurations,
where
the
configuration
There
6
output
signals.
FSM
release
3
module
Defines
the
RP3
link in
system
module
to of
"Linear"
and
"Lowport
Noise".
Default
value
isallowed.
through.
There
are
8 use
input
signals.
Values
1-8
are
the
RP3
links
depends
on
the
shared
RF
mixed
lines
line
numbers
1-6
if
they
have
which
the Radio
Moduleofisinput
connected
(direct
or in
"Optimized
Cooling".
This
linkSpeed
parameter
defines
used
Maximum
total
isthe
8. RP3In
technologies.
If number
the
RP3-01lines.
link signals
speed
need
toare
be
been
configured
to output
If mixed
lines
chain).
01
link
speed
between
system
module
and
first
FlexiLite
lines
7-8also
arelines
reserved
for mixed
lines
This
radioMaster
parameter
defines
the
BTS
changed,
it
must
be
configured.
configured
to
output
then
input
lines
cannot
BTS
property
Fan.Control.Profiles.Supported
radio
module.
(Input
or Output).
Ifspeed
lines
1-2
are
configured
tois a
Baseband
Extention
Module
that
controls
O&M
If
the
RP3-01
linkline
needs
to
befree
changed,
be
configured
to
number
7-12.
Defines
a
location
of
Flexi
module
in
text
with
In
single
LTE
mode
RP3
ports
1-5
(FSMr2)
or
1-6
defined
if
module
supports
Fan
control
profiles
This
parameter
can
be
set
to
all
FSM
variants
but
outputinlines
then lines
7-8
cannotto
bethe
configured
to
tasks
RF
sharing
orfor
dedicated
radio.
linkList
with
linkId
corresponding
RP3-01
maximum
50
characters
or
has
the
value
-1
(Not
(FSMr3)
can
be
used
radio
modules.
(low
noise,
linear,
Optimized
cooling).
RF
variants
Defines
the
product
code
of
the
unit
in
question.
"6Gbps"
option
can
be
taken
into
use
by
BTS
only
inputmust
lines.also
Flexi
Power
Module defines
is not supported
With
value
'true'
this
parameter
a
port
be
configured.
FlexiLite:
defined).
The
value
-1 and
(Not FSM3r3
defined)
is not
used
at
In
RF
sharing
configurations
with FSMr2;
RP3
from
Rel.
2.x
onwards
with
fans
have
for
FSMr3
(EAC
lines
13
and
14).
System
Module
identification
in
terms
ofuse
its
Baseband
Extension
Module
that
controls
radio
There
are
2HW.
output
signals.
Mixed
lines
line
the
commissioning
file.
Location
can
be
e.g.
place
ports
1,2,3
and
5
can
be
used
for
radios.
Port
#4
"TRUE"
value.
RF
variants
without
fans
or
older
Important
note:
Note
that 1-2
normally
default
value
"Auto"
is optimal
distname
index.
The
position
ofconfigured
this
radio
module
SW
updates,
linebeen
device
parameters,
numbers
ifantenna
they
have
to and
Defines
the
number
of
the
unit
in question.
or
address
ofserial
the
module.
is
for
system
module
sync.
than
Rel.
2.x
shall
have
"FALSE"
value.
In
master
technology
SMOD
prodCode
iscase
selection
for
all
configurations,
but
some
for
is
defined
with
respect
to
this
index.
common
radio
parameters
in
case
of
single
output
lines.
If
mixed
lines
are
configured
to
output
In
RFparameter
sharing
configurations
with
FSMr3;
RP3
The
enables
a
BTS
to
be
the
RP3-01
autodetected
(set
by
system)
and
can
neither
be
example
optical
network
performance
or
SFP
technology
dedicated
RF-module
or master
mode
lines
input
linesbe
cannot
be
configured
line
Important
note:
ports then
1,2 and
3 can
used
for
Porttofixed
#6
is
Synchronization
Master
iniswhich
aused.
RF
Sharing
configured
intechnology
SMOD
creation
norradios.
modified.
selection
reasons
there
is
needed
to system
define
Defines
the
to
this
when
RF-sharing
feature
number
7-8.
In
master
technology
SMOD
serNum
is
for
system
module
sync.
configuration.
In
peer
technology
SMOD
prodCode
is
not
link
speed.
module
belongs
This
the
list
ofconfigurations
synchronization
sources
ofRP3
the
autodetected
(set
by
and
can
neither
be
In
RFischaining
with
FSMr2;
autodetected
and
can
optionally
configured
in
Parameter
values
for system)
RP3-01
linkbe
speed:
BTS.
Up
to
2
clock
sources
can
be
configured.
configured
in
SMOD
creation
nor
modified.
port
1-3
can
be
used
for
RF
chains.
parameter
specifies
the
protocol
of BTS
this clock
The
BTS
on which
parameter
is enabled
will
SMOD
creation
andthis
modified.
-This
3Gbps:
When
this
value
is configured,
In
peer
technology
serNum
is line
not
RF
chaining
configurations
with
FSMr3;
RP3
source:
PDH,
synchronuous
Ethernet,
or rate
Time
be
used
to drive
theSMOD
RP3-01
interface
clock
inand
an
enables
the
RP3-01
link speed
at 4x
This
parameter
specifies
either
autodetected
and
can
optionally
be
configured
in
port
1-3
and
6
can
be
used
for
RF
chains.
over
Packet.
RF
Sharing
Configuration.
When
enabled
this
BTS
always
remain location
at that speed.
BTS does
not check
the
physical
of
the
PDH
interface
SMOD
creation
and
modified.
Note:
PDH
is
not
supported
in
FlexiZone
Micro
is
referred
as
the
"Sync
Master".
the
SFP
capability
against
the
requested
line
rate,
location on the unit for a PDH synchronization
hardware.
but
reliesoron the user defined configuration.
source,
The
on which
parameter
is disabled
--6Gbps:
When
thisthis
value
is configured,
BTS willof
theBTS
physical
location
of
the
ethernet
interface
receive
RP3-01
interface
clock
as
a
enables
the
RP3-01
link
speed
at
8x
line
rate and
the unit for the synchronous Ethernet
synchronization
input
sourcedoes
for the
always remain atsource.
that reference
speed. BTSOM
not
synchronization
whole
fromcapability
the "Syncagainst
Master"
thereby
check BTS
the SFP
theBTS,
requested

This parameter determines the priority in which

the
clock
sources
to be taken into
ThisTransport
parameter
enables
SSMare
support
use.
Value
1
ist
highest
priority:
this
clock source
(Synchronization
Status
Message)
for
This
is taken
the maximum
duration
in seconds
for which
will be
first.
Synchronuous
Ethernet.
the
SSM specifies
value maythe
belocation
less than
Thisactual
parameter
of ssmPRC
the unit
or
SSU_Athe
or SSU_B
clock quality.
If the
duration
providing
synchronisation
source
interface.
This
parameter
identifies
the
synchronisation
is
surpassed,
an
alarm
will
be
raised.
NOTE:
unitNumber
parameter
is ignored
protection
group.identifies
The
value
always
1. when
This
parameter
theisclock
clockProtocol
parameter has
value synchronization
clkTop. In case
configuration.
The
value
isthe
always
This
parameter
identifies
MO instance
forFor
of
clkTop,
unitNumber
parameter
is1.optional.
transport
admission
control
for
LTE.
syncE
sources
FTIF
&
FIIF
units
will
support
both
This parameter identifies the Time Over
Packet
values
0
and
1,
for
FSM
and
FSI
unitNumber
common
configuration.
The value is always
1.can
This
activates/deactivates
feature
be 0 parameter
and for all other
units types, unit the
number
is 1.
"ToP
withnumber
frequency
synchronization".
This unit
indicates
how
asynchronization
ToP sync message
The
of often
PDH
source
ToP
frequency
synchronization
is all
notunit
shall
be
send
by
the ToP
master
within
the
must
bethe
1. IP
This
validation
rule
is(TOPF)
valid
for
This
is
address
of the
ToP
master.
To
be
supported
for
TDD
release
and
therefore
it
cannot
transmission
duration
request
period.
(The
types which
support
PDH interfaces
and
when
entered
in dotted
decimal
format.
The
parameter
This
parameter
identifies
the
Time
Over
Packet
be
activated.
transmission
duration
request
period
is currently
clockProtocol
parameter
has value
clkPDH.
PDH
must
be configured
if actTopFreqSynch
TRUE.
frequency
sync
configuration
of
the FTM.=in
The
This
parameter
represents
the
accepted
clock
fixed
to
300
seconds.)
synchronization
source
is
not
supported
FTOA,
ToP
frequency
synchronization
(TOPF) is not
value
is
always
1.
quality
class.
The
are defined:
FSM,
and
FSI.
This following
parameter
activates/deactivates
the feature
supported
for values
TDD
release
and only 0.0.0.0
-3:
8with
per
second
"ToP
phase
synchronization".
address
can
be
configured
to
IP
address
of in
theTDThis
indicates
how often
a ToP
message
Note:ToP
frequency
synch
is notsync
supported
-4: master.
16 per
second
ToP
shall
be
send
by
the
ToP
master
within
the
LTE.
The phase
the output phase of ToP phase
-5:
32 perofsecond
transmission
duration
period
(ofvalue
300 in
synchronization
will berequest
adjusted
by the
This
parameter configures
the communication
seconds).
terms
of
of thistoparameter.
mode
fornanonseconds
Timingselects
over Packet
be eithernumber
IP
This parameter
the ToP
domain
Unicast
or
Ethernet
Multicast.
the
integrated
slave clock
belongs to.
ThisBTS
parameter
configures
the Ethernet
MAC
address
to
be
used
as
destination
address
This parameter specifies a table that
holds in
all
Timing
overofPacket
EthernetTiming
framesover
sentPacket
by the
properties
the
configured
This
parameter specifies the IP address of the ToP
BTS.
masters
of be
theentered
BTS. in dotted format.
master.
To
This parameter
identifies the Time Over Packet
phase
sync
configuration.
The value
is always
This parameter is used to lock
and unlock
the 1.
ethernet
link
interface.
This parameter specifies the destination IP
Locking
the
interface
deactivatesThe
it. TWAMP
address
of the
TWAMP
This parameter
specifiessession.
the destination
port for
session
must
be messages.
locked, before
its destination
IP
TWAMP
initiator
Changeing
the
This
parameter
specifies
Administrative
state
rulesthe
for DSCP
correctvalue to be
address
can
be
changed.
destination
port of the of
TWAMP session
requires
used
foraddress
transmission
messages
over
configurations:
This parameter
specifies
the size
of the TWAMP
Both
IP
formats TWAMP
can
be used.
locking
the session.
the
session.
The
corresponding
mapping
tothis
a Per
messages
Outdoor
Module
FSMx
sent
by
the
TWAMP
initiator
on
Format:
IPv4
address
parameter
in
dotted
This
parameter
specifies
the is
threshold
forinraising
Hop
Behavior
priority
queue
contained
table
1.
ETHLK
0-1
ataddress
FSMx
can
be
unlocked
ifRFC
session.
decimals
or IPv6
parameter
acc.
the
TWAMP
session
alarm
for
reasons
of to
This
parameter
specifies
the
threshold
for
raising
trafficTypesMap
of
the
QOS
managed
object
Basic
module
FSMx
present.
The
value packet
of the parameter
shall not exceed the
4291.
excessive
ratio
(PRL).
the
TWAMP
session
alarm
for
reasons
of and
class.
2.
ETHLK
0-2
atloss
FSMx
can
be
unlocked
if theof
This
parameter
specifies
the
source
IPratio
address
Maximum
Transfer
Unit
value
of
the
The
alarm
is raised,
ifpresent
the (RTT).
packet
lossBTS
excessive
round-trip-time
Basic
module
FSMx
and
enable
TWAMP
initiator
messages.
The
TWAMP
session
configured
TWAMP
message
source
address
This
parameter
a TWAMP
session.
observed
over
aidentifies
15
evalutation
period
The
alarm
is raised
ifminute
the
average
round-trip-time
RP301Interface
=
false
and
(TRS
sub-module
must
be locked,
before
its
source
IP
address
can
identical
with
one
ofifthe
configured
eNB
exceeds
the
threshold
value.
The
alarm
will
be
UTRA
cell reselection
timer
of
the
TWAMP
messages,
calculated
during
a and
1FTIF/FTLF
present
and
ETHLK
1-1 =(if
locked
be
changed.
application
or
interface
IP
addresses
different
cleared
if the
packet
loss ratio
drops
below
the
minute
evaluation
period,
exceeds
the
configured
ETHLK
1-3
=
locked).
The
parameter
"Speed-dependent
scaling
factor
addresses
are used,
one might need
additional
threshold
value
for
2 consecutive
15-minute
threshold.
The
will in
beTS
cleared,
during
5 if
3.
ETHLK
1-1alarm
at
FTIF/FTLF
can
beifunlocked
for
treselection
UTRAN"
36.304.
If
the
field
Both
IP
address
formats
can
be
used.
routing
entries).
The
field
t-ReselectionUTRA
isthe
multiplied
by
this of
observation
periods.
consecutive
1-minute
periods
average
value
TRS
sub-module
FTIF/FTLF
present
and
ETHLK
is
not present,
the
UE
behaviour
is
in TS
Format:
IPv4UE
address
parameter
in specified
dotted
factor
if the
is below
in
the
high
mobility
state asthis
The
t-ReselectionUTRA
is=multiplied
the
RTT
remains
the
threshold.
1-3
isfield
locked
and
ETHLK
0-2
locked.
36.304.
decimals
or36.304.
IPv6
address
parameter
acc. by
to RFC
defined
in
factor
if the UE
the medium
state asif
4. ETHLK
1-2is
atinFTIF/FTLF
canmobility
be UFFIM
unlocked
This
parameter
uniquely
identifies
an
4291.
defined
in
36.304.
TRS
sub-module
FTIF/FTLF
present
and
ETHLK
(UTRAN
FDD
ModeFrequencies
configuration)
This
islocked.
a list
OfFrequency
UTRA FDDIdle
Carrier
1-4
is
managed object.
Contains
the1-3
Downlink
Frequency
as ARFCN
5. ETHLK
at FTIF/FTLF
can (Nd)
be unlocked
if
value
TRS sub-module
FTIF/FTLF carrier
present,
ETHLK 1-1
Weight
factor of UTRA-FDD
frequency
is locked
and robin
ETHLK
0-2 = locked.
used
round
algorithm
for idle
mode load
UTRAby
Maximum
Allowed
Transmit
Power
6. ETHLK 1-4 at FTIF/FTLF can be unlocked if
balancing.
This
the FTIF/FTLF
minimum
required
quality
level
TRS
sub-module
presentthe
and ETHLK
Whenspecifies
the parameter
is not defined,
in
the
cell
in
dB.
It
is
not
applicable
to
TDD
cells
1-2
is
locked.
This
specifies the
minimum
RX level main
in or
corresponding
carrier
is not required
used in selecting
GSM
cells
or
E-UTRA
cells.
the
cellfor
inpriority
dBm of the UTRA carrier frequency
target
IdleModeMobilityControlInfo
for load
Absolute
balancing. Weighted round robin algorithm shall
Indoor
Module
FSIx
select
always
one
target RATs
frequency
for supported
idle mode
Equal priorities
between
are not
1. ETHLK
0-1 which
at FSIx
can
be unlocked
if Basic
load
balancing,
is
matching
UE
capabilities,
according to [3GPP 36.304].
Module
FSIx
and ETHLK
0-3 is load
locked.
to be used
aspresent
main target
for idle mode
2.
ETHLK
0-2this
at FSIx
unlocked
if Basic
balancing
and
targetcan
willbe
have
always highest
Module
FSIx
present
and
ETHLK
0-4
is
locked.
priority assigned in RRC Release message. All
3. ETHLK
0-3 at FSIxfor
can
bemode
unlocked
other
target frequency
idle
load if Basic

This specifies the quality threshold used by the

UE
reselecting
towards
a higher
priority
Thiswhen
specifies
the quality
threshold
used
by the
UTRA
RAT
UE
when
reselecting
towards
a
lower
priority
This
specifies the
used by the UE when
Not recognized
bythreshold
UEs < Rel9
UTRA
RAT towards
reselecting
a higherused
priority frequency X
This
specifies
the
threshold
Not
recognized
by
UEs <frequency
Rel9 in reselection
than
the
current
serving
towards
the belonging
frequencyto
X the
priority
from
a higher
List of cells
same
uplink
comp
priority
frequency
set.
This parameter uniquely identifies a ULCOMP
instance.
Signal-Interference-Noise Ratio to be use for
uplink
CoMP
Configure
andoperation.
designate
The
received
uplink signal from
a neighbor
cell is
EIF2(Outdoor)/EIF5(Indoor)
the
BTSofas
an
This
parameter
holds
thecell
slotin
number
the
combined
to
the
serving
signal
if
its
SINR
is
RP3-01
interface.
hardware
unit ofshows
BTS transport.
The
value
is
This
parameter
the
hardware
type
of
the
less
than
ulCoMPSinrThreshold
below
the
SINR
of
NOTE:
This
parameter
should be "false" by
always
1
(only
1signal.
slot
is available).
installed
Transport
unit.
the
serving
cell
This parameter
theThis
hardware
type should
of the
default
for FSM shows
and FSI.
parameter
The
recommended
default
value is for:
installed
Transport
be
"true"
by authentication
defaultunit.
for FSIH.
Defines
the
mode.
This
parameter
Values
are:the10
-By
2RX
CoMP:
dB RP3-01/EIF port shall be
default
shared
is
sent
inthe
theauthentication
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
included
-Defines
4RX
CoMP:
15
dBinterfacemode
Values
used
asare:
Transport
for FSM
and FSI.The
Information
Element
(IE) 2:
in
the
indicator.
This
parameter
is
sent
in
the
System
Module
Release
Defines
the
CDMA2000
1x
Radio
Transmission
default
is
RF
for
FSIH.
RRC_CONNECTED
mode only Information
when the
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
FTIB:
471720A
Technology
(CDMA2000
1xRTT)
band
class
System
Module
Release
2:setTime
Defines
the
Daylight
Savings
(DST)
authIncluded
parameter
is
to
TRUE.
Element
(IE)
in RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
FTLB:
471984A
number
associated
with this
cell.
FTIB:
471720A
Note: This
is not
relevant
forsent
FlexiZone
Micro
indicator.
This
parameter
is
in
the
Defines
whether the Daylight Savings Time (DST)
FTLB:
471984A
product.
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
indicator
is included.
This3:parameter
is sent
in the
System
Module
Release
Defines
the
Channel
outer
Element
(IE)Initial
inFSM
theFundamental
RRC_CONNECTED
mode
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
FSMF/FSMG:
loop
Eb/Nt
setpoint
for RC11.
This
parameter
System
Module
Release
3: parameter
Defines
the
Initial
Channel
outer
only
when
the
dayLtIncluded
is
set is
to
Element
(IE)
inFSM
theFundamental
RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
FSIF/FSIG:
FSI
sent
in
the
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
FSMF/FSMG:
loop
Eb/Nt
setpoint
for
RC12.
This
parameter
is
TRUE.
Defines
the Element
Initial Fundamental
Channel outer
FTIF:
472311A
Information
(IE) in RRC_CONNECTED
FSIF/FSIG:
FSI
sent
the MobilityParametersCDMA2000
loop
Eb/Nt
setpoint
for RC3. This
parameter
is
FIIF: in
472355A
Defines
the
Initial
Fundamental
Channel
outer
mode.
FTIF:
472311A
Information
Element (IE) in RRC_CONNECTED
sent
in
the
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
FSIH:
472567A
loop
Eb/Nt
for RC4. This
parameter
is
FIIF:
472355A
Defines
thesetpoint
Initial Fundamental
Channel
outer
mode.
Information
Element
(IE) in RRC_CONNECTED
sent
in
the
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
FSIH:
472567A
loop
Eb/Nt
setpoint
RC5.
This
parameter
Defines
theMicro
length
offor
time
Inter
Working is
mode.
FlexiZone
Values
for
TDD
are:
Information
Element
(IE)
inthe
RRC_CONNECTED
sent
in
the
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Solution
(IWS)
waits
for
anthe
acknowledgment
Defines the
length
of (IE)
time
UEare:
retains the after
last
mode.
FlexiZone
Micro
Values
for
Information
Element
in TDD
RRC_CONNECTED
itreceived
sends 472939A
the
GCSNA1xCircuitService
message
FWHE:
Generic
Circuit
Services
Notification
Defines
whether
the
homeReg
parameter
is
mode.
indicating
an(GCSNA)
acknowledgment
required.
This
FWHD:
472852A
Application
sequenceisnumber
and
FWHE:
472939A
included
in isthe
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Defines
the
11th
and
12th
digits
of
an
International
parameter
sent
in
the
FWHF:
472940A
IWS_ID.
This
parameter
sent
in the
FWHD:
472852A
Information
Element
(IE) is
in(IMSI).
RRC_CONNECTED
Mobile
Subscriber
Identity
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
FWHJ
473144A
Defines
whether
15-digit
IMSI_T
addressing is
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
FWHF:
472940A
mode.
-Element
When473145A
an
IMSI
has 12 or more digits,
(IE)
in
RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
FWHK
supported.
Element
(IE)
in
RRC_CONNECTED
mode.since
FWHJ
473144A
Defines the total
number
of 11th
leap and
seconds
IMSI_11_12
is
equal
to
the
12th digits of
FWHL
473146A
This
parameter
is
sent
in
the
FWHK
473145A
the
start
of
Defines
whether
the
lpSec
parameter
is included
the
IMSI.
FWHP
473115A
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
FWHL 473146A
CDMA
System
Time
(i.e. since
Jan
6, Information
1980
in
the
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
-FWHQ
When
an
IMSI
has
fewer
than
12
digits,
digits
473116A
Defines
the
local
time offset from CDMA
system
Element
(IE)
in RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
FWHP
473115A
00:00:00
UTC).
Element
(IE)
in
RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
with
a
value
equal
to
zero
are
added
to
the
most
FWNA
473152A
time.
CDMA
system
time
based on GPS
time.
FWHQ
473116A
Defines
whether
ltmOff
parameter
is included
This
parameter
isthe
sent
inais
the
significant
side
to
obtain
total
of
12
digits
and
FWNB
473153A
CDMA
system
time differs from Information
local time
by the
FWNA
473152A
in
the
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Defines
the
maximum
number
alternative
the
IMSI_11_12
is equal
to the of
11th
and
12th
FWNC
473154A
local
time
offset
and
the
number
of
leap
seconds
FWNB
473153A
Element
(IE)
in
RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
mode
only in
service
options
thatMCC
the
UE
is differ.
allowed
tomobile
include
digits
of473113A
the
resulting
number.
FWQA
Defines
the
3-digit
(Mobile
Country
Code)
of
by
which
UTC
and
GPS
time
The
FWNC
473154A
when
the
lpSecIncluded
parameter
is
set
to
the
CDMA2000
1x
Radio
Transmission
This
field
is
sent
as
a
7-bit
binary
representation
in
FWQB
473158A
the
PLMN
for
the
CDMA2000
1x
Radio
station
calculates
the
local
time
using
the
relation:
FWQA 473113A
Defines
the (1xRTT)
minimumOrigination
protocol revision
level.
This
TRUE.
Technology
message
or
in
the
the
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
FWQC
473159A
Transmission
Technology
(1xRTT)
neighbor.
local
time
=toCDMA
time
- leap
seconds
+be
local
FWQB
473158A
field
is
set
prevent
UEs
which
cannot
Defines
the
Protocol
Revision
level
ofmessage.
the
CDMA2000
1xRTT
Page
Response
Element
(IE)
in
RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
FWQD
473160A
A
special
value
1023
is
also
defined
to
correspond
time
offset
FWQC
473159A
supported
by1xRTT
the
Inter-Working
Solution
(IWS)
The
UE
uses
this
parameter
to derive
UTC
time by
CDMA2000
network.
This
parameter
is
sent
in
the
Set
this
parameter
to
the
integer
obtained
by
FWQE
473114A
Defines
the the
pilot
Noise
(PN)
to
the
3GPP2
escape
code.
This
parameter
isPseudo-Random
sent
inleap
the
FWQD
473160A
from
accessing
the
system.
The
eNodeB
shall
set
subtracting
received
second
value
from
This
parameter
is
sent
in
the
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
encoding
the
12th
and increment.
11th digits
ofUE
thesearches
IMSI
sequence
offset
index
A
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
FWQE
473114A
Defines
whether
the
pilotInc
parameter
is
included
this
field
to
the
minimum
protocol
revision
level
CDMA
System
Time
which
the
UE
receives
in
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
Element
(IE)
in
RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
using
thethe
formula
10
x D12
+be
D11
- 11.
FlexiZone
Micro
values
for
are:
for
Remaining
pilots
at
pilot
PN
sequence
At
eNB,
3-digit
MCC
willFDD
converted
toonly
10-bit
Element
(IE)
inSet
RRC_CONNECTED
mode
in
the
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
that
the
IWS
supports.
SIB8.
Defines
the
Preferred
Access
Channel
Mobile
Element
(IE)
in
RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
Where:
index
values
that
are
multiples
of
this
value.
binary
code
according
to
MCC
encoding
rule
when
the
ltmOffIncluded
parameter
is
set
to
FlexiZone
Micro
values
for
FDD
are:
Element
(IE)
in digit
RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
This
parameter
isType.
sent in the
Station
D11
is
the
11th
FWGB:
472851A
This
parameter
isC.S005-E,
the
naming
attribute
Of MOC
Set
this
field
to the
pilot
PN sequence
increment,
(Refer
toIdentifier
3GPP2
Section
2.3.1.3),
and
TRUE.
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
This
parameter
ischips,
sent
inwhich
the UEs
D12
is
the
12th
digit
FWHA:
472897A
XPARAM.
in
units
of
64
PN
use
for
the
special
value
is
converted
to
the
3GPP2
FWGB:
472851A
Element
(IE)
in RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
If
theparameter
digit
is
equal
to
then
10
isThe
used
FWEA:
472898A
It
uniquely
identifies
azero,
XPARAM
instance.
searching
This
the
remaining
is
naming
set.
Set
attribute
this
field
of final
MOC
to the
escape
code
of
allthe
1's:
'1111111111'.
10FWHA:
472897A
Element
(IE)
in
RRC_CONNECTED
mode.
For
example,
for
an
IMSI_11_12
of
'04',
the
FWGC
472850A
largest
AMLEPR
increment
and
it
uniquely
such
that
identifies
the
pilot
an
PN
instance
sequence
of
bit
binary
code
will
be
used
to
populate
FWEA:
472898A
The
active
mode
load
equalization
feature
in
derived
value
93
(=
10
x
10
+
4
11)
should
be
set
FWGD
472937A
offsets
the
Active
of
all
Mode
neighboring
Load
Equalization
CDMA2000
Profile
1x
Radio
MobilityParametersCDMA2000
Information
FWGC 472850A
direction
to a load
certain
target cellshall
shallbe
leave
the
Active
mode
equalization
applied
for
this
parameter.
FWGE 472944A
Transmission
(AMLEPR).
(1xRTT)
basefrom
stations
Element
(IE). ifTechnology
FWGD
472937A
'active
state',
the 127
reported
CAC value
this
only
if the
difference
in
composite
available
The
decimal
value
corresponds
to the
escape
FWHB
472900A
Active
mode
load
equalization
shall
be
applied
are
integer
multiples
of
that
increment.
FWGE
472944A
target
cell
is
smaller
than
the
CAC
headroom
for
capacity
(CAC)
in
source
and target
cells
is above
code
of
all
1's:"Inter-frequency
'1111111'.
FWHC
472938A
only
ifparameter
the
composite
available
capacity
(CAC)
in is
This
If
the
feature
is sent
in the
load
equalization"
FWHB
472900A
the
target
cells
frequency
layer.
this
target
frequency-specific
value.
FWHG
472945A
the
source
falls AMLEPR
below thisprofile
target
frequencyMobilityParametersCDMA2000
activated,
acell
default
Information
with
FWHC
472938A
FWHH
specific
threshold.
Element
AMLEPR-amlePrId
(IE) in RRC_CONNECTED
= 0 must exist. mode only
FWHG 472946A
472945A
FWPA
472905A
when
the
pilotIncIncuded
parameter is set to
FWHH 472946A
FWPB
472943A
TRUE.
FWPA 472905A
FWIB
FWPB472899A
472943A
FWIC
472942A
FWIB 472899A

This parameter describes the FDD/TDD EUTRA

absolute
frequency
channel
It definesradio
the minimum
EcNo
levelnumber
measured by
(EARFCN)
of
the
(downlink)
frequency
layer this
the
UE
from
a
UTRAcell
required
for
ordering
its
Defines
the Baseband
Extension profile
Module
inter-frequency
load equalization
CGI
decoding.
(Mapping
between
the
UE
Identifier.
The
linkListEcNo
be
configured
mainly
RF
(AMLEPR)
ismust
valid
for.
measured
and
the SFS values
is in
according
sharing
configurations,
where
the
configuration
of
Defines
port link in the baseband module
to
3GPPthe
TS RP3
25.133/25.123).
the
RP3
links
depends
on
the
shared
RF
to
which
the Radio
Moduledefines
is connected.
This
linkSpeed
the RP3-01
link
technologies.
If parameter
the RP3-01
link
speed
needoftothe
be
The
linkId
corresponds
to
the
port
number
speed
between
a
Baseband
Extension
Module
changed,
it
must
also
be
configured.
Baseband
Module.
and
radioExtension
module.
If
thearange
RP3-01
speed
needs
to be
a
The
for alink
FBBA
is 1-1,
FBBC
is changed,
1-4 .
linkList with linkId corresponding to the RP3-01
port must also be configured.
This radioMaster parameter defines the BTS
Baseband Extention Module that controls O&M
tasks in RF sharing or dedicated radio.
With value 'true' this parameter defines a
Baseband Extension Module that controls radio
Defines
the planned
codeparameters,
for the unit and
SW updates,
antennaproduct
line device
and
itDefines
is
used
by
planning
tools
before
BTS
is
module identification
commonsystem
radio parameters
in case of where
single
commissioned.
After BTS
is commissioned,
Baseband
Extension
module
isPort
connected.
technology
dedicated
RF-module
ornumber
master mode
Defines
system
module
QSFP
product
code
parameter
(prodCode)
from where
when
RF-sharing
feature
is
used.
Baseband
Expansion
module
is
connected.
Defines the serial
number
of BTS
the unit.
autodetected
unit is
used by
SW
This
is
the
product
code
used
by
planning
Allow operator to enable/disable Bluetoothtools
before
BTS is commissioned. After BTS is
interface.
Activate
Bluetooth
enabled
alarm.
commissioned,
product
code
parameter
AllowWhen
the site
to
respond
to
inquiry
(prodCode)
from
autodetected
unit scans
is usedtoby BTS
actBluetooth is set
to:
provide
device
name
and
other
info
before legacy
pairing.
SW.
Allow operator to enable/disable Bluetooth
A
site
that
does
not
respond
to
inquiry
requests
pairing
protocolBluetooth
enabled:
interface
is enabled;
Allow
secure
simple
pairing
will beBluetooth
less visible
to casual
scans.
This parameter
identifies interface
the Bluetooth
Interface.
disabled: Bluetooth
is disabled;
True: Site responds
Bluetooth
This parameter
allows thetooperator
to inquiry
customize
The
value
isfor
always
1.
requests.
Makes
easier
characterization
the
Bluetooth
name
used
byrange
the
device.
autoFallback:
Bluetooth
is enabled
Allow
additional
control
over
legacy
pairing on
and
support
for
Bluetooth
clients
that
automatically
upon loss of connectiondepend
to NetAct
protocol
implementation.
Configures
This
is supported
insecrets
FlexiZone
Micro. with
inquiry
scansite-specific
responses.
and disabled
upononly
restoration
ofassociated
connection.
Bluetooth
legacy
pairing
. Therelationship
configured after
secret
AllowIfuser
to timeout
pairing
the
= -2tostring.
(configured
must
belegacyPairingOPTMode
entered
as of
a site
hex
encoded
False:
Requires
operator
knowFor
configured
number
hours.
Allow
operator
to
configure
a
persistent
Bluetooth
PIN
mode),
the
initial
bytes
of
the
configured
example,
1mA
is represented
by hex
Bluetooth binary
devicestring
address
and
have client which
device
whitelist
and
blacklist.
legacyPairingSecret
(up to
16Bluetooth
bytes in all
after hex
This
parameter
specifies
the
device
encoding
316D41.
can
connect
via
address.
If
it is set to 0:isImmediately
clear
all pairing
unencoding)
used
as a fixed
legacy
PIN;
being
whitelisted
or
blacklisted.
This parameter
sets
the
specific
Bluetooth
relationships
and
connections
at
time
of device
If
the
list
contains
at
least
one
whitelisted
With Legacy
Pairing
OTP
=pairing
-2
as
whitelisted,
blacklisted
or as Mode
neutral
entry.
configuration
change;
nodevices
subsequent
or
device,
onlyPIN
whitelisted
may
connect
to
or
Otherwise,
counter-based
logic
adapted
from
Note:Format
is
Bluetooth
device
address
(configured
mode),
legacyPairingSecret
can
connections
allowed
until
Pairing
Relationshio
pair
with
the
BTS.
Otherwise,
if
the
list
contains
RFC
6238/RFC4226
uses secret
B1 derived
from
in
format
of
colon
separated
hex
bytes.
be
used
to
explicitly
configure
a
fixed
legacy
Timout
changed to athe
non-zero
value.
blacklisted
devices
can
legacyPairingSecret
as
ablacklisted
key
generating
a
pairing PIN.devices,
For this case,
thefor
operator
should
NOT
This
parameter
connect
to
provides
or
pair
with
additional
the
BTS.
handling
of the
series
of
site-specific,
one
time
16
byte
PINs
carefully
consider
limitations
of any expected
If
it is set
to
169 : the
Do
not
automatically
timeout
specified
Bluetooth
device.
based
on
RFC6238/RFC4226.
This
is the
order number
of the
entry
in the
Bluetooth
peers.
A complex
PINdevice
is more
secure.
pairing
relationships;
pairingRelationships
structure.
However,
a
PIN
containing
only
digits
is
mostly
Configure
forisBluetooth
Thesite-specific
configured secret
data must
be entered
as a
If compatible.
legacyPairingOPTMode
set
to -1 secure
widely
simple
pairing.
The
configured
secret
must
be
If
it isencoded
set
to the
value
between
1 and
168,
the
This
parameter
controls
the
status
of
external
hex
string.
For
example,
binary
string
(rotating
PIN
mode),
the
applicable
counter
User
shall
enter
a
unique
pairing
order
entered
asbased
atimeout
hex
encoded
string.
For
example,
value
isrepresented
the
in
hours.
Once
the
age
of a
GPS
receiver
Lowon
Noise
Amplifier
power
supply
1mA
is
by
hex
encoding
316D41.
advances
internal
BTS
logic.
If
trueWith
the
MODE
is
activated
at will
number
forHOLDOVER
each
Bluetooth
device
entry.
Lower
Legacy
Pairing
OTP
Mode
>= encoding
-1
binary
string
1mA
is
represented
by
hex
pairing
relationship
reaches
the
timeout,
BTS
output.
When
set
toor
'true',
the
output
external
GPS
receiver
order
numbers
occur
earlier
intype
thestatic
structure.
(rotating
PIN mode
generated
PINhaul
mode),
This
parameter
specifies
the
of
back
in
316D41.
automatically
timeout
the
pairing
power
supply
will
be
activated.
When
set
to 'false',
If
legacyPairingOPTMode
istorelationship.
set
between
The
HOLDOVER
MODE
needs
be
activated
legacyPairingSecret
can
be
used
to
assign
a 0at
use.
This
parameter
allows
user
specify
the
port the
the
output
power
supply
willto
be
deactivated.
and
214748264
(generated
static
PIN
mode),
external
GPS
when
an
high
holdover
custom
legacy
pairing
secret
B1
for
the
legacy
sspSecret
isLocal
an
empty
string,
aof
site-specific
If
theIfdevice
isReceiver
connected
at
the
time
pairing
number
where
the
Maintenance
Terminal
applicable
counter
is
fixed
to
the
specified
performance
is
needed
at
BTS
OTPas
algorithm.
Iftypes
legacyPairingSecret
is left empty
Supported
arevalue.
Copper,
1000BaseSX,
key,
derived
from
NSN's
default
algorithm,
will
timeout,
the
device
iscan
not
forcibly
disconnected
by
(BTS
Site
Manager)
be
legacyPairingOPTMode
in
modes,
secret
B1
isconnected.
set
to aand
default
value
1000BaseLX,
G984
be
used
as timeout.
the1000BasePX,
key
for
counter-based
generation
thethese
pairing
However,
subsequent
known
to allof
sites
and
NSN
customers.
This
parameter
allows
user
topasskey
specify
Ethernet
1000BaseBx.
of
a series
one
timeall
6 pairing
digit
per willlink
connection
after
expired
relationship
interface
primary backhaul.
RFC6238/RFC4226;
require a used
fresh for
pairing.
If sspSecret is an non-empty string, Secure
Simple Pairing Secret will be used as a key for
counter-based generation of a series of one time 6
digit passkey per RFC6238/RFC4226.

This parameter holds the secondary C-Plane IPv4

address
of this holds
eNB for
additionalC-Plane
transport
This parameter
thethe
secondary
IPv6
network
in
case
feature
LTE648
and
LTE505
are
address
of
this
eNB
for
the
additional
transport
This
parameter specifies the secondary IPv4
used.
network
in
feature
LTE648
and traffic
LTE505
are
address
to case
be
used
forthis
control
plane
infor
case
This
parameter
specifies
the
secondary
IPv6
Format:
the
format
of
parameter
allows
an
used.
feature
LTE648
is
used.
address
to
be
used
for
control
plane
traffic
in
case
IPv4
address
in
the
dotted
decimal
form.
This
preferred source IP
Format:
parameter
acc. tothe
RFC4291.
To
beparameter
entered
inspecifies
feature
LTE648
isdotted
used.decimal format.
address
for
the
route.
This
parameter
specifies
preferred source IP
Format:
parameter
acc. tothe
RFC4291.
address for the route.
This
parameter
enables
or disables
feature
Format:
parameter
with IPv6
address
acc. toIPSec
Backup
Tunnelallows
feature
RFC4291.
This
structure
user to manually switch
Default
Value
"::"the
which
parameter
(switchover
orisswitchback)
set of the
IPsec
tunnels, is
This parameter
is
localmeans
tunnel
endpoint
not
used:
a
preferred
source
IPV6
address
is and
not
which
have
a
backup
tunnel
remote
endpoint
IPAddress
of theisIPSec
Tunnel(IKESA)
whose
This
parameter
the remote
tunnel
endpoint
defined
a
MANUAL
switchback
mode
defined.
Only
related
policies
have
secondary
remote
tunnel
IPAddress
of the
ipsec
Tunnel(IKESA)
whose
This
structure
user
to read
and
modify
tunnels
that
be
manually
switched
are
endpoint
setcan
toallows
ahave
valid
non-default
IPAddress
and
related
policies
secondary
remote
tunnel
switchback
mode
ofand
each
tunnel
that
has
backup
included
in this
list
tunnels
identified
with
This
parameter
indicates
whether
BTS
should
IPSec
backup
tunnel
feature
is are
enabled
endpoint
set
to
a
valid
non-default
IPAddress
remote
endpoint
defined.
Tunnels
are and
the
localtunnel
andisremote
tunnel
endpoints
of the
automatically
or
(operator
Format:
this
anmanually
IPv4
IP
address
incommand)
dotted
ipsec
backup
tunnel
feature
is
enabled.
identified
with
primary IPSec
local and
remote tunnel
primary
tunnel.
switchback
toisprimary
Tunnel
decimal
form.
Format:
this
an IPv4 IP address
in dotted
endpoint
addresses.
Examples:
decimal form.
IPv4:
10.12.11.0
Examples:
IPv4: 10.12.11.0
This parameter is the local tunnel endpoint
IPAddress
of theisIPSec
Tunnel(IKESA)
whose
This parameter
the remote
tunnel endpoint
related
policies
have
secondary
remote
tunnel
IPAddress
of theindicates
ipsec Tunnel(IKESA)
whose
This
parameter
the BFD session
ID and
used
endpoint
set to ahave
validsecondary
non-default
IPAddress
related
policies
remote
tunnel
to
detect
IPSectunnel
Tunnel
Failure
This
parameter
holds
the
remote
endpoint
of
the
IPSec
backup
feature
is
enabled
endpoint set to a valid non-default IPAddress and
current
active
IPsec
tunnel
Format:
this
is
an
IPv4
Format:
this
is
an
IPv4
IP
address
in
dotted
This parameter
indicates
theismechanism
ipsec
backup tunnel
feature
enabled. used to
IP
address
inisdotted
decimal
form.
decimal
form.
determine
IPSec
tunnel
failure.
This
could
be DPD
Format:
this
an
IPv4
IP
address
intime
dotted
This
parameter specifies maximum
delay
Examples:
(Dead
Peer
Detection)
or
BFD
session
failure.For
decimal
form.
before
switchover
or switchback
of IPSec
tunnel.
This
parameter
specifies
minimum
delay
IPv4:
10.12.11.0
secondary(backup)
Tunnel ittime
will always
be
Examples:
NE
will switchover
use randomorIPSec
delay
between
minimum
and
before
switchback
of
IPSec
tunnel.
This
parameter
holds
the
remote
SEGorendpoint
DPD.
IPv4:
10.12.11.0
maximum
delay
timers
for
switchover
NE
will useofrandom
delay between
minimum and
IPAddress
theindicates
secondary
ipsec
This
parameter
the
statetunnel
of the
IPsec
switchback
maximum
delay
timers
for
switchover
or the
It
also enables
backup tunnel feature for
Backup
Tunnel
Activates
the fast
increasewith
mechanisms
switchback
primary tunnel
associated
this policy.of amount
of
preferred
resources
for
new
GBR
Activatesthis
theisfast
mechanisms
of amount
Format:
an increase
IPv4 IP address
in bearer
dotted
arriving
into
the
system.for new non-GBR bearer
of
preferred
resources
decimal
form.
Defines a fraction of the resources being available
arriving
into the system.
Examples:
for
UE scheduling
on frequency
PDSCH. Ifedge
average
PDSCH
Determines
at which
the blanked
IPv4:
10.12.11.0
utilization
falls
below
this
threshold,
interference
resources should be allocated in a macro cell. A
shaping
is applied.
micro cellfunctionality
will use always
the opposite edge.
Note: Used only for preferred alignment 'macromicro'
This parameter is the naming attribute of MOC
ISHPR
andforit considering
uniquely identifies
an instance
of the
Load limit
a neighbor
cell as highly
Downlink
Interference Shaping Profile (ISHPR).
loaded
Determines the maximum amount of neighboring
cells
which
toofrequest
neighbor
cell
Minimum
number
neighbor
cells inShaping"
highload
loadisin
If
the from
feature
"Downlink
Interference
information
internally
or
via
X2
interface
for eICIC.
order
to apply
interference
activated,
a default
ISHPR shaping.
profile with ISHPRishPrId = 0 must exist.
Note: Value '0' deactivates the neighbor cell load
information exchange.

Determines the periodicity with which neighbor cell

load information is exchanged.

Determines the alignment method being applied in

DL interference shaping. Available options allow
giving preference to alignment of neighbor cell
interference only between macro cells or between
macro and micro cells (no alignment between
Lower
utilization
threshold of preferred resources.
micro cells
supported).
If
exceeded
downwards,
of resources.
preferred
Upper utilization thresholdthe
of amount
preferred
resource
is
decreased.
If
exceeded
upwards,
theresources.
amount ofPreferred
preferred
Lower
limit for
preferred
resource
is
increased.
resources
decreased
Determinesare
thenot
step
size for below this limit.
increasing/decreasing the amount of preferred
resources.

Determines a period with which to restart the

neighbor cell load information exchange for eICIC.
The exact cells from which to ask neighbor cell
load information will be updated only with such a
restart.
Determines the basic periodicity for interference
shaping
performRLF
measurements,
update
Indicatestowhether
based connection
preferred resources,
etc.
reestablishment
is
supported
by
the
neigbhour
This parameter activates/de-activates
the optional
eNB.
The
setting
must
be
aligned
with
the feature
feature
"Active
mode
load
equalization".
Activates
removal of unused
activation autonomous
parameter actRLFbasedRCR
in LTE
the
neighbour
relation
and
neighbour
information
This
parameter
activates/de-activates
the
optional
neighbour eNB.
feature
"Downlink
Interference
Shaping"
The parameter
is used
to activate
the interfrequency
service
based
mobility
trigger
This parameter specifies the behavior of feature
Periodic
LTE1127
"Service
based mobility trigger".
Carrier
Blinking
actions.
Activates
thethat
feature
'Radio Link
Failure (RLF)
Please note
the change
of the
based
connection
reestablishment
(RCR)'
This is RRC
a feature
flag to enable
or disable
the no
RT
actInterFreqServiceBasedHo
value
will have
Performance
Monitoring
Feature
and
to
select
immediate
impact
on
ongoing
user
connections.
This is a feature flag to enable or disable the SDL
which
type of RT PM is chosen.
Feature.
This
parameter
activates a mechanism
The value
All_PM_Counters
is used for for
enabling
different
points
of
triggering
handover.
TheLTE1053
parameter
activates
the feature
'Timing
the
feature
content,
whereas
This
parameter
activates
thefor
feature
'Dedicated
advance
histogram
PM
counters'
PDCP_SDU_Group
is used
specific
This
parameter
activates
the slave
BTS PM
in RF
mobility
thresholds
formeasurement
SRVCC'.
Note:
In
addition,
the
M8029
needs
counter
subset
as
required
in
LTE2054.
Sharing
to
temporarily
take
over
the
radio
master
This
parameter
enables/disables
the optional
to
be
started
in
each
LNCEL
separately.
role
upon
the detection
the master
failure.
feature
"User
layer TCPofMSS
clamping"
Parameter
actVendSpecCellTraceEnh
activates or
(LTE1240).
deactivates
additional
vendor
specific
Cell
Trace
This
structure
thein'idle
When
enabled,includes
the MSS
end time
userthreshold'
TCP SYN
enhancements
(LTE1501,
LTE1931,
LTE1914).
values
used
by
eNB
for
autonomous
removal
of if
The eNBismay
autonomously
LTE NR,
packets
reduced
to a valueremove
avoidinga IP
LTE
Neighbour
resources
the
LTE
NR is in
not
used
for
handover
for ateNBs
least is
fragmentation
the
transport
layer.
If the
maximum
number
of LTE
neighbour
the
time
'idleTimeThresLteNR'.
already
stored,
stored neighbour eNB may
If
for at least
thethen
timeaidleTimeThresNbeNB
an
be
exchanged
against no
aX2
neighbour
eNB
newly
enbControlled
NbeNB
NR
no
X2
link is
If
for
an enbControlled
linkand
no LTE
Neighbour
detected
via
CGI
measurement
if the idle
available,
then
the
eNB
removes
thetime
LNADJ/
Relation
exists
and
ifafor
at leastonly,
the
If
the eNB
performs
Neighbour
eNB
exchange,
Notes:
time
for
the
stored
neighbour
eNB
is
at
least equal
LNADJL
objects
associated
with
the
NbeNB
idleTimeThresX2
no X2 handover
isatreceived,
then
the
eNB
will are
afterwards
wait
for
leastare
the
*toLTE
NRs
which
'reserved
by
operator'
'idleTimeThresNbeNBExch'.
then given
the eNB
autonomously
closes the
X2 link.
time
by
nbEnbExchWaitTmr,
before
the
not
autonomously removed by eNB
Notes:
next
Neighbour
eNB
exchange
may
be
triggered.
** The
eNB checks
once
per hour
ifCells
ato
LTE
NR
If
'idleTimeThresNbeNBExch'
is set
'0',
thenhas
no
Neighbour
eNBs and
Neighbour
which
are
Notes:
to
be
removed
exchange
of
LTE
neighbour
eNBs
is
triggered.
with an
LNADJ object
*associated
oamControlled
X2oamControlled
links are not autonomouosly
Note:
is recommended
to chose
are notItby
autonomouosly
removed
by eNB
closed
eNB
to per
be smaller
*'idleTimeThresLteNR'
The eNB checks once
hour if athan
LTE
NRhas
hasto
X2 link
'idleTimeThresX2' to avoid that one eNB may

It defines the maximum time eNB waits for an

activated ReportStrongestCellForSon
If
for a LTE Neighbour
(NR)carrier
measurement
report onRelation
an UTRAN
'consecHoFailThres'
consecutive
handover
frequency.
Timer for eICIC synchronization recovery
execution failures are observed, then the eNB
This parameter indicates the maximum GTP
triggers a re-validation for this NR via CGI
tunnel
unit, i.e. selects
the maximum
end user
IP packet
This
parameter
the handling
ofare
the
CIO
measurement
(if CGI measurements
allowed).
size
that
can
be
carried
unfragmented
over
the
adjustment during the handling of special cases.
GTP
tunnels
through
the
backhaul
network.
When
set to 'returnAdjustmentToZero'
the action
If 'consecHoFailThres=0',
then no re-validation
is
for
the special case handling will return the delta
triggered.
CIO
a value
of re-validations,
zero.
Note:adjustment
To limit thetoload
due to
eNB
This
parameter
specifies
the
nominal
bit rate in
triggers re-validation only if at least some
the
downlink
direction.
It applies
only
ifbitScheduling
When
set wait
to 'adjustmentPreserved'
the
action
minimum
time
since
last
validation
ofrate
theinin
This
parameter
specifies
the nominal
Type
has
been
set
to
NON-GBR.
for
the
special
case
handling
will
leave
the
delta
same
NR
has
expired.
the
uplink
direction.
It applies
only if Scheduling
This
parameter
specifies
the nominal
bit ratethe
in
Leaving
this
parameter
value
empty
means
CIO
adjustment
at
its
current
value.
Typedownlink
has been
set to NON-GBR.
the
direction.
Itdoes
applies
only ifbit
Scheduling
This
parameter
specifies
the
nominal
rate
nominal
bitrate
feature
not
apply
to
this
QCI
eNB
selects
theset
value
of prioritizedBitRate forinUE
Type
has
been
toItabove
NON-GBR.
the
uplink
direction.
applies
only
ifaScheduling
in
this
direction.
The
exception
to
the
when
MRO
orin
This
parameter
specifies
the
nominal
bit
ratenbrUl.
configuration
that
is equal
toisor
higher
than
Leaving
this
parameter
value
empty
means
the
Type
has
been
set
to
NON-GBR.
manually
initiated
change
of
CIO
value
occurs.
In
the
downlink
direction.
Itdoes
applies
onlymeans
ifbit
Scheduling
Leaving
this
parameter
value
empty
the
This
parameter
specifies
the not
nominal
rate
in
nominal
bitrate
feature
apply
to
this
QCI
eNB
selects
the
value
of
prioritizedBitRate
for
UE
that
case
'returnAdjustmentToZero'
will
leave
the
Type
has
been
set toItNON-GBR.
nominal
bitrate
feature
does not
apply
to this QCI
the
uplink
direction.
applies
only
if Scheduling
in
this
direction.
This
parameter
specifies
the
nominal
bit
ratenbrUl.
in
configuration
that
to or
higher
than
CIO
adjustment
asisisequal
and
'adjustmentPreserved'
Leaving
this
parameter
value
empty
means
the
in
this
direction.
Type
hasthe
been
set
to NON-GBR.
the
downlink
direction.
Itdoes
applies
onlymeans
ifbit
Scheduling
Leaving
this
parameter
value
empty
the
will rest
CIO
adjustment
to
zero.
This
parameter
specifies
the
nominal
rate
inUE
nominal
bitrate
feature
not
apply
to
this
QCI
eNB
selects
thefeature
value
of
prioritizedBitRate
forQCI
Type
has
been
set
toItNON-GBR.
nominal
bitrate
does
not
apply
to this
the
uplink
direction.
applies
only
if
Scheduling
in
this
direction.
This
parameter
specifies
the
nominal
bit
ratenbrUl.
in
configuration
that
is equal
toapplies
or
higher
than
Leaving
this
parameter
value
empty
the
in
this
direction.
The
special
cases
this
tomeans
are:
Type
has
been
set that
to NON-GBR.
the
downlink
direction.
It
applies
only
if
Scheduling
Leaving
this
parameter
value
empty
means
the
This
parameter
specifies
the
nominal
inUE
nominal
bitrate
does
apply
to
this
1.
When
X2 RESET
ofof
the
X2not
link
withbit
a rate
LB
eNB
selects
thefeature
value
prioritizedBitRate
forQCI
Type
has
been
set
toItNON-GBR.
nominal
bitrate
feature
does
not
apply
to this
QCI
the
uplink
direction.
applies
only
if
Scheduling
in
this
direction.
partnership
occurs
This
parameter
specifies
the
nominal
bit
ratenbrUl.
in
configuration
that
is equal
to or
higher
than
Leaving
this
parameter
value
empty
means
the
in
this
direction.
Type
has
been
setmanually
to NON-GBR.
2.
When
MRO
or
initiated
of
CIO
the
downlink
direction.
Itdoes
applies
onlychange
ifbit
Scheduling
Leaving
this
parameter
value
empty
means
the
This
parameter
specifies
the
nominal
rate
inUE
nominal
bitrate
feature
not
apply
to
this
QCI
eNB
thefeature
value
of
prioritizedBitRate
forQCI
valueselects
forbitrate
abeen
neighbor
relationship
whichto
is this
Type
has
set
to
NON-GBR.
nominal
does
not
apply
the
uplink
direction.
It applies
only
if Scheduling
in
this
direction.
Defines
the
for
the
LNADJ
configuration
thatpartnership
isvalue
equal
to occurs
or
higher
than nbrUl.
supporting
adefault
LB
Leaving
this
parameter
value
empty
means
the
in
thishas
direction.
Type
been
set
to
NON-GBR.
parameter
rlfBasedRCRsupported
which
is
used
if
Leaving
this
parameter
value
empty
means
the
3.
When
the
disabling
of
the
LTE1140
LB
feature
If
for
a
LTE
Neighbour
Relation
(NR)
a
S1
nominal
bitrate
feature
does
not
apply
to
this
QCI
eNB
selects
thefeature
value
of
prioritizedBitRate
forby
UE
an
LNADJ
instance
is
autonomously
created
nominal
bitrate
does
not
apply
to
this
QCI
for
an
eNB
that
is
supporting
LB
partnerships
handover
preparation
is
started
and waits
since
the
last
in
thistime
direction.
This
defines
how
long
eNB
the
configuration
that
is equal
tothe
orfeature.
higher
thanfor
nbrUl.
eNB
to
an
activated
ANR
in
thisdue
direction.
occurs
validation
of
the
NR
at
least
the
time
result
of
an
earlier
issued
Resource
Status
Leaving
this
parameter
value
empty
means
the
This
defines
the
time
eNB
waits
4.
When
the
Lockmaximum
of ahas
cell
that
isthe
supporting
LBfor
's1PrdRevalWaitTmr'
elapsed,
thentoeNB
Reporting
request.
nominal
bitrate
feature
does
not
apply
this
QCI
further
cell
load
measurements
before
collected
partnerships
occurs
This
is the
timer
started
in
Temporary
Radio
triggers
a re-validation
for
this
NRwas
via CGI
*in
If
the
Resource
Status
Request
send
to
this
direction.
cell
loadstate
measurements
are that
indicatedmessage
to theRadio
5.
When
the
receipt
ofmeasurements
an
Master
after
itStatus
detects
measurement
(if started
CGI
are
allowed).
This
is a
the
timer
in RSUpdate
Radioconfigured
Slave
state
initiate
Resource
Reporting,
then
theafter
eNB
requesting
cell
for LB
thepartner
first
time.
from
an
unknown
occurs
Master
has
recovered.
This
is
done
to
ensure
that
slave
BTS
detects
loss
of
Radio
Master,
before
it
will
repeat
the
Resource
Status
Request
after
this
If
for
a LTE
Neighbour
Relation
(NR)
anRSUpdate
intra-eNB
6.
When
the
guard
timer
expires
fortake
an
peer
tech
BTS
is
stable
enough
to
over
Radio
If 's1PrdRevalWaitTmr'
is
set Status
to
'0',
then
no
retakes
over
Temporary
Master
Role.
Wait
time
is
timer
expires
if
the
Resource
Reporting
is
or
X2 handover
preparation
Activates
the
features
eICICisforstarted
macroand
andsince
small
message
occurs
Master
validation
is again.
triggered.
used
to role
allow
Radio
Master
to
recover
from
a
still
needed
by
theofeNB.
the
last
validation
the
NR
at
least
the
time
cells
7.
LB
Abate
Threshold
reached
and
This
is
timer
started
in
Temporary
Sync
Master
Activates
the
feature
'Nominal
for
non-GBR
Note
1:the
To
limit
the
load
due
toisbitrate
re-validations,
eNB
reset.
*'x2PrdRevalWaitTmr'
IfWhen
the
Resource
Status
Request
was
send
toCell
stop
has elapsed,
then eNB
If
all conditions
for activation
are
fulfilled
and
becomes
'balanced'
state
after
temporary
master
BTS
redetects
bearers
triggers
re-validation
only
if
at
least
some
This
is the
timer
started
in this
Sync
Slave
state
after
an
ongoing
Resource
Status
Reporting,
then
on
Activates
the
feature
'Extended
VoLTE
talk
time'
triggers
a
re-validation
for
NR
via
CGI
gpsInUse
is set
to Technology
'false'
alast
warning
bethe
issued
SYNC
(from
Peer
BTS
)shall
on
RP3-01
minimum
wait
time
since
of
slave
BTS
detects
SYNC
lossvalidation
(from
timer
expiry
the
eNB
will
consider
the
stop
request
measurement
(ifdescribes
CGI
measurements
are
allowed).
This
parameter
how
many
active
mode
to
the
user
to
activate
either
GPS
(gpsInUse
to
ports
and
before
releasing
the
shared
radios.
same
NRand
haswill
expired.
Peer
Technology
BTS ) on
RP3-01
ports.
ThisThis
is
as
failed
locally
release
the
Resource
load
equalization
handovers
per
partner
neighbor
'true')
or
actTopPhaseSync
must
be
set
to
'true'
is
done
to
ensure
that
This
timer
defines
the
periodicity
according
which
Note 2:
To
retrieve
the
CGI measurement for theor
done
to
rule
out
any
maintenance
Status
Reporting.
If
'x2PrdRevalWaitTmr'
is
set CAC
to '0',
thentaking
no recell
are
allowed
between
two
reports
both.
peer
tech
BTSthe
isfor
stable
enough
to start
neighbor
cells
are
requested
toActive
report
their mode
re-validation,
eNB
will
start
ANR
activity
planned
peer
technology
BTS.
validation
is
triggered.
received
from
this
cell.
sync
from
it.
available
status.
and
use
aresource
UE different
from the
one which
needs
Zero
(0)
value
waiting
is desired.
Note
1: To
limitindicates
the load that
due no
to re-validations,
eNB
Zerohandover.
(0)
value
indicates
that
no
waiting is desired.
the
triggers re-validation only if at least some
minimum wait time since last validation of the
same NR has expired.
Note 2: To retrieve the CGI measurement for the
re-validation, the eNB will start Active ANR mode
This
parameter
describes
thethe
antenna
normal
and use
a UE different
from
one which
needs
direction
with
respect
to
geographical
north
in 0.1
the
handover.
Averaging filter constant for averaging CQI reports
degrees
clockwise,
i.e.
from
North
to
East.
It
is
sent by
UE useddefines
for cellthe
range
expansion
(CRE)
This
parameter
minimum
signal
used
forfor
Angle-of-Arrival
(AoA)
calculation
for
tagging
ABS
and
non-ABS
subframes.
difference
the target
theinterference
source cell
Dedicated
configuration
used and
for DL
LTE1501. between
required
for
triggering
an
intra-frequency
CIO
shaping
Determines
if thetointerference
shaping subadjustment due
load unbalance.
functionality
shall
be active
Determines the
amount
of resources to be
blanked for PDSCH scheduling of UE specific
transmissions.
Given percentage will be rounded to the next
larger integer multiple of the system bandwidth
dependent allocation granularity on PDSCH
(resource block group size for resource allocation

This parameter is the naming attribute of MOC

ISHPR
and it uniquely
anadaptation
instance of the
This parameter
is usedidentifies
in the ABS
Downlink
Interference
Shaping
Profile
algorithm
weighting
toMP1
bias (ISHPR).
towards
Thresholdas
to aswitch
from factor
MP0 to
more
or
less
ABS.
A
higher
value
of
this
parameter
leads
to feweris
Threshold
to switch
from
MP1
to MP0Shaping"
If
the feature
"Downlink
Interference
Though
possible,
it is
not
recommended
to set on.
this
cases
where
the
ABS
pattern
MP1
is
switched
A
higher
value
ofdefines
this
parameter
leads
tohigher
more
activated,
atodefault
ISHPR
profile
with
ISHPRThis
parameter
a threshold
used
in thethe
parameter
values
higher
than 2.
The
cases
where
ABS
is switched
off. seldom
ishPrId
=this
0 must
exist.
ABS
adaptation
formore
switching
from
value
of
the
Schedulers
inparameter,
thealgorithm
macrothe
cell
apply
the new
ABS
higher
lower
muting
pattern
ratios
and
vice
switch
to
a
higher
ABS
pattern
will
occur.
pattern
after
said
timer
has
expired.
This
is
valid
This
parameter
is used
in the on
scheduler
for
versa.
The impact
of this
parameter
the ABS
only
when
new
pattern
hascells
a smaller
ABS
ratio
tagging
UEs
location
w.r.t
range
expansion
Value
of
this
parameter
defines
the
boundary
of
A
higher
value
of
parameter
adaptation
result
is
closely
related
to
the
number
than
the
previous
one.
(CRE)
area
based
on
the non-ABS
related
CQI
G2
CIO
for
the
CIO
adaptation
algorithm
in
the
eIcicAbsDeltaAdjustment
means
that
the
MP
will
of
established
eICIC
partnerships.
Example:
Value
of
this
parameter
defines the
boundary
value.
The
sum
oflater
thispoint.
parameter
and
the non-of
macro
cell
be
switched
at aCIO
eIcicAbsAdaptationBeta
= 1 andalgorithm
four
established
G3
CIO
for
the
adaptation
the
Highest
allowed
muting
pattern
ABS
CQI
value
determined
by theinDL
link
If
the related
dynamic
CIO
adaptation
is algorithm
disabled,
then
partnerships
results
to the
same
macro
cell
adaptation
sets
the
CQI
threshold
for
UEs
tagged
the
value
of this
parameter
defines
the
CIO
outcome
as
eIcicAbsAdaptationBeta
= 2static
and
eight
If
the
dynamic
CIO
adaptation
is disabled,
then
as
'CRE'
be
re-tagged
as 'non-CRE'.
value
for to
G2.
established
partnerships.
the
value
of
this
parameter
defines
the
static
CIO
Said tagging is used in the prioritized scheduling
value
for
G3. ABSs.
of
UEs
during
For
eICIC,
a cell is of
defined
aseICIC
'macro'
if the
Maximum
number
allowed
partnerships,
parameter
LNCEL-cellType
has
the
value
i.e.
number
of
entries
in
the
list
for
eICIC
For eICIC, to
a cell
as 'macro'
the'large'.
Transition
MP0isisdefined
monitored
by this iftimer.
On its
partnerships
parameter
expiry
ABSLNCEL-cellType
is switched off. has the value 'large'.
Recommendation:
5 s provides time to process 50 UEs, 10 s
eIcicMaxG2CioMacro
and
Recommendation:
provides time to process 100 UEs, etc.
eIcicMaxG2CioNonMacro
eIcicMaxG3CioMacro and should have the same
absolute
value but with different
eIcicMaxG3CioNonMacro
shouldsigns.
have the same
absolute value but with different signs.
This parameter determines the appropriate
counter histogram range (set), which should be
aligned with the expected size of the cell from
preceeding network planning.

The parameter defines the inter-frequency service

based
retry timer.
TheCapacity
value is assigned
Only if handover
the Composite
Available
(CAC) is
to
all
active
UEs
to
trigger
a
cyclical
re-check
if
below
or
equal
to
this
threshold,
idle
mode
load
This
structure
holds parameters
for the
load
they
can
be
inter-frequency
service
based
HO
balancing
actions
shall be triggered.
thresholds
for
intra-frequency
load
balancing
This parameter
defines
high
load
for when
the DL
candidates.
The
timer isthe
only
applicable
GBR
resources.
The
value
represents
a
Service
Based HO
feature
switched
onthe
andDL
This
parameter
defines
theis
high
load for
percentage
ofisPRBs
available
GBR in thea cell.
QCI1
bearer
established
for to
UE.
non-GBR
resources.
The
value
represents
This
parameter
defines
load for
the
The
basic
value
given
bythe
thehigh
operator
percentage
ofvalue
the
non-GBR
load
scaleis0 used
and of
100.
PDCCH.
The
represents
a
percentage
This
the hysteresis
when
A
cellparameter
is as
considered
'non-balanced'
if any
load the
directly
timerdefines
expiry
rate.
available
PDCCH
resources
inresource
the cell.
determining
whether
DLthe
GBR
load
component
has
reached
its hysteresis
highLoad
threshold.
This
defines
when
A
cellparameter
is considered
'non-balanced'
if any
loadis
balanced
or
unbalanced.
The
value
represents
a
determining
whether
DL
Non-GBR
resource
load
component
has defines
reached
its hysteresis
highLoad
threshold.
This
the
when
A
cellparameter
is considered
'non-balanced'
if any
load
percentage
of
the
available
DL PRBs
in
the
cell.
is
balanced
or
unbalanced.
The
value
represents
determining
whether
PDCCH
load
is partner
balanced
component
reached
its highLoad
threshold.or
Defines
the has
maximum
number
of PRBs
LB
a
percentage
of the
available
DL
in the cell.of
unbalanced.
The
value
represents
a
percentage
candidates
that defines
a cell will
establish
LB
This
parameter
the
filter
coefficient
the
available with.
PDCCH resources in the cell. used
partnerships
for
each
of
the
load
Common settings
formeasurements
load balancing(exponential
and load
filter).
evaluation
related
features.
This parameter selects the cell load evaluation
profile. The selected profile controls the cell
resources that are included in the determination of
the load condition. In addition, if eICIC is
activated, the parameter is used to define the set
of UEs that will receive the adjusted CIO value.

Defines the value of the non-GBR bearer weights

sum that leads to a non-GBR load value of 100%.
Example: set nomNumPrbNonGbr = 1/20 if a
weight sum of 200 with 10 PRBs available for nonGBR traffic shall be considered 100% load.

Target load for usage of GBR Uu I/F resources in

DL
direction.
Target
load for usage of nonGBR Uu I/F resources
in
DL
direction.
Target
load
for usage of(GBR,
PDCCH
Uu I/F resources.
If all load
components
non-GBR,
PDCCH)
This
parameter
selects
the
value
to
report
in their
the
selected
through
'loadEvalProfile'
are
below
If
all
(GBR,
non-GBR,
PDCCH)
If
all load
load components
components
(GBR,
non-GBR,
PDCCH)
Resource
Status
Update
message
8
for
the
uplink
individual
targetLoad
values,
a
cell
is
considered
This
parameter
the uplink are
CACbelow
valuetheir
that
selected
through
'loadEvalProfile'
selected
throughdefines
'loadEvalProfile'
are
below
their
CAC.
to
be
will
beload-balanced.
senttargetLoad
in the X2 radio
Resource
Status
Update
individual
targetLoad
values,
a cell
cell
isconsumption
considered
Maximum
combined
resource
individual
values,
a
is
considered
When
set
to represents
'ulFixedCac'
theoperating
uplink
CAC
reported
Target
Load
the
point
= load
message
when
ulCacSelection
isinset
to
be
load-balanced.
(PRBs)
for
GBR
and
NBR
traffic
ULtoand
DL.
to
be
load-balanced.
Threshold
to
limit
the
maximum
number
of
carrier
in
the
X2
Resource
Status
Update
will
be
the
at
which
the
cell
should
work
according
to
its
'ulFixedCac'.
Target
Load
represents
the
point
The
amount
ofand
radio
is =
Target
Load
represents
the operating
operating
= load
load
aggregation
configured
UEs
inaccording
a(PRBs)
PCellpoint
(P-LNCEL);
value
set
intoulStaticCac.
dimensioning
theresources
traffic
model.
Threshold
limit
the
maximum
number
of
carrier
at
which
the
cell
should
work
to
its
calculated
in
%
of
the
available
PRBs
depending
at
which
the
cell
should
work
according
to
its
UEs
may have
1 PCell
(P-LNCEL)
and (P-LNCEL);
1 or
If
iFLBTargetLoadGbrDl
or model.
aggregation
configured
UEs
in acells
PCell
dimensioning
and
the
traffic
Maximum
number
of secondary
(SCells,
Son
the set
system.
dimensioning
and
the
traffic
model.
several
SCell(s)
(S-LNCEL).
When
to
'ulReflectDlCac'
the
uplink
CAC
iFLBTargetLoadNonGbrDl
or
3c
(35 carriers)
indicates
that
these UEs
have
1
If
iFLBTargetLoadGbrDl
or
LNCELs)
a
UE
can
get
configured
in
DL
carrier
For
MHz
system
25
PRBs*,
If
iFLBTargetLoadGbrDl
or
Maximum
number
of
PRBs
allocated
for
NBR
Carrier
aggregated
UEs
with
1
or
more
SCell
need
reported
in the X2and
Resource
iFLBTargetLoadPdcch
are
setStatus
to
0%,Update
the cellwill
willbe
PCell
(P-LNCEL)
2PRBs*,
SCells
(S-LNCEL).
iFLBTargetLoadNonGbrDl
or
aggregation
ininaddition
to
the
primary
cell
(PCell,
for
10
MHzsame
system
50
iFLBTargetLoadNonGbrDl
or
traffic
per
UE
UL
and
DL.
more
resources
than
nonCA
Ues
(PUCCH
and
set
tovalue
the
value
as
the
downlink
CAC.
never
offer
any
available
capacity
for Inter
This
is
multiplied
by
tLoadMeasX2
to
define
Carrier
aggregated
UEs
with
2
SCell
need
a
iFLBTargetLoadPdcch
are
set
to
0%,
the
cell
will
P-LNCEL).
for
15
MHz Load
system
75resources
PRBs*,
iFLBTargetLoadPdcch
are set
to(PRBs)
0%, theiscell
will
The
amount
ofwith
radio
MAC
PS);
Frequency
Balancing
to
its
neighbor
cells.
the
periodicity
which
the
collected
available
higher
amount
of
resources
(PUCCH)
compared
never
offer
any
available
capacity
for
Inter
This
value
is
multiplied
by
tLoadMeasX2Eicic
to
for
20
Mhz
system
100
PRBs*
are
available.
never
offer
any
available
capacity
for
Inter
calculated
in
% ofBalancing
the amount
available
PRBs
depending
Therefore
limiting
the
ofas
CA-UEs
iscells.
resource
reports
from
the
enquired
neighbor
cells
with
single
carrier
UEs
as which
long
UL
signalling
is
Frequency
Load
to
its
neighbor
define
the
periodicity
with
the
collected
*Frequency
reduced
by
common
resources
like
PUCCH,
Load
Balancing
to
its
neighbor
cells.
This
parameter
defines
howwhy
many
PRBs
are 3c
on
the
system.
necessary.
are
evaluated
done
only
via
PCell.
That's
the
information
available
resource
reports
thecan
enquired
RACCH,
PDCCH,
SIBs
etc.from
which
consume
allocated
toifsystem
Format
3 HARQ
process
when
the
For
5 MHz
25
PRBs*,
Determine
congestion
handling
shall
becell
applied
is
relevant.
neighbor
cells
areto
by
the
eNB
and
some
PRBs
(e.g.
3evaluated
PRBs)
incarrier
average.
cell
is
configured
support
aggregation
for
10
MHz
system
50
PRBs*,
In
case
the
threshold
is
modified
online
and
the
ifDedicated
congestion
isofdetected
by
layer 2. VoiP talk
configuration
for
extended
the
periodicity
the
ABS
algorithm.
with
more
than
or equal
totothree
component
for
15
MHz
system
75
value
is
decreased,
existing
CA-UEs
may
stay
It
iscase
highly
recommended
configure
the
value
In
the
threshold
isPRBs*,
modified
online
and
theinto
time
for
QCI1
Dedicated
BLER
target
for
DL
LA
in
%
for
QCI1
carriers.
for
20
Mhz
system
100
PRBs*
are
available.
the
cell,
but
the
new
value
applies
to
new
'true'
bitrate
for non-GBR
valueifis'Nominal
decreased,
existing
CA-UEs bearers'
may stayisin
*admision
reduced
bythe
common
resources
PUCCH,
checks
only.
activated,
i.e.
if actNbrForNonGbrBearers
is set to
the
cell, but
new
value
applieslike
to new
RACCH,
PDCCH,
SIBs
etc.
which
can
consume
'true'.
admision checks only.
some PRBs (e.g. 3 PRBs) in average.
Indicates the dedicated Maximum number of
HARQ
transmission
for QCI1
in DL,
when of
in
Indicates
the dedicated
Maximum
number
RRC_Connect
mode
in
the
cell.
HARQ
transmission
forBLER
QCI1reconfiguration
in UL, which is timer
Dedicated
and
This
settingHARQ
is used
not
only
atinaRRC_Connect
QCI1 bearer
configured
for
each
UE
when
for
QCI1.
When
this
timer
expires
UL-S
and/or
DLMultiplication
factor
thethroughput
QCI1 traffic
(based
setup
and
when
the for
UE's
falls
belowon
a
mode
in
the
cell.
S
are entitled
to perform
a reconfiguration of
GBR)
to
achieve
the
qci1MaxThroughputDl.
calculated
throughput
threshold
Multiplication
factor
for
the
QCI1
traffic
(based
on
HARQ and BLER parameters if throughput
GBR)
to achieve
the
qci1MaxThroughputUl.
Dedicated
Target
BLER
for
AMC
for QCI1
measures
of
the UE
are
such
thatUL
require
they
reconfiguration.
Parameter ripAlarmingConfig is used to
activate/deactivate
as well as
to configure the
Parameter
actRIPAlarming
activates/deactivates
threshold
andinduration
for RIP
alarming.
RIP
alarming
the
LNCEL
instance.
RIP defines
alarms
Parameter alarmThresholdCrossingTime
for
the
LNCEL
instance
are
only
send
if
the
when
a RIPalarmThresholdULSF
alarm will be raised ordefines
cleared.
Parameter
theWhen
parameter
is set
to value "true".
the
RIP
value
is
above/below
the
alarm
threshold
threshold for the RIP alarming for UL subframe. If
for
alarm threshold
time (e.g.
5
the the
measured
RIP valuecrossing
is above/below
the
minutes) then
RIPAlarm
alarmThreshold
will be raised/cleared.
threshold
for atthe
least
Crossing
This
is usedanfor
RIPwith
alarms
for Uplink
Timeparameter
(e.g. 5 minutes)
alarm
severity
major
Subframe.
is raised/cleared.

This timers defines the periodicity according which

neighbor cells are requested to report their
available resource status

This timer defines the periodicity with which

neighbor cells are requested by the eNB cell to
send updated values of the load measurements
for eICIC via X2
Note:
Vaidl values are 1000, 2000, 5000, 10000;
This parameter defines the maximum time interval
which
mayfor
elapse
from
when a cell
UE for
hasstart
left aofcell
Threshold
RSRP
of serving
by handover
till when it returns
to that
cell
by
GERAN
Measurements
when
UE
has
QCI1
Threshold
for RSRP
of serving
cell for such
start of
another
handover
in order
to consider
event
bearer
WCDMA
Measurements when UE has QCI1
as a PingPong
bearer
Threshold for RSRP of serving cell. For a UE with
Threshold
for iffiltering
cells out of reported
QCI1
bearer,
value of
istarget
below
Threshold
for RSRP
serving
cell. For a UE with
A4
event
based
on
RSRP
values
due
toreported
interthreshold2GERANQci1
(event
A2)out
then
GERAN
Threshold
for iffiltering
cells
of
QCI1 bearer,
value istarget
below
frequency
service
based
trigger
measurements
are
started.
A4
event
based indicates,
on RSRQ
due
interthreshold2WcdmaQci1
(event
A2)
thentoWCDMA
This
parameter
ifvalues
the
neighbor
cell
This
parameter
is aimed
for
postprocessing
frequency
service
based
trigger
measurements
are
started.
referenced
by
this
relation
is
an
allowed
partner
Inhibits
autonomous
removal
of the
(RSRP)
the
related
A4
report
and
is neighbor
not IE
to be
The
dBm
value
is mapped
to the
3GPP
value
cell
for active
mode
loadconfiguration
equalization. in the UE.
relation
bythe
eNB.
configured
inTS
any
report
according
to
36.133:
Specifies
frequency
layers
that
are
preferred
This
parameter
is
aimed
for
postprocessing
The dBm value mapped to the 3GPP IE value
Value-Range
follows
3GPP
TS
36.133
chapter
*according
-140
dBm
means
aA4
threshold
lower
than
-140
for
service
based
handover.
The
eNB
will
(RSRQ)
the
related
report
and
isare
not
tobased
be
to
TS
36.133:
Specifies
the
frequency
layers
that
preferred
9.1.4
on
the
configured
frequency
layer
list
try
to
steer
configured
in
any
report
configuration
in
the
UE.
*dBm
-140
dBm
means
a
threshold
lower
than
-140
for
service
based
handover.
The
eNB
willMDT
based
the
maximum
number
of
active
UEs
*Defines
values
between
-139
dBm
and
-44
dBm
mean
a
UEs
with
the
established
service
to
those
Value-Range
follows
3GPP
TS
36.133
chapter
dBm
on
the configured
frequency
layer list try to
steer
configured
for
periodic
UE
measurement
reporting
threshold
lower
than
the
configured
value
but
parameters
of-139
this
structure
describe
whether
preferred
layers
with
service
based
i.e.a
9.1.4
*The
values
between
dBm
and
-44
dBm mean
UEs
with
the
established
to handover,
those
within
athan
cell.
value
isservice
set
by the
operator
atcell
higher
orThis
equal
to
the
(value
- 1value
dB)
enhanced
vendor
specific
extension
tracing
on
UEs
with
VoLTE
calls
will
be
guided
to
those
threshold
lower
than
the
configured
but
This
parameter
describes
whether
tracing
of
AoA
preferred
layers
with
service
based
handover,
i.e.
MDT
tracelayers
session
*higher
-43 (Power
dBm
means
astart.
threshold
higher
than
or equal
level
(PHR),
Angle
of Arrival
frequency
actively
by
the
eNB.
The
than
orHeadRoom
equal
towill
the
(value
- 1to
dB)
as
part
of
enhanced
vendor
specific
extension
UEs
with
VoLTE
calls
be
guided
those
This
describes
whether
tracing
of for
PHR
Only
UEs
that
enter
the
cell
can
be
selected
to
-44parameter
dBm
(AoA),
Timing
Advance
(TA),
UL
SINR)
enabled
configured
values
are
only
if is
feature
* -43
dBm
means
aor
threshold
higher
than
or equal
tracing
is
enabled
not.
frequency
layers
actively
byapplicable
the
eNB.
The
as
part
of
enhanced
vendor
specific
extension
MDT,
i.e.
will
be
configured
for
periodic
or
not.dBm
LTE1127
'Service
Based
Mobility
Trigger'
is
to
-44
configured
values
arenot.
only
applicable
if feature
tracing
isused
enabled
or
measurement
of reportStrongestCell
It
is
also
as
feature
flag
for
RIP
tracing
and
activated,
i.e.
parameter
LTE1127
'Service
Based Mobility
Trigger'
(RSRP/RSRQ
of serving
cell and
neighboriscells).
RIP
alarming.
actInterFreqServiceBasedHo
is
configured
to
activated,
i.e. parameter
Only
UEs that
were configured for periodic UE
'true'.
actInterFreqServiceBasedHo
is configured
to
measurement
reporting
and
did
not
reach
the
For
each
cell
there
can be
only
one
MTRACE
When
in
addition
feature
LTE490
'SPID
selective
'true'.
reportAmount
areiscounted
as(actSelMobPrf
active MDT UEs.
object
that
contains
this structure.
mobility
profiles'
activated
is
When
in
addition
feature
LTE490
'SPID
selective
Only
the
UEs
that
were
configured
for
periodic
UE
Parameter
ripReportInterval
defines
the
reporting
configured
to
'true'),
the
specified
frequency
mobility
profiles'
is activated
(actSelMobPrf
islayers
measurement
reporting
(whether
successful
or
interval
for
RIP
measurements.
in
MODPR to
freqLayListServiceBasedHo
applylayers
only
configured
the present)
specifiedare
frequency
not,
i.e.
ifMOPR
FGI 'true'),
bitexists
16 not
traced
in
an
when
no
for
the
specific
SPID
or
in MODPR freqLayListServiceBasedHo
apply only
ImmediateMDTAndTrace
session.
when
no
SPID
is
assigned
to
the
UE.
when no MOPR exists for the specific SPID or
If
MODPR
applies
no service
based
when
no SPID
is assigned
to the
UE.mobility will
There
are two
types
of RIP reporting:
type1
per
be
provided
if
the
parameter
is
omitted
or for
If MODPR applies no service based mobility
will
PRB&subframe
reporting
(value
PRB_subframe)
autoAdapt
'true'.
Parameter
ripTracing
configures
whether
be providedis
ifset
thetoparameter
is omitted
or tracing
and
type2
for per
subframe vendor
based reporting
(value
of
RIP
as
part
of
enhanced
specific
autoAdapt
is setdescribes
to 'true'. whether tracing of TA as
This
parameter
subframe).
The
parameter
value
is based
the absolute
extension
tracing
is enabled
oron
not.
part
enhanced
vendor
specific
extension
This of
parameter
describes
whether"ARFCN".
tracing oftracing
UL
radio-frequency
channel
number
The
parameter
value
is
based
on
the
absolute
is
enabled
or
not.
SINRparameter
as part of describes
enhanced the
vendor
specific
This
type
of
trace
radio-frequency
number
"ARFCN".
extension
tracingchannel
is enabled
or not.
session:
StructureImmediateMDTOnly,
that contains the IP address and the port
ImmediateMDTAndTrace
or TraceOnly.
be
number
of the RT
PM Collection
Entity. Itofshall
This
contains
the IP address
the
set byparameter
the operator.
Collection Entity that receives the PM Counter
data, i.e. TNES IP address.

This parameter contains the Port Number of the

Collection Entity that receives the PM Counter
data, i.e. TNES IP address.
This parameter describes the report interval for RT
PM data.

Indicates the maximum number of Session Detail

Log
(SDL)provided
files that8can
be uploaded
within an
Operator
character
string needed
by
interval.
This
istothe
total credentials
of normal and
catchup
the
SDL
client
derive
used
for
SDL
Indicates
the
IP
address
or
Fully
Qualified
Domain
files
per Itupload
interval.
upload.
can be
modified
by the
operatorfor
as
Name
(FQDN)
ofmeasurement
the primary
destination
configuration
of
type
LTEHoRlf
needed,
but
it
must
be
the
same
as
used
on
SDL
Session Detail Log (SDL) data.
Server (NetAct CSL server).

configuration of measurement type LTE MAC

This parameter will set the interval of PM counter

stats for WiFi

Defines the Baseband Extension Module

Identifier.
Defines the planned product code for the unit and
itDefines
is usedthe
by planned
planningproduct
tools before
is unit and
code BTS
for the
commissioned.
After
BTS
is
commissioned,
itThis
is used
by planning
tools before
BTS isclock
parameter
represents
the accepted
product
code parameter
(prodCode)
from
commissioned.
After
BTS
is
commissioned,
quality
levels. unit is used by BTS SW
autodetected
product code parameter (prodCode) from
This is the product
by planning
tools
autodetected
unit iscode
usedused
by BTS
SW
before
is commissioned.
BTS is tools
This is BTS
the product
code used After
by planning
commissioned,
product code parameter
before BTS is commissioned.
After BTS is
(prodCode)
from
autodetected
unit is used by BTS
commissioned, product
code parameter
SW.
(prodCode) from autodetected unit is used by BTS
SW. parameter indicates if announced messages
This
are requested from all configured ToP masters, or
only from active and higher priority masters.
This parameter is used to decide if the selection of
the
master
shall be
the
Thisactive
parameter
selects
thedone
PTP according
domain number,
IEEE1588-2008
orthe
according
to the
the PTP
ITU-T
telecom
that
is
inserted
in
header
of
message.
This
parameter
a table that holds all
profile
(G.8265.1specifies
(10/2010)).
properties
of with
thespecifies
configured
Timing
over priority
Packet
This
parameter
configured
1
Furthermore
this parameter
the
quality
TOPIK-telecomProfile
Thethe
range
andclock
the default
masters
of
the
BTS.
for
this
Timing
over
Packet
master.
Lower
values
level
is
distinguished.
value shall depend on the selected profile
mean
higher preference for selecting the ToP
(WBTS_SYNC_70214)
master as provider of the Timing over Packet clock
signal.
range is 0..255 if Announce messages are
requested from all masters

This parameter specifies the configured priority 2

for
Timing over
Packet
Lower
valuesof
Thisthis
parameter
defines
the master.
operators
selection
mean
higher
preference
for
selecting
the
ToP
syslog
transmission
to atoremote
server.
This
parameter
is used
configure
the
remote
master
as provider
of the
Packet
clock
The
operator
sets
this
flagTiming
to
trueover
to request
the
syslog
such
as
the
syslog
server
IP
address,
This
parameter
specifies
the
DSCP
value
that will
signal.
BTS
to
begin
syslog
transmission
to
the
remote
syslog
and
be
used
by theport,
BTS
for protocol.
remote
syslog
range
isserver
0..255
ifspecifies
Announce
messages
are
This
parameter
whether
theflag
BTS
syslog
server.
The
operator
sets
this
toshould
false
transmission.
requested
from
all
masters
send
syslogs
to
the
remote
syslog
server
in
RFC
to
request
the
BTS
to
stop
syslog
transmission
to
This
parameter
holds
the
IP address
of the remote
value
is fixed
atNSN
128
ifproprietary
Announce
messages
arethe
5424
format
or
format.
When
the
remote
syslog
server.
The
BTS
also
stops
syslog
server.
This
parameter
holds
the
port
number
ofthe
The
value
of
this
parameter
when
changed
from
requested
only
from
highest
priority
master
remote
syslog
server
is
either
the
OMS
orthe
the
syslog
transmission
automatically
after
remote
syslog
server.
6514
for TLS
and
514should
for for
default
could
interfere
with
other
traffic
types.
This parameter
defines
the
duration
in duration.
minutes
customers
syslog
server,
RFC5424
format
specified
Remote
syslog
transmission
UDP
are
the
standard
ports
used.
When
the
Caution
should
be
exercised
when
changing
remote
syslog
transmission.
be
chosen.
When
the remote
syslogsyslog
server isthis
a
This
parameter
defines
the remote
remote
syslog
server
is
chosen
to
be
the
OMS,
parameter.
This
parameter
specifies
the
duration
in
minutes
NSN
tool,
proprietary
format
can
be
chosen.
When
transmission
parameter
is
set
to
true
but
transport
protocol
forshould
remote
syslog
transmission.
This
parameter
defines
syslog
only
standard
ports
be
chosen.
for
which
the
BTS
should
send
syslogs
to tool,
the
transmission
status
(setwhether
by
system)
is
false
then
When
the
remote
syslog
server
is
a
NSN
transmission
toserver.
remote
server
isobject
currently
ON or
This
is
an
instance
identifier
of
remote
syslog
When
the
BTS
is
false->true
sequence
is
needed
from
UDP at
protocol
must be chosen.
OFF
the BTS.
TRBLCADM.
transmitting
syslogs
a sent
remote
syslog
server,
NMS/BTSSM.
Activate
WiFi
When
syslogs
are flag
totobeto
by
the
BTS
to the the
The
BTS
sets
this
true
before
itbybegins
operator
can
override
this
parameter
setting
the
remote
syslog
server,
UDP
insyslog
anWiFi
IPsec
This
is transmission
an
action
parameter
to
trigger
Access
syslog
tousing
the remote
server
Remote
syslog
transmission
parameter
to
OFF,
tunnel,
parameter
must
setfactory
to UDP.
Point
tothis
reboot
and
come
upbe
with
setting.
and
it to
false
after
it stops
evensets
before
the
transmission
forsyslog
the duration
transmission
to
the
remote
syslog
server
specified by this parameter was completed.
This is an action parameter to trigger reboot of
WiFi.
This parameter limits the amount of uplink traffic in
Mbps
originatedidentifies
from WiFiWiFi
Access
Point, in order
This parameter
configuration
to
prevent
starvation
of
the
shared
backhaul due
object.
to large amount of WiFi traffic.
Note this parameter is not applicable for HW
variant FWHH.